05 29 02 -68 46 12; Dor
V = 9.5; Size 7.3'x3.6'
25" (10/10/15 - OzSky): a gorgeous, elongated star cloud/association (LH 64), extending 7'x2.5' NNE-SSW. Roughly 65 stars, including a number of mag 12-13 stars are resolved in this region over a glowing background. A mag 10.7 star is at the southwest end and a non-stellar mag 12 knot (KMHK 955) is north of center. A curving chain of a dozen stars pokes out of the west side and heads south towards S-L 495 (3.4' W of the mag 10.7 star). S-L 495 is a very bright, very small knot, 20" diameter. It was difficult to resolve this clump, but a few stars popped. A mag 12.5 star is just off the west edge. LH 58, a stunning large star cloud and HII complex including NGCs 1962, 1965, 1966 and 1970, lies roughly 13' WSW.
James Dunlop probably discovered NGC 2001 = D 178 = h2888 on 25 Sep 1826. He recorded (copied from handwritten notes) "a small faint nebula with a faint ray proceeding from it, about 6' or 7' long; following a small star south preceding." Dunlop's position is 11' ENE of the cluster, consistent with other previous objects in this drift, including D 136 = NGC 1962-1970 complex.
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 2001 on 30 Dec 1836 (sweep 759) and recorded "the middle of the most condensed part of a cluster of stars 13th mag which runs off to the south-preceding and joins No. 39 of this sweep." In a separate entry on the same sweep he also mentioned "Here commences a very starry or resolved region of the greater Nubecula."
******************************
05 30 20.9 -66 53 01; Dor
V = 10.1; Size 1.9'x1.7'
24" (4/7/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 200x
this cluster is extremely bright but small. It is sharply concentrated with a small, brilliant core
surrounded by a much fainter 30" halo. At 346x, the core diameter is ~15" diameter and three
interior stars are resolved, the brightest on the southeast side. Sharing the same field 8' SE is the
double cluster
NGC 2002 is at the west end of a huge, arcing string of
associations (bowed to the south) referred to as LH 77 or the "Quadrant",
which extends nearly 40' to the east beyond
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2002 = h2890 = D 214 on 24 Sep 1826 and recorded a "a round small nebula, 12" or 15" diameter." He made two observations and his position is 4.7' SW of the cluster. John Herschel credited Dunlop with the discovery.
Herschel made two observations: On 20 Dec 1835 he logged "place of a double star, the chief of a great cluster of small stars loose and filling the field. It is the forerunner of the great cluster-region [OB association LH 77] of the nubecula." On a second sweep he called it "vB, S, R. Here comes on the richest and brightest part of the starry and clustering portion of the nubecula. (Note - From this object being described at one time as a double star, and at another as a nebula, it is probable that it is one of those singular close-knotted groups which especially characterize the nubeculae)." So, it appears he is describing two objects -- one the cluster (containing the double star) and second, the association that contains the cluster.
******************************
05 30 54.3 -66 27 59; Dor
V = 11.3; Size 2.1'
30" (10/12/15 - OzSky): at 303x; extremely bright,
extremely high surface brightness core, fairly small, 30" diameter. Surrounded by a thin fainter halo. A
mag 13-13.5 star or quasi-stellar knot [BSDL 2043] is at the west end and a
couple of mag 15 stars are off the east side. Two mag 9 and 10 stars lie 4.7' SSW and 7' SSW and mag 8.0
S-L 553 and the remarkable Eighth-Note Nebula (LHa 120-N55)
lies ~8' E. Even without a filter
the Eighth Note Nebula was a gorgeous object with ~75 stars (S-L 553) in a
7'x3' region elongated NW-SE. A
very large, detailed nebula encompasses these stars. There are four main sections with the largest and brightest
on the SE end (N55A) extending ~2.5' diameter in an uneven, knotty circular
glow. A couple of dozen stars are
involved with N55A including a mag 13 star on the northeast end and a mag 12
star on its northeast side. A
second small, detached 35" glow lies ~2' NW. Unfiltered, 4 or 5 mag 15-15.5 stars are involved. A larger roundish glow, extending 1',
is 2' further NNW. A few mag 15
stars are involved and mag 11.5-12
13.1" (2/20/04 - Costa Rica): this compact cluster in the LMC appeared fairly faint, very small, round, 20" diameter. Appears to have a star involved or increases to a sharp stellar nucleus. S-L 553, a 3' star cloud (association LH 72) lies 9' E. S-L 553 appeared as a 3' elongated glow, consisting of a half-dozen resolved stars over an unresolved background glow of stars and nebulosity. The outline is irregular but elongated N-S. S-L 553 cluster is embedded within the HII complex LMC-N55 ("Eighth-Note Nebula"), though I didn't use a UHC filter to examine its extent.
James Dunlop probably discovered NGC 2003 = D 239 = h2891 on 6 Nov 1826. He logged "a pretty large faint nebula with a number o very small stars on the north side. The nebula is about 2' diameter, ill-defined." His position was 10' too far ESE, just SE of the large association S-L 553. But as Herschel missed this object I doubt that Dunlop noticed it.
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 2003 = h2891 on 23 Nov 1834 and described it as "a B S stellar neb, or very close cluster 15"." His position is accurate. GC and NGC misidentify (typo) this cluster with h2981, instead of h2891.
******************************
05 30 40 -67 17 12; Dor
V = 9.6; Size 2.7'
30" (11/5/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): bright, superb
cluster, ~3' diameter. Contains a
small, brilliant core and a highly resolved halo that is packed with 50
stars. The surrounding field is
quite rich in both faint and brighter mag 11-12 stars. The
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2004 = D 215 = D 216 = D 191 = h2893 on 3 Aug 1826. He described D 216 as "a small faint nebula 20" or 25" diameter" and his position was 5' NNE. D 215, found on 24 Sep 1826, was described as a "a round well-defined nebula, about 20" diameter, pretty much condensed at the centre." His position was 5.5' WSW of center. D 191, found on 27 Sep, was described as "a pretty bright round nebula about 30" diameter, faint at the margins." The last observation was during an LMC drift in which he misidentified the offset star (Theta Doradus). As a result, all positions in the drift (off the meridian) were reduced incorrectly and his published position was 2° to the SE. Once corrected his position is a good match with NGC 2004.
John Herschel observed this bright cluster on 6 sweeps: on 2 Nov 1834 (sweep 508) he recorded "B; pretty rich; compressed cluster of stars 12m." On 23 Nov (sweep 512) he recorded, "globular, B; irreg; R; 2'. The stars are easily distinguishable." Then a month later (sweep 522) made another observation: "globular, B; S; R; comp M to a blaze of stars. Many stragglers."
******************************
05 30 10.1 -69 45 11; Dor
V = 11.6; Size 1.8'
30" (10/14/15 - OzSky): extremely bright, fairly large,
round, 45" diameter, very bright core, mottled halo, high surface
brightness. No resolution except
for a couple of extremely faint star around the periphery. Located 2' NE of mag 9.1
I noticed two nearby faint clusters. H-S 332, just 2.3' S and 50" SE of the mag 9 star, is a faint 20" glow with no resolution. S-L 514 was also picked 3.3' SW. It appeared fairly faint, elongated WSW-ENE, 40"x25", grainy but no resolution. A mag 13 star is off the southwest edge.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2005 = D 138 = D 100 on 24 Sep
1826. On his first drift on this
date, D 138 was logged as a "small round faint nebula north of a small
star, 10" diameter." His
offsets from
John Herschel rediscovered this cluster with a 5-inch refractor between Nov 1836 and Mar 1837 and listed it as #509 in his preliminary catalogue of "Stars, Nebulae and Clusters in the Nubecula Major."
******************************
NGC 2006 = ESO 086-008 = S-L 537
05 31 20.0 -66 58 23; Dor
V = 10.9; Size 1.6'x1.4'
24" (4/7/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): forms the southern member of a close pair of small clusters (a genuine binary cluster pair!) with SL-538 less than 1' N. At 346x it appeared fairly bright, fairly small, ~30" diameter, brighter core, with no evident resolution. Forms a small triangle with two stars on the east side. Located 8' SE of NGC 2002. NGC 2006 is near the northwestern side of the huge OB association LH 77, an arcing group of clusters and stars stretching 40' E-W and including NGC 2002, 2027 and 2041 and collectively dubbed the "Quadrant Arc".
Just 0.9' N is S-L 538, a small, moderately bright glow that is sandwiched between a brighter star at the east edge and a fainter star off the west side. At 346x the shape appeared irregular and ~25" diameter. Interestingly, John Herschel's two positions for NGC 2006 on different sweeps correspond closely with each cluster, so he apparently viewed both (they are quite similar in the eyepiece) and NGC 2006 should apply to the pair. Herschel didn't note this object as double, though he commented this object was the central part of the "extremely rich assemblage of stars and clustering groups which fill the field."
John Herschel discovered NGC 2006 = h2895 on 23 Dec 1834 and recorded "a very small nucleus knot in an extremely rich assemblage of stars and clustering groups which fill the field." On his second sweep he recorded "a small highly condensed knot in an immensely large and very rich cluster, which fills much more than the field, and is like the Milky Way." His positions differ by ~2' in declination and apply to two different close clusters! NGC 2006 is generally assigned to the southern object, with the northern cluster catalogued as S-L 538. The "immensely large and very rich cluster, which fills much more than the field, and is like the Milky Way" is known as the "Quadrant Arc".
******************************
05 34 59.3 -50 55 18; Pic
V = 13.9; Size 1.7'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 83°
14" (4/7/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): very faint,
moderately large, very elongated 3:1 WSW-ENE, 45"x15", low even
surface brightness. A mag 11.6
star is 4' ENE. Forms a close pair
with
John Herschel discovered NGC 2007 = h2892 (along with NGC 2008 = h2894) on 27 Dec 1834 and logged "eeF; pL; R; 40"." His position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 2008 = ESO 204-020 = PGC 17480
05 35 03.7 -50 58 00; Pic
V = 13.8; Size 1.5'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 93°
14" (4/7/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): faint, moderately large, elongated 5:2 ~E-W, ~40"x16", weak concentration, low surface brightness. A mag 11.2 star is 3' E. Forms a close pair with NGC 2007 2.7' N. Coincidentally, both galaxies have mag 11-11.5 stars from 3' to 4' following. The observation was made in poor transparency.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2008 = h289 (along with NGC 2007 = h2892) on 27 Dec 1834 and logged "eF; pL; R; very little brighter middle; 30"." His position is fairly accurate.
******************************
05 30 59 -69 10 54; Dor
V = 11.0; Size 0.9'
25" (10/10/15 - OzSky): at 318x; very bright knot,
moderately large, round, 45" diameter, mottled. A dozen mag 13.5-15.5 stars are resolved. Sits in a beautifully rich star field
(association) with numerous mag 12 and fainter stars including an arc of 4 mag
12-13 stars off the southwest side. The
John Herschel discovered NGC 2009 = h2897 on 3 Nov 1834 and recorded "pB, R, bM, 40"; in a field rich with clustering stars." On a second sweep of four he logged "pB, R, gradually little brighter middle, 80", in the N.p. part of a cluster." His mean position is accurate.
******************************
05 30 34.1 -70 49 09; Men
V = 11.7; Size 1.9'x1.7'
25" (4/3/19 - OzSky): at 244x; bright, large, elongated
N-S, 1.5' diameter, brighter elongated core N-S, mottled and clumpy with a few
16th mag stars popping in/out of visibility. Located 1.5' NE of mag 8.9
S-L 566, located 11' ENE, appeared fairly bright, fairly small, round, 35" diameter, small bright core, no resolution.
S-L 539, located 8' NNE, appeared moderately bright, fairly small, irregular. Unusual appearance as several stars are involved including a bright mag 12 star with a close companion is on the east side, another faint double star is resolved with a third double at the west edge. A mag 14 star and fainter companion is off the south side.
LMC-SMP 73 is just 2.3' NE of S-L 539. This is the first PN (stellar) in the LMC I've observed! It was visible unfiltered as a mag 14.7 "star" forming the south vertex of a small isosceles triangle with a mag 14.4 star 0.6' NW and a mag 14.1 star 0.9' N. Easy to verify as there was a very good contrast gain when I added a NPB filter. Only the brighter star to the north as still faint visible with the filter but the PN appeared much brighter.
24" (4/5/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this
LMC cluster is located just 1.5' NE of 9th magnitude HD 37181. This star is part of a large, scattered
group of mag 8.5-10.5 stars including a prominent 24' loop with a double star
(h3783 = 8.2/10.7 at 15") at the east end of the loop. This double star is 6' S of NGC 2010.
S-L 539, situated, 7.7' NNE, appeared as a small, elongated glow, 20"x10", with a mag 12.5 star involved on the east end and three additional very faint stars resolved.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2010 = h2898 on 12 Nov 1836 and logged "F; R; very gradually little brighter middle; 3'." His position is 1' south of center of this cluster.
******************************
05 32 19.8 -67 31 17; Dor
V = 10.6; Size 1.0'
30" (11/5/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): very bright, tight
intense knot of four stars (a couple are quite bright) enveloped in a 1.5'
triangular glow with a few additional stars resolved within the boundaries of
the emission nebula. A 3' line of
brighter stars (part of the stellar association LH 75) oriented E-W passes
through the south end of the glow.
The surrounding fields include a number of fascinating objects with a
cluster and star cloud ~6' E (S-L 567), a bright, compact cluster/nebula 8' NE
(
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2011 = D 192 = h2899 on 27 Sep 1826. He described "a minute cluster of very small stars in a strong nebula, irregular figure." This object was found during a drift in which he misidentified the offset star (Theta Doradus), so all positions were reduced incorrectly (~2.4° to the SE). Once corrected and checked for consistency with other objects in the drift, his offset in sidereal time matches NGC 2011.
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 2011 on 31 Jan 1835 (sweep 538) and logged "vB; S; R; pretty suddenly much brighter middle; 25"." His single position is accurate.
******************************
05 22 35.4 -79 51 07; Men
V = 12.9; Size 1.1'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 117°
24" (4/4/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): fairly faint, elongated 2:1 WNW-ESE, contains a very small brighter core. A very faint star lies close following and a close double star lies 4' E. An unequal brighter pair lies 5' NE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2012 = h2907 on 22 Jan 1836 and reported "vF; S; lE; bM; 2 st 9 mag follow toward the north." His position is accurate.
******************************
05 44 14 +55 46 30; Aur
Size 4'
18" (11/6/04): This unimpressive asterism consists of
two small groups of stars to the NW of mag 8.9
John Herschel discovered NGC 2013 = h364 on 10 Feb 1831 (sweep 324) and described "a poor cl of 8 or 10 stars 11 mag." The NGC RA is 30 tsec larger than JH's discovery position and corresponds better with the center of this group of stars. Karl Reinmuth, in his 1926 survey based on Heidelberg plates, adds "10-12 st 11...14; BD+21d907 f 0.6'." RNGC gives the description "No cluster."
******************************
NGC 2014 = LMC-N57A = ESO 056-146 = S-L 560 = LH 76
05 32 20 -67 41 24; Dor
V = 9.0; Size 5'x3.5'
30" (11/5/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): very bright, large cluster or star cloud (stellar association LH 76) with nebulosity, ~50 stars resolved in a 5' region (no distinct boundary on the north side), including many in a 2' string, elongated N-S. A mag 10 star (brightest in the cluster) is at the south end of this string. A portion of the cluster is immersed in nebulosity (Henize N57A), most prominently on the southeast side of the cluster. Irregular haze (roughly elongated SW-NE) extends out of the cluster for a couple of arc minutes on the east side, spreading south and north (part of a Superbubble). NGC 2014 forms an interesting contrast with emission nebula NGC 2020 5' ESE. The remarkable Seagull Nebula (NGC 2030, 2032, 2035) lies ~20' NE.
James Dunlop probably discovered NGC 2014 = D 217 = D 218 = h2900 on 3 Aug 1826. D 218 was described as "a pretty bright round nebula about 30" diameter with a minute star slightly involved in the nebula." His position was ~9' too far ENE. He recorded D 217 as "a rather well-defined nebula, 40" or 50" diameter." His published position was ~5' too far SSW, though 2 of his 3 observations were 13' S and 5' SE.
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 2014 on 23 Dec 1834 (sweep 512) and described the "chief *9 of a very irreg cluster, 4' long, 3' broad." On 30 Dec 1836 (sweep 759) he logged, "a pretty L irreg cluster 7th class; chief *9m taken (at leaving the field); the rest are 10...15m." Herschel didn't credit Dunlop with the discovery.
Annie Jump Cannon included N57A as #22 in a table of Gaseous Nebulae in the Magellanic Clouds (Harvard Circular 891).
******************************
NGC 2015 = ESO 056-147 = S-L 557 = LH 74
05 31 47 -69 14 54; Dor
V = 10.4; Size 5.6'
30" (10/12/15 - OzSky): this bright star cloud extends
up to 8' diameter, spreading out on the west side and reaching NGC 2009 in the
northwest corner. Near the east
end is open cluster S-L 557, which is often taken for NGC 2015. It appeared fairly bright, fairly
small, very irregular outline, 35" diameter. It contains a brighter mag 13.5 star and at least a
half-dozen mag 14.5-16 stars over haze.
Mag 9.7
25" (10/10/15 - OzSky): at 318x; large star cloud with a few dozen mag 11-15 stars. Not well detached in this rich region of the LMC as the clouds extends to the west and north. On the east end is S-L 557, which includes a single brighter mag 13.5 star and ~6 total, over unresolved glow.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2015 = h2901 on 24 Nov 1834 and reported "the general middle of a cluster of loose stars 11...16m. It is rich and fills the whole field." The "whole field" contains the smaller cluster S-L 557 on its east side, which Shapley-Lindsay and the Hodge-Wright Atlas took as NGC 2015. But based on Herschel's description Brent Archinal says "This is not NGC 2015" in "Star Clusters". Instead he identifies NGC 2015 as the entire association LH 74 at 05 31 48, -69 14.9 with a size of 5.6'.
******************************
05 31 39 -69 56 48; Men
Size 1.8'
30" (10/14/15 - OzSky): fairly bright LMC cluster, large mottled glow, elongated E-W, ~1.5'x0.8'. Two or three mag 14.5-15 stars are resolved on the west end and perhaps a half-dozen additional mag 15.5-16 stars are resolved at 394x. NGC 2016 is situated in a gloriously rich region of the LMC with numerous clusters nearby including NGC 2028 11' E, S-L 674 9' E, BSDL 2212 2.4' SSE, S-L 535 3.6' WSW, S-L 519 8.3' W, H-S 327 12' WNW.
S-L 535: fairly bright, fairly small, roundish haze,
30" diameter, mottled. Two
faint stars were resolved on the west side. Located 1.5' NNE of mag 10.2
S-L 519: fairly bright, fairly small, elongated E-W,
30"x20", a single star was resolved. Picked up less than 2' N of mag 8.2
H-S 327: this is a very close pair of LMC clusters. At 394x the brighter western cluster (H-S 327W) appeared as a fairly faint, hazy 20" knot. H-S 327E = OGLE-CL LMC 520 is a fainter 20" knot just 40" SE. A couple of mag 15-15.5 stars near these two clumps may be members.
BSDL 2212: moderately bright, small, round, hazy glow, ~20" diameter, just preceding a mag 13 star.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2016 = h2902 on 23 Dec 1834 and recorded "F; vL; and diffused; irreg R; gradually brighter in the middle." His position is ~40" too far south.
******************************
05 39 16 -17 51 00; Lep
V = 6.4/7.9/8.5/9.2/8.4/8.1
14.5" (2/19/23): group of 6 stars mag 6.5-11 were
easily visible at 158x, even in a very bright sky. A striking orange mag 7.9
star is 1.3' to the N of mag 6.5
18" (3/13/04): multiple group of six stars mag 7-10 within 3.5'. The stars are generally separated by at least 1' with the widest separation at 2'. The brightest star is mag 6.4 HD 37643. The brightest "star" to the SE is the C+D component, a close 8.5/9.2 pair separated by 1.4", making 7 stars in total. Located 1.6° east of mag 2.6 Alpha Leporis.
8": this is the multiple star HJ 3780. Six stars are visible including mag 7, 8, 8.5, 9 and 10 stars. This group does not appear to be a true cluster.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2017 = h2896 on 11 Dec 1835 and recorded a "fine clustering group of large stars." His position matches his multiple star HJ 3780. Bica et al, in 2001A&A...366..827B, call this object a "possible Open Cluster remnant".
******************************
NGC 2018 = LMC-N206A = ESO 056-141 = S-L 533 = LH 69
05 31 23 -71 04 12; Men
V = 10.2; Size 25'x18'
24" (4/5/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is
a fascinating, showpiece HII complex (N206) with a cluster (S-L 533) and a
large, detailed nebula (N206) appearing like a fainter version of
The brightest region of nebulosity (N206A) is a very
prominent 1' circular patch on the east end of the cluster. Fainter wings extend north and south,
increasing the size to 3'x1' N-S.
A wide pair of stars including mag 11.5 HDE 269676 [a massive, compact
cluster containing several O-type stars]
is at the west edge of this patch.
Three additional elongated patches (each 1' to 1.5' in diameter) along
the SW side of the complex are strung out in a 6' line oriented NW to SE; BSDL
2005 (7' W of NGC 2018), BSDL 2048 (5' WSW) and N206B = BSDL 2120 (5' SW). Another glowing patch of nebulosity
(BSDL 2108), ~45" diameter, is ~3' W of N206A and surrounds a couple of
brighter stars. Finally, an
isolated, elongated patch is on the northwest end of the complex (BSDL 1985,
associated with mag 13.0
John Herschel discovered NGC 2018 = h2904 on 3 Nov 1834 and recorded "pB; R; pglbM; 2'; a star 10m involved, preceding." His position (single sweep) is on the southeast side of the brightest portion of the nebula. The ESO position is centered on the entire complex described in my notes and not the bright piece described by Herschel.
******************************
NGC 2019 = ESO 056-145 = S-L 554
05 31 57 -70 09 36; Men
V = 10.9; Size 1.5'
30" (10/14/15 - OzSky): at 394x; extremely bright, large, 50" diameter, sharply concentrated with a large intense core and smooth halo, no resolution. NGC 2019 is one of 15 bona-fide ancient GC's in the LMC.
S-L 542 (brightest of 3 nearby clusters) is 4.6' SW, BSDL 2196 is 2.7' SW and S-L 544 is 5' NNW. S-L 542 is fairly bright, moderately large, round, 40" diameter, mottled but with no definite resolution. A mag 12.8 star is 0.9' NW. BSDL 2196 (noticed between NGC 2019 and S-L 542) is a very faint, small, round, low surface brightness patch, 20" diameter, no resolution.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2019 = D 98 = D 99 = h2905 on 24
Sep 1826. He logged D 99 as a
"faint nebula, 10" diameter, round, slightly brighter towards the
center." His offset from NGC
2005 (26' in dec), the previous object in the drift, is a perfect match. D 98, recorded on 27 Sep 1826, was described
as "a round, pretty well defined nebula, 15" or 20"
diameter". With respect
to
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 2019 on 11 Nov 1836 (sweep 748) and recorded the cluster as "B; R; gradually brighter in the middle; 60". He observed it on two sweeps and his position is just off the east side. On the first observation, though, his polar distance was 1° further north, but he rejected that (correctly) in favor of the polar distance in the second sweep.
******************************
NGC 2020 = LMC-N57C = ESO 056-148 = DEM L 231
05 33 10 -67 42 54; Dor
Size 2.5'
25" (4/5/19 - OzSky): at 244x and NPB filter; bright, large, roundish, annular with an easy out-of-round hole. The WR star, Brey 48, was easily visible at 13th magnitude inside the ring, though slightly offset N of center . The rim appeared brighter along the NW side, which seemed a bit flattened, and somewhat irregular in surface brightness in general. Unfiltered, a second fainter star (mag 15.8) was visible at the inner edge of the ring on the SE side.
30" (11/5/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): fairly bright,
roundish, annular W-R bubble, slightly elongated SW-NE, 3'x2.5'. The inner edge of the annulus is
slightly brighter and sharply defined with a relatively large dark center, ~45"
x 30". North of center in the
ring is the 13th magnitude Wolf-Rayet star
John Herschel discovered NGC 2020 = h2903 on 30 Dec 1836 and recorded "pB; vL; very gradually little brighter middle; lE; 4'. A fine cluster [NGC 2014] precedes it." On the very next sweep he wrote "vF; vL; R; very gradually little brighter middle; 4' diameter." His position is accurate.
James Dunlop possibly discovered NGC 2020 = D 218? earlier in 1826 and described "a pretty bright round nebula, 30" diameter, with a minute star slightly involved in the margin." Dunlop claims two observations and his position is 5' too far NE, well within his usual errors. But this nebula is probably too faint to have been picked up by Dunlop with his 9" reflector and his description could apply to NGC 2014, which is 9' west of his position. Wolfgang Steinicke attributes Herschel with the discovery and I agree.
******************************
NGC 2021 = ESO 056-150 = S-L 570
05 33 30.3 -67 27 11; Dor
V = 12.1; Size 0.9'
30" (11/5/10 - Coonabarabran, 264x): bright, compact
knot surrounding two resolved stars, slightly elongated,
~20"x15". This knot is
in the northern end of a very large, elongated cluster or star cloud. Extending mostly south of NGC 2021 is a
very elongated stream of stars, 5'x1', including a mix of brighter and fainter
stars (stellar association LH 78).
The densest concentration is a 2' group (S-L 567) on the south end with
a number of mag 12-14 stars.
Roughly a total of 50-60 stars were resolved. The Seagull Nebula complex (
John Herschel discovered NGC 2021 = h2906 on 31 Jan 1835 and logged "vS; F; R; 12". In the northern part of a cluster of stars 14m, 8' long, 3' br." His position points to the small clluster S-L 567 within the stellar association LH 79.
******************************
05 42 06.2 +09 05 10; Ori
V = 11.7; Size 29"x28"
48" (2/21/12): at 488x, this bright, double-shell planetary contains a bright oval ring oriented SSW-NNE, ~23"x18". The annulus is fairly thin with a relatively large, darker central hole, though the contrast is fairly low. At the exact center is a faint central star (close to 16th mag?). The ring has an irregular surface brightness; slightly brighter at the ends of the major axis, particularly the SW end (knot or thicker?), and slightly fainter along the minor axis. Surrounding the ring is a fainter and rounder outer shell, ~30" diameter. The outer shell was surprisingly prominent and exhibited a pinkish hue.
24" (1/25/14): at 500x appeared as a fairly bright knotty annulus, slightly elongated SW-NE with fascinating structure. The rim was clearly brighter along an ~200° arc running from the southwest counterclockwise to the northeast. Very small brighter knots were definite at the SW and NE ends and perhaps a slight brightening at the NW edge. In general, though, the rim appeared mottled and sparkling though clearly dimmer along the southeast side, giving a "C" appearance. At 750x, the darker center was also irregular in surface brightness and occasionally, an extremely faint central star sparkled.
18" (2/24/06): at 220x appeared moderately bright,
fairly small, round, ~25" diameter, very slightly elongated, irregularly
lit and brighter along the western half of the rim giving a "C"
appearance. A faint sparkle is occasionally
visible on the WSW edge of the rim and images show this may be a faint
superimposed star or knot in the planetary. 320x provides an excellent view with the planetary weakly
annular and the rim a bit dimmer on the SE side. At 435x, the shape is slightly elongated SW to NE,
~27"x22" with a mottled interior and a brighter rim, particularly
along the western half. The
appearance is quite patchy at 565x and the sparkle on the SW end is still
evident. The central star was not
seen at any power.
17.5" (2/2/02): immediately picked up at 100x as a very small, bluish-gray "egg" of fairly high surface brightness. Good contrast gain with OIII filter. At 380x (unfiltered), it appeared as fairly bright, clearly elongated SSW-NNE, ~27"x20". The surface brightness was irregular or mottled with a slightly brighter rim and darker center giving a weakly annular appearance. The rim seems to have a couple of slightly brighter spots and the ends of the minor axis are slightly dimmer. No sign of a central star.
17.5" (12/7/90): fairly bright, slightly elongated 4:3 ~SSW-NNE, about 30" diameter. Appears slightly annular at 412x with a brighter rim. No central star seen at this power.
13.1": moderately bright, high surface brightness. No internal structure was visible.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2022 = H. IV-34 = h365 on 28 Dec 1785 (sweep 496). He described it as "considerably bright, very small, like a star with a large diameter. With 240x it appeared almost like a planetary nebula, but very ill defined, and little extended. Nearly of equal brightness throughout, except at the edges." A second observation (similar description) was made on 26 Dec 1786 (sweep 666). John Herschel wrote on 19 Jan 1828 (sweep 121), "Planetary neb, a little indistinct at the edges; rather oval and perhaps of a mottled light."
NGC 2022 was observed 5 times with Lord Rosse's 72", often in an attempt to resolve it, and the following notes were recorded:
11 Dec 1850: "It is I am nearly sure resolvable, probably it is a glob Cl. At times I fancied the centre a little darker and a star in the p part."
23 Oct 1851: "I strongly suspect annular, r[esolvable], one star especially seen in the p part.
28 Dec 1853: "...a B patch or a star?, it is near the edge of the neb. Some dark spot or spots certainly seen and at times I had the suspicion of a concentric ring or rings."
5 Jan 1877: "Seems a glob Cl, stars seen sparkling in it, oval sp nf. Edges v diffuse, especially sf, np edge more sharp. Proportion of diameters about 7:10."
William Lassell observed NGC 2022 in Jan. 1853 from Malta with his 24-inch equatorial reflector and commented, "a singular curdled-looking object, slightly and irregularly elliptical, with a sort of cordon [outer shell] running round parallel, but a little outside of its margin." A sketch was included in his 1854 MRAS paper (figure 2). Father Secchi sketched a slightly darker center in his 1856 "Osservazioni di Nebulose". In 1862 and 1863, Lassell aos observed the planetary through his 48-inch on Malta and noted "with 1060x some brighter patches or nodules seem to exist in it, but nothing more can be made out.” His sketch showed the central star and a thin outer ring separated by a thin dark gap.
In 1868, Lieutenant John Herschel, son of John Herschel, found NGC 2022 displayed a planetary nebula spectrum in an early spectroscopic investigation while he was stationed in Bangalore, India.
Based on a Crossley photograph, Curtis (1918) reported, "Sharp stellar nucleus about mag 13, surrounded by an elliptical ring 22"x17" in outside dimensions in pa 29°. Outside this is an oval disk of fainter matter 28"x27". The brightest parts are the two masses at the ends of the major axis of the inner ring." Deep modern images show a very low surface brightness outer AGB halo with a diameter of 80".
******************************
05 41 38.3 -02 15 33; Ori
Size 10'x10'
24" (1/1/19): at 200x; very bright, very large,
irregular glow surrounding mag 7.8
13.1": fairly prominent nebulosity surrounds mag 7.8
8": moderately bright, surrounds a mag 8 star.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2023 = H. IV-24 on 6 Jan 1785 (sweep 352). He described it as a "A bright star with a very considerably milky chevelure; a little extended, 4 or 5' in length, and near 4' broad; it loses itself insensibly. I suspected some extensive milky windings in the neighborhood but could not verify them; other stars of equal magnitude are perfectly free from this chevelure." The description was included in his 1791 paper on "Nebulous Stars." He later commented "The connection between the star and the chevelure cannot be doubted, from the insensible gradation of its luminous appearance, decreasing as it receded from the centre."
******************************
05 41 43 -01 51 30; Ori
Size 30'x30'
17.5" (2/8/86): bright, very large. Consists of two main parallel sections elongated SSW-NNE separated by prominent detailed dark lanes. Excellent structure with ragged edges, gaps, streaks, rifts and various brightness levels. The eastern strip has one or two indentations or a scalloped inner edge. The inner edge of the connecting strip has a sharply defined edge and the gap at the base connecting the brighter western section is obvious. Zeta Orionis lies 15' NE detracts and the best view is unfiltered.
8": fairly easy in very dark skies, the strip along the east side is longer with a possible gap at the base of "U" in the southwest corner. The center is definitely darker than the background sky.
8" (10/4/80 and 11/8/80): fairly bright, large. Consists of two parallel strips separated by a dark lane. Appears possibly broken (gap) at the base of "U". Best view with a Daystar 300 filter.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2024 = H. V-28 on 1 Jan 1786 (sweep 506) and recorded "a wonderful milky nebulosity, divided into 3 or 4 large patches including a dark space, the whole cannot take up less than half a degree; but I suppose it to be much more extensive." On 1 Feb (sweep 518) he called it a "Wonderful black space included in nebulosities." This quote is sometimes used as evidence that William Herschel may have discovered the Horsehead Nebula, but his position lands directly within NGC 2024.
The following information is from Wolfgang Steinicke's book "Observing Cataloguing Nebulae and Star Clusters. NGC 2024 was independently found by Brorsen in 1850 with a small refractor at Senftenberg Observatory and announced in AN that "I have found a very faint, very extended, pretty irregular nebula, located about 15 minutes east of Zeta Orionis, which is listed neither in the catalogue of the younger Herschel nor in Messier's." In 1856 Marth noted that Brorsen's object was William Herschel's H. V-28. This was another case where the observer only checked the Slough catalogue and didn't refer to WH's catalogues, which only had relative offsets and not absolute positions.
Heinrich d'Arrest sketched the nebula in 4 sections. The brightest section (labeled A) is just west of the main dust lane. This object was observed 13 times at Birr Castle from 1873-1878 by Lawrence Parsons (with the 36-inch), Ralph Copeland and Dreyer, and stars "in an about the neb" were sketched and accurately measured.
Garrett Serviss (Pleasures of the Telescope, 1901) wrote "Just to the left of Zeta, and in the same field of view with a very low power, is a remarkable nebula bearing the catalogue number GC 1227. We must use our five-inch on this with a low power, but with Zeta out of the field in order to avoid its glare. The nebula is exceedingly faint, and we can be satisfied if we see it simply as a hazy spot, although with much larger telescopes it has appeared at least half a degree broad. Tempel saw several centers of condensation in it, and traced three or four broad nebulous streams, one of which decidedly suggested spiral motion."
******************************
05 32 33.1 -71 43 00; Men
V = 10.9; Size 1.9'
24" (4/5/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 200x this LMC cluster appeared bright, slightly elongated, moderately large, ~45"x40", weakly concentrated with a slightly brighter core. Three faint stars are resolved around the edges. Two 8th magnitude stars lie 11' ESE and 13' ENE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2025 = h2909 on 8 Feb 1836 and recorded "vB; S; lE; gradually much brighter middle; resolvable. Almost a globular." His position is less than 1' too far north.
******************************
05 43 06 +20 08; Tau
17.5" (2/14/99): At 220x, ~30 stars in a 6' region
including three mag 9-9.5 stars (mag 8.7
William Herschel discovered NGC 2026 = H. VIII-28 on 5 Dec 1784 (sweep 329) and reported "a cluster of pretty large scattered stars. Not rich." No observations were made by JH or at Birr Castle. Karl Reinmuth, in his 1926 survey based on Heidelberg plates, found "no distinct Cl" and RNGC classifies it as nonexistent (Type 7" with the comment "No cluster".
******************************
05 35 00 -66 54 55; Dor
V = 11.0; Size 1.0'
13.1" (2/20/04 - Costa Rica): NGC 2027 is at the west
end of an interesting, elongated cluster or association (LH 84) extending
~4'x2' E-W in a crescent shape with
NGC 2027 is situated ~10' NW of the compact cluster NGC 2041 and near the east end of a huge, elongated star cloud known as the "Quadrant" (consisting of OB associations LH 65, LH 77 and LH 84) looping SW and the bending NW, extending 35' to NGC 2006 and 2002.
James Dunlop possibly discovered NGC 2027 = D 193? = h2908
on 27 Sep 1826. He logged "a
small nebula preceding a small star." This observation was made on a drift in which he
misidentified the offset star (Theta Doradus) and all positions were reduced
incorrectly (~2.4° to the SE). His
offsets (2.0 minutes in RA and 35' N) from the previous object in the drift (D
192 = NGC 2011) falls 7' NW of NGC 2027 -- a pretty poor match -- though there
is a mag 12.5 star 1' E, consistent with his description. There is no entry in his catalog at
these offsets from D 192. Glen
Cozens assigns D 193 to NGC 2027, but that number also applies to
John Herschel made three observations of the field. On 2 Nov 1832 (sweep 508) he described "a very large, very rich cluster of separate stars 9..11th mag, which fills the whole field." On 13 Dec 1835 (sweep 653) he recorded "an ill-defined nebuloid group of stars 15th mag (N.B. Clouds very troublesome.) The field full of grouping stars." Finally, on 20 Dec 1835 (sweep 658) he called it "cluster 7th class. The second of two stars 9th mag, which may be considered the leading stars of the very large and fine cluster of the Nubecula Major, which fills many fields, is of all degrees of condensation, and much broken up into groups and patches."
Herschel is clearly describing the large OB association LH 77, which stretches west to NGC 2002. His position from the second sweep ("second of two stars 9th magnitude") and third sweeps is close to the 1' diameter cluster S-L 592 and the position given here. This cluster is also at the west end of a looping association of stars (probably NGC 2027) on the east end of LH 77.
******************************
05 33 49 -69 57 06; Men
V = 12.9; Size 1.1'
30" (10/14/15 - OzSky): fairly bright, moderately
large, roundish, high surface brightness, mottled, a couple of stars resolved
at the edges. A small partially
resolved clump is just off the northeast side. In a small trio with similar S-L 574 2.4' W and fainter H-S
353 2.2' NNW. NGC 2028 is within
association LH 80, a stunningly rich region of the LMC with NGC 2016 11' W, S-L
591 6' NE, H-S 362 is 8' NE,
S-L 574 appeared bright, moderately large, slightly elongated E-W, 30" diameter, brighter along the major axis, clumpy. A mag 14 star is at the west tip and a mag 11.9 star is 0.9' SSW. H-S 353 is a fairly faint, soft round glow, 30" diameter. S-L 591 appeared fairly bright, fairly small, roundish, 35", mottled. Only a couple of mag 16 stars resolved around the edges. A mag 11.8 star is 1.7' NE. H-S 362, just 2' ENE of S-L 591 is fairly faint, elongated NW-SE, 25" diameter. It forms the eastern vertex of a equilateral triangle with S-L 591 and the mag 11.8 star.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2028 = h2912 on 12 Nov 1836 and simply noted as "vF". His position is an excellent match (he corrected his RA by 10 sec) with cluster S-L 575, so the identification is certain although I'm surprised he apparently missed nearby S-L 574, which is equally as prominent. JH questioned if his object might be D 100. Dunlop's description reads "a small round nebula, about 2' north of a small star." His position is just 2' NW of S-L 575 and 3.4' NE of a mag 11 star (his small star?). But D 100 is also 10' ENE of NGC 2016, so it could be also be D 100 given his range of positional errors. Neither Steinicke nor Glen Cozens equates D 100 with NGC 2028.
******************************
05 35 40.8 -66 02 06; Dor
V = 12.3; Size 4'
30" (10/18/17 - OzSky): at 202x, 264x and 429x; large, fairly bright cluster (S-L 595) with ~30 stars resolved in a 3.5' region and includes at least 4 brighter stars from mag 12.3-13.5 and another mag 12.7 star is at the SW edge. Moderately faint nebulous haze (N63) encompasses the cluster. Adding a NPB filter at 264x increases the contrast with the large nebulous glow, which extended 2.5-3' diameter. Note: this object is identified as NGC 2030 in most sources!
N63A, embedded slightly east of center of N63, is a well-known bright, compact supernova remnant and one of the first 3 extragalactic SNRs to be discovered (1966). The SNR appeared as a small round knot, only ~12"-15" in diameter, and was faintly visible even at 202x. It was easy to distinguish at 264x and stood out fairly prominently at 429x. Surprisingly, I didn't notice any contrast gain adding a NPB filter (similar visibility).
14" (4/4/16 - Coonabarabran, 145x): fairly bright, large, over a dozen mag 13 and fainter stars are resolved in a 3.5' region. A fairly faint, oval emission glow (LMC-N63) is involved with the cluster (S-L 595). Adding an NPB filter, the nebulosity is bright, large, irregular (roughly round), ~2.5' diameter, with several of the brighter stars still visible.
Emission nebula LHa 120-N 62A is 14' SSW. Using an NPB filter, it appeared very bright, very elongated ~E-W, relatively large, ~1.5'x0.4'. The shape is a bit irregular, but it has a sharply defined northern edge, with the southern edge weaker and more ill-defined. Visible unfiltered but excellent response to the NPB. A couple of very faint stars are visible with averted. BSDL 2348, an LMC cluster perhaps associated with the nebula, is ~2' W and contains a half-dozen mag 14-15 stars in a 1.5' knot, along with a mag 12.5 star on the west end. Emission nebula LHa 120-N 64 is 16' further southeast.
Emission nebula LHa 120-N 64 is 20' SSE. Using an NPB filter, it is a bright,
large, irregular nebulous patch, about 3'x2' E-W. The brightest portion (N64A) is on the west side. A mag 11 star is ~2' N of the east
end. Another 2' NNW of this star
is a detached 40" piece (N64C) that was fairly easy with the filter. Unfiltered three mag 13 line in a 1.8'
string are involved in the central portion, along with a couple of mag 14-15
stars. Mag 8.8
13.1" (2/20/04 - Costa Rica): fairly bright, fairly
large, 3'x1.5', elongated N-S.
This LMC object appears to be a large cluster with nebulosity (stellar
association LH 83). A half-dozen
mag 12-13 stars are resolved over an irregular background haze (unresolved
stars?). Located 32' N of mag 6.2
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2029 = D 240 = h2911 on 27 Sep 1826 and noted a "faint round nebula, 25" or 30" diameter." His position is just 4' SW of center of the nebula. On 30 Nov 1834 (sweep 515), John Herschel called it "a rich, R, pL cluster of stars 12m; little comp; 5' l; one * 11m." On sweep 539 he wrote "pB; R; gradually brighter in the middle; 60"; resolved into stars 13...15m."
Jenni Kay notes that GC and NGC positions for NGC 2029 and NGC 2030 are reversed from JH's original CGH positions of h2911 and h2910, respectively. The error must have occurred when JH transfered his positions into the GC. So, NGC 2030 = h2030 is part of the Seagull Nebula and NGC 2029 = h2911 is an isolated nebula. All modern sources such as SIMBAD, ESO and the KMHK catalogue reverse the original identifications and call NGC 2029 part of the Seagull Nebula. See WSQJ #108, 4/97. The identifications given here are based on the CGH positions/identifications.
******************************
NGC 2030 = LMC-N59A = LH 82 = Seagull Nebula = Dragon's Head Nebula
05 35 00.5 -67 33 18; Dor
Size 1.6'x0.9'
30" (10/18/17 - OzSky): at 202x and 264x + NPB filter;
this is the first section in the remarkable Seagull or "Dragon's
Head" Nebula, though the faintest of three connected patches extending
5.5' from NW to SE with
24" (4/11/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is the NW component of the Seagull Nebula; a bright, highly structured 7'x5' emission nebula. The brightest portion of NGC 2030 is a bright streak elongated E-W that extends west from mag 12.3 HD 269810. A large mass of nebulosity spreads to the north from this streak in a more circular 2' patch. This object is incorrectly identified as NGC 2029 in modern catalogues and atlases.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2030 = h2910 on 23 Dec 1834 and recorded "B; L; gradually brighter in the middle. The first of 3 neb, which run together." On a second sweep, he logged "vF; pL; irreg R. The first of 3, which run together. See Plate III. fig 5." The modern identities for NGC 2029 and 2030 are reversal. See historical notes for NGC 2029.
******************************
NGC 2031 = ESO 056-153 = S-L 577
05 33 41.1 -70 59 14; Men
V = 10.8; Size 3.4'
24" (4/5/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 200x
this LMC cluster was very bright, fairly large, slightly elongated NNW-SSE,
well concentrated with a 1' core and 2' much fainter halo. The cluster had a mottled texture and
was quite lively around the edges, but was not clearly resolved. Located 12' NW of mag 7.6
John Herschel discovered NGC 2031 = h2915 on 3 Nov 1834 and noted "F (?); R; gradually brighter in the middle; 3' (Hazy Sky)". On a later sweep he had a better view and logged "globular, B; R; gradually brighter in the middle; 2'. Resolved into stars." His position is just off the south side of this large cluster.
******************************
NGC 2032 = LMC-N59A = LH 82 = Seagull Nebula = Dragon's Head Nebula
05 35 20.6 -67 34 06; Dor
Size 2'x1'
30" (10/18/17 - OzSky): at 202x and 264x + NPB filter; NGC
2032 and 2035, separated by a dark lane, form a stunning pair of adjacent
emission nebulae of comparable surface brightness, though NGC 2032 is
larger. Using a narrow-band
filter, NGC 2032 was extremely bright, elongated SW-NE, ~2'x1', with a scalloped
but sharply defined border at the brighter edge along the dust lane. A fairly
prominent thin filament extends NE for ~1.5', curling a bit towards the
tip. A thin strip on the SE end
(just beyond the lane) connects to
24" (4/11/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this
is possibly the brightest section of the "Seagull Nebula" or
"Dragon's Head Nebula" in the LMC (similar to NGC 2035 1.6' SE). It consists of a very bright, elongated
~SSW-NNE patch, 2'x1', with an unusual kidney-bean shape that is indented or
concave on the east side. NGC 2032
is just separated to 2035 by an elongated dark lane (oriented SSW-NNE) on the
east side. A faint, thin streamer
of nebulosity shoots to the north from 2032. Mag 11.4
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2032 = D 219 = D 194 = h2913, along with NGC 2035, on 27 Sep 1826. I assume his description of D219 applies to both numbers: "pretty bright round nebula, about 1 1/4' diameter, bright towards the centre." He made two observations and his position is within the Seagull Nebula complex. D 194 was described as "a pretty large faint ill defined nebula, irregular figure. It was found on 27 Sep 1834 during an LMC drift in which he misidentified the offset star (Theta Doradus). As a result, all positions in the drift (off the meridian) were reduced incorrectly. Once corrected his position (and description) is a good match with NGC 2032/2035.
John Herschel first observed the nebula on 2 Nov 1834 (sweep 508) and recorded "vB; vL. A singular figure like 3 nebulae lumped together." On 23 Dec 1834 (sweep 522) he logged "B; L; gradually brighter in the middle. The second of 3 which run together." A detailed sketch of the complex was published in plate III, figure 5 in the CGH observations. Herschel gave an uncertain equivalence with D 219 in his Cape catalogue. Williamina Fleming found a gaseous spectrum in 1897 on objective prism plates taken in Peru.
The Seagull Nebula contains four separate NGC designations:
NGC 2030 (misidentified as NGC 2029 in GC and NGC), NGC 2032, NGC 2035 and NGC
2040 with NGC 2035 being the brightest and largest of the group. Collectively the area is known as N59A
and is located at the boundary of the supershell LMC4 in the Large Magellanic
Cloud. NGC 2032 and 2035, which form the bright core of the H II region N59A
(
******************************
NGC 2033 = LMC-N154B = ESO 056-157 = S-L 589 = LH 81
05 34 30 -69 46 48; Dor
Size 10'
14" (4/4/16 - Coonabarabran, 145x and 230x): large bright star cloud (stellar association LH 81), ~10' diameter with ~50 stars (depending on size taken) mag 11-14.
Adding an NPB filter brings out the associated nebulosity
(LHA 120-N54), which is fairly bright and very large. A curving swath of nebulosity, elongated E-W for ~8' is on
the southwest side of the association.
The cluster itself is also encased in diffuse nebulosity with the
filter.
James Dunlop discovered the NGC 2033/2037 = D 141 on 24 Sep 1826. He described "a faint nebula about 4' long, very faint at the extremities, brightest and broadest in the middle. This (position) is in the north following side of an extended cluster of very minute stars, rich in number." Although his reduced position was ~11' too far SE, his handwritten drift notes recorded it 5 minutes of time after NGC 2005 and 5' N, landing within the NE side (as described) of the LH 81 association.
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 2033 between Nov 1836 and Mar
1837 with a 5-inch refractor and recorded it as #579 in his preliminary
catalogue of "Stars, Nebulae and Clusters in the Nubecula
Major." Herschel's position
falls in the large stellar association LH 81. But as there is no listing or description in his CGH
catalogue, it's possible Herschel was recording a small knot or a very large
field of stars + nebulosity. So,
the size and center is unknown.
See NGC 2037 for more. The
large nebulosity on the south side of the association might be
******************************
NGC 2034 = ESO 086-14 = S-L 592 = LH 84
05 35 38 -66 54 06; Dor
V = 9.3; Size 8'x4'
13.1" (2/20/04 - Costa Rica): at 105x this is an
interesting, elongated curving cluster or association (LH 84), situated
northwest of the compact cluster NGC 2041. This condensed portion of LH 84 contains a couple of dozen
mag 12-13 stars and a wide pair of mag 10 stars (including
John Herschel discovered NGC 2034 = h2914 on 3 Jan 1837 and described "a more condensed part of the great cluster (sweep 761, 39), of a crescent-like form, occupying one field. Rich and fine." His position corresponds with association LH 84 at the northeast end of the "Quadrant" feature of the LMC. NGC 2034 = h2914 and NGC 2027 = h2908 both described the same field, though NGC 2027 is on the west end of the association. Harold Corwin considers NGC 2027 to refer to the entire region.
James Dunlop probably discovered the large association on 6 Nov 1826 and described D 241 as "a large cluster of small stars of mixt magnitudes in strong nebula; irregular extended figure." His position falls at the east end association LH 77 or the west end of LH 84, known as the LMC "Quadrant" (of a circle). Glen Cozens assigned D 241 to NGC 2041, which is only 7' SE. But Dunlop's description doesn't fit this compact cluster.
******************************
NGC 2035 = LMC-N59A = LH 82 = Seagull Nebula = Dragon's Head Nebula
05 35 33 -67 35 06; Dor
Size 1.6'x1.0'
30" (10/18/17 - OzSky): at 202x and 264x + NPB filter; NGC 2032 and 2035, separated by a dark lane, form a stunning pair of adjacent emission nebulae of comparable surface brightness, though NGC 2032 is larger. The two impressive regions are attached or merge at the south end by a thin strip of nebulosity. NGC 2035 was extremely bright, roughly rectangular but irregular with slightly concave eastern side and lots of complex, internal structure with brighter and darker areas. A fairly thin streamer is attached on the northeast end and extends 2' NNE, similar (though slightly fainter) to a filament attached to NGC 2032! LMC-N59C is a detached patch ~2' SE. It appeared moderately large, roundish, at least 1' diameter. A mag 10.4 star is 2' ESE.
24" (4/11/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is the southeast section of the bright Seagull Nebula in the LMC. At 200x using a UHC filter it appeared very bright, moderately large, with a very irregular shape similar to an anvil. The very knotty, complex structure was elongated N-S, 1.6'x1.0', with the widest part of the anvil on the south end. NGC 2032, another very bright section, is very close preceding (roughly 1.6' between centers) and the two sections are separated by a dark lane oriented SSW-NNE. A very faint streamer attached on the NE side flows to the north (NGC 2032 has a similar but brighter streamer). A fairly small detached patch, ~1.2' in diameter, is close SE (identified as LHA 120-N 59C in SIMBAD).
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2035 = D 219 = D 194 = h2916, along with NGC 2032, on 27 Sep 1826. He described D 219 (both) as a "pretty bright round nebula, about 1 1/4' diameter, bright towards the centre". His position falls within the Seagull Nebula complex. D 194 was described as "a pretty large faint ill defined nebula, irregular figure. It was found on 27 Sep 1834 during an LMC drift in which he misidentified the offset star (Theta Doradus). As a result, all positions in the drift (off the meridian) were reduced incorrectly and his published position is 2.4° to the SE. Once corrected his position (and description) is a good match with NGC 2032/2035.
John Herschel first observed NGC 2035 on 23 Dec 1834 (sweep 522) and logged "B, L, bM. The 3rd of three which run together. (Plate III, fig 5)". Herschel gave an uncertain equivalence with D 220 in the CGH.
******************************
NGC 2036 = NGC 2043? = ESO 056-155 = S-L 587
05 34 32 -70 03 54; Men
V = 12.8; Size 1.5'
30" (10/14/15 - OzSky): very bright, fairly large, irregular, mottled, brighter core, 50" diameter. A bright, tiny knot of mag 15.5 stars is at the southeast end. A couple of additional mag 16 stars are resolved near the edges. A mag 10.7 star lies 4' NNE. NGC 2028 lies 8' NW.
BSDL 2464 = OGLE-CL LMC 611 was noticed 2.6' NE as a very faint, small glow, 20" diameter. A couple of very faint stars were resolved at the east end. The mag 10.7 star noted above lies 2.7' NW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2036 = h2917 on 11 Nov 1836 and recorded "vF; R; gradually brighter in the middle; 90"." There is nothing at his position, but one degree south is the cluster S-L 587. Herschel's added a note to his description that there was likely an error of 1° in the polar distance and clearly this was the case. Eric Lindsay, in the 1964 paper "Some NGC objects in the Large Magellanic Cloud" (IAJ, 6, 286-289) comments "The Decl. seems to be in error. The object is probably the small cluster S/L 587 at 1° south. Herschel found strong ground to suspect an error of a degree in P.D. which should most likely be 160° and not 159°." As this cluster is exactly 1° S of h's position, the identification is virtually certain.
Also, see historical notes for
******************************
NGC 2037 = OGLE-CL LMC 605 = BCDSP 8
05 34 40.4 -69 44 50; Dor
V = 11.6; Size 0.4'
14" (4/4/16 - Coonabarabran, 145x and 230x): very small
high surface brightness glow, ~12" diameter. Situated with the large stellar association LH 81, this
cluster is collinear with a 2' string of mag 12, 11 and 13 stars extending
south-southwest.
James Dunlop discovered the NGC 2033/2037 = D 141 on 24 Sep 1826. He described "a faint nebula about 4' long, very faint at the extremities, brightest and broadest in the middle. This (position) is in the north following side of an extended cluster of very minute stars, rich in number." Although his reduced position was ~11' too far SE, his handwritten drift notes recorded it 5 minutes of time after NGC 2005 and 5' N, landing within the NE side (as described). His description applies to the entire LH 81 association.
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 2037 between Nov 1836 and Mar 1837 with a 5-inch refractor and listed it as #593 in his preliminary catalogue of"Stars, Nebulae and Clusters in the Nubecula Major." The only information he gave (besides a position) is type "Cl" and Mag 8. There is no listing or description in the main CGH catalogue, so along with nearby NGC 2033, it's unknown if Herschel was describing a small knot or a very large field of stars + nebulosity in association LH 81, though the magnitude implies a bright object. NGC 2037 is taken as the small cluster OGLE-CL LMC 605 at 05 34 40 -69 44.8 (2000) by Archinal and Hynes, Mati Morel and Jenni Kay. But Harold Corwin remarks this cluster is too faint to have been picked up by Herschel with his 5-inch refractor and certainly wouldn't be described as 8th magnitude. So, the standard identification (given here) is almost certainly wrong.
******************************
05 34 42 -70 33 42; Men
V = 11.9; Size 1.6'
25" (4/3/19 - OzSky): at 244x; very bright, moderately large, round, 50" diameter, small intense core and mottled halo but no definite resolution. Mag 9.5 HD 37732 lies 4' NNW.
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): very
bright, fairly small, slightly elongated, 40" diameter, clumpy but no
individual stars resolved. First
of three nearly on a line with
John Herschel discovered NGC 2038 = h2920 on 24 Nov 1834 and logged "B, R, gradually little brighter middle, 25", has a *9 mag 5' north-preceding." His position is accurate.
******************************
05 44 33 +08 39 42; Ori
Size 30'
18" (1/26/09): large, scattered field with a number of
mag 8 to 10 stars, though too dispersed to resemble a cluster. the most distinctive part is a nice 8'
string of 6 collinear stars oriented E-W with mag 8
John Herschel discovered NGC 2039 = h366 on 8 Jan 1828
(sweep 118) and described "A large tract of stars filling many
fields. It extends much further in
RA." He initially equated his
object with H. VIII-2 (later
Karl Reinmuth, in his 1926 survey based on Heidelberg plates, states "many st, Cl not well defined." See Corwin's notes for further discussion.
******************************
NGC 2040 = ESO 056-164 = LMC-N59B = LH 88
05 36 05 -67 34 01; Dor
V = 11.5; Size 2'
30" (10/18/17 - OzSky): at 202x and 264x + NPB filter; bright, very large, irregular nebula just east of NGC 2030/2032/2035 (Dragon's Head or Seagull Nebula). The main portion is roughly triangular with one "vertex" on the south side and another on the northeast end. It has a sharp, contrasty edge on the east side to the south tip and some internal, irregular brightness in the interior. Unfiltered a dozen stars mag 14-15 are involved (association LH 88), with several more spreading to the south.
NGC 2040 is merged with a supernova remnant shell (SNR
24" (4/11/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is a bright, irregularly round glow, ~2' diameter, located ~4' ENE of the Seagull or Dragon's Head Nebula and part of the same emission complex. The nebulosity surrounds a cluster of roughly 15 stars (LH 88). A UHC filter provided an excellent contrast gain at 200x and revealed a very irregular outline. The POSS image shows delicate filaments to the south forming a large loop (SNR shell SNR 0536-67.6) although I don't believe this extension was recorded.
James Dunlop probably discovered NGC 2040 = D 220 = h2918 on 27 Sep 1826, along with NGC 2032/2035. He noted "a round faint nebula, about 40" diameter." and his position is 4' NNW of the center.
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 2040 on 2 Nov 1834 and recorded "F; irreg R; gradually little brighter middle; r; 2'. (Pl III, fig 5)." On a later sweep he reported "vF; R; follows 3 vB L nebulae [NGC 2030, NGC 2032 and NGC 2035] which run together." His position (from 5 sweeps) is accurate and an excellent sketch of the complex is on plate III, figure 3.
******************************
NGC 2041 = ESO 086-16 = S-L 605
05 36 28.0 -66 59 29; Dor
V = 10.4; Size 0.7'
13.1" (2/20/04 - Costa Rica): at 105x, this LMC cluster appears bright, fairly small, round, 1' diameter, high surface brightness. Symmetrical appearance and increases to a very small bright core and a stellar nucleus. This young, massive cluster is located ~7' SE of the elongated cluster NGC 2034 at the east end of the very large, extended collection of associations (the "Quadrant") that includes NGC 2026 and 2002 on the western side.
James Dunlop probably discovered NGC 2041 = D 196 = h2919 on 27 Sep 1826. He described "a small, round pretty well defined slightly condensed nebula about 25" diameter with a small star north following. This object was found in a drift in which he misidentified the offset star (Theta Doradus), so all positions were reduced incorrectly (~2.4° to the SE). Using NGC 2035, the previous object in the drift as a reference, his position is 4' NW of NGC 2041.
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 2041 on 2 Nov 1834 (sweep 508) and described as "B, S, very gradually brighter middle, 20"." On 13 Dec 1835 (sweep 653) he noted "a rich clustering part precedes." His position (measured on 4 sweeps) is accurate.
******************************
05 36 09.6 -68 55 24; Dor
V = 9.6; Size 6'x3'
25" (4/3/19 - OzSky): very large group of stars with unresolved haze (association LH 89), extending nearly 10' from north to south and contains a couple of knots of stars, a few dozen mag 12-14 stars, a mag 10.3 star at the west tip and numerous mag 15+ stars.
BRHT 16a, situated near the center, is a very bright knot near the center, ~10" diameter. A very faint star was resolved at the west edge.
KMHK 1122, on the NE side (2' NW of BRHT 16a), resolved into a 10" pair of stars at the center, encased in a very small glow. Several stars (mostly faint) were resolved nearby including two two mag 12.5 and 12.8 stars close east of the central pair and some mag 15 stars around the edges.
18" (7/8/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): fairly large patch of stars and haze (association LH 89), ~5' in size. At least two dozen stars are resolved in an elongated group oriented SW-NE, including a few mag 10 stars over unresolved stars or outer nebulous haze from the Tarantula complex. Two additional knots are to the northwest and form an obtuse isosceles triangle with NGC 2042. The first knot is KMHK 1122 situated 5' NW and S-L 585 is 10' NW. NGC 2042 is located just 17' NW of the center of the Tarantula Nebula.
James Dunlop probably discovered NGC 2042 = h2922 on 25 Sep 1826. He described (in his handwritten notes) "a pretty large, very faint ill-defined nebula, irregular figure of 5' or 6' diameter with a bright small star near the south side of it." Assuming the next object in the drift is the Tarantula Nebula, his offset in time and declination is a perfect match. There doesn't appear to be a catalog entry, though, matching this description. He apparently ran across it again on his 2nd drift two nights later(before noting the Tarantula Nebula) and logged one or two small knots (possibly D 137 or D 139?).
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 2042 on 30 Dec 1836 (sweep 759) and recorded "the chief star (9th mag) of a large, irregular figured, looped or hooked cluster of stars 12..15th mag, rich and various, and filling the field." His description and position applies to the assocation LH 89.
******************************
05 35 33.7 -70 07 27; Men
= N-S string of stars (asterism), Corwin and Gottlieb.
Pietro Baracchi discovered NGC 2043 on 18 Dec 1884 with the 48-inch f/41 Great Melbourne Telescope while examining the field of NGC 2058 and other clusters. Earlier observers Le Sueur and Joseph Turner had previously sketched this field on 7 Feb 1870 and 26 Apr 1876, respectively. Baracchi's new object was confirmed 4 nights later and described as a "small elongated group of minute stars in very thin nebula." Robert Ellery, the observatory director, noted the discovery in "Observations of Southern Nebulae made with the Great Melbourne Telescope 1869 - 1885" and stated an offset "preceding H. 1259 [NGC 2058] by 79.5 sec and 4' 30" north." Eric Lindsay reported "Not found. Star-rich region but no evidence of clustering. Not listed by Herschel. In the Melbourne Catalogue." ("Some NGC objects in the Large Magellanic Cloud", IAJ, 6, 286-289, 1964).
Harold Corwin suggested NGC 2043 is a N-S string of stars (about 1.7' length) situated 2.5' S of Baracchi's position, which is a good match with his description. I located Baracchi's sketch in his notebook in 2018 (found online at the National Archives of Australia), which confirms Corwin's identification as a N-S string of stars.
ESO and SIMBAD misidentify
******************************
05 36 06.2 -69 11 55; Dor
V = 10.6; Size 4.5'
25" (4/3/19 - OzSky): at 244x; NGC 2044 is a striking
group of stars, tiny clusters and weak nebulosity. The 3 main "knots" are BRHT 17a and 17b (separated
by 1' E-W) and KMK88 87, which is 2' N of 17b. A few dozen stars are resolved in total, mostly in a E-W
stream containing the BRHT pair and fainter stars in a vertical stream at the
west end of the group (association LH 90). At the north end of the vertical
stream is mag 13.9
BRHT 17a: very bright 20" knot, very clumpy, a few individual stars were barely resolved.
BRHT 17b: very bright 15" knot containing a few stars that nearly resolved, but were too closely packed to resolve in the seeing conditions. One of these is the Wolf-Rayet star Brey 65 (listed at mag 13.0).
KMK88 87: fairly bright, elongated SSW-NNE glow, bright center, 25" diameter. With a more critical gaze, it resolved into a quasi-stellar center (probably 2 or more stars) with resolved stars at the SSW and NNE ends.
18" (7/8/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): group
of about a dozen stars in a 3' diameter at 171x dominated by three brighter
stars in a E-W string. Two of the
"stars" in this line are actually compact clusters (BRHT 17a and
17b). The western "star" (
NGC 2044 is situated in the outer portion of the 30 Doradus complex, 16' SW from the central core, and is the central cluster in a 6' diameter Superbubble. Like NGC 2060, this stellar association (LH 90) also harbors a young SNR! The site of SNR 1987A (05 35 28, -69 16.2) lies only 5.5' SW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2044 between Nov 1836 and Mar 1837 with a 5-inch refractor and listed as #608 in his preliminary catalogue of "Stars, Nebulae and Clusters in the Nubecula Major." His position is ~1' south of the center of this cluster/association (LH 90).
******************************
05 45 01.3 +12 53 18; Tau
V = 6.6
= *6.6
John Herschel discovered NGC 2045 = h367 on 23 Jan 1832
(sweep 393) and recorded "a star 8-9 mag with faint nebulosity." His position coincides precisely with
mag 6.6
******************************
05 35 37.6 -70 14 27; Men
V = 12.6; Size 1.3'
24" (4/9/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is
the first in a rich field of 8 NGC clusters (with the brightest NGC 2058). At 200x, it appeared bright, fairly
small, slightly elongated WSW-ENE in the direction of a mag 13 star just 0.8'
SW. The core seems offset from the
center to the NE end or a compact knot of stars is attached at the following
end.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2046 = h2923 on 11 Nov 1836 and wrote, "vF; R; gradually brighter in the middle; the first of a group of six nebulae." His position and sketch (Pl IV, fig 9) is accurate.
Using the 48" GMT, Albert Le Sueur sketched the group on 7 Feb 1870 as well as Joseph Turner on 26 Apr 1876 and Pietro Baracchi on 18 Dec 1884. Le Sueur's sketch was reproduced on plate IV, figure 32 and Turner's sketch on plate IV, figure 33 in "Observations of Southern Nebulae made with the Great Melbourne Telescope 1869 - 1885".
******************************
NGC 2047 = ESO 056-167 = S-L 600
05 35 54.4 -70 11 29; Men
V = 13.2; Size 0.9'
24" (4/9/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this LMC cluster is located on the west side of a rich field of 8 NGC clusters in the 13mm Ethos (200x). It appeared moderately bright, fairly small, round, 45" diameter. A faint star is at the south edge. Forms a pair with slightly brighter NGC 2046 3.2' SSW. Located 5.8' ESE of mag 8.2 HD 37762 and 5.4' WSW of NGC 2058.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2047 = h2925 on 11 Nov 1836 and described as "the second of a group. Pl IV, fig 9." His position and sketch is accurate.
The entire group of clusters (NGC 2046, 2047, 2057, 2058, 2059, 2065, 2066) was sketched by Albert Le Sueur on 7 Feb 1870, as well as Joseph Turner on 26 Apr 1876 and Pietro Baracchi on 18 Dec 1884, all using the 48" Great Melbourne Telescope. Le Sueur's sketch is plate IV, figure 32 and Turner's is figure 33 in "Observations of Southern Nebulae made with the Great Melbourne Telescope 1869 - 1885". Turns shows the cluster as very elongated N-S and Baracchi sketched it as round.
******************************
NGC 2048 = ESO 056-166 = LMC-N154A = LH 87
05 35 56 -69 38 54; Dor
V = 12.2; Size 2'
14" (4/4/16 - Coonabarabran, 145x + NPB filter): NGC
2048 is a bright elongated glow, ~1'x0.7' E-W, surrounded by fainter nebulous
haze extending 3'-4' in diameter.
The emission component (LHA 120-N 154A) is cradled around the south and
east side by a large, semicircular chain with mostly mag 12 stars and a total
length of ~15' (association LH 87).
At the west end of this chain is
NGC 2048 is situated in a glorious region of the LMC;
extending to the southwest is NGC 2033 = LH 81, a large stellar association
(the stars on the south side of the semicircular chain are likely members) and
further north is
John Herschel discovered NGC 2048 = h2926 in 1834-1835 (exact sweep or date unknown as based on a sketch of the Tarantula Nebula (NGC 2070) region made over several nights in Nov 1834 and Dec 1835) and described as "a very faint large oval ill-defined nebula; not taken in sweeping, but laid down from a careful drawing. See Notes on Catalogue of Nubecula Major". His position is 3' NE of the center of this nebula. Hodge and Wright describe it as "possibly only 2-3 stars in nebulosity" in their LMC Atlas.
******************************
05 43 15.2 -30 04 42; Col
V = 12.8; Size 2.0'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 168°
18" (12/22/11): faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1
~N-S, 0.6'x0.3', low surface brightness, very weak concentration (possibly viewed
through thin clouds).
17.5" (12/7/90): fairly faint, small, oval 3:2 NNW-SSE, bright core.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2049 = h2921 on 28 Jan 1835 and recorded "vF; S; R; pretty suddenly little brighter middle; 25" diameter." His position (measured on two sweeps) is accurate.
******************************
05 36 41.8 -69 22 49; Dor
V = 9.3; Size 3.0'x2.4'
14" (4/4/16 - Coonabarabran, 145x): NGC 2050 was taken
as a 2'-3' patch of stars on the north side of the large stellar association LH
96, a 15'x10' cloud of roughly 120 stars.
At 145x, ~20 stars were resolved including
18" (7/8/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 173x, appears as just a locally brighter spot containing perhaps a dozen stars over a hazy background glow (stellar association LH 93), ~2' in diameter. Embedded in the edge of an amazing 15'-20' linear stream of stars (association LH 93/94) which runs through the field from east-northeast to west-southwest. This long chain passes just off the south side of the tendrils of the Tarantula Nebula and heads towards NGC 2050! NGC 2050 is situated 30' SW of the center of the Tarantula.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2050 = h2928 in 1834-1835
(exact date unknown as based on a sketch of the Tarantula Nebula (
******************************
NGC 2051 = ESO 056-169 = S-L 608
05 36 07.5 -71 00 43; Men
V = 11.7; Size 1.7'
24" (4/5/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 200x this LMC cluster appeared bright, fairly small, round, 35" diameter. Located 12' ESE of brighter NGC 2031. Two additional S-L clusters (617 and 624) share the field 8.5' SSE. The cluster is also equidistant from a mag 9 star 8' NW and mag 7.6 HD 37899 a similar distance SW.
S-L 617 is the southwestern member of a pair of S-L clusters. At 200x it appeared faint, moderately large, round, 30" diameter. Overall it was larger but with a lower surface brightness than S-L 624 located 3.5' NE. Located ~5' ESE of a mag 7.6 star.
S-L 624 appeared as a fairly faint, compact knot, ~20" diameter, with a fairly high surface brightness. A mag 11.7 star is 1.9' SW and S-L 617 lies 3.5' SW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2051 = h2930 on 23 Dec 1834 and reported "pB; S; R; gradually brighter in the middle; 30"; insulated." His position from a single sweep is accurate.
******************************
NGC 2052 = ESO 056-176 = LMC-N155
05 37 11 -69 46 30; Dor
Size 1.2'
14" (4/4/16 - Coonabarabran, 145x): without a filter this emission nebula (N155) is a very faint, small patch perhaps 35" diameter, only a couple of faint stars are involved. Situated midway between a mag 12 star 2' W and a mag 12.5 star 2' ENE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2052 = h2929 in 1834-1835 (sweep number and date unknown as based on a sketch of the Tarantula Nebula (NGC 2070) region made over several nights in Nov 1834 and Dec 1835) and described as "vvF, vvL, very gradually little brighter middle." Herschel changed the description in the GC to read "eF, vvS, very gradually little brighter middle" (probably an error) and this was copied by Dreyer into the NGC. His position is 2.5' SW of the faint HII region Henize N155, which the Hodge-Wright Atlas and the ESO identify as NGC 2052. There are no other nearby candidates. Harold Corwin suggests "NGC 2052 may be the large diffuse nebula 2 minutes of time preceding Herschel's position. But it may not be."
Eric Lindsay, in the 1964 paper "Some NGC objects in the Large Magellanic Cloud" (IAJ, 6, 286-289), notes "Should be 2.3m E of NGC 2033. It may be a small group slightly NE in which is Henize N155. Dreyer and Herschel differ as to size [actually Herschel changed the size]. Position measured by Herschel from a drawing and not during a sweep."
******************************
05 37 40 -67 24 48; Dor
V = 12.2; Size 1.2'
14" (4/4/16 - Coonabarabran, 145x and 178x): fairly
bright, relatively large, slightly elongated N-S, 1.0' diameter, smooth glow at
145x, slightly mottled at 178x. A
mag 12 star is 1.2' W. Located 23'
W of mag 7.0
S-L 628 lies 7' NE. It was immediately seen as an moderately bright, fairly small glow, round, 25" diameter, fairly high surface brightness, no resolution.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2053 = h2927 on 2 Jan 1837 and noted "F; lE; gradually brighter in the middle; 2'." His position from a single sweep is 1' SSE of this cluster.
******************************
05 45 15.4 -10 04 59; Ori
= 4*, HC and Dreyer.
George Bond discovered NGC 2054 = HN 3 on 6 Oct 1850 with a
4-inch comet-seeker at the Harvard College Observatory. He mentioned that it required
confirmation and John Herschel didn't include this object in his General
Catalogue (GC). Dreyer observed
the cluster using the 72" at Birr Castle on 13 Jan 1877 and reported
"vF, pS, irregularly round, at times I thought it was a very small
cluster, but it is doubtful".
Nevertheless, he included it in the GC Supplement (GC 5354). Herbert Howe observed it around 1899
using a 20" refractor and noted "it appears to be simply a small
triangle composed of 2 stars of mag 12, and one of mag 13." Bigourdan's position from 26 Dec 1891
(repeated in the
******************************
NGC 2055 = ESO 056-171 = LH 96
05 36 45 -69 29 54; Dor
V = 8.4; Size 15'x10'
14" (4/4/16 - Coonabarabran, 145x): roughly 120 stars are resolved in a gorgeous 15'x10' SW-NE star cloud (association LH 96) situated to the south of the Tarantula Nebula. The cloud is rich in faint stars but also includes a mag 9.6 star (HD 269820) at the southwest edge, along with a few other mag 10.5 stars. The background shows unresolved haze and perhaps nebulosity. Adding an NPB filter, there is definite nebulosity in the northeastern quadrant of the cloud. It spreads northwest and northeast, merging with the outer tendrils of the Tarantula Nebula!
Within this cloud is S-L 610 (often misidentified as NGC
2055), a small knot of four stars in a 1' region. It includes two bright "stars" (R127, V ≈ 10.5 and R128, V ≈ 10.7 ) at 20"
separation, along with two 12th mag stars to the northwest. Both R127 and R128 are very compact
clusters with R127 containing the brightest Luminous Blue Variable (LBV) in the
LMC! NGC 2050 is probably a group
of stars on the north side of the cloud.
Roughly ~20 stars were resolved including a mag 10.6 star at the west
edge and a mag 10.7 star (11" double) at the southwest edge. The central part contains several mag
12 stars and
A long stream of mag 10-12 stars begins about 12' W of the cluster and extends east-northeast for over 20', including NGC 2050 and association LH 97 at the NE corner of the large star cloud, and passing just south of the Tarantula Nebula.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2055 = D 145 = h2931 on 24 Sep
1826. On his second drift he
recorded (handwritten notes) "this is the center of a very large cluster
of very small stars, exceedingly rich with many very small faint
nebulae." His reduced
position was ~20' too far SE, close to the
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 2055 = h2931 on 24 Nov 1834 (sweep 513) and noted "a vL v rich cluster of sc st 10...15 which more than fills the field." His position is near the center of this large association or star cloud (LH 96), which includes NGC 2050 and S-L 610.
******************************
NGC 2056 = ESO 056-172 = S-L 611
05 36 34.0 -70 40 16; Men
V = 11.8; Size 1.5'
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): very
bright, fairly large, 1.2' diameter, very high surface brightness core, mottled
and clumpy halo with a couple of mag 15.5-16 stars resolved around the
edges. Second of three with NGC
2038 11' NW and NGC 2075 9' ESE.
Mag 9.3
John Herschel discovered NGC 2056 = h2932 on 23 Dec 1834 and recorded "pB, R, bM, the preceding of 2 [with NGC 2075] on the same parallel; a star 9 mag between." His position is ~30" SE of center of this cluster.
******************************
05 36 56.2 -70 16 10; Men
V = 12.2; Size 1.8'
24" (4/9/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this
LMC cluster is on the south side of a field filled with 8 NGC clusters. At 260x it appeared bright, fairly
small, round, ~30" diameter, fairly well concentrated with a small bright
core. Situated on a line between
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2057 = D 104 = h2935 on 24 Sep 1826. He described "a very small faint nebula, 8" or 10" diameter." and noted it was part of a triangle (with NGC 2058 and NGC 2065). Although his reduced position was 11' too far SE reference to his handwritten sweep timings confirms the identification. He missed NGC 2057 on a sweep 3 nights later, picking up nly NGC 2058 and 2065.
John Herschel independently discovered NGC 2057 on 11 Nov 1836 (sweep 748) and recorded "pF; S; R; gradually brighter in the middle; the 5th (4th properly) of a group of 6, RA only estimated from a rough diagram incorrect (as it would seem) in the order of the objects."
Albert Le Sueur, Joseph Turner and Pietro Baracchi sketched the entire group of clusters (NGC 2046, 2047, 2057, 2058, 2059, 2065, 2066) in 1870, 1876 and 1884, respectively, using the 48" Great Melbourne Telescope. Le Sueur's sketch was reproduced as plate IV, figure 32 and Turner's sketch in plate IV, figure 33 in in "Observations of Southern Nebulae made with the Great Melbourne Telescope 1869 - 1885". Turner's sketch shows a star or clump bulging out the southeast side, though Baracchi's sketch shows a narrow extension to the north towards a faint star.
******************************
NGC 2058 = ESO 056-173 = S-L 614
05 36 54.5 -70 09 44; Men
V = 11.9; Size 2.1'
24" (4/9/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is
the brightest cluster in a 15' field of 8 NGC clusters including NGC 2046, 47,
57, 59, 65, 66 and 72. All 8
clusters easily fit in the field of 13mm Ethos at 200x within a 20'
circle. Using 260x, NGC 2058
appeared very bright, large, well concentrated. The outer halo extends up to 2' diameter using averted
vision. At 350x, a few very faint
stars are resolved in the halo and around the edges of the core. Two mag 12.5-13 stars lie 1' WSW and
1.5' WNW. Other nearby clusters
include
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2058 = D 103 = h2933 on 24 Sep 1826. He described (summary of two observations) "a round well-defined nebula, 30" diameter, bright at the centre. The preceding of three nebulae forming a triangle [with NGC 2057 and NGC 2065]." He made a second observation three nights later. His reduced position was 10' too far SE, but reference to his drift data and nearby objects confirms the identification.
On 11 Nov 1836 (sweep 748), John Herschel called this cluster, "B; R; gradually brighter in the middle; 90"; the 3rd of a group of 6." Three sweeps later he observed the cluster again as "vB; R; the 3rd of a group of 7. Pl IV, fig 9." His position and sketch is accurate. John Herschel equated Dunlop 102 with h2933.
The entire group of clusters (NGC 2046, 2047, 2057, 2058, 2059, 2065, 2066) was sketched by Le Sueur on 7 Feb 1870, Joseph Turner on 26 Apr 1876 and Pietro Baracchi on 18 Dec 1884 using the 48" Great Melbourne Telescope. Le Sueur's and Turner's sketches were published in "Observations of Southern Nebulae made with the Great Melbourne Telescope 1869 - 1885" in plate IV, figure 32 and figure 33.
******************************
NGC 2059 = ESO 056-175 = S-L 613
05 37 01.5 -70 07 37; Men
V = 12.9; Size 1.1'
24" (4/9/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this LMC cluster is on the north side of a field of 8 NGC clusters. At 200x it appeared moderately bright, fairly small, round, 35" diameter. At 350x it appeared grainy but was still unresolved except for a faint star at the north edge. Located 2.1' NNE of NGC 2058 and just 40" following a mag 12 star.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2059 = h2936 on 11 Nov 1836 and reported "vF; the 5th (4th in MS) of a group of 6. Pl IV, fig 9." His position and sketch is accurate.
The cluster was sketched using the 48" Great Melbourne Telescope by Albert Le Sueur on 7 Feb 1870, Joseph Turner on 26 Apr 1876 and Pietro Baracchi on 18 Dec 1884 . Le Sueur's and Turner's sketches were published in "Observations of Southern Nebulae made with the Great Melbourne Telescope 1869 - 1885" on plate IV, figure 32 and figure 33. Both observers drew the cluster elongated N-S.
The Hodge-Wright Atlas misidentifies OGLE-CL LMC 632 (too far north) as NGC 2059. Interestingly, Pietro Baracchi's sketch of the field on 18 Dec 1884 with the GMT, shows OGLE-CL LMC 632 as a nebulous object close northwest of NGC 2059, directly south of a star labeled as 15th magnitude
******************************
05 37 46.9 -69 10 18; Dor
V = 9.6; Size 2'
18" (7/8/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this fairly small knot of nebulosity is situated just southwest of the Tarantula nebula, approximately 7' from the center. About a half-dozen mag 12-14 stars are involved (association LH 99) in the glow with a total diameter of 2'. A mag 12 "star" at the north edge (Brey 73 = TLD1) is actually a very compact cluster with over a dozen components, including the Wolf-Rayet star.
NGC 2060 harbors a compact x-ray source and a rapidly rotating pulsar, indicating an obscured Crab-like supernova remnant (1998 IAU Circ., 6810, 2). The cluster also contains VFTS 102, the most rapidly rotating massive O-type star known, which is possibly related to the pulsar.
25" (4/3/19 - OzSky): at 244x; Brey 73 appeared as a very high surface brightness knot (V = 12.1), ~12" diameter, with a mag 13.7 star at the SE edge.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2060 between Nov 1836 and Mar 1837 with a 5-inch refractor and listed it as #642 in his preliminary catalogue of "Stars, Nebulae and Clusters in the Nubecula Major." (not included in his main CGH catalogue). His position corresponds with this SNR on the southwest side of the Tarantula nebula.
******************************
05 42 53.2 -33 57 29; Col
Size 16'
18" (1/15/07): at 115x I was initially attacted by a large, bright trapezoid-shaped asterism of 5 stars with a pair of 9.5-magnitude stars at 35" separation at the NW vertex. The brightest star in the asterism is a mag 7.2 orange star at the NE vertex with an 11th magnitude companion (h3794). But John Herschel was likely referring to an 8' scattering of a couple of dozen mag 13 and fainter stars that lie to the north of the bright star. This group appears to be a random collection at the eyepiece.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2061 = h2924 on 9 Jan 1836 and logged "Cluster, 8th class, course, loose and filling the field; stars 10...13m. Place that of a double star in a vacant part." There is no double star at Herschel's position though exactly 1.0 minute of RA west is the double star HJ 3794 (7.7/11.6 at 20" separation) with a mean position of 05 42 53.2 -33 57 29 (J2000). There is a scattering of stars extending 8' north and five brighter stars to the south. The ESO position is 05 42 42 -34 00.6 (2000), and classified as a group of stars.
The field was first photographed by DeLisle Stewart at Harvard's Arequipa Station between 1898 and 1901 and was "Not seen, scattered stars, but no cluster." Helwan Observatory (1921 list of observations) reported "No cluster here. Exposure 100 minutes." This was repeated by Dorothy Carlson in her NGC correction paper as well as the RNGC.
******************************
05 40 03.8 -66 52 36; Dor
V = 12.7; Size 0.9'
18" (4/6/16 - Coonabarabran, 236x): moderately bright,
fairly small, slightly elongated N-S, 30" diameter, mottled. Some
extremely faint stars are on the verge of resolution including one at the north
or northeast edge. Two mag 9.8
stars lie 1.6' S and 2.9' SSW. A
small, low surface patch, ~20"x15" NW-SE, was noticed 4.7' W. On the DSS, it appears to be a possible
uncatalogued LMC cluster. S-L 643
lies 10' SSE. It appeared fairly
faint, fairly small, round, smooth surface brightness. Located 4.7' E of mag 8.4
John Herschel discovered NGC 2062 = h2937 on 3 Jan 1837 and recorded "vF; E; gradually little brighter middle; 40"; north of 2 stars 10m." His position is 1 tmin too far west, but his declination matches this cluster and two bright stars lie to the south, so the identification is certain. Eric Lindsay first noted this error in "Some NGC objects in the Large Magellanic Cloud" (IAJ, 6, 286-289), "Position should probably be 1.3m E corresponding to S/L 640."
******************************
05 46 48 +08 39 12; Ori
18" (1/26/09): although nothing stands out in the field, near William Herschel's position is a group of 30 stars elongated N-S in a string. Includes mag 10.1 HD 247555 near the north end, though the richest concentration is at the south end (7' S from the bright star).
Other observers have picked brighter groupings in the area as NGC 2063 and WH's description of "a small cluster of very small scattered stars" is not very helpful. RNGC classifies the number as nonexistent and in any case this number likely applies to an asterism and not a true cluster.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2063 = H. VIII-2 on 28 Dec 1785 (sweep 496) and logged "A few pretty closely scattered very small stars." There is no cluster near his position (preceding Betelgeuse by 8 min 28 sec and 1° 16' N), only a few groups of stars. Harold Corwin lists the group I logged as the most likely candidate. Curiously, Herschel associated his object with discovery #21, which was found on 26 Dec 1783 in early sweep 67, when his positions were still quite rough. But his position in 1783 was approximately 32 minutes following Mu Orionis and roughly 52' north. That translates into a position nearly 12° to the west, so it cannot apply to the same object he found in sweep 496.
I found that on 26 Dec 1786 (sweep 666) he recorded "some very small closely scattered stars; not enough of them to be a cluster." Caroline's reduced position falls very close to the position given here!
John Herschel initially equated his h366 (later NGC 2039) with his father's H. VIII-2, but John's "cluster" is about 1/2° to the west.
The position given in Archinal and Hynes ("Star Clusters") to the west of NGC 2039 is incorrect. See Corwin's notes for more.
******************************
05 46 18.4 +00 00 21; Ori
Size 12'x2'
17.5" (12/20/95): very faint reflection nebula in the
13.1" (2/25/84): very faint reflection nebula, small. Located 7' WSW of M78 and 4' SE of a mag 10.5 star. This difficult object is near the visual threshold.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 2064 near M78 on 11 Jan 1864. He noted a mag 9-10 star was 4' north-preceding and measured an accurate position (2 nights). The visual extent is much smaller than the catalogued dimensions.
******************************
NGC 2065 = ESO 057-002 = S-L 626
05 37 35.9 -70 14 07; Men
V = 11.2; Size 2.6'
24" (4/9/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 260x, this LMC cluster appeared very bright, fairly large, round, 1.2' diameter, weak concentration. With averted vision, the surface is mottled and the outer halo increases to at least 1.5'. The cluster appeared very lively at 350x with a few stars just on the verge of resolution. At this power the halo appeared up to 1.8' in diameter. A mag 12 star is at the NE edge and two mag 13/13.5 stars lie ~1.5' WNW. Eight NGC clusters reside in this one field with four other clusters within 6': NGC 2057 4' SW, NGC 2066 4.2' N, NGC 2072 4' E and NGC 2058 5.8' NW!
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2065 = D 105 = h2938 on 24 Sep 1826 and described "a round well-defined nebula, 25" diameter." He made a second observation 3 nights later, along with NGC 2058. Although his reduced position is 9' too far SE, reference to his sweep timings confirms the identification on both nights.
On 11 Oct 1836, John Herschel found the cluster and reported h2938 as "pB; R; last of group of 6. Pl IV, fig 9." Three sweeps later he noted "B; the 6th of a group of 7." His position and sketch is accurate. He questioned if this object was D 103, though D 105 seems a better match.
The entire group of clusters (NGC 2046, 2047, 2057, 2058, 2059, 2065, 2066) was sketched by Albert Le Sueur on 7 Feb 1870, Joseph Turner on 26 Apr 1876 and Pietro Baracchi on 18 Dec 1884 using the 48" Great Melbourne Telescope. Le Sueur's and Turner's sketches were published in "Observations of Southern Nebulae made with the Great Melbourne Telescope 1869 - 1885" on plate IV, figure 32 and figure 33.
******************************
NGC 2066 = ESO 057-003 = S-L 627
05 37 41.2 -70 09 58; Men
V = 13.1; Size 1.0'
24" (4/9/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 260x appeared moderately bright and large, round, 45" diameter, very weakly concentrated. Located on the eastern end of a rich field of 9 NGC clusters and forms the vertex of an isosceles right triangle with NGC 2065 4.2' due south and NGC 2058 4.1' due west.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2066 = h2939 on 12 Nov 1836 and noted "vF and S; the last of a group of 7; this nebula escaped notice sweep 748. Plate IV, fig 9." The sketch on Plate IV accurately places the 7 clusters (flipped right-left and upside down).
The entire group of clusters (NGC 2046, 2047, 2057, 2058, 2059, 2065, 2066) was sketched by Joseph Turner on 26 Apr 1876 and Pietro Baracchi on 18 Dec 1884 using the 48" Great Melbourne Telescope. Turner's sketch was published in "Observations of Southern Nebulae made with the Great Melbourne Telescope 1869 - 1885" on plate IV, figure 33. Albert Le Sueur apparently missed this cluster in an earlier observation made on 7 Feb 1870.
******************************
05 46 29 +00 06 24; Ori
Size 8'x3'
13.1" (2/25/84): extremely faint, suspected reflection nebula 5' WNW of M78. Sighting uncertain as only visible fleetingly. [It's not clear from my description whether I observed the very low surface brightness circular patch NW of M78 or the brightest portion of the streamer pointing towards NGC 2064].
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 2067 = T. 1-17 in 1876 with the 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory. His position and rough tranlation of his description (in German) points to the very faint nebulosity to the northwest of M78. Harold Corwin lists two possible regions as the intended object - "a large patch of pretty low surface brightness nebulosity about 5 arcmin northwest of M78" and "a knot about 3 arcmin southwest, the brightest part of a long faint streamer pointed toward NGC 2064". It's possible that Tempel's nebula applies to both sections.
******************************
05 46 45 +00 04 42; Ori
V = 8.0; Size 8'x6'
17.5" (12/20/95): very bright reflection nebula
surrounding two mag 10.5 stars (
17.5" (2/1/92):very bright, surprisingly large, 6'x4'. Surrounds two mag 10 stars although the nebulosity extends further to east of these stars. Also a mag 13 star is embedded in the SE end. Brighter and sharper edge gently curves from west to north side. Appears to fan out to the SE where the nebula gradually fades into background. Brightest in a group of reflection nebulae including NGC 2064 7' SW and NGC 2067 6' WNW.
8" (12/6/80): bright reflection nebula, large, NW edge brighter and sharper, elongated, roughly rectangular, wide pair of mag 10 stars involved, striking. Brightest in a group of reflection nebulae.
Pierre Méchain discovered M78 = NGC 2068 = h368 in March 1780. M78 is the first reflection nebula that was discovered.
William Herschel first observed M78 on 19 Dec 1783 with the small 20 foot (12-inch aperture). He described "Two large [bright] stars, well defined, within a nebulous glare of light resembling that in Orion's sword. There are also three very small [faint] stars just visible in the nebulous part which seem to be component particles thereof. I think there is a faint ray near 1/2 deg long towards the east and another towards the south east less extended, but I am not quite so well assured of the reality of these latter phenomena as I could wish, and would rather ascribe them to some deception. At least I shall suspend my judgement till I have seen it again in very fine weather, tho' the night is far from bad." He observed it again on 1 Jan 1786 (sweep 506): "very large milky nebulosity terminating suddenly on the north side; contains two pretty large stars; they are on the north side."
On 10 Oct 1850, Lord Rosse's assistant Bindon Blood Stoney noted, "Between the 2 bright stars is a darker space not drawn by John Herschel." In 1851 and 1852, he thought it had a spiral shape. On 9 Jan 1856, R.J. Mitchell wrote, "in finder eyepiece a B oval neb with n and nf edges brightest and best defined, and sp edge fading away gradually; with higher power there is seen a decided darkness at and between the stars. I can confirm previous observation as to the curve formed by the brightest part of the neb."
Joseph Turner sketched the nebula in Dec 1876 using the 48" Great Melbourne Telescope (plate III, figure 31 in Observations of the Southern Nebulae made with the Great Melbourne Telescope...), as well as Pietro Baracchi on 8 Dec 1884.
******************************
05 38 37.7 -69 00 49; Dor
V = 10.1
18" (7/8/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is
the northern outer loop of the Tarantula Nebula which Dunlop and Herschel
catalogued separately. Several mag
12-13 stars are involved, including mag 13.1 HDE 269926 (Brey 88), a massive
Wolf-Rayet binary (WN4+OB). In
addition, mag 11.1
John Herschel discovered NGC 2069 = h2940 on 24 Nov 1834. He noted it was "the middle of a large extended faint nebulous mass which forms the northern branch of the great looped nebula, and is almost, or entirely, detached from it. See the next object [Tarantula Nebula]."
******************************
NGC 2070 = LMC-N157A = ESO 057-6 = S-L 633 = LH 100 = Tarantula Nebula = 30 Doradus
05 38 42 -69 06 03; Dor
V = 5; Size 40'
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 200x unfiltered, I examined the 30 Doradus cluster = R136 cluster at the heart of the Tarantula Nebula. The cluster is dominated by R136a, a 10th magnitude bloated "star" at the center that would not focus sharply. Surrounding this star was a compact but very rich carpet of dozens of mag 14-15.5 stars packed into a 1' region that were much too numerous to count.
24" (4/5/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): The Tarantula nebula was simply unreal at 200x in the 13mm Ethos with a UHC filter -- better than any photo I've seen and convincingly 3-dimensional, even though I viewed it late so the elevation was only 20°. Although this magnification brought out an unbelievable amount of detail in the loops and ribbons, the main complex fit snugly in the eyepiece field (30').
20" (7/8/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): the Tarantula is the largest known emission region (800-1000 light years) and is easily visible to the naked-eye from Australia. The view of the Tarantula early in the morning through a 20" f/5 at 127x (20 Nagler) and OIII filter was jaw-dropping! Near the center are several bright loops and arcs. Extending out are a number of convoluted loops including one heart-shaped arch which is quite large. Running out from the central region of the nebula are streaming lanes of nebulosity. One in particular extends quite a long distance and the outer loops and streamers seem to merge into some of the nearby HII regions forming a mind-boggling complex. There are perhaps 10 different loops and ribbons in the main body giving a 3-dimensional effect.
Near the center lies an extremely compact cluster of superluminous stars (R136) but only a few were visible including what appears to be a single bright star. A large number of additional stars are scattered about the main body. Mag 11.9 HDE 269928 (Wolf-Rayet = Brey 90) is 1.3' E of R136. Additional WR stars are mag 11.6 Brey 87 0.9' N of center and mag 13.5 Brey 80 1.5' NW of center.
18" (7/8/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): NGC 2060 lies 6.5' SW of the central cluster (R136) of the Tarantula. It appeared as a fairly small knot of nebulosity, ~2' diameter, with about a half-dozen mag 12-14 stars involved (association LH 99) in the glow. A mag 12 "star" on the north edge has been resolved into a very compact cluster by the HST. Studies have shown this nebula contains a compact x-ray source and a rapidly rotating pulsar, indicating NGC 2060 is a Crab-like supernova remnant in the LMC (1998 IAU Circ., 6810, 2).
Hodge 301 is the oldest cluster in the Tarantula (age 25-30 million years) and is situated just 3' NW of the central cluster (R136). It appeared as a coompact 30" knot with a half-dozen mag 13-14 stars resolved over haze.
12.2" (6/29/02 - Bargo, Australia): first view of the Tarantula in Les Dalrymple's 12" was early in the evening, very low in the southern sky (20° elevation) and without a filter. Even under these conditions it was a fascinating sight – fairly bright, detailed, 15' convoluted, mottled nebulosity with several striking loops or ribbons which radiate out from the central region. Sweeping in the nearby fields I ran across numerous small knots of nebulosity and small clusters.
10x30mm (1/21/12): I viewed the Tarantula Nebula in a 19" dobsonian (pointed horizontally) and in my IS binoculars. At a declination of -69.1°, the Tarantula just skimmed the horizon from the 9300' Mauna Kea Visitor Center, culminating 1.1° above the horizon! Still with atmospheric refraction, it was obvious in the binoculars. There was too much extinction and seeing effects for much structure in the 19".
Naked-eye: at 5th magnitude or so, the Tarantula is obvious from a fairly dark site as a small, fuzzy patch on the eastern side of the LMC, north of the central bar.
Nicolas-Louis de Lacaille discovered NGC 2070 = Lac I-2 = D
142 = h2941 in 1751-1752 using a half-inch refractor at 8x during his
expedition to the Cape of Good Hope.
He included it in his 1755 catalogue as Class I No. 2 and remarked
"like the former [
On his first observation from the Cape of Good Hope, John Herschel noted "the great nebula; an assemblage of loops." He later discussed in detail, "This is one of the most singular and extraordinary objects which the heavens present, and derives no small addition to its intrinsic interest from its situation, which is among the thickest of the nebulae and clustering groups of the greater Nubecula, of whose total area it occupies one-five hundredth part. For these reasons, as well as because its real nature has been completely misunderstood, and its magnified appearance so strangely misrepresented in the only figure which I am aware to have been made of it as to convey an entirely erroneous impression both of its form and structure; I have taken great pains to give as nearly as possible a perfect representation of it as it appeared in the twenty-feet reflector on a great many occasions, but more especially on the 29th November, 1834, when a 'very careful drawing' was made of it by the eye alone, unaided by any micrometrical measures; and on the 21st and 22nd December, 1835, when the nebula was worked in from the telescope on a 'skeleton' previously prepared by an approximate reduction of the micrometrical measures of its principle stars, forming a chart, with a system of triangles, for its reception and for that of minute stars not susceptible of micrometric measurement, or not considered as of sufficient importance to be so measured. This is the only mode in which correct monographs can be executed of nebulae of this kind which consist of complicated windings and ill-defined members obliterated by the smallest illumination of the field of view; and in which the small stars, when very numerous, can be mapped down with tolerable precision. The following catalogue contains all the stars which I have been able distinctly to perceive within the area occupied by the nebula and nearly adjacent to it... [The catalogue contains 105 stars.] The stars thus scattered over the area occupied by this nebula may or may not be systematically connected with it, either as an individual object, or as part of the vast and complex system which constitutes the Nubecula. In respect of their arrangement there is nothing to distinguish them from those which occupy the rest of the area covered by the Nubecula, in which every variety of condensation and mode of distribution is to be met with. The nebula itself (as seen in the 20-feet reflector) is of the milky or irresolvable kind - quite as free from any mottling or incipient stellar appearance as any other nebula which I can remember to have examined with that instrument. Its situation in the Nubecula is immediately adjacent to two large and rich clusters [NGC 2042 and NGC 2055]. Mr Dunlop remarks that 'The 30 Doradus is surrounded by a number of nebulae of considerable magnitudes, nine or ten in number, with the 30 Doradus in the centre.', of which nebulae he gives a figured representation. For what objects these can be intended I am quite at a loss to conjecture, unless they be the brighter portions of the nebulous convolutions seen without their connecting enbranchments. But with this supposition their relative situations, intensities, and magnitudes in the figure alluded to, so far as I am able to judge, appear irreconcilable."
An early study was published in 1937 by by Harlow Shapely and John Paraskevopoulos at the Boyden Station in Bloemfontein, South Africa. A photograph, taken with the 60" Common reflector, was taken by Paraskevopoulos and published in the study.
******************************
05 47 07.2 +00 17 39; Ori
Size 4'x3'
17.5" (12/20/95): fairly bright reflection nebula surounding a mag 9.5 star, 3.5' diameter. Shape appears irregular (although no distinct borders) but extends more to the south side of the star, which has a faint companion close south. A second mag 9.5 star (not involved) lies 3.5' NW. The field is strangely lacking in stars due to obscuration.
17.5" (2/1/92): fairly bright reflection nebula surrounds a mag 10 star although extends farther south. A second mag 13 star is embedded just south of the bright star. The round outline gradually fades into the background. A mag 10 star is 3.5' NW but the field is strangely devoid of stars due to obscuring dust. Located 15' NNE of M78.
8": faint reflection nebula. Located 15' NNE of M78. Surround the southeast member of a mag 10 double star.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2071 = H. IV-36 on 1 Jan 1786 (sweep 506). He recorded "a star surrounded with milky chevelure; the star is not central." The previous object in the sweep was M78 (his first observation). On a second observation of NGC 2071 on 22 Feb 1786 (sweep 526) he noted again "a star with a milky chevelure. vF and extensive." In his 1791 PT paper he stated "As by the word chevelure I always denoted something relating to a center, the connection cannot be doubted." His position is fairly accurate.
******************************
NGC 2072 = ESO 057-004 = S-L 630
05 38 23.8 -70 14 01; Men
V = 13.2; Size 1.0'
24" (4/10/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 260x this LMC cluster appeared moderately bright, fairly small, round, 35"-40" diameter, weak concentration. Located 4' E of NGC 2065 at the east end of a group of 8 NGC clusters (and a couple of fainter ones)
Pietro Baracchi discovered NGC 2072 on 20 Dec 1884 with the 48-inch Great Melbourne Telescope while observing a number of clusters near NGC 2065 in the LMC. He labeled it as "g" on his sketch of the field and called it "vvF, S, indistinct, flat." With respect to NGC 2065, he measured an offset of 47 seconds following and 40" N. This falls only 0.6' NE of center of this small cluster. Dreyer credited "Melbourne Obs" in the NGC (R. L. Ellery's "Observations of Southern Nebulae made with the [48"] Great Melbourne Telescope 1869 - 1885"). See NGC 2043, also discovered the same night.
******************************
05 45 53.9 -21 59 58; Lep
V = 12.4; Size 1.5'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.1
17.5" (12/3/88): fairly faint, very small, round, bright core, stellar nucleus. Located 35' NE of the wide bright double star Alpha Leporis 3.6/6.3 at 90".
William Herschel discovered NGC 2073 = H. III-241 = h2934 on 20 Nov 1784 (sweep 325) and recorded "eF, vS, lE nearly in the parallel."
******************************
NGC 2074 = LMC-N158C = ESO 057-8 = S-L 637 = LH 101
05 39 03 -69 29 54; Dor
V = 9.3; Size 3.5'x2.0'
24" (4/10/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this
prominent HII region (LMC-N158C) and cluster (OB-association LH 101) appeared
as a very bright, very large "C" shaped nebula surrounding a
semi-circular chain or crown of stars open to the SW. Two bright mag 10.4 and 11 stars oriented SW-NE (50"
separation) lie on the northwest end of this crown. The northeastern luminary
consists of a 1.8" pair of OB-stars (TDS 3273 = 11.4/11.8) and a mag 12.5
Wolf-Rayet star just 3" W. The mag 11 star to its southwest (
NGC 2074 is part of a huge Superbubble complex (LMC-N158)
stretching 11' SW-NE with
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2074 = D 146 = D 149 = h2842 on
3 Aug 1826 and 24 Sep 1826. He
simply described D 146 as "a small faint nebula" and his position is
less than 4' E. He recorded it
again near the end of his second drift on 27 Sep 1826 and logged D 149 as a
"faint nebula following 2 small stars, 1' diameter." The two stars are mag 10.4 and 11 on
the W side of the nebula. The next
object recorded in the drift was
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 2074 in 1834-1835. The exact sweep or date is unknown as the object was placed on a detailed sketch of the Tarantula Nebula (NGC 2070) region made over several nights in Nov 1834 and Dec 1835. He recorded it as "pL, pB, mE, of irreg rounded and somewhat serpentine figure, much brighter in its foll part; elongated generally in parallel. Involves 5 stars, 2 of which are 10th mag. See Notes in 'First Approximation Towards a Catalogue of Objects in the Magellanic Clouds...'."
******************************
NGC 2075 = LMC-N213 = ESO 057-5 = S-L 631
05 38 21 -70 41 04; Men
V = 11.5; Size 2.2'
24" (11/18/12 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): very
bright, irregular, triangular-shaped, ~50" diameter. Near the center is a very bright knot
consisting of a few extremely close stars. A couple of additional stars are resolved within the glow and
a number of stars are near the edges.
The cluster is surrounded by faint nebulosity (LMC-N213) which doubles
the size of the object. Forms the
vertex of an isosceles right triangle with mag 9.4 HD 38174 4.5' W and a mag 10
star 4.5' S. Third of three clusters
with NGC 2056 9' WNW and NGC 2038 20' NW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2075 = h2943 on 23 Dec 1834 and logged "B, R, bM, resolved; the following of two on the same parallel [with NGC 2056], a star 9 mag intervening." His position is at the east edge of this nebulous cluster.
******************************
05 46 47.1 -16 46 54; Lep
V = 13.0; Size 2.2'x1.3'; Surf Br = 14.0; PA = 45°
17.5" (12/3/88): moderately bright, fairly large, oval
SW-NE, fairly high surface brightness but no distinctive core. Several bright stars are nearby
including mag 7.8
William Herschel discovered NGC 2076 = H. III-267 on 4 Feb 1785 (sweep 365) and recorded "vF, pS, irr E, bM, requires attention to be seen."
******************************
05 39 35.3 -69 39 21; Dor
V = 11.7; Size 1.0'
24" (4/9/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is the southwest component of a very bright, impressive 2' emission patch with NGC 2080. At 200x and UHC filter, NGC 2077 appeared bright, moderately large, elongated 2:1 E-W, ~1.2'x0.6'. Without a filter, three fainter stars are involved in the glow (one is a massive Wolf-Rayet star Brey 93a). Forms a close pair with NGC 2080 (Ghost Head Nebula) 1.1' NE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2077 = h2947 in Dec 1834 (exact sweep date unknown) and described as "The preceding two forming a double nebula. The place deduced from that of the following and brighter [NGC 2080 = h2950], by Delta RA = 7.1sec, Delta NPD = 20", as they result from the drawing of Dec 4, 1837. Pl III, figure 4."
James Dunlop discovered the entire complex (D 145) on 24 Sep 1826 and recorded (in his notebook), "This is the centre of a very large cluster of very small stars, exceedingly rich - with many very small nebulae in it - it minute stars, with many very small nebulae in it..." His position is just 4' SE of NGC 2080. As NGC 2077 has a high surface brightness, it was likely one of the "very small nebulae in it."
******************************
NGC 2078 = LMC-N159F = ESO 057-10
05 39 39.7 -69 44 37; Dor
V = 10.9; Size 0.8'
25" (10/21/17 - OzSky): NGC 2078 is the northwest
portion of the multi-sectioned NGC 2078-79-83-84 complex (LMC-N159). At 244x + NPB filter, it appeared as a
bright, elongated N-S patch, ~1.3' in length, with a prominent mag 12.1 star
(blue supergiant R128) involved on the south side and two mag 14/14.5 stars on
the north end. It appears
brightest on the southern end and dims on the northern end.
24" (4/9/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is
the northwest component of an impressive 4' emission nebula filled with bright
knots (LMC-N159), several of which form a curving "S" shape. At 200x and UHC filter it appeared as a
fairly bright, moderately large glow surrounding a mag 12 star (
R148 forms a 6" pair - not logged in either of the two observations above - with the optical counterpart (V ≈ 14.8) of LMC X-1, a 10 solar-mass black hole and variable X-ray source. Nearby is the impressive LMC-N160 complex with NGC's 2077 and 2080, another very bright patch of nebulosity 6' N, and NGC's 2085 and 2086, a smaller bright pair, a similar distance to the NE. This complex, along with LMC-N159, is within the O-association LH 105.
James Dunlop discovered the NGC 2078-79-83-84 complex = D 152 on 24 Sep 1826. His summary description reads "a cluster of six or seven very small nebulae in a square form 5' or 6' diameter, with several minute stars mixt. This is a very pretty group of nebulae - see Figure 5." Dunlop's sketch shows a group of 6 or 7 patches within a group of stars. He viewed it again at the end of the first of his three drifts on 27 Sep 1826, after logging D 105 = NGC 2065. Although his published position was 15' too far SE, his offsets with respect to nearby objects in the drifts confirm the identification of this nebulous complex. But he didn't provide information to identify which specific NGC numbers he observed.
John Herschel sketched the complex on 23 Dec. 1834. He described NGC 2078 = h2948 as "the north preceding of the four principal nuclei of the nebula of Plate III, figure 4." Herschel's sketch shows 7 condensations or nuclei, involved in nebulosity. The four NGC objects in this grouping are NGC 2078, 2079, 2083 and NGC 2084.
******************************
NGC 2079 = LMC-N159A = ESO 057-11
05 39 40 -69 46 20; Dor
V = 11.8; Size 1.0'
25" (10/21/17 - OzSky): NGC 2079 = Henize N159A is at the SW end of the impressive NGC 2078-79-83-84 complex (N159) and has the highest surface brightness. At 244x + NPB filter it appeared extremely bright, moderately large, with an unusual triangular outline, ~1' diameter, extremely high surface brightness. A thin fainter strip is on the south end, otherwise, the outline is very sharply defined. Contains a slightly darker interior region or perhaps a weak dust lane. Unfiltered a faint star or two is at the center, including the O5-type ionizing source DD 13. NGC 2079 is just detached from NGC 2084 to the northeast.
24" (4/9/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is the brightest section of an impressive 4' collection of perhaps 8 different emission knots (collectively LMC-N159) that are encased in a diffuse glow and carry four separate NGC designations. NGC 2079 (LMC-N159A) is situated on the southwest end of the complex and appeared extremely bright, ~1' diameter,with a uniform very high surface brightness. The outline has an unusual triangular shape (one vertex at the north end) with a well-defined border and appears detached from the main section. Without a filter, a faint star and ionizing source (DD 13, an unresolved pair of O-stars) is located at the center of the glow.
NGC 2079 is collinear with two mag 12 stars 1.7' N (at the center of 2078) and another mag 12 star 3.5' N. The main section of the complex to the northeast forms a large "S" shaped group of multiple knots with NGC 2078 1.7' N, 2084 to the east and 2083 to the NE.
James Dunlop discovered the NGC 2078-79-83-84 complex = D 152 on 24 Sep 1826. His summary description reads "a cluster of six or seven very small nebulae in a square form 5' or 6' diameter, with several minute stars mixt. This is a very pretty group of nebulae - see Figure 5." Dunlop's sketch shows a group of 6 or 7 patches within a group of stars. He viewed it again at the end of the first of his three drifts on 27 Sep 1826. Although his published position was 15' too far SE, his offsets with respect to nearby objects in the drifts confirm the identification of this nebulous complex. But he didn't provide information to identify which specific NGC numbers he observed.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2079 = h2949 on 23 Dec 1834 and recorded "The most southern of a group of 4 or 5 nebulae, 5' diameter, mixed with stars. This is the south preceding of the four chief nuclei [NGC 2078, 2079, 2083 and 2084] of the complex group of Plate III, figure 4". Herschel's sketch shows a complex object with 7 condensations or nuclei involved in nebulosity with the NGC 2079 at the upper right corner in the detailed sketch.
Williamina Fleming established the emission spectrum of NGC 2079 in 1897 during her spectroscopic survey for the first Henry Draper catalogue. It was independently found by Delisle Stewart around the same time.
******************************
NGC 2080 = LMC-N160A = ESO 057-12 = S-L 641 = Ghost Head Nebula
05 39 44.6 -69 38 45; Dor
V = 10.4; Size 1.5'
24" (4/9/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 200x and UHC filter, this emission nebula is very impressive, appearing as an extremely bright nebulous glow with an irregular shape, ~1.5' diameter, slightly elongated. The brightest section is encased in a larger, fainter nebulous glow that extends mostly to the south. NGC 2077, a bright HII glow, is attached on the SW side with their centers just 1' apart. Located just 30' SSE of the center of the Tarantula Nebula!
Along with NGC 2085 and 2086, another pair of knots ~3' SE, the entire complex is part of the Superbubble LMC-N160. Roughly 6' S is LMC-N159, another stunning group of nebulous glows consisting of NGC 2078, 2079, 2083 and 2084. NGC 2080 is the brightest region in the LMC-N159/160 complex and is nicknamed the "Ghost-Head Nebula" from a 2000 HST image.
At 350x the view was fascinating with 3 or 4 embedded "stars" (the brightest one or two appeared to be quasi-stellar knots) and NGC 2080 had a curdled texture. A couple of brighter mag 13/14 stars are off the NW side and a number of stars trail off to the east and NE (part of the O-association LH 103).
The two "eyes" of the Ghost Head (noted as quasi-stellar above) are rare, compact "high excitation blobs" (HEBs) of diameter ~3". They were discovered in 1986 and identified as A1 and A2, separated by ~20".
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2080 = D 150 = h2947 on 24 Aug 1826. His handwritten notes read "a well defined round nebula, rather bright, 20" diameter with a small star following and also a group of 5 or 6 small faint nebulae in a square form following about 37 seconds in RA [time] and 5' south." Although his reduced position was 14' too far SE, the drift timings place it perfectly between the previous object (NGC 2074) and the "5 or 6" nebulae (NGC 2078-2084 complex).
John Herschel observed NGC 2080 = h2947 in Dec 1834 and logged "B; R; double; the other sp [NGC 2077] is F; R; followed by clustering stars." An excellent sketch of the entire complex is on plate III, figure 4.
******************************
NGC 2081 = LMC-N158A = ESO 057-13 = LH 104
05 40 00 -69 24 24; Dor
V = 9.9; Size 6'x3.5'
24" (4/10/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): At
214x, this is a gorgeous star cloud consisting of two dozen stars in a 5'
region (stellar association LH 104, which is dominated by B-class supergiants),
including many mag 13-14 stars as well as mag 12.2 star
Adding a UHC filter enhances a fairly bright HII glow that
nearly surrounds the entire cluster in a triangular wreath (weak in the
center)! The brightest portion is
a ribbon with a bright region (identified in SIMBAD as BSDL 2722) at one end
just south of the cluster and extending due east. With closer inspection BSDL 2722 actually consists of a
couple of knots and fainter streaks intersecting! Just beyond the east end of this ribbon is
John Herschel discovered NGC 2081 = h2951 in 1834-1835 (exact sweep or date unknown as based on a detailed sketch of the Tarantula Nebula (NGC 2070) region made over several nights in Nov 1834 and Dec 1835) and simply noted in the CGH catalogue as a "Cluster VI of vF stars and nebula. See Catalogue of Nubecula Major." His coordinates and placement on his chart of the LMC matches this association.
******************************
05 41 51.0 -64 18 04; Dor
V = 12.1; Size 1.8'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.1
14" (4/7/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): fairly bright, moderately large, round, 1.3' diameter, irregular surface brightness, slightly mottled like a face on spiral. A mag 12 star is 2.5' ESE and two mag 11.5 stars are 8' WNW. Shines through the north edge of the LMC.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2082 = h2945 on 30 Nov 1834 and
recorded "pF, L, R, very little brighter middle, 2'." On a later sweep he added "B, L,
R, gradually little brighter middle, 90", has a *10m 2' dist 25°
south-following." His
position and decsription matches
******************************
NGC 2083 = LMC-N159D = ESO 057-14
05 39 58.8 -69 44 10; Dor
V = 10.8; Size 1.5'
25" (10/21/17 - OzSky): NGC 2083 is the main northern section and the largest piece of the NGC 2078/79/83/84 complex (LMC-N159 and OB-association LH 105). At 244x and NPB filter it appeared bright, large, nearly 2' in diameter, roughly circular. The surface brightness appeared fairly uniform, though lower at the northeast periphery where it merges with NGC 2078. Unfiltered, a half-dozen dozen stars mag 13.5 and fainter are involved in the nebula, along with mag 12.5 RMC 149, an O8.5-type supergiant near the center. At 397x (unfiltered), a mag 14.5 companion is 7" N of RMC 149 and the star seemed slightly "soft".
On the SE side of NGC 2083 [44" SE of the mag 12.5 star] is N159-5, a 15th magnitude "star" known as the LMC "Papillon Nebula". This very compact object is classified as a Young Stellar Object (YSO) and High Excitation Blob (HEB), a rare class of ionized nebulae associated with massive star formation. At 397x it appeared faint (15th mag) and quasi-stellar (though difficult to confirm).
24" (4/10/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 214x and UHC filter, NGC 2083 appeared as a bright, large, slightly elongated glow ~1.8' diameter, surrounding a mag 12.5 star (O-class supergiant). A brighter knot is embedded within the glow on the west side (LMC-N159I) on a line with NGC 2078. Removing the filter, the bright central star has a companion at ~7" and several other mag 14 stars are embedded in the periphery of the glow.
NGC 2083 is situated in the northeast section of the curving "S" shaped NGC 2078/79/83/84 complex (LMC-N159 and OB-association LH 105). This complex shares the same field with two additional bright emission regions - NGC 2085/86 4' N and NGC 2077/80 ~5.5' NNW (LMC-N160), and the combined complex forms a superb field of bright HII regions ~35' SSE of the center of the Tarantula Nebula. Although Herschel assigned 4 NGC numbers within LMC-N159, I logged at least 7 different brighter knots (see NGC 2084 for more).
James Dunlop discovered the NGC 2078-79-83-84 complex = D 152 on 24 Sep 1826. His summary description reads "a cluster of six or seven very small nebulae in a square form 5' or 6' diameter, with several minute stars mixt. This is a very pretty group of nebulae - see Figure 5." Dunlop's sketch shows a group of 6 or 7 patches within a group of stars. He viewed it again at the end of the first of his three drifts on 27 Sep 1826. Although his published position was 15' too far SE, his offsets with respect to nearby objects in the drifts confirm the identification of this nebulous complex. But he didn't provide information to identify which specific NGC numbers he observed.
John Herschel sketched the complex of nebulae on 23 Dec. 1834. He described NGC 2083 = h2952 as "the north following nucleus of the complex group of Plate III, figure 4, from drawing." Herschel's sketch shows 7 condensations or nuclei, involved in nebulosity. The four NGC objects in this grouping are NGC 2078, 2079, 2083 and NGC 2084.
******************************
NGC 2084 = LMC-N159C = ESO 057-15
05 40 06.9 -69 45 34; Dor
V = 11.3; Size 1.2'
25" (10/21/17 - OzSky): NGC 2084 is the second brightest section of the striking Henize N159 complex (NGC 2078/70/83/84) on its SE side and the brightest part of N159C. At 244x + NPB filter, it appeared very bright, fairly large, irregular shape, over 1' diameter (elongated N-S). Unfiltered two stars are involved included a mag 14.0 (O7 type). Fainter nebulosity extends west for 1' (also part of N159C) with a mag 14.0 O7-type and 14.5 O8-type stars involved unfiltered. The nebulosity curls north on its west side and brightens in a 40" circular patch (N159C-west) that includes two 15th mag stars (unfiltered), one a young stellar object (YSO). Overall, N159C displays a highly irregular curving shape with a patchy surface brightness and includes a half-dozen stars.
N159E, a detached piece ~1.5' S, is a fairly faint to moderately bright patch, irregularly round, 35" diameter, even surface brightness. Unfiltered, a star was seen involved with the nebulosity (ionizing source?). N159G, a slightly brighter detached piece 1.1' ENE of NGC 2084, appeared moderately bright and large, roughly oval, ~45" diameter. Unfiltered, a faint star is centered in N159G.
24" (4/10/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): This emission knot was noted while making a careful observation of NGC 2084, which is located within the southeast region of a very bright nebular complex NGC 2078-79-83-8 (LMC-N159), located ~40' SSE of the Tarantula Nebula. At the northeast end of the NGC 2084 region I noted a moderately bright, round knot, ~45" diameter. Without a filter a star is involved with this glow. Although John Herschel didn't catalogued this knot, it's shown on his sketch (Plate III, figure 4). NGC 2084, a brighter knot, is close WSW on a direct line with NGC 2079. NGC 2084 appeared very bright, fairly large, elongated, ~1.2'x1.0'. Removing the filter a couple of stars are involved (with one brighter star).
24" (4/10/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): I returned to this detailed nebula the following night to make a complete observation at 200x using a UHC filter. NGC 2084 forms the SE region of the complex and it's composed of several nearby components. At the NE end of this extended region is a moderately bright, round knot, ~45" diameter (N159G). Without a filter a star is involved with N159G (sketched by John Herschel but not catalogued). A second, brighter embedded "glow" is close WSW on a direct line with NGC 2079. This knot corresponds with John Herschel's position for NGC 2084 and is catalogued as N159C-east. It appeared very bright, fairly large, elongated, ~1.2'x1.0'. Removing the filter a couple of stars are involved (with one brighter star). Finally, N159C-west (also sketched by Herschel but not cataloged) lies 1.5' W of N159C-east in the center of the entire complex and is connected to N159C-west by a faint bridge of nebulosity. N159C-west appeared fairly bright, moderately large, round, 45" diameter.
24" (4/9/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is the SE component of a fascinating 4' HII complex filled with up to 8 distinguishable knots (4 have NGC numbers) with several of the brighter knots forming an "S" shape (this knot is at SE end of the "S"). At 200x and UHC filter it appeared very bright, round, fairly large glow, 1' diameter and encased within fainter nebulous haze that extends to the west. NGC 2083 lies 1.5' NNW within the background glow that envelopes the entire complex.
James Dunlop discovered the NGC 2078-79-83-84 complex = D 152 on 24 Sep 1826 (first drift). His summary description reads "a cluster of six or seven very small nebulae in a square form 5' or 6' diameter, with several minute stars mixt. This is a very pretty group of nebulae - see Figure 5." Dunlop's sketch shows a group of 6 or 7 patches within a group of stars. He viewed it again at the end of the first of his three drifts on 27 Sep 1826. Although his published position was 15' too far SE, his offsets with respect to nearby objects in the drifts confirm the identification of this nebulous complex. But he didn't provide information to identify which specific NGC numbers he observed. Glen Cozens assigns D 149 to the complex, but reference to his 2nd drift on 24 Sep shows D 149 was placed 9' N of NGC 2080, the following object in the drift and this offset corresponds with NGC 2074, which has two brighter stars on its west side, so is "following two small stars".
John Herschel sketched the complex of nebulae on 23 Dec. 1834. He described NGC 2084 = h2953 as "The south following nucleus of the complex group of Plate III fig 4, from drawing." Herschel's sketch shows 7 condensations or nuclei, involved in nebulosity. The four NGC objects in this grouping are NGC 2078, 2079, 2083 and NGC 2084.
******************************
NGC 2085 = LMC-N160B = ESO 057-16
05 40 09.3 -69 40 23; Dor
V = 12.1; Size 0.7'
24" (4/9/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this
HII knot is part of an amazing field of nebulous glows located ~35' SSE of the
Tarantula Nebula. At 200x using a
UHC filter, NGC 2085 appears bright, fairly small, ~25" diameter. A mag
10.0 star (supergiant HDE 269953) is just off the NE end (23" from the
center). NGC 2085 forms a close
pair with
John Herschel discovered NGC 2085 = h2954 on 23 Dec 1834 and reported "a very faint, nearly round nebula close to a star 10th mag, not observed in sweeping, but laid down Dec 4, 1873 in the drawing fig 4, Plate III whence its place is derived." The identification is certain based on his sketch.
******************************
NGC 2086 = IC 2145 = LMC-N160C = ESO 057-18
05 40 24 -69 40 14; Dor
V = 12.0; Size 0.7'
24" (4/9/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is
the eastern component of a close pair of nebulous glows with NGC 2085 just 1.2'
W. This pair is part of a
fascinating group of numerous emission nebulae (LMC-N160 and LMC-N159) just 35'
S of the Tarantula nebula. At 200x
with a UHC filter, this knot appears very bright (slightly brighter than NGC
2085), fairly small, round, ~30" diameter. Without a filter, a faint star is near the center. Mag 10 supergiant
John Herschel discovered NGC 2086 = h2956 in Dec 1834 and recorded "B, pS, R, little brighter middle, follows a star 10m with other S stars about it. Not observed in sweeping, but laid down in the drawing of Dec 4, 1837, whence its place is derived from the drawing fig 4, Pl III. Herschel's position and sketch clearly shows that NGC 2086 follows the mag 10 star and corresponds with a nebulous patch 12 seconds of RA following the bright star.
Williamina Fleming discovered the emission spectrum of this
nebula again on an objective prism plate taken in 1901 at Arequipa. As she
didn't associate it with the NGC number, Dreyer catalogued Fleming 92 (Harvard
discovery number) as
******************************
05 44 16.2 -55 31 57; Pic
V = 13.8; Size 0.8'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 136°
14" (4/7/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): fairly faint,
slightly elongated, 30"x25", weak concentration. Mag 7.5
John Herschel discovered NGC 2087 = h2946 on 6 Dec 1834 and noted "eF, R, very little brighter middle, 40"." His position is accurate.
******************************
05 41 00 -68 27 55; Dor
V = 12.5; Size 1.7'
30" (10/14/15 - OzSky): at 394x; bright, fairly small,
irregular, ~35" diameter.
Includes a bright quasi-stellar knot of stars near the center along with
an individual star close east and a couple of mag 15-16 stars around the
edges. A neat 6' curving stream of
stars begins at a mag 11 star 4.5' north and arcs southeast. NGC 2088 is the first in a group of
cluster with
John Herschel discovered NGC 2088 = h2955 on 9 Feb 1836 and
recorded "eF; S; R; insulated."
His mean position (2 sweeps) of 05 40 56.4 -68 27 54 (2000) was used by
Dreyer in the NGC. The declination
given in RNGC,
******************************
05 47 51.4 -17 36 08; Lep
V = 11.9; Size 1.9'x1.1'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 39°
17.5" (12/3/88): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2 SW-NE, bright core, stellar nucleus. Collinear with a mag 11 star 1.6' SSE and a mag 12 star 2.8' SSE of center.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2089 = H. III-270 on 6 Feb
1785 (sweep 367) and recorded "a very faint extremely small stellar
nebula; 240 verified it with difficulty, and considerable attention, the night
being uncommonly clear."
Arthur Auwers' reduced RA was 1 hr too large. John Herschel didn't make an observation but the NGC
position matches
******************************
05 47 01.8 -34 15 02; Col
V = 11.2; Size 4.9'x2.4'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 13°
13.1" (2/25/84): faint, fairly small, very elongated 3:1 ~N-S, 2.5'x0.8'. A mag 13.5 star is at the north tip 1.5' from center, a mag 14 star is at the west edge, 40" from center and another 14th mag star is 1.2' SE.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2090 = D 594 = h2944 on 29 Oct 1826. He described "a small faint nebula, with a ray shooting out on the north side." Dunlop observed this galaxy only once and his position was only 3' SSW. The "ray" he mentions perhaps consists of 3 mag 13-14 stars. John Herschel recorded the galaxy twice, on 8 Jan 1836 (sweep 662) recording a "globular cluster, B; R; with an appendage to northward; 2.5' diameter." The following night he described it as "B, irreg R, gradually brighter in the middle; 3' long; 2' broad with stars appended. This RA to be preferred". Herschel called this galaxy a globular in the GC and Dreyer followed in the NGC.
NGC 2090 was first photographed by DeLisle Stewart at Harvard's Arequipa Station between 1898 and 1901 and noted as "not a cluster, considerably elongated at 10°, stellar nucleus."
******************************
NGC 2091 = ESO 057-021 = S-L 653
05 40 57.7 -69 26 11; Dor
V = 12.0; Size 1.0'
24" (4/10/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): I accidentally picked up this cluster while examining the beautiful star cloud/nebula NGC 2081 to the NW. A bright E-W ribbon is on the south side of NGC 2081 with its vertex (brighter and larger end of the streamer) closest to NGC 2074 (to the SW) and extending towards the east. Just beyond the east end of this ribbon I picked up this elongated glow that appeared collinear with the streamer. At 214x without a filter, the 35"x25" knot partially resolved into a number of fainter stars.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2091 = h2957 in 1834-1835 (exact sweep or date unknown as based on a detailed sketch of the Tarantula Nebula (NGC 2070) region made over several nights in Nov 1834 and Dec 1835) and recorded as "vF; S; mE; gradually little brighter middle; 1' l; perhaps a vF double neb. See Catalogue of the Nubecula Major." Since no sweep is given in his LMC catalogue, the discovery date is unknown. His position is ~1' SSW of this cluster.
******************************
05 41 22.0 -69 13 27; Dor
V = 12.2; Size 1.2'
18" (7/8/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): very faint round knot, ~40" diameter with a brighter core. Located 4' W of NGC 2100 and 17' SE of the center of the Tarantula.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2092 = h2962 in 1834-1835 (exact sweep or date unknown as based on a detailed sketch of the Tarantula Nebula (NGC 2070) region made over several nights in Nov 1834 and Dec 1835) and recorded a "cluster class 6. vF, R, 60", partially resolved. See Catalogue of the Nubecula Major". The CGH position (based on the sketch) is 1.3' east of this cluster (and just west of NGC 2100).
Eric Lindsay, in the 1964 paper "Some NGC objects in the Large Magellanic Cloud" (IAJ, 6, 286-289), notes "This may be the star-rich region just W of NGC 2100. Position deduced by Herschel from a drawing and not made in a sweep. Listed as N[ebula] in Nubec. Cat and Cl in general Cat. Description does not agree with anything here."
******************************
05 41 50 -68 55 18; Dor
V = 11.6; Size 1.5'
14" (4/3/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): this stellar association (LH 109) is
located just 20' NE of the center of the Tarantula Nebula and less than 1' SSE
of a mag 7.2 star (
James Dunlop probably discovered NGC 2093 = D 144 = h2963 on 27 Sep 1826. After noting the Tarantula Nebula on his 2nd drift (called the "Bright Nebula"), he recorded a "an exceedingly small round faint nebula with a brightish point in the center." His rough offset of 2 minutes 20 seconds and 8' N (from the large nebula) is within 5' of NGC 2093. He may have also recorded it three nights earlier (24 Sep).
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 2093 on 30 Dec 1836 (sweep 759) and recorded "vF, S, R. This nebula forms an appendage to the skirts of the great looped nebula 30 Doradus, which hang down in visible fringes from the upper (southern) part of the field." Herschel gave a possible equivalence with D 184, which James Dunlop discovered on 27 Sep 1826, but this number is from the drift in which he misidentified the reference star (Theta Dor) and all positions in the drift are systematically in error.
******************************
05 42 07.4 -68 21 47; Dor
V = 12.8; Size 0.4'
30" (10/14/15 - OzSky): at 394x; bright, small, high
surface brightness, 20" diameter.
Two close stars are resolved at the north edge. Mag 9.6
John Herschel discovered NGC 2094 = h2959 on 31 Jan 1835 and
noted "vF; S; R; 12"."
Herschel made a single observation and his position is an excellent
match with KMHK 1251. The
Hodge-Wright LMC Atlas misidentifies
******************************
05 42 51 -67 19 18; Dor
V = 13.1; Size 3.0'x1.5'
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky)c: Although Herschel described a large "oblong cluster", the brightest subgroup is at the east end (S-L 669). It appeared as a bright, moderately large patch, irregular, 1' diameter, with several mag 13.5-14 stars resolved around the edges. A separate patch lies 1.3' W with a mag 11 star 2.2' W. A group of stars (KMHK 1253) is 1' NW of the brighter star. The entire collection forms the stellar association LH 112, a 3'x1.5' group of resolved stars highlighted by S-L 669. Located 8' NE of mag 7.0 HD 38616.
James Dunlop probably discovered NGC 2095 = D 198? = h2961 on 27 Sep 1826. It was logged during a drift in which
he misidentified the reference star (Theta Dor), so all positions were reduced
incorrectly (~2.4° to the SE). He
described "a pretty strong ray of nebula following a small star; but the
small star is not involved. The
ray is about 2' long and 50" broad, with a bright point or nucleus near
the preceding extremity".
Using his offset from
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 2095 on 20 Dec 1835 (sweep 658) and described "a star 9m, chief of a F irreg oblong cluster 3' in extent." His position, measured on 3 sweeps, is fairly accurate.
******************************
NGC 2096 = ESO 057-027 = S-L 664
05 42 18 -68 27 30; Dor
V = 11.4; Size 1.2'
30" (10/14/15 - OzSky): bright, compact LMC cluster, ~25". A close double star is resolved at the center, along with two other bright mag 13 stars and a couple of additional mag 15+ stars. A mag 11.8 star is off the west side [40" from center]. Mag 9.6 HD 270036 lies 3.5' NE. Nearby is NGC 2088 7' W, NGC 2094 6' N and NGC 2098 11' NNE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2096 = h(725) between Nov 1836 and Mar 1837 with a 5-inch refractor and listed it as#725 in his preliminary catalogue of "Stars, Nebulae and Clusters in the Nubecula Major." His position is 1.7' too far south.
******************************
05 44 16 -62 47 06; Dor
V = 13.7; Size 1.8'
30" (10/15/15 - OzSky): at 303x and 394x; fairly faint
, moderately large, 45" glow with a mag 14 star involved on the south
side. The slightly brighter core
of the cluster is very close northeast of the star, but the cluster was
unresolved. The field includes a
mag 13 star 2' SSE, two mag 11/12.5 stars 3.5' ENE and a group of mag 13-15
stars ~3' NW. Located 17.5' NE of
mag 6.9
John Herschel discovered NGC 2097 = h2960 on 26 Dec 1834 and described as "F, irregularly round, pretty suddenly brighter middle, south following a small group." On a second sweep he called it "eF, S, R; has a star 16th mag in centre." His last observation was recorded as "pF, R, pretty suddenly little brighter middle, 50" diameter."
******************************
NGC 2098 = ESO 057-028 = S-L 667
05 42 30 -68 16 30; Dor
V = 10.7; Size 1.6'
30" (10/14/15 - OzSky): extremely bright LMC cluster, ~1' diameter. Contains a very bright, nebulous core. The halo is largely resolved and includes two or three bright stars; a mag 13 star is at the east edge, a mag 13-13.5 star is at the north edge and a mag 13.5 star is at the south edge. In addition another 10 stars are resolved in the cluster. Several clusters are to the south: NGC 2094 5.8' SSW, NGC 2096 11' S, NGC 2088 14' SW as well as S-L 666 6' NNW. The S-L cluster surrounds a mag 13 star and a half-dozen mag 15/16 stars are resolved in a 40" halo.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2098 = h2965 on 31 Jan 1835 (sweep 538) and recorded "B; S clustering group or globular cluster; 30", stars visible." On 30 Dec 1836 (sweep 759) he called it as "a small close knot or cluster, 40"." JH gave a very uncertain (??) equivalence with D 185. Dunlop's description reads "a small faint round nebula, preceding a minute double star of the 12th magnitude. Another similar nebula follows, about 20" in RA, and 2' south in a line with the double star." His position is nearly 13' due E of this cluster, though there is no "similar nebula" that follows, so this identification is very suspect.
******************************
05 52 19 +32 33 12; Aur
V = 5.6; Size 24'
8": very large, very rich cluster, over 150 stars, rich
in mag 10-13 stars. A reddish
star,
Giovanni Hodierna probably discovered
On 4 Nov 1782, William Herschel recorded "an astonishing number of small stars with 227; they are almost all of the 2nd or 3rd class. I see no kind of nebulosity in the spot. With 460 the whole is resolvable into stars without nebulosity."
******************************
NGC 2100 = ESO 057-025 = S-L 662 = LH 111
05 42 08.0 -69 12 44; Dor
V = 9.6; Size 2'
18" (7/8/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this
LMC cluster appears as a small, bright (V = 9.6) clump of stars and unresolved
haze with a diameter of ~2'.
Fairly compact and isolated with at least 10 mag 12 and fainter stars
resolved. Located 20' ESE of the
core of the Tarantula nebula within the LMC OB-association LH 111. On the DSS, this appears to be a very
rich open cluster or globular within a larger association. NGC 2092 lies 4' WSW and
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2100 = h2966 = D 151 = D154 = D 147 on 3 Aug 1826. On this date he reported D 151 as "a faint ill-defined small nebula" and his position is 2.5' too far NW. D 154, found on 25 Sep 1826, was recorded as "a pretty bright round or rather elliptical nebula, 25" diameter." Although his position is 5.6' too far ESE, his offset from the center of the Tarantula Nebula (the previous object in the drift) is a perfect match. D 147, recorded at the end of his 2nd sweep of 27 Sep was also called "a pretty bright round or rather oval nebula, 30" diameter." His offset from NGC 2093, the previous object in the drift, matches. Dunlop catalogued each observation individually as his reduced positions varied.
John Herschel made several observations, starting on 3 Nov 1834 (sweep 509). On 9 Feb 1836 (sweep 673), he noted "globular, B, R, 3', all resolved into stars 13..16th mag." Again on 11 Nov 1836 (sweep 748), he called it "B, S, much compressed, not mbM; irregular oval, 3', stars distinct 13th mag." Herschel suggested equivalences with "Dunlop 154, 151? or 154??"
******************************
05 46 22.6 -52 05 24; Pic
V = 13.7; Size 1.9'x1.3'; Surf Br = 14.5; PA = 85°
13.1" (2/20/04 - Costa Rica): at 166x, this disturbed,
chaotic galaxy appeared extremely faint, very small, round, 15" diameter.
The galaxy is collinear with a string of three mag 10-11 stars to the southwest
(closest star is 3.6' SW) and mag 14 stars are close south and ESE. Located 22' SSW of
John Herschel discovered NGC 2101 = h2958 on 9 Jan 1837 and recorded "eF, R, 40", a line of three stars, 10th mag to south, points nearly to it." His position and description is accurate, though the stars are southwest.
******************************
05 42 21 -69 29 12; Dor
V = 11.4; Size 1.0'
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): at 394x; bright, small, mottled glow, 24" diameter. A half-dozen tightly packed stars are resolved including an easy mag 12.9 star at the south edge. Located 17' E of the excellent NGC 2074 nebulous cluster and 15' SE of showpiece NGC 2081, both of which lie ~20' SSE of the Tarantula Nebula!
John Herschel discovered NGC 2102 between Nov 1836 and Mar 1837 with a 5-inch refractor and recorded it as#730 in his preliminary catalogue of "Stars, Nebulae and Clusters in the Nubecula Major." His position is 0.9' SSW of this cluster.
******************************
05 41 40 -71 19 56; Men
V = 10.8; Size 3'x2'
25" (10/17/17 - OzSky): at 244x unfiltered; fairly bright, very large, roundish glow surrounding a central star (12.7-magnitude O2-type Sk -71°51) with a bright quasi-stellar knot at the north edge (0.9' N of the central star). Increasing the magnification to 397x, ~8 total stars are involved. The nebula was clearly elongated NNW-SSE (tapering on the SSE end) and brighter along a central spine. The addition of a NPB filter at 244x produced an excellent contrast gain; the nebula appeared very bright with an irregular surface brightness and the small knot at the north edge (a high excitation HII blob or HEB) was a prominent feature.
Note: The central "star" was resolved by the HST into a compact cluster of at least 6 components in a 4" region! The HEB is a small dense region ("only" 4 to 9 light-years wide), representing an "early stage of massive stars (O-type) emerging from their embryonic molecular clouds."
24" (4/5/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this LMC cluster and emission nebula appeared as a bright, very large oval glow, ~3'x2'. Excellent response to a UHC filter at 200x and with this combination the nebulosity has a very high surface brightness. Five stars down to 15th magnitude are involved unfiltered with mag 12.7-magnitude Sk -71°51, an unusually hot and intrinsically bright star (O2-class), at the center. The cluster is the O-association LH 110.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2103 = h2968 on 23 Dec 1834 and recorded "pB; L; pmE; gradually little brighter middle; has a *13m in the middle." His position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 2104 = ESO 205-002 = PGC 17822
05 47 04.7 -51 33 11; Pic
V = 12.7; Size 2.0'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 160°
13.1" (2/20/04 - Costa Rica): at 166x appears very faint, moderately large, elongated 3:2 NNW-SSE, low even surface brightness, 1.3'x0.8'. A mag 12 star lies 5' SW. Easy to locate 29' S of mag 3.9 Beta Pictoris. NGC 2101 lies 22' SSW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2104 = h2964 on 27 Dec 1834 and
recorded "pB, R, very little brighter middle, 30"." His position matches
******************************
05 44 19.8 -66 55 02; Dor
V = 12.2; Size 1.7'
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): at 394x; very bright, large, irregular, mottled, partially resolved, 50"x30" E-W. Slightly brighter stars are at the east and west end, and several additional mag 16 stars are resolved. A mag 11.5 star is 2' SE and cluster H-S 408 was picked up 5.5' SE. It appeared as a moderately to fairly bright glow, elongated NW-SE, 0.6'x0.2', mottled but unresolved. The mag 11.5 star is roughly midway between H-S 408 and NGC 2105. The HII complex LHa 120-N74 lies 15' SSE (western part) and 20' SE (eastern part).
LHa 120-N74 (west): at 152x + NPB filter; excellent HII region! Bright, very large, elongated E-W, very irregular shape, ~7'x4', the main section tapers on the eastern end and spreads out on the western end. Numerous mag 14 stars are involved as well as mag 10.2 HD 270111 on the south side. LHa 120-N74 (East) lies ~9' ESE, with the two regions spanning nearly 15' E-W.
LHa 120-N74 (east): at 152x + NPB filter; bright, very large nebulous region. The main piece is oval 3:2 E-W, ~2'x1.4' and brighter along the rim. A filament is attached on the south side extending to the southeast! Unfiltered a number of stars are involved with the nebulosity. A mag 11.2 star is roughly 3' S. LHa 120-N74 W is ~9' W. Although this is very likely part of the same complex, the two sections did not appear connected.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2105 = h2969 on 2 Jan 1837 and logged "vF; R; 30". The obs in RA is marked as uncertain." On the very next night he observed the cluster again and reported "F; R; gradually brighter in the middle; 80". His (mean) position matches ESO 86-SC29. The RNGC and NGC 2000.0 declination is 30' too far north. This positional error originated from a misprint in the Shapley-Lindsay catalogues for S-L 687 = NGC 2105.
James Dunlop possibly made the original discovery in 1826. He has a logbook entry (perhaps D 221) a "large faint nebula, extended and branched(?)", with position 14' SE of the cluster.
******************************
05 50 46.6 -21 34 01; Lep
V = 12.1; Size 2.7'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 100°
17.5" (12/3/88): fairly faint, small, oval, bright core. A mag 13 star is 1.6' N and a mag 13.5 star lies 2.5' ESE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2106 = h2967 on 21 Nov 1835 and
recorded "vF; S; R or lE; gradually brighter in the middle;
15"." His position
matches
******************************
NGC 2107 = ESO 057-032 = S-L 679
05 43 12.4 -70 38 26; Men
V = 11.5; Size 2.1'
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): at 394x; very bright, large, round, 1' diameter. Contains a very large bright core with only a thin fainter halo, slightly mottled appearance but no clear resolution. Two mag 12 and 13 stars are 3' and 4' WSW and two mag 12.5 and 13 star lie 3.5' and 4' WNW.
NGC 2107 is surrounded by several small clusters (these were all picked up just examining the field): S-L 691 and S-L 692, a close pair of open clusters, is 5' ESE, S-L 676 is 4' N, S-L 684 is 5' NNE and H-S 398 is 9' NNW.
S-L 676: moderately bright and large, round, 35" diameter, smooth glow with no resolution. S-L 684 is 2.4' ENE.
S-L 684: fairly faint to moderately bright, smooth glow, 25" diameter, roundish, no resolution.
S-L 691: faint or fairly faint, small, round, glow, 25" diameter. S-L 691 is the northern of close pair of LMC clusters with S-L 692 just 48" S.
S-L 692: fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated glow, 35" diameter, no resolution.
H-S 398: moderately bright, fairly small, round, soft glow, no resolution.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2107 = h2971 on 9 Feb 1836 and described as "F; R; gradually very little brighter middle; 60"." On a second sweep he recorded "B; R; gradually much brighter middle; 40"." His position is accurate.
Pietro Baracchi observed the cluster on 11 Dec 1884 with the 48" Melbourne telescope. At the same time he discovered two other clusters in the field; S-L 676 and S-L 684. He sketched these clusters with respect to NGC 2107 and measured offsets, though these discoveries were never published. On 10 Feb 1885 he reobserved the field and also discovered S-L 692.
******************************
NGC 2108 = ESO 057-033 = S-L 686
05 43 56.6 -69 10 52; Dor
V = 12.3; Size 1.8'
18" (7/8/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): picked up while viewing NGC 2100 located 10' WSW. At 171x NGC 2108 appeared as a fairly faint knot, ~1 diameter with no resolution. A mag 10 star is 5' SW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2108 = h2970 on 16 Dec 1835 and described as "eF; pL; 1E." His position is accurate.
Herschel gave an uncertain (??) equivalence with D 153, which James Dunlop described on 25 Sep 1826 as "a faint small round nebula, 15" diameter." His position is 7.4' NW of the cluster, so within his typical errors, but I highly doubt Dunlop could have picked up this cluster with his 9" speculum reflector.
******************************
NGC 2109 = ESO 057-034 = S-L 688
05 44 23 -68 32 54; Dor
V = 12.2; Size 1.6'
30" (10/14/15 - OzSky): at 394x; very bright, large,
high surface brightness glow with a thin halo, mottled but too dense to resolve
the main 40" glow. A couple
of mag 16 stars are visible around the edges of the 1' halo. A mag 9 star is 7' SW. NGC 2096 lies 13' WNW and
John Herschel discovered NGC 2109 = h2972 on 23 Nov 1834 and recorded "pF; pL; R; very gradually little brighter middle; 80"." On a second sweep he recorded "F; S; R; gradually brighter in the middle; 20"." Finally, on his last observation he noted "pF; pL; R; very gradually very little brighter middle; 35"." His position is accurate.
******************************
05 52 11.4 -07 27 21; Ori
V = 12.4; Size 1.7'x1.3'; PA = 160°
17.5" (1/23/93): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly
elongated 4:3 N-S, evenly increases to bright middle and small bright core with
a stellar nucleus. Located in a
rich star field 6' SSW of mag 8.9
William Herschel discovered NGC 2110 = H. III-448 = H.
III-510 = h370 on 5 Oct 1785 (sweep 458). He described III-450 as
"extremely faint, very small, 240 confirmed it." The sweep, which included
On 8 Jan 1831 (sweep 318), John Herschel logged, "vF; R; pretty suddenly brighter in the middle." Albert Marth noted the equivalence III-448 and III-510 in AN 995 and John Herschel combined the two H-designations in the GC. The declination given in the RNGC is 10' too far north.
******************************
05 44 33 -70 59 36; Men
V = 12.4; Size 1.5'
25" (10/10/15 - OzSky): moderately bright, fairly large
cluster, irregular outline, 45" diameter. The brighter core is elongated E-W and mottled with a couple
of stars occasionally resolved. A
few mag 15+ stars are also visible around the edges. Mag 9.2
John Herschel discovered NGC 2111 = h2973 on 9 Feb 1836 and described as "vF; S; R; gradually brighter in the middle." On a second sweep he estimated the size as 40". His position is accurate.
******************************
05 53 46 +00 24 36; Ori
V = 8.4; Size 11'
17.5" (2/8/91): three dozen stars over unresolved haze, roughly 10' diameter. The brightest star (mag 10) is at NW edge. Includes a string of five mag 12-13 stars on the north side but most stars are very faint. This cluster is fairly rich but not dense. Barnard's Loop passes just west of the cluster heading south and NE where it is brightest!
8" (1/1/84): 12 faint stars mag 12/13 in cluster. Also includes one bright mag 10 star at NW edge.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2112 = H. VII-24 = h371 on 1 Jan 1786 (sweep 506) and recorded "a cluster of pretty compressed pS scattered stars." The summary description (including a 2nd observation) in his PT catalogue and "with many eS suspected between them. 7' or 8' diameter." On 23 Nov 1827 (sweep 107), John Herschel recorded "the 2nd and brightest star of a poor straggling cl 10 or 12' long."
******************************
05 45 25 -69 46 30; Dor
V = 12.3; Size 2.0'
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): bright, fairly large elongated glow, knotty, 1' diameter. This nebulous cluster has an unusual structure; a small bright elongated knot is on the east end (N168A) and a second small, fairly bright, elongated knot is adjacent on the west side (N168B). Strong response to an NPB filter and a much larger nebulous hazy glow extends to the west, increasing the size to 1.5'. The high surface brightness elongated pieces lie on the east end. Located 30' E of the NGC 2078/79/83/84 complex.
Emission nebula LHa 120-N163 lies 12' W and appeared as a bright, large, irregular glow, ~3' diameter. Several stars are involved with the nebulosity, including a mag 13 star on the north side and a couple of additional mag 13.5 stars (H-S 400). Excellent response to the NPB filter at 152x and 303x. The glow is clearly brighter in an arc (opening towards the northwest) on the southeast end.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2113 = D 156 = h2975 on 24 Sep 1826. He described "a very faint ill-defined nebula, 15" or 20" diameter." His reduced published position was 11' too far SE, but his offsets from NGC 2065, encountered previously in the same drift, is a perfect match.
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 2113 = h2975 on 3 Nov 1834 and recorded (first of 5 observations) "F (?) L, R; thick haze." The next observation was recorded as "a pB cluster nebula 90"." On a third occasion he noted "F cluster, irreg fig; gradually brighter in the middle; 2'; resolved." The fourth observation was recorded as "F, irreg fig; resolvable; one star seen; 90"." The final observation was recorded as "irregular oval cluster; vF; 2' diameter; vl compressed to the middle; almost nebulous. Stars = 16th mag." John Herschel noted the equivalence with Dunlop 155, although it is not given by Steinicke.
******************************
05 46 12 -68 02 54; Dor
V = 12.5; Size 1.0'
30" (10/15/15 - OzSky): at 303x and 394x; this fairly
faint to moderately bright LMC cluster is elongated SW to NE, ~1'
diameter. A mag 14 star is at the
southwest edge and another is near the north edge, 30" from center. In addition, a couple of individual
stars are within the main body of the cluster. A mag 11.3 is 1.4' ESE of the cluster, mag 10
John Herschel discovered NGC 2114 = h2974 on 30 Jan 1835 (sweep 538) and described as "eF; pL; irreg R." His position (single sweep) is accurate.
******************************
05 51 19.8 -50 34 58; Pic
V = 13.1; Size 0.8'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 50°
14" (4/7/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): fairly faint,
small, round, 20" diameter, occasional faint stellar nucleus. Located just north of a bright asterism
of a half-dozen stars; mag 9.0
John Herschel discovered NGC 2115 = h2976 on 4 Jan 1837. His
position and description ("eeF; vS; nf a triangle of stars 10m which form
part of a bright group") matches
******************************
NGC 2116 = ESO 057-038 = S-L 715
05 47 15 -68 30 30; Dor
V = 12.9; Size 1.0'
30" (10/14/15 - OzSky): at 394x; bright, fairly small, roundish glow, 0.6' diameter, very mottled and lively with a number of extremely faint mag 16+ stars popping in and out of view. Located 2.2' ESE of a mag 11 star. NGC 2109 lies 16' WSW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2116 = h2977 on 30 Dec 1836 (sweep 759) and reported "F; S; R. A star 11m precedes." His position from this single sweep is accurate.
******************************
NGC 2117 = ESO 086-033 = S-L 718
05 47 46 -67 27 00; Dor
V = 11.6; Size 1.3'
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): bright, moderately large,
irregular shape, 1' diameter. A
mag 13.3 star is at the west edge, a mag 14 star is on the northeast side and a
mag 14.8 star is at the southeast end.
The central region is very mottled and lively with 8 additional mag 15+
stars resolving. Mag 9
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2117 = D 200 = h2978 on 27 Sep 1826. He described "a faint nebula following a pretty bright small star." This object was found in a drift in which he misidentified the offset star (Theta Doradus), so all positions were reduced incorrectly (~2.4° to the SE). Once corrected and checked for consistency with other objects in the drift, his offset matches NGC 2117 and a mag 9 star is 6' WNW, matching his description.
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 2117 on 23 Nov 1834 (sweep 512) and recorded (first of 5 sweeps) "pB, S, resolved." On 23 Dec 1834 (sweep 522), he logged it as "pB, E; resolved. I see the stars in it; 2' long."
******************************
05 47 40 -69 07 54; Dor
V = 12.0; Size 1.3'
25" (10/10/15 - OzSky): at 318x; very bright, moderately large, round, 40" diameter, sharply concentrated with a very bright core, unresolved.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2118 = D 158 = h2979 on 25 Sep 1826. He recorded "a very faint small nebula about 10" diameter, rather well defined". His published (reduced) position was 10' too far ENE but using his offsets from NGC 2100 = D 154 (recorded 5 minutes earlier in the drift), the resulting position is just 3' NE of NGC 2118. Glen Cozens and Wolfgang Steinicke assign D 153 (the previous object in the drift) to NGC 2118, but using the same offsets, its position is 7' too far north.
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 2118 on 16 Dec 1835 (sweep 657). He described a "globular; very suddenly much brighter middle; 15"." On 22 Nov 1836 (sweep 748) he logged "a vS, B knot, probably 6 or 8 vS stars wedged into a close group." His position matches this cluster.
******************************
05 57 26.9 +11 56 56; Ori
V = 13.6; Size 1.2'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 145°
17.5" (12/19/87): faint, very small, bright core, elongated 3:2 NW-SE in a rich star field. A mag 11 star is 2' NE. Located just 6° below the galactic equator.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2119 = St. 10-19 on 17 Dec
1870 and logged a rough position 6.5' too far NW (similar offset as two other
galaxies he observed that night).
His published micrometric position was made 10 years later on 9 Jan
1880.
******************************
05 50 35 -63 40 30; Dor
V = 12.7; Size 2.0'
30" (10/15/15 - OzSky): at 303x and 394x; moderately
bright and large, round, contained a large slightly brighter core, fairly
smooth, ~50" diameter. A mag 15 star is off the southwest side, 0.9' from
center, and a few extremely faint stars sparkled around the edges. Located 5.7' S of mag 8.8
John Herschel discovered NGC 2120 = h2980 on 30 Nov 1834 and described as "vF; pL; R; gradually little brighter middle; 80"." In 1926, Willem van den Bos described it visually as a "Nebula with many stars in it, or a cluster; 11 mag; 1/2' diameter." (26-inch refractor, Union Observatory).
******************************
05 48 13.2 -71 28 50; Men
V = 12.4; Size 2.3'x1.5'
25" (10/10/15 - OzSky): at 318x; bright, very large,
slightly elongated ~N-S, 2.0'x1.6', only a broad weak concentration. Fairly smooth appearance with only a
slight granularity. A couple of
mag 15.5-16 are resolved around the edges. Mag 9.9
John Herschel discovered NGC 2121 = h2982 on 9 Feb 1836 and described as "vF; very gradually little brighter middle; 3'." His position from one sweep is accurate.
******************************
05 48 53 -70 04 12; Men
V = 10.4; Size 4.5'
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): Superb HII region and
cluster! Unfiltered, at least 3
dozen stars are resolved in a 4' region including several fairly bright mag 12
stars. The brightest mag 12.2 star
A bright, small detached knot (N180A), just south of 3 stars, is just off the southwest side [~2.5' from center]. NGC 2122 is part of association LH 117 and contains several early O-type stars.
Emission nebula N180C is situated 4' NW of the center (about 2' off the edge of NGC 2122). It was visible unfiltered as a low surface brightness diffuse glow surrounding a mag 13.8 star. A mag 14.5/15.5 double star is at the east edge. A mag 11.5 star is 2.4' NE. There was a mild enhancement with the NPB filter and the nebulosity appeared moderately bright, round, ~1.3' diameter, clearly detached from NGC 2122.
Open cluster S-L 740 is 10' SSE and S-L 769 is 23' due east. At 394x; S-L 769 appeared large, round, smooth moderate surface brightness, nearly 1' diameter. A mag 13 star is attached at the east end.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2122 = D 106 = D 107 = h1319 on 3 Aug 1826. He recorded D 106 as "A faint elliptical nebula, about 2' diameter; slightly condensed to the centre." D 107, recorded on 24 Sep 1826, was described in his notebook as "a pretty large brightish nebula, irregular figure with a very small star in the center or preceding the brightest part of it - a small nebula detached at the north extremity of this with a small star preceding extemity." His offsets from the previous objects in this drift are a perfect match.
John Herschel observed this cluster/nebula on 5 sweeps. On 24 Nov 1834 (sweep 513) he logged "B, L nebula, 6' l, 5' br; resolved, in part; chief star 11th mag taken." On 9 Feb 1836 (sweep 673) he noted "cluster, irregular figure, consists of 3 or 4 disjoined clusters, the middle one the largest and brightest; of 3 or 4 large stars and nebulosity; chief star taken."
******************************
05 51 43.5 -65 19 18; Dor
V = 12.6; Size 1.2'
13.1" (2/18/04 - Costa Rica): very faint, small, round,
30" diameter. This LMC
cluster is located 50' NE of mag 4.3 Delta Doradus. In the 105x field it is 8' SE of mag 8.0
John Herschel discovered NGC 2123 = h2983 on 30 Nov 1834 and reported "pB; vS; R; very gradually little brighter middle; 12"." In 1926, Robert Innes described it visually as a "small globular cluster. = 9mag, with outliers; very condensed." (26-inch refractor, Union Observatory).
******************************
05 57 52.2 -20 05 05; Lep
V = 12.6; Size 2.7'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 2°
17.5" (12/3/88): moderately bright, fairly small, elongated 2:1 N-S, broadly concentrated halo. A mag 15 star is at the south edge. Located in a rich star field. S 504, an attractive pair of mag 8.7/8.9 stars at 3.6" separation, is 10' SE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2124 = H. III-225 on 20 Oct
1784 (sweep 304) and noted "eF, E, resolvable, near 1' long. Verified 240 power." Auwer's reduction places his position
is 2.4' NW of
******************************
05 50 54 -69 28 48; Dor
Size 1.0'
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): at 394x; fairly faint to
moderately bright glow, elongated NW-SE, 35" diameter. A mag 14.7 star (~5" double with a
mag 16 star) is at the northeast end, a mag 15.7 star is at the southwest tip
and a mag 16 star is at the northwest edge.
25" (10/10/15 - OzSky): fairly faint, fairly small, 30" diameter, unconcentrated. A couple of very faint stars are resolved as well as a mag 14.5-15 star on the northeast edge. Faintest of 3 clusters with NGC 2127 7.5' NE and NGC 2136/2137 11' ESE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2125 = h2985 on 23 Dec 1834 and recorded "vF; R; 50"; gradually brighter in the middle." His position (single sweep) is 1' too far south.
******************************
06 02 31 +49 52 00; Aur
Size 6'
13.1" (2/25/84): 25-30 stars mag 12-14.5, fairly dense,
small, pretty cluster. The cluster
is dominated by mag 6.1
8" (1/1/84): 20 stars mag 12-13.5. Located close SW of a mag 6 star, appears rich with averted vision.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2126 = H. VIII-68 on 12 Nov
1787 (sweep 781) and recorded "a small cluster of scattered stars, not
rich, one 7th mag towards the northern side, but it does not seem to be
connected with the cluster."
His position is very close to mag 6
Ling notes that position of this cluster should be 06h 02.6m +49d 52' according to Megastar position.
******************************
NGC 2127 = ESO 057-045 = S-L 751
05 51 22 -69 21 39; Dor
V = 11.6; Size 1.2'
25" (10/10/15 - OzSky): very bright, small, slightly elongated SW-NE, 30" diameter, high surface brightness, stellar nucleus. No resolution except for mag 14.5 star at the south tip and a mag 15.5 star at the west edge. NGC 2125 is 7.5' SSW and NGC 2136 is 12' SE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2127 = h2986 on 23 Dec 1834 and recorded "B, S, R, 15"." His position (measured on 3 sweeps) is accurate.
******************************
06 04 34.2 +57 37 40; Cam
V = 12.6; Size 1.5'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 60°
17.5" (1/19/91): fairly faint, small, oval 3:2 SW-NE, bright core, stellar nucleus.
Edward Swift, Lewis' 15 year-old son, discovered NGC 2128 =
Sw. 6-25 on 27 Dec 1886. There is
nothing near the published position but exactly 30' south is
******************************
06 01 07 +23 19 24; Gem
V = 6.7; Size 7'
17.5" (12/20/95): bright, fairly rich group surrounding
two mag 7.5 and 8 stars (
This group is apparently an asterism based on a 1994 study.
By analyzing William Herschel's early "reviews" of bright stars Wolfgang Steinicke found that Herschel first discovered NGC 2129 = H. VIII-26 = h3729 on 6 Feb 1782. Using his 6.2" reflector during his third star review he catalogued it as the multiple star H. IV. 48 with description "Quintuple. In the form of a cross. About 2/3 degree n. preceding H Geminorum, in a line parallel to the 65th Orionis and zeta Tauri; the middle of three. The two nearest or preceding of the five extremely unequal. [Rho = 20", PA = 263°] The last of the three, in the short bar of the cross, has an extremely obscure star near it of the third class. Five more in view, differently dispersed about the quintuple."
Herschel rediscovered NGC 2129 on 16 Nov 1784 (sweep 317) and described "A Cl of st of various magnitudes, not very rich, 6 or 7' diam." John Herschel observed the cluster on 24 Feb 1827 (sweep 59) and wrote, "about 40 or 50 st. The brightest 8m taken. The rest are 10...15m."
******************************
05 52 24 -67 20 06; Dor
V = 12.1; Size 1.2'
30" (10/15/15 - OzSky): at 303x and 394x; bright,
small, round, high surface brightness, 35" diameter. Four or five mag 14.5-15 stars are
resolved in the halo on the NW, SW and E sides.
James Dunlop probably discovered NGC 2130 = D 201? = h3003
on 27 Sep 1826. He described
"a round well defined small nebula, a little brighter in the center, about
15" diameter." This
object was found in a drift in which he misidentified the offset star (Theta
Doradus), so all positions were reduced incorrectly. Using his offset from NGC 2135 (the next object encountered
in the drift), his position lands 5' to the NNW of NGC 2130. As he estimated the N-S offset (±) in
the eyepiece field, the declination is less reliable and this identification
seems reasonable. His published
position, though, is off by over 2°!
Coincidentally, the cluster
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 2130 on 2 Nov 1834 (sweep 508) and the cluster was observed on 7 sweeps! His descriptions range from "faint" to "pretty bright" with sizes ranging from 18" to 45". As an example of his consistency, his RA measures vary by a total of 5.4 seconds with a total declination range of 0.8'.
******************************
05 58 47.4 -26 39 10; Lep
V = 14.1; Size 1.1'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 118°
17.5" (12/7/90): very faint, very small, round, low even surface brightness. A mag 14 star is in contact on the north end. A possible companion is about 4' NW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2131 = h2984 on 20 Jan 1835 and
recorded "eF; S; R; has a *13 m in centre." His position matches
******************************
05 55 58 -59 55 42; Pic
Size 17'x11'
14" (4/7/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): 20 stars
(half-dozen bright ones) in a 10'x3' region, roughly arranged in two east-west
strings. This group (probably an
asterism) includes mag 7.9
John Herschel discovered NGC 2132 = h2988 on 11 Jan 1836 and
described the "chief * of a cluster 8th class of about a dozen bright and
some smaller stars." His position corresponds with mag 8
The field of NGC 2132 was first photographed by DeLisle Stewart at Harvard's Arequipa Station between 1898 and 1901 and described as "only half dozen scattered stars." Eric Lindsay, in the 1964 paper "Some NGC objects in the Large Magellanic Cloud" (IAJ, 6, 286-289) notes "Not found. Centered on CPD 59°542. This is supposedly the chief star of a cluster of about a dozen stars. Dreyer has a marginal note "1/2 doz. only". Not in the Nubec. Major Catalogue. No sign here of a cluster." RNGC follows Lindsay as classifies NGC 2132 as nonexistent and the number is missing from the ESO catalogue, although it stands out on the DSS.
******************************
05 51 29 -71 10 30; Men
V = 12.4; Size 1.7'
25" (10/10/15 - OzSky): moderately bright and large,
round, 45" diameter, relatively large brighter core, unresolved. This cluster is a smaller and paler
version of
John Herschel discovered NGC 2133 = h2989 (along with NGC 2134 = h2991) on 24 Nov 1834 and recorded "pB; pL; R; gradually brighter in the middle; 60"." His position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 2134 = ESO 057-047 = S-L 760
05 51 57.2 -71 05 52; Men
V = 11.1; Size 2.5'
25" (10/10/15 - OzSky): bright, fairly large, round, 1.1' diameter, sharply concentrated with a relatively large bright core. No resolution in the halo except for a mag 14.5 star just off the northeast edge and a mag 15.5 star at the south-southwest edge. NGC 2133 lies 5' SSW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2134 = h2991 (along with NGC 2133 = h2989) on 24 Nov 1834 and recorded it in four sweeps. His first observation reads "B; L; R; gradually brighter in the middle; 90"." His mean position is 05 51 57.2 -71 06 27 (2000) which is close to the ESO position of 05 51 56.7 -71 05 50 (2000) but RNGC has an incorrect RA of 05 50.1, which is repeated in NGC 2000.0.
******************************
NGC 2135 = ESO 086-039 = S-L 765
05 53 35 -67 25 36; Dor
V = 12.1; Size 1.0'
30" (10/15/15 - OzSky): at 303x and 394x; bright, small, roundish, mottled, high surface brightness, 30" diameter. Unresolved (too compact) except for a mag 14.5 star at the west edge. A mag 11 star is 1.9' WSW. NGC 2130 lies 9' NW.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2135 = D 202 = h2990 on 27 Sep 1826. He described "a small faint nebula about 15" diameter, following a very small star." This was the second to last object in a drift in which he misidentified the offset star (Theta Doradus), so all positions in the drift (off the meridian) were reduced incorrectly (~2.4° too far SE). Once corrected, his position matches NGC 2135 and a mag 11 star is 2' W, matching the description.
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 2135 on 23 Nov 1834 (sweep 512) and recorded it on 5 sweeps. His first observation reads "vF, R, gradually little brighter middle, 1'. Among stars." His position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 2136 = ESO 057-048 = S-L 762
05 52 59 -69 29 36; Dor
V = 10.5; Size 1.9'
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): at 394x; extremely bright LMC
cluster, large, very mottled and lively, relatively large bright core. A mag 13-13.5 star is at the northwest
edge and a mag 14 star is at the south edge. Roughly a dozen stars are resolved in total. A mag 10.8 star is 1.5' NNW and a mag
12 star is 1' SSW. Forms a striking double cluster with
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2136 = D 160 = h2992 in Sep 1826. One notebook description reads, "a small round nebula, pretty well defined. South of a small star - rather following." His position is 8.6' too far SW, but his last comment of the nearby star seems to clinch the identification as a mag 10.8 star is 1.5' NNW. A second (unpublished) position (mentioning the same nearby star) was only off by 2' NNE.
John Herschel recorded the cluster on 4 sweeps. His first observation on 3 Nov 1834 (sweep 509) reads "pB, R, bM, 1'; has a star 10.11th mag N.p. (thick haze)." On 11 Nov 1836 (sweep 748) he wrote, "Globular cluster, pB, R, gradually much brighter middle, resolved, stars 14..16 mag; has a vvF neb N.f [NGC 2137]."
******************************
NGC 2137 = ESO 057-049 = S-L 764
05 53 13 -69 28 54; Dor
V = 12.7; Size 0.8'
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): at 394x; moderately bright, small, round, 20" diameter, lively, several extremely faint mag 16+ stars resolved. A mag 13 star is 50" NE. NGC 2137 is the fainter and smaller of a striking double cluster with much brighter NGC 2136 just 1.4' SW!
John Herschel discovered NGC 2137 = h2994 on 23 Dec 1834 and recorded "vF; R; 30"; the following of 2 [with NGC 2136]." His position (2 sweeps) is accurate.
******************************
05 54 49 -65 50 06; Dor
V = 13.8; Size 1.0'
14" (4/3/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): relatively faint,
small, round, 25"-30" diameter, slightly brighter core, low surface
brightness, no resolution. Four
bright field stars lie directly south including mag 7.9
John Herschel discovered NGC 2138 = h2993 on 30 Nov 1834 and recorded "eF; S; R; has 3 B st pretty distinct towards the south." In 1926, Willem van den Bos described it visually as a "nebula; bM, 12 mag, 2 or 3 stars involved." (26-inch refractor, Union Observatory).
******************************
06 01 07.9 -23 40 25; Lep
V = 11.6; Size 2.6'x1.9'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 140°
17.5" (12/7/90): moderately bright, moderately large, slightly elongated, broad concentration, core appears offset to the northwest of center. A mag 14 star is at the north edge 1.3' from center and a mag 11 star lies 3.5' SSE.
8" (1/1/84): faint, fairly small, round, broad concentration. A mag 11 star is 4' SSE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2139 = H. II-264 on 17 Nov 1784 (sweep 322) and called it "F, S." He added "The RA cannot be above 10 or 15 sec out; the roller went off the apparantus which occasions the uncertainty." This was the only nebula found in the sweep.
Lewis Swift independently discovered this galaxy from
Southern California on 1 Dec 1897 and reported it in discovery list XI-90
(later
******************************
05 54 16.5 -68 36 05; Dor
V = 12.4; Size 1.7'
24" (4/11/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia):
moderately bright LMC cluster, elongated 3:2 WNW-ESE, 40"x25". A star is located at the WNW tip. Situated between a mag 10.2 star 3.2'
NW and a mag 10.1 star (
John Herschel discovered NGC 2140 = h2995 on 23 Dec 1834 and recorded "pF; irreg R; pretty suddenly brighter in the middle." His next observation reads "pF; R; bM; 30"." On his last sweep he wrote "F; lE; gradually brighter in the middle."
******************************
06 02 56 +10 26 48; Ori
V = 9.4; Size 10'
17.5" (12/7/90): 20-25 faint stars mag 13-15 at 220x over extensive haze. Located within an incomplete circle of several brighter mag 11-12 stars about 8' diameter.
E.E. Barnard discovered NGC 2141 in Jan 1883 with his 5-inch refractor. His announcement note in Sidereal Messenger, Vol 3, p9 titled "A New and Faint Nebulosity" gives an accurate position and describes a "very faint nebulosity. It lies a little over 3/4° north of Mu Orionis, and requires a low power to be seen at all. With my 5-inch refractor and a power of 30, it is quite distinct; but high powers diffuse it greatly. There is a faint star in its center, and several others on its border, about 2' diameter. I have repeatedly seen this nebula since January 1883."
******************************
06 01 50.4 -10 35 53; Mon
V = 5.0
18" (3/9/08): this number refers to 5th magnitude 3 Monoceros. The star itself is an excellent large mag contrast pair (Delta = 3.0) at only 1.9" separation. Nice split at 300x.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2142 = h373 on 6 Jan 1831
(sweep 315) and wrote, "3 Monocerotis. I am sure this star has a F neb atm 2'-3' diam." This is a mag 5 star free from
nebulosity. There are other
similar cases where Herschel made the same error:
******************************
06 03 07.4 +05 43 42; Ori
Size 15'
18" (11/6/04): at 73x this asterism is a large,
scattered rectangular group, roughly 10'x6', and elongated N-S. On the west
side is a N-S string of stars while the east side is dominated by three
brighter mag 9.5-10.5 stars including mag 9.6
John Herschel discovered NGC 2143 = h374 on 2 Feb 1831
(sweep 320) and recorded "L, p rich, very scattered; place of *10m in
M." His position corresponds
with mag 9
******************************
05 40 57.2 -82 07 10; Men
V = 13.0; Size 1.4'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 93°
24" (4/4/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): moderately bright and large, slightly elongated ~E-W, 1.4'x1.1'. Contains a bright core that increases to the center. Located between a mag 10 star 6' E and a mag 11 star 6' WNW. This is the third closest NGC galaxy to the south celestial pole.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2144 = h3009 on 17 Jan 1836 and reported "F; irreg R; pretty suddenly little brighter middle; 40 arcsec." His position (measured on 2 sweeps) is accurate.
******************************
05 54 23 -70 54 06; Men
V = 12.1; Size 1.7'
25" (10/10/15 - OzSky): bright, fairly small, roundish, 40" diameter, well-defined slightly brighter core. A mag 14 star is at the southeast edge and two mag 15.5-16 stars are just off the north and east side. A bright mag 11.7 star is 50" SSW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2145 = h2998 on 12 Nov 1836 and described as "F; lE; resolvable." His position from a single sweep is off by 1.7' in dec (too far south).
******************************
06 18 39.0 +78 21 28; Cam
V = 10.6; Size 6.0'x3.4'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 123°
48" (10/29/16): at 488x, the "Dusty Hand" galaxy has an unusual, highly disrupted appearance. The very bright core is large and elongated NW-SE with a small, intense nucleus. A prominent, fairly wide dust lane slices through the center with the brightest part of the core roughly parallel on the north side. A small portion of the core is on the south side of the lane. These features give rise to the "Dusty Hand" nickname. On the southeast side a fairly prominent "arm" or plume (part of a merged companion?) extends generally east beyond a mag 14.5 star 2' ESE of center. The halo is very diffuse to the north of this arm. At the northwest end of the a galaxy a very faint "arm" curls sharply clockwise and with careful viewing a very low surface brightness plume (detached from the central portion) extends south on the west side. On deep images these arms and plumes seem to be a single tidal structure or stream that wraps around the galaxy.
24" (12/28/13): this highly distorted galaxy was observed at 260x. The galaxy appeared very bright, very large, elongated 5:2 NW-SE, ~5'x2', with a very asymmetric structure. It contains a very bright, elongated core, ~1.2'x0.5' NW-SE, but with no distinct nucleus. A low contrast dust lane cuts through the core unevenly, with the main section on the north side, so the lane initially appears to run parallel to the core on the southwest side. But a fainter, elongated section of the core extending NW-SE is just beyond the dust lane on the southwest side. To the southeast of the core, the outer halo is diffuse, with a low surface brightness and is not aligned with the major axis of the core, extending more towards the east. On the NW side of the core, the halo has a higher and irregular surface brightness with a slightly brighter curving arc (arm) along its eastern side.
13.1" (1/18/85): fairly bright, fairly large, very
elongated 3:1 NW-SE, bright core.
A mag 11 double at 30" separation is just off the SE end. A few brighter mag 10-11 stars are 6'
E.
Friedrich August Winnecke discovered NGC 2146 = T. 1-18 in
1876 using a 6.5-inch comet seeker by Reinfelder & Hertel at the Strasbourg
Observatory. It was independently discovered by Wilhelm Tempel the same year
and by Johann Palisa (AN 2732).
This is one of 3 galaxies discovered by Winnecke, along with
As there is no candidate for a previous interaction (creating the disrupted appearance and nuclear starburst), it has been proposed that NGC 2146 is a far-evolved merger.
******************************
05 55 46 -68 12 06; Dor
V = 12.9; Size 1.0'
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): at 394x; very bright, small,
roundish cluster, 25" diameter.
Contains a very small, extremely bright core. Three or four stars are resolved in the small halo on the
west side and south side. Located
3.6' NNW of mag 9.9
John Herschel discovered NGC 2147 = h2997 on 30 Jan 1835 and logged "vF; R; bM; 30"." On a second sweep he also noted "connected with stars, etc." The "stars" probably refers to S-L 785.
******************************
05 58 45.8 -59 07 34; Pic
V = 13.8; Size 1.1'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 150°
14" (4/7/16 - Coonabarabran, 145x and 178x): extremely faint, very small, round, 20" diameter, required averted vision. A mag 12.5 star is 33" E of center and two mag 13 star are within 2' to the south. Observation made in quite hazy conditions through thin clouds or smoke.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2148 = h2996 on 4 Dec 1834 and recorded "eF; S; R; 20"; has a *12m, sf very near." The star is 33" E of center.
******************************
06 03 30.8 -09 43 50; Mon
Size 3'x2'
17.5" (1/19/91): this moderately bright reflection nebula is fairly small and has a 12th magnitude (illuminating) star on the west side. Appears prominent with an OIII filter(?) at 140x.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2149 = St. 8b-18 on 13 Jan 1877 and described very light nebulosity surrounding a 12th mag star. NGC 2149 was misclassified as a galaxy in the 1932 Shapley-Ames Catalog. It was found to be a star + galactic nebulosity by Mayall and communicated privately to Shapley in 1952. It was deleted as a galaxy in the 1964 Reference Catalogue of Bright Galaxies (de Vaucouleurs). Still it was erroneously plotted as a galaxy on the Skalnate Pleso Atlas of the Heavens.
******************************
NGC 2150 = ESO 057-055 = PGC 18097
05 55 46.4 -69 33 40; Dor
V = 13.0; Size 1.1'x0.9'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 143°
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): at 394x; fairly faint to
moderately bright, fairly small, oval 4:3 or 5:4 NW-SE, 0.7'x0.5', smooth halo
then suddenly increases to a bright, very small core. A mag 16.5 star is at the southeast edge. Located 9' SW of mag 8.0
John Herschel discovered NGC 2150 = h3000 on 9 Feb 1836 and
recorded "F; vS; R; very suddenly brighter in the middle;
stellar." His position is
~35" south of
******************************
05 56 21 -69 01 06; Dor
Size 1.0'
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): at 394x; moderately bright,
small, roundish, 35" diameter.
A mag 15.2 star is resolved on the southwest edge and a mag 14 star is
at the northeast end. The bright
nucleus is nearly stellar, so on first glance it looked like three collinear
stars. A 13" pair of similar
mag 12.6/12.8 stars lies 4.5' ENE and a mag 10.6 star is 3.7' SSW. Located
12.6' NW of
John Herschel discovered NGC 2151 = h3001 on 31 Jan 1835 and
logged "F; R; bM; 45"."
His position is accurate.
The Hodge-Wright Atlas completely misplaces NGC 2151 onto chart 66, near
05 57 50 -63 53 38 (2000), about 20' SW of
******************************
06 00 55.2 -50 44 27; Pic
V = 13.8; Size 1.1'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 69°
14" (4/7/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): very faint, small,
slightly elongated, 25"x20", low surface brightness, no noticeable
concentration. A mag 14 star is
just off the northeast edge. A mag
10 star is 4.4' E. Located 29' N
of mag 5.7
John Herschel discovered NGC 2152 = h2999 on 28 Dec 1834 and noted, "eeF; R; attached to a vS star." His position is fairly accurate and the star is off the northeast edge.
******************************
05 57 52 -66 24 06; Dor
V = 13.1; Size 1.3'
14" (4/3/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): moderately bright,
fairly small, round, 35"-40" diameter, smooth glow. A mag 14 star is easily resolved
at the southwest edge. Located 8'
SE of mag 8.2
John Herschel discovered NGC 2153 = h3002 on 3 Jan 1837 and recoded "eeF; R or lE; attached to a * 16m." His position, from a single sweep, is accurate and the faint star appears to be at the south end.
******************************
05 57 38.2 -67 15 42; Dor
V = 11.8; Size 2.3'
14" (4/3/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): this LMC globular is located 50' SE of mag 5.1 Epsilon Doradus. It appeared bright, large, round, 1.5' diameter, broad concentration, mottled with a couple of mag 15-16 stars resolving. A mag 14 star is close off the north side. S-L 800 lies 10' NNE and NGC 2135 is 25' SW.
S-L 800 was fairly faint, round, 0.6' diameter, low surface brightness. A mag 12.5 star is at the west end and a mag 14.5 star is just off the east side.
James Dunlop probably discovered NGC 2154 = D 203 = h3003 on 27 Sep 1826. He described "a small round nebula 20" diameter, sligthly brighter toward the center." This was the last object in a drift in which he misidentified the offset star (Theta Doradus), so all positions were reduced incorrectly and his position falls 2.4° too far SE. Using his offset from NGC 2135 (the previous object encountered in the drift), his position lands 7' to the NNW of NGC 2154.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2154 on 2 Nov 1834 (sweep 508) and logged "F; L; R; gradually little brighter middle; 100". He made a total of 4 observations.
******************************
05 58 32.3 -65 28 40; Dor
V = 12.6; Size 2.1'
13.1" (2/18/04 - Costa Rica): faint, fairly small, round, 1.1' diameter, weak concentration. Near a scattered group of bright (mag 9-10) Milky Way stars and nearly collinear with two mag 9/9.5 stars 7' NW and 13' NW. This is a well-studied older intermediate-age LMC cluster with an age of 2.5 - 3.5 billion years.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2155 = h3004 on 30 Nov 1834 and recorded "vF; pL; R; very little brighter middle; 80"; in a rich field." In 1926, Willem van den Bos described the cluster visually as "Nebula, 11 mag, 1' diam; brightest part is Np; some stars involved." (26-inch refractor, Union Observatory).
******************************
05 57 50.0 -68 27 40; Dor
V = 11.4; Size 1.1'
24" (4/11/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this
is the first of four bright clusters in a 16' field! At 200x it appeared bright, fairly large, elongated N-S,
~1.2'x0.8', sharply concentrated.
At 350x a couple of stars were resolved in the halo and the central core
was just broken up into several clumps or knots with a couple of very faint
stars resolved. Located 6.9' NW of
the impressive cluster globular
John Herschel discovered NGC 2156 = h3005 on 23 Nov 1834 and recorded "pF; S; irreg R; pretty suddenly brighter middle; 25". He observed this cluster on 5 sweeps and other than brightness, the descriptions are similar.
James Dunlop possibly made the first observation (D 197) on
27 Sep 1826 and noted a "small faint round nebula". His position, though, while correct in
declination is nearly 19' too far east and might also apply to
Pietro Barrachi sketched the immediate field on 3 Jan 1886 with the 48" Melbourne Telescope and described this cluster as "B; S lE; bM; Resolvable or at the least several stars in it and generally mottled appearance. He drew the cluster lumpy and elongated N-S, with a couple of stars resolved around the edges. In 1926 Robert Innes called NGC 2156 a "fine cluster of stars; 12 to 15 mag" (26-inch refractor, Union Observatory).
******************************
NGC 2157 = ESO 057-058 = S-L 794
05 57 35 -69 11 48; Dor
V = 10.2; Size 2.7'
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): extremely bright, very large, 1.3' diameter, strong concentration with a very bright, large core, very mottled appearance, showpiece (globular?) cluster. At 394x, several obvious mag 14.8-15.5 stars were resolved in the halo and around the edges. With careful viewing the core broke up into a few dozen extremely packed stars (too tight and faint to count). A mag 11.4 star is 1.4' WNW of center. NGC 2151 lies 13' NNW. These clusters are on the east end of the LMC.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2157 = D 161 = h3006 on 6 Nov 1826 with his 9" speculum reflector and described "a small faint nebula, 15" diameter; a small star near the north preceding edge." Dunlop's position was 7' too far SSW, a very similar offset as NGC 2136, the previous object in logbook) Despite the small size estimate, there is a mag 11 star off the NW edge and this identification is very reasonable.
John Herschel recorded the cluster on 4 nights. In Dec 1834 (sweep 523), he recorded "vB, R, gradually brighter in the middle, 30"." On 16 Dec 1835 (sweep 657), he logged "globular cluster, vB, R, very gradually very much brighter in the middle, resolvable." He suggested a possible identification with D 161.
Pietro Baracchi logged this object on 3 Jan 1886 with the 48" Melbourne telescope as "Cl; vB; R; gradually pretty much brighter middle; Diam 55"." His sketch shows two resolved stars (marked as 17th mag) just off the SE side.
******************************
06 07 26 +24 05 48; Gem
V = 8.6; Size 5'
18" (2/24/06): at 323x, this rich, irregularly shaped cluster is beautifully resolved into 45-50 stars that are peppered over a 5' background glow. Appears like a resolved globular of low concentration class. Includes a couple of dozen mag 13.5-14.5 stars along with a rich carpet of fainter mag 15 stars. There are several close pairs (1"-2" and possibly closer) and the number of stars keep increasing in moments of rock steady seeing as they seem to emerge from the background. A single brighter star is at the east edge.
17.5" (2/8/86): 30-35 stars resolved, unusually rich,
compact, about 5' diameter. The
appearance is similar to a resolved globular cluster. Located 30' SW of
13.1" (2/16/85): at least 20-25 stars resolved at 415x.
13.1" (11/5/83): ~15-20 stars, mottled clump near SE edge.
8" (11/5/83): few stars resolved over haze.
13x80mm (1/20/07): visible in the finder as a very faint, small glow about a half-degree SW of M35.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2158 = H. VI-17 = h375 on 16 Nov 1784 (sweep 317). He called it "a very compressed cluster of very small stars, very rich." He found it immediately after discovering NGC 2129, though M35 was apparently missed on this sweep. A second observation was made on 28 Feb 1785 (sweep 374), immediately followed by M35 this time.
On 24 Feb 1827 (sweep 59), John Herschel described the cluster as "rich; much compressed almost to nebulosity; stars very small; irregular triangular figure."
NGC 2158 was classified as a globular by Rosino in 1954 (Contr. Padova in Asagio No. 52), Helen Sawyer Hogg, 1959 (Star Clusters) and more recently in the RNGC due to its richness. Nevertheless, it is considered an intermediate age open cluster (~ 1 billion years old). NGC 2158 is also five or six times as distant as M35, as far as 16,000 light years away (5071 parsecs).
******************************
NGC 2159 = ESO 057-060 = S-L 799
05 58 03 -68 37 30; Dor
V = 11.4; Size 0.9'
24" (4/11/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 200x this cluster appeared bright, fairly small, slightly elongated, 0.9'x0.7'. A brighter star is at the north edge. At 350x, at least three additional faint stars were resolved on the north side and the appearance is asymmetric as the cluster is brighter on the north side. Located 8' SW of NGC 2164 and 10' S of NGC 2156. NGC 2172 lies 11' ESE, NGC 2140 is 20' WNW and S-L 791 is 6' W.
James Dunlop probably discovered NGC 2159 = D 193 = h3007 on 6 Nov 1826 and recorded "pB; R; well-defined, 12"." He made a single observation and his position is just 3' too far south. Considering his poor positions, though, it's possible this is another observation of NGC 2164, which is 11' NNE of his position and the brightest of 4 clusters in a group.
John Herschel observed the cluster on 4 sweeps, first reporting on 23 Nov 1834 (sweep 512), "pF; S; irreg R; pretty suddenly brighter middle; 25"." On 30 Jan 1835 (sweep 538) he logged "pB; S; R; has a *15m close to the edge, nf". Herschel attributed Dunlop with the discovery.
Pietro Baracchi observed the cluster on 3 Jan 1886 with the 48" Melbourne telescope and wrote, "pB; S; R; mottled. I believe that there are at the least several stars in it." He indicated two stars on his diagram on the NNW (mag 15) and WNW (mag 16) edge of the object.
******************************
NGC 2160 = ESO 057-061 = S-L 801
05 58 13 -68 17 24; Dor
V = 12.2; Size 1.2'
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): at 394x; bright, small cluster, 25"-30" diameter. Three stars are resolved in the small central clump including a mag 13.5 star on the northwest edge. Two fainter stars are on the east side and just south of center. NGC 2156 lies 10' SSW, NGC 2164 is 14' SSE, NGC 2147/S-L 785 is 15' WNW and S-L 822 is 22' ESE. The last cluster appeared as a moderately bright, small round glow. A mag 13.5 star is involved at the north edge.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2160 = h3008 on 30 Dec 1836 and recorded as "pF; R; gradually brighter in the middle; 30"." His position from a single observation is accurate.
James Dunlop's D 195, placed 10' to the NE, might be an earlier discovery on 3 Aug 1826. But the cluster is too faint to be described as "a small pretty bright round nebula, 10" or 12" diameter, following a small star." and there is no star he might have seen to its west.
Pietro Baracchi observed this cluster on 3 Jan 1886 with the 48" Melbourne telescope and wrote "curious object; a small nebula a little elongated with a star 15m involved or attached to its n.p. (NW) end." He also indicated a 16th mag star barely off the east edge.
******************************
05 55 43 -74 21 12; Men
V = 12.9; Size 2.3'
14" (4/3/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): this outlying LMC globular appeared moderately bright, fairly large, slightly elongated, nearly 1' diameter, weak concentration, no resolution. It seemed the cluster was slightly brighter along a central spine oriented WSW-ENE (probably due to slightly brighter unresolved stars).
S-L 804 was picked up 13' NE as a faint, relatively large glow, round, ~50" diameter, low even surface brightness. A mag 10.6 star is 6' SW.
S-L 828, located 28' ENE, is fairly faint, fairly small, round, ~35" diameter, smooth surface brightness, no resolution. Two mag 13-14 stars lie 2' SW.
S-L 783, located 16' SSW, is very faint, fairly small, round, 30" diameter, smooth glow, fairly low surface brightness, no resolution.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2161 = h3013 on 8 Feb 1836 and described as "F; pL; R; gradually pretty much brighter middle; 2'." His position from a single sweep is about 30" NW of center. Located outside the boundaries of the Hodge-Wright LMC Atlas.
******************************
NGC 2162 = ESO 086-047 = S-L 814
06 00 30 -63 43 18; Dor
V = 12.7; Size 2.1'
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): at 394x; fairly bright, very
large, round, contains a relatively large brighter core, mottled. A couple of very faint stars were
fairly easily resolved and several more popped in and out with averted vision. Located 4' W of mag 8.5
John Herschel discovered NGC 2162 = h3010 on 30 Nov 1834 and recorded "vF; pL; R; very gradually little brighter middle; 80"." On a second sweep he noted "F; R; gradually little brighter middle; 40"; a *9 mag follows in parallel, and 3 more 11 mag near." In 1926, Robert Innes described it as a "preceding a bright star, nebula, 1' diam, 11 mag, with several stars involved, the brightest of which is in the centre." (26-inch refractor, Union Observatory).
******************************
06 07 49.5 +18 39 27; Ori
Size 3'x2'
17.5" (1/9/99): moderately bright reflection nebula surrounding a young mag 11 star (HBC 193). The brightest portion of the nebula is noticeably elongated N-S from the central star and 2'-3' in length tapering towards the star. The northern extension has a slightly higher surface brightness. Located 3' W of a mag 9 star. Observed at 220x without filtration.
17.5" (12/23/92): faint, fairly small, elongated 5:2
N-S, ~2.5'x1.0', fairly high surface brightness. A mag 11 star is at the south tip of the bright portion and
a small very faint extension appears south of this star. Located 3' W of mag 9
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2163 = St. 9-6 on 31 Jan 1873. He made a second observation on 29 Dec 1877 and reduced the position again a week later (6 Jan 1878). His description reads, "extremely faint, elongated, diffuse, *11 attached south."
In compiling the NGC, Dreyer accidentally copied the
declination of
In 1922 Edwin Hubble reported it as a new "bright,
uncatalogued nebula similar to
Modern sources generally identify NGC 2163 as Cederblad 62. The RNGC labels NGC 2163 as nonexistent and furthermore reverses the sign of the declination. In addition, a poor RA was given for Ced 62 in Sky Catalogue 2000 and it was misplotted on the Uranometria 2000 (first edition) too far east, though the position was corrected in the second edition. The Millenium Star Atlas labels this object Ced 62, also at the wrong position.
******************************
NGC 2164 = ESO 057-062 = S-L 808
05 58 55.9 -68 30 57; Dor
V = 10.3; Size 2.5'
24" (4/11/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is the brightest of four clusters in a 10' field. At 260x it appeared very bright, large, round, sharply concentrated with an extremely bright core (visually appears to be a globular), the large outer halo extended to 2' diameter. Roughly 15 stars were resolved in the halo - some of these were easily visible 14th mag stars, while others were quite faint. At 350x, two dozen stars were resolved and the core was very grainy. Overall, this is a very impressive cluster. NGC 2156 lies 6.8' NW, NGC 2159 is 8' SW and NGC 2172 is 9.7' SE..
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2164 = D 196 = h3011 on 6 Nov
1826. He described D 196 as
"a small round pretty well defined, slightly condensed nebula about
25" diameter with a small star north following." His position is only 3' NE and the star
would be mag 10.2
John Herschel observed this cluster on 5 sweeps. His first observation was made on 23 Nov 1834 (sweep 512): "vB, R, gradually much brighter middle; 90", resolvable." Herschel attributed Dunlop with the discovery.
In 1926, Robert Innes described this object as "a very condensed cluster of stars with outliers, 11 to 15 mags." (26-inch refractor, Union Observatory).
******************************
06 11 05 +51 40 36; Aur
17.5" (3/1/03): Roughly a dozen stars in a 6'x4' group at 100x. Extended E-W except for a few stars which tail off towards the north on the following end. Nine of the stars in the group are fairly evenly distributed and similar in magnitude (10.5-11). No concentration or dense spots and appears to be an asterism. Listed as a nonexistent cluster in the RNGC.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2165 = h376 on 12 Feb 1831 (sweep 325) and noted "a ppor cl 7' length, 3' broad; about a dozen stars 11m." There is a very scattered group of brighter stars on the DSS at Herschel's position with the fields to the west lacking in stars. Karl Reinmuth, using a Heidelberg plate, described a "Cl, P, 20-25 st 11...". RNGC classifies this object as nonexistent (Type 7).
******************************
05 59 34 -67 56 30; Dor
V = 12.9; Size 1.2'
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): at 394x; very bright, fairly
small, round, 24" diameter, high surface brightness. Contains a relatively large bright core
and smooth halo. A mag 12.5 star
is off the northeast side [42" from center]. Located 6' S of mag 9.3
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2166 = D 223 = D 222? = h3012 on 27 Sep 1826. He described D223 as "a pretty bright and well defined nebula, round, 20" or 25" diameter." and his position is just 1.6' too far north. D 222 may be another observation with description "small round nebula preceding a small star." with position 9' to the west.
John Herschel observed NGC 2166 on 2 Jan 1837 (sweep 760). He recorded "F, S, R, gradually brighter in the middle, 15"." and credited "D 223?" as a possible earlier discovery.
******************************
06 06 58.5 -06 12 08; Mon
V = 6.6
= *6.6
John Herschel discovered NGC 2167 = h378 on 8 Jan 1831
(sweep 318). He described "a star 7m with a pretty strong neb
atmosphere." His position
matches mag 6.6
The GC and NGC followed JH's position and description for
h378, although John incorrectly equated it with his father's H. IV. 44. Dreyer later realized this error
and commented in his 1912 revision of Herschel's catalogues: "[IV. 44]
Occurs only in Sw. 640, 2m 0s p, 4' n of [
Wolfgang Steinicke also identifies H. IV-44 as vdB 68 but Corwin feels H. IV-44 is more likely a duplicate observation of NGC 2170, which is brighter and 6' due north of WH's position.
******************************
06 08 54 +24 20; Gem
V = 5.1; Size 28'
18" (11/14/09): gorgeous view at 75x, which beautifully
frames the cluster as well as nearby NGC 2158. The densest portion is the central 25' where roughly 250-300
stars are resolved. The cluster is
noticeably lopsided due to a loop of stars that juts out on the SE side of the
cluster. This loop includes mag 7.5
8": very bright string cluster, very large, excellent field but not rich in faint stars. Many of the stars are arrange in rows and loops.
Naked-eye: Visible as a fairly small naked-eye glow in a dark sky.
Swiss astronomer Phillippe Loys De Chéseaux discovered M35 = NGC 2168 = h377 by 1745-46. John Bevis made an independent discovery before 1750 (possibly earlier than De Chéseaux). Messier confirmed it on 30 Aug 1764 and called it a "Cluster of very small stars"
William Herschel made several observations and noted "it is visible to the naked eye as a very small cloudiness." His earliest observation was on 2 Apr 1782 with his 6.2" (7-ft f.l.). He estimated it contained 400 stars through his 12" (20-ft f.l.) on 3 Apr 1783 (from Steinicke). It was observed again on 28 Feb 1785 during sweep 374.
John Herschel recorded the cluster on 19 Feb 1827 (sweep 58) and described "a L, coarse, p rich cl of st 9...16m, which fills 2 or 3 fields, but cheifly one in which are about 100 stars."
******************************
06 08 25 +13 57 54; Ori
V = 5.9; Size 7'
17.5" (1/19/91): 20 stars mag 7.5-13 in bright,
distinctive group. Fairly small,
about 6' diameter, not rich. The
stars are divided into two main subgroups - along the west side is a string of
six stars aligned N-S in a very shallow "V" asterism. The northern two stars in this string
form the wide double STF 844 = 8.8/9.9 at 24" and less than 2' S is mag 8.7
14.5" (1/26/23): the brightest member of NGC 2169 is a multiple star with numerous components in WDS. The AB pair is mag 7.3/8.2 at a fairly close 2.6". It was cleanly split at 158x. Three other much wider components are nearly collinear - C is 18" WNW at mag 11.7, D is 28" ESE at mag 8.3, H is 1.4' ESE at mag 10.0, E is 43" S at mag 9.0.
William Herschel first discovered NGC 2169 = H. VIII-24 = h379 on 12 Oct 1782 during his third star review with a 6.2-inch reflector. He recorded it as the multiple star H. I. 57 with published description: "Multiple. In a spot which appears nebulous in the finder, and is about 50' from the 67th, and 45' from the 70th Orionis. More than 12 stars in view with 460; among them is a double star."
Herschel rediscovered the cluster with his 18.7" on sweep 293 (15 Oct 1784). He recorded "a small cluster of pretty large white stars, prettily arranged, not many of them." On 24 Dec 1786 (sweep 662) he noted "a cl of brilliant stars, not many in number, but pretty much compressed; with a vacancy in the middle."
******************************
NGC 2170 = LBN 994 = vdB 67 = Ced 63 = RAFGL 877
06 07 31.8 -06 23 57; Mon
Size 2'x2'
18" (1/13/07): fairly bright, moderately large reflection nebula surrounding a mag 9.5 star, ~2.5' diameter. There are two stars bracketing the nebula at the north and south ends with the brighter southern star of 10th magnitude.
Reflection nebula
13.1" (1/28/84): fairly bright nebulosity surrounds mag
9.5
William Herschel discovered NGC 2170 = H. IV-19, along with reflection
nebula
******************************
05 58 59 -70 43 09; Men
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): there are no good candidates matching Herschel's description for this number, but Mati Morel suggested NGC 2171 was possibly S-L 691 and 692 with a large error in RA (15 min of RA). Although Corwin has since rejected this possibility as it is out of RA order in the sweep, here are the descriptions of these clusters.
S-L 691: faint or fairly faint, small, round, glow, 25" diameter. S-L 691 is the northern of close pair of LMC clusters with S-L 692 just 48" S. Located 5' ESE of NGC 2107.
S-L 692: fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated glow, 35" diameter, no resolution. Visually, there is no noticeable star cloud surrounding these two clusters.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2171 = h3016 on 16 Dec 1835 and recorded "eeF; vL; R; gradually little brighter middle; 4'." There is nothing at this position though ~5' NW is S-L 809 = KMHK 1571. Eric Lindsay, in his 1964 paper "Some NGC objects in the Large Magellanic Cloud" (IAJ, 6, 286-289), notes "This may be the small object S/L 809, 0.5 min W, 2' N which may be an unresolved cluster or possibly a galaxy. The size does not agree." SIMBAD also identifies S-L 809 as NGC 2171. But this tiny cluster is roughly 30", so it's not a reasonable match with a 4' object. The Hodge-Wright Atlas misidentifies a faint star as NGC 2171.
Mati Morel has proposed that h3016 is a star cloud at 05 44 14 -70 40 09, which includes S-L 691 and S-L 692. This requires a very large error in RA (over 15 min of RA). Harold Corwin notes that the sweep order argues against such an error (see his identification notes) and this object appears to be lost.
******************************
NGC 2172 = ESO 057-065 = S-L 812
06 00 05.6 -68 38 14; Dor
V = 11.8; Size 1.7'
24" (4/11/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): At 200x this LMC cluster appeared moderately bright, fairly small, ~0.8' diameter, irregular, a couple of stars are resolved within the glow. At 350x, the glow is clumpy with four stars resolved with the brightest star at the SE edge. Located 10' SE of NGC 2164 and 11' ESE of NGC 2159. Fourth of four (including NGC 2156) in a 16' circle.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2172 = h3015 on 31 Jan 1835 and recorded "vF; L; R; gradually brighter in the middle; 2'." On a second sweep he recorded "pF; R; little brighter middle; 50"." His mean position (two sweeps) is at the south edge of the cluster.
James Dunlop's D 197, found on 27 Sep 1826, is possibly an earlier discovery though the cluster may be too faint for him to pick up. He described a "small faint round nebula" and his position was off by 12' to the NE.
Pietro Baracchi picked up this cluster on 3 Jan 1886 while observing the nearby clusters with the 48" Melbourne telescope and called it "a nebulous patch, small, a little elongated and faint, with two stars involved in it." His diagram shows a third star (called 17th mag) just off the SE edge. He labeled this cluster "(A)" and assumed it was a new discovery.
******************************
05 57 58.5 -72 58 44; Men
V = 11.9; Size 2.3'
24" (4/4/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 260x
this outlying LMC cluster (classified as a GC in SIMBAD with an age of ~2
billion years) appears as a fairly bright, round glow, ~2' in diameter, weak
concentration, no resolution. A
wide pair of 12th magnitude stars lies 2.4' ENE and 3.5' ESE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2173 = h3018 on 8 Feb 1836 and described as "pF; R; gradually much brighter middle; 90"." His single position is accurate.
******************************
06 09 23.6 +20 39 34; Ori
Size 40'x30'
17.5" (1/16/02): at 64x and OIII filter, this is a
beautiful, detailed nebula surrounding a mag 8 star (
Without a filter at 64x, I was surprised to immediately
notice a moderately bright 3' round glow, situated ~11' NNW of SAO 78049 near
the NW edge of the main glow.
Interestingly, this patch of nebulosity is more prominent than the main
body without a filter. NGC 2174
probably refers to this patch of the HII complex! It seemed quite strange that this patch had such a different
filter response and dimmed significantly with the OIII (mainly reflection
component?). A curving arc of
stars is situated along the north side of the glow. The entire nebula is situated among a scattered group of
stars, which is often mistaken for
17.5" (2/28/87): very large, irregular nebulosity surrounding mag 8.0 SAO 78049. Dark lanes are evident west of the star, appears very streaky. A bright small unresolved knot is 3.2' ENE of the bright star using an OIII filter.
13.1" (1/18/85): very bright with filter, very large, surrounds a mag 8 star, sky very dark off west side. West of the star the nebula is mottled and streaky with a bright region near the north edge.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2174 = St. 9-7 on 3 Feb 1877. His description doesn't refer to the entire nebula but rather a small patch of nebulosity (without the accents): "excessive., excess. faible (a peine observable); a l'interieur d'un triangle forme par trois petites etoiles."
He gave a 1878 position of 06 02 07.47 +20 40 54.4 which precesses to 06 09 24.0 +20 39 53 (2000), and falls on the northwest side of the nebula. This probably needs a small correction in declination based on his reference star, but is still accurate enough to clearly identify a small brighter patch of nebulosity. His three stars are mag 13-14 and the knot of nebulosity is quite prominent on the DSS just following the middle of these three stars. This star has a position of 06 09 21.9 +20 39 30 (2000) and Stephan's knot appears only 30-40" in diameter.
******************************
NGC 2175 = Ced 67a = Sh 2-252 = LBN 854 = Cr 84 = Monkey Head Nebula
06 09 39.5 +20 29 15; Ori
Size 40'x30'
17.5": See description for NGC 2174. Although the scattered group of stars
(
Carl Christian Bruhns discovered NGC 2175 = Au 21 in 1857
using a comet-seeker at the Berlin Observatory. His position corresponds with mag 7.6
******************************
06 01 19 -66 51 12; Dor
Size 1.3'
14" (4/3/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): fairly faint, roundish, 30" diameter, low surface brightness, no resolution although a mag 14 star is just off the east side. The compact cluster S-L 824 is 8' SE and large S-L 800 is 23' SW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2176 = h3017 on 3 Jan 1837 and recorded as "eeF; R; pL; gradually brighter in the middle; 2'." His position from a single sweep matches this cluster.
******************************
NGC 2177 = ESO 057-066 = S-L 816
06 01 17 -67 44 00; Dor
V = 12.8; Size 1.2'
14" (4/3/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): moderately bright,
fairly small, round, 30" diameter, fairly even surface brightness, no
resolution. Located 8' NNW of mag
9.3
John Herschel discovered NGC 2177 = h3020 on 13 Dec 1835 and recorded "F; R; little brighter middle; 15"." On a second sweep he noted "pF; irreg R; resolvable." His mean position matches this cluster.
******************************
06 02 47.6 -63 45 50; Pic
V = 12.6; Size 1.1'x1.0'; Surf Br = 12.7
30" (10/13/15 - OzSky): at 394x; fairly bright,
moderately large, slightly elongated WSW-ENE, 50"x40", contains a
very small bright core and stellar nucleus. A mag 15.3 star is close west-northwest [33" from
center]. Located 2.7' WSW of mag
8.5
John Herschel discovered NGC 2178 = h3019 on 31 Jan 1835 and
logged "eF, vS, r, 10"."
His position is 35" south of
******************************
06 08 02.2 -21 44 48; Lep
V = 12.3; Size 1.7'x1.2'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 170°
13.1" (1/28/84): fairly faint, fairly small, almost
round, broad concentration.
Located 15' ENE of mag 6.0
John Herschel discovered NGC 2179 = h3014 on 21 Nov 1835 and
noted "F, pmE, gradually little brighter middle, 40"." His position matches
******************************
06 09 37.6 +04 43 03; Ori
Size 15'
18" (3/5/05): large, scattered group (likely an
asterism) was viewed at 115x with the 31mm Nagler. Most distinctive is a "candy-cane" loop of a dozen
mag 10-11 stars that closely wraps around to the east of mag 7.9
William Herschel discovered NGC 2180 = H. VIII-6 = h380 on
24 Jan 1784 (sweep 114) and reported "A Cl of scattered stars, about 30
large and many small ones." A
later sweep provided an accurate position. On 2 Feb 1831 (sweep 320), John Herschel called it a "a
fine cluster, coarse, p rich, place of a *9m." His position corresponds with mag 8.4
Karl Reinmuth, in his 1926 photographic survey, lists dimensions of 20'x20' with the description "Cl, L, pR, P, sc, st 8.7..., B* BD+4d1141 nr M." RNGC classifies this object as nonexistent (Type 7), though a recent journal article suggests this is an evolved, disrupted cluster (A&A 427, 485-494 (2004).
******************************
06 02 43.2 -65 15 52; Dor
V = 13.6; Size 1.6'
13.1" (2/18/04 - Costa Rica): extremely faint, fairly
small, irregular, ~1' diameter, very low surface brightness. This LMC cluster is located 2.8' WSW of
a mag 10 star.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2181 = h3021 on 30 Nov 1834 and recorded "vF; S; R." His position from this single sweep is 1' too far east.
******************************
NGC 2182 = LBN 998 = vdB 72 = Ced 68
06 09 30.9 -06 19 35; Mon
Size 3'x3'
18" (1/13/07): bright reflection nebula, round, ~2'
diameter, surrounding 9.3
13.1" (1/28/84): faint, small, nebulosity surrounding
mag 9.0
William Herschel discovered NGC 2182 = H. IV-38 = h381 on 24 Feb 1786 (sweep 529). He described "a considerable star very faintly affected with milky chevelure, the milkiness not far from the parallel." A second observation (also with an accurate position), was made on 28 Nov 1786 (sweep 640), although Sherburne Burnham (Publ of Lick Observatory, II) incorrectly stated the RA should be 1 minute larger.
Both Joseph Turner (Jan 1879) and Pietro Baracchi (2 Jan 1886) were unsuccessful finding this bright reflection nebula using the 48-inch Melbourne Telescope, despite the coordinates being accurate in the GC.
******************************
06 10 46.9 -06 12 43; Mon
Size 1'x1'
18" (1/13/07): fairly faint reflection nebula in a group. Appears ~1' diameter and notably was *not* surrounding a bright star as are the other nebulae in the group. There appears to be a faint star, though, at the south edge which may be the illuminating star. A much larger complex of of nebulosity including NGC 2185 is less than 5' E and SE.
13.1" (1/28/84): very faint reflection nebula near four faint stars just SE. Forms a pair with NGC 2185 4.8' E. Located 25' ENE of NGC 2182.
Bindon Blood Stoney discovered NGC 2183 on 11 Dec 1850. This reflection nebula was noted as "about 65' following h378 [NGC 2167} is a small nebula with nucleus or stellar point." On the sketch of 24 Jan 1851, NGC 2183 was labeled Epsilon and NGC 2185 labeled Alpha.
Heinrich d'Arrest independently found this reflection nebula on 11 Jan 1864 and measured an accurate position (as well as NGC 2185). He noted a mag 11-12 star 2.5' south and 1.4 sec of time preceding. Stoney's observation was not included in the GC (because of his rough location) and Dreyer only credited d'Arrest with the discovery in the GC Supplement and NGC.
******************************
06 11 04 -03 31 12; Ori
Size 20'
17.5" (12/23/92): scattered group of 75 stars mag 7.8
to 13 in a 30' diameter. Bright,
very large, includes a mag 7.8 star (
John Herschel discovered NGC 2184 = h382 on 19 Feb 1830 (sweep 234) and recorded "A large loose straggling cl of 8th class. The place is that of a double star [HJ 2299]." Karl Reinmuth, in his 1926 photographic survey "Die Herschel-Nebel", reported the size as 30'x30' and described a "Cl, vL, P, v sc, irregularly round, st 9..."
RNGC classifies this number as a nonexistent cluster (Type 7) and it is not included in the Lynga catalogue.
******************************
NGC 2185 = LBN 997 = vdB 73 = Ced 70 = GN 06.08.7
06 11 06.1 -06 12 38; Mon
Size 3'x3'
18" (1/13/07): faint, fairly small, 1' reflection nebula surrounding a mag 12-12.5 star. A few arc minutes southwest is a group of 4 mag 12 stars which are also encased in a larger 3' haze of weak nebulosity. Both of these pieces are part of NGC 2185. NGC 2183 lies 5' W.
13.1" (1/28/84): this faint reflection nebula surrounds a mag 12 star. A group of four mag 11.5-12.5 stars is 2' to 3' SW. Forms a close pair with NGC 2183 in the NGC 2182 group.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2185 = H. IV-20 = h383, along with reflection nebula NGC 2170, on 16 Oct 1784 (sweep 296). He recorded as "a small star of the 11 or 12 mag, affected in the same manner [as NGC 2170], but very faint. 240 also showed it, other stars of the same magnitude are perfectly free from these appearances." He observed NGC 2185 again on 23 Feb 1786 (sweep 528) and logged "5 or 6 pretty small stars within a space of 3 or 4'; all affected with vF milky nebulosity. It is remarkable that the general milkiness which involves them, seems to be a little stronger about each star; but this last circumstance may be a deception arising from the light of the star." The descriptions were included in his 1791 paper on "Nebulous Stars."
John Herschel recorded it on 20 Feb 1830 (sweep 235): "A *10m with a vF atmosphere. Two others sp are free from such atmosphere. A very F neb suspected south preceding this object." The last object may refer to NGC 2183, which is due west.
******************************
06 12 11 +05 27 30; Ori
V = 8.7; Size 4'
17.5" (1/19/91): at 140x about 30 stars in a 4'
diameter including three mag 10 stars.
A prominent group is on the north side, highlighted by mag 10
William Herschel discovered NGC 2186 = H. VII-25 = h384 on NGC 2186 (sweep 512) and logged "a cluster of pretty compressed stars of several sizes, 4' or 5' diameter wth extensively straggling ones." John Herschel described on 2 Feb 1831 (sweep 320), "a pretty rich, comp cl, one st = 9, 3 or 4 = 11, and many 12...15. Place that of double star h2288."
******************************
06 03 48.3 -69 34 59; Dor
V = 12.1; Size 2.5'x1.1'; PA = 79°
24" (4/11/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): although described as a "double nebula" by John Herschel, this close pair of galaxies received a single NGC entry. At 260x the fused pair is oriented SW-NE with their outer halos overlapping. The brighter northeast component was fairly bright, fairly small, round, 35" diameter, strong concentration. The southwest member was between fairly faint and moderately bright, fairly small, slightly elongated E-W, 40"x35", weak concentration, with the lower surface brightness of the pair. This duo shines through the eastern portion of the LMC.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2187 = h3025 on 23 Dec 1834 and recorded a "Double nebula, position 12.5 degrees; larger pB, R, gradually brighter in the middle, 40"; smaller vF, R, gradually little brighter middle." His position (measured on 3 sweeps) corresponds with the double system ESO 57-68A. On the other two sweeps he only recorded seeing a single object. He called it double in the General Catalogue, although only a single designation was assigned.
Joseph Turner sketched the pair with the the Great Melbourne Telescope on 13 Dec 1878, as well as Pietro Baracchi on 3 Jan 1886. The brighter NE galaxy was shown with a small bright nucleus and the SW galaxy has a smoother surface brightness. Barrachi assumed the companion was a new discovery, although John Herschel probably deserves credit.
******************************
06 10 09.5 -34 06 22; Col
V = 11.7; Size 4.3'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 175°
24" (1/25/14): at 200x and 260x; fairly bright, large,
very elongated 5:1 N-S, 4.0'x0.8', broad concentration with a large, slightly
brighter elongated core. Mag 8.5
NGC 2188 is an edge-on Magellanic dwarf irregular with several giant HII regions on the south side and appears to be disrupted, although there are no nearby interacting companions.
13.1" (2/23/85): faint, moderately large, edge-on
streak 6:1 NNW-SSE. A mag 13.5
star is at the NNW end. Located
7.8' NE of mag 8.6
John Herschel discovered NGC 2188 = h3022 on 9 Jan 1836 and described as "pF, vmE, gradually very little brighter middle, 2' long." His position is accurate.
******************************
06 12 18 +01 08; Ori
= Not found, Carlson.
Truman Safford discovered NGC 2189 = HN 25/26 on Mar 19 1863
using the 15-inch Merz refractor at Harvard College Observatory. In AN #1453, George Bond (then director
of the observatory) noted "two clusters, seen 1863 Mar 19, near two stars
of the 10th, 11th magnitude by J.H. Safford, with the Great
Refractor." The positions for
the two stars are roughly 15' apart E-W although Dreyer used a mean position
and only a single entry in the NGC. In any case, there are no obvious clusters
on the DSS at his positions, just scattered stars. The same night he also found
Karl Reinmuth, in his 1926 photographic survey using Heidelberg places, was unable to identify NGC 2189. Corwin very tentatively identifies a group of stars at 06 14 29 +01 02.2.
******************************
06 01 04 -74 43 30; Men
V = 12.9; Size 2.0'
14" (4/3/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): fairly faint, relatively large, ~1' diameter, fairly low smooth surface brightness. No resolution, though viewed through thin clouds. NGC 2161 lies 30' NW. Located 36' W of mag 5.1 Alpha Men.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2190 = h3027 on 8 Feb 1836 and described as "vF; R; gradually brighter in the middle; 2'." His position from single sweep is accurate (45" NW of center). NGC 2190 is located outside the boundaries of the Hodge-Wright LMC Atlas.
******************************
06 08 23.8 -52 30 44; Car
V = 12.3; Size 1.7'x0.9'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 118°
13.1" (2/20/04 - Costa Rica): at 166x, this Carina
galaxy appeared fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2 WNW-ESE,
0.7'x0.5'. Sharply concentrated
with a very small brighter core.
Surrounded by several brighter stars including mag 9
John Herschel discovered NGC 2191 = h3023 on 9 Jan 1837 and reported "pB, vS, E, very suddenly brighter in the middle; a ruddy star 9th mag precedes about 5 seconds in R.A." His position is accurate. The ruddy star is mag 9 HD 42537.
******************************
06 15 18 +39 51 18; Aur
Size 6'
13.1" (12/22/84): two dozen very faint stars in a 4' diameter over unresolved haze.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2192 = H. VII-57 on 31 Dec 1788 (sweep 901) and recorded "a compressed cluster of vS stars, irregular figure, 6' diameter, considerably rich." His position (Auwer's reduction) is accurate. This older cluster has an age of roughly 2 billion years
******************************
NGC 2193 = ESO 086-057 = S-L 839
06 06 17.5 -65 05 54; Dor
V = 13.4; Size 1.9'
13.1" (2/18/04 - Costa Rica): very faint, fairly small, round, ~1' diameter, low surface brightness. NGC 2181 lies 24' SW. This LMC intermediate-age cluster is the most elliptical of any known with an eccentricity = 0.33. NGC 2193 is located 8' SE of HJ 3838, a mag 10.5/10.5 pair at 10".
John Herschel discovered NGC 2193 = h3026 on 3 Dec 1834 and recorded "F; irreg fig; gradually little brighter middle; has 2 or 3 stars in it." His position from this single sweep is just 30" NNW of center.
******************************
06 13 46 +12 48 24; Ori
V = 8.5; Size 10'
13.1" (1/18/85): at least 50 stars in a 5' region including many mag 14/15 stars, very rich with averted. Includes a few brighter stars on the east edge.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2194 = H. VI-5 on 11 Feb 1784 (sweep 138) and described a "a cluster of very close stars. Rich and of large extent, i.e. about 7 or 8' or more." On 24 Dec 1786 (sweep 662) he recorded "a beautiful cluster of very compressed small stars of several sizes, gradually most compressed in the middle, irr R, 12 or 15' in diameter." In his 1814 PT paper he considered this as an example of a cluster in an advanced state of insulation, "not much differing from a globular figure." His sketch (fig. 16) shows an oval group of stars, more densely packed towards the cneter.
Adolph Petersen independently found the cluster in 1849 but with a poor position. The position was accuratelly measured by d'Arrest on 18 Sep 1862 and by Vogel on 7 Dec 1869. Dreyer missed the equivalence with H. VI 5 and entered d'Arrest's observation as GC 5380 in his General Catalogue Supplement.
******************************
06 14 33.8 +17 38 22; Ori
V = 13/14
17.5" (12/22/97): this close pair of mag 13/14 stars was picked up at 100x just south of a mag 10 star. At 220x and 280x this double star was cleanly resolved [10" separation] although the region between the pair and the bright star (just 30" from the southern star) appeared slightly hazy, probably due to two additional very close faint stars just below resolvability. At 410x, at least one very faint sparkle was occasionally glimpsed close to the mag 10 star. It is not difficult to see why Lohse may have suspected this object to be nebulous. Coincidentally, a very faint reflection nebula (GN 06.11.5) is located 6.7' NNW and it is misidentified as NGC 2195 in RNGC.
Gerhard Lohse discovered NGC 2195 around 1886 with the 15.5-inch refractor at the private Wigglesworth Observatory in England. His position is 17 tsec west of a double star (with two additional very faint stars in a chain). His description of a mag 10 star 30" north pins down this identification. Interestingly, on my first observation of this object, I also thought it was nebulous - either due to glare from the mag 10 star or the closeness of the chain of the stars. Coincidentally, there is a very faint reflection nebula (GM 1-45 = P-P 58) 6.7' NNE in the same field which was also visible in my 17.5" and this object has the same RA as Lohse's original position. The RNGC has misidentified this reflection nebula as NGC 2195. See Corwin's notes.
Wolfgang Steinicke commented "The discoverer was
Gerhard Lohse, a German working at Scarborough using a 15.5 inch refractor. The
object is one of 18 nebulae (from a total of 20) Dreyer put into the NGC. Lohse
is among the observers with the poorest statistics: Only 3 objects are real nebulae (the galaxies
******************************
06 12 09.5 -21 48 27; Lep
V = 11.0; Size 2.8'x2.2'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 45°
13.1" (1/28/84): fairly bright, fairly small, almost round, increases to a small bright core.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2196 = H. II-265 = h3024 on 20 Nov 1784 (sweep 325) and logged "pF, pS, iF, bM of an irregular shape, somewhat elongated." His position is 30 sec of RA too large and 3' too far south. John Herschel observed this galaxy from the Cape on 4 sweeps, first recording it as "B, pL, R, pspmbM. Many stars near it." His position is accurate.
******************************
06 06 09 -67 05 54; Dor
V = 13.4; Size 1.7'
14" (4/3/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): fairly faint,
round, 35" diameter, even surface brightness, a mag 15 star is resolved at
the north edge and one or two others occasionally pop. The galaxy
John Herschel discovered NGC 2197 = h3028 on 31 Jan 1835 and noted "vF; R; 40"." His mean position from two sweeps matches this LMC cluster.
******************************
06 13 54 +01 00; Ori
24" (1/22/15): at the position given here is a 10' to 12' field with perhaps a half-dozen mag 10-11 stars and a number of fainter stars. The group, though, is totally unimpressive and does not stand out in the general field. On the southwest side is a 20" pair (one of Safford's 10th magnitude reference stars). About 25' south is a scattered group of mag 9-10.5 stars (along with some fainter stars) that is much more distinctive, though doesn't match Safford's position.
Truman Safford discovered NGC 2198 = HN 27 on 19 March 1863, along with the nonexistent cluster NGC 2189, using the 15-inch Merz refractor at the Harvard College Observatory. In AN #1453, George Bond (director of the observatory) reported "A cluster, seen 1863 March 19, by J.H. [sic] Safford, between two stars in the following position. With the Great Refractor." The positions for the two stars are fine (separated by ~8' east-west) but there is no obvious clustering nearby.
Karl Reinmuth, in his 1926 photographic survey "Die
Herschel-Nebel", reported "no CL, many pB st sf Dreyer's
place." RNGC classifies the
number as nonexistent (Type 7).
Harold Corwin suggests Safford's object might be "a scattered group
of 20-30 stars, probably no more than a random field, centered at 06 11 56, +01
03.2 (
******************************
NGC 2199 = ESO 034-003 = PGC 18379
06 04 45.0 -73 24 00; Men
V = 12.8; Size 1.9'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 37°
24" (4/4/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): moderately bright and large, elongated 2:1 SW-NE, 1.2'x0.6', small bright core, occasional sharp stellar nucleus. NGC 2173 and NGC 2209, both likely LMC clusters, lie 38' NW and 30' SE, respectively.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2199 = h3031 on 8 Feb 1836 and
recorded "F, vS, R, bM."
His position matches
******************************
06 13 17.4 -43 39 48; Pup
V = 14.2; Size 1.0'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 170°
25" (10/16/17 - OzSky): at 244x; faint, fairly small,
round, 40" diameter, low surface brightness. A mag 15.5 star is at the southwest edge. Located 5' SE of mag 9.2
John Herschel discovered NGC 2200 = h3029, along with NGC
2201, on 1 Jan 1835 and recorded "eF; R; very little brighter middle;
40"." He observed the
pair again in Dec 1837, but his NPD was 1° further south. His first position was accurate and
matches
******************************
NGC 2201 = ESO 254-040 = MCG -07-13-007 = PGC 18658
06 13 31.4 -43 42 18; Pup
V = 13.4; Size 1.4'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 113°
25" (10/16/17 - OzSky): at 244x; fairly faint, small, elongated 5:3 WNW-ESE, 25"x15". Slightly brighter of a pair with NGC 2200 3.5' NW. The two galaxies are nearly collinear with a mag 9.2 star 5' further northwest.
24" (2/22/14): at 260x; very faint, small, 18" diameter, low even surface brightness. Viewed at 9° elevation. Forms a pair with NGC 2200 3.5' NW, but the companion was not seen at this low elevation.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2201 = h3030 (along with NGC
2200 = h3029) on 1 Jan 1835 and recorded "eF; vS; pretty suddenly little
brighter middle; rather a doubtful object." He observed the pair again in Dec 1837, but his NPD was 1°
further south. His first position
was accurate and matches
******************************
06 16 51 +05 59 48; Ori
17.5" (2/2/02): fairly distinctive asterism at 100x (20 Nagler), consisting of a bulbous mushroom-shaped ring of about a dozen fairly bright stars with a few others nearby. Within this irregular ring is a nice, mag 9.1/10.8 double (STF 885) at 10" separation. Adding to the effect is a straight trail of stars from the double forming a 10' "stem" heading to the NNE and containing a mag 8.7 star (SAO 113677). Listed as a nonexistent cluster in the RNGC.
Wilhelm Struve discovered NGC 2202 = STF 885 = h385 in 1825 with the 9.6" Fraunhofer refractor at the Dorpat Observatory. It was listed as #885 in his main catalogue of double stars, published in 1827. John Herschel observed this cluster (or asterism) on 2 Feb 1831 (sweep 320) and recorded"The chief of a tolerably neat cluster of large stars." The double star is a 9.1/10.8 pair at 10" separation located at 06 16 51.5 +05 59 47. Karl Reinmuth described the photographic appearance as "Cl, S, R, vP, st 8.5..." with dimensions 6.5'x6.5'. RNGC classifies NGC 2202 as a nonexistent cluster.
******************************
06 04 42.6 -75 26 17; Men
V = 11.3; Size 3.2'
14" (4/3/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): this LMC cluster (outside the Hodge-Wright Atlas) appeared fairly bright and large, round, ~1.4' diameter, unresolved but slightly patchy or mottled with a weak concentration. A mag 12.4 star is off the NW side [1.6' from center] and a mag 14.5 star is off the south side [1.6' from center]. Located 46' SSW of mag 5.1 Alpha Mensae.
The galaxy
John Herschel discovered NGC 2203 = h3035 on 23 Jan 1836 and recorded "pB; irreg R; vgpmbM; 2'; resolvable. His position from this single sweep is accurate. Joseph Turner observed this cluster on 5 Jan 1878 with the 48" Melbourne Telescope and reported "glimpses of a grannular or stippled appearance occasionally obtained, showing it to be resolvable." (p. 158 of logbook). Pietro Baracchi called it "pB; pL; R; very gradually little brighter middle. Soft undefined outline about 70" diameter." (9 Jan 1886, Melbourne).
NGC 2203 was first photographed by DeLisle Stewart at Harvard's Arequipa Station between 1898 and 1901 and described as a "faint cluster, not a nebula."
******************************
06 15 33 -18 40 00; CMa
V = 8.6; Size 13'
13.1" (1/28/84): two dozen stars mag 12-14 in a 10'
diameter. Two mag 9 stars are on
the SW and NW edge and many stars are aligned in strings. Mag 6.0
William Herschel discovered NGC 2204 = H. VII-13 on 6 Feb
1785 (sweep 367) and recorded "a cluster of scattered stars, not very
rich, above 15' diameter, south following a star 6-7 mag." Due to a numbering change by Caroline
while preparing her brother's first catalogue for the printer, she was credited
with the discovery of VII. 13 in the notes section, instead of H. VII-12 (later
******************************
06 10 33.0 -62 32 19; Pic
V = 12.7; Size 1.3'x0.9'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 80°
14" (4/7/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): fairly faint,
fairly small, slightly elongated E-W, 25"x20". A mag 11.7 star is 3.3' NNE and a
similar star is 5' SSE. A group of
stars (mag 10.6 and fainter) is ~10' W.
Located 33' SE of a mag 5.0
John Herschel discovered NGC 2205 = h3034 on 9 Dec 1836 and noted "pF, R, bM, 20"." There is nothing at Herschel's position, but Eric Lindsay comments in his 1964 paper "Some NGC objects in the Large Magellanic Cloud" (IAJ, 6, 286-289), this is "Probably the galaxy 3/4 minute West." In 1926, Robert Innes described it as a "nebula, BM, 20", 12 mag, between 2 faint stars, which may account for the note "spindle"." (26-inch refractor, Union Observatory).
******************************
06 15 59.9 -26 45 57; CMa
V = 12.2; Size 2.4'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 138°
17.5" (2/8/86): moderately bright, small, almost round, small bright core. A star is superimposed very close east of the core.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2206 = h3033 on 20 Jan 1835 and
remarked "vF; R; very little brighter middle; 50"." His position (measured on 3 sweeps)
matches
******************************
06 16 22.0 -21 22 21; CMa
V = 10.8; Size 4.3'x2.8'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 112°
48" (2/20/12 and 2/28/19): this beautiful spiral galaxy
forms a stunning pair with
IC 2163 is attached at the east side of NGC 2207. The central region was very bright, round, ~1' diameter, small bright core. A surprisingly prominent spiral arm is attached on the SW side. It sweeps gracefully to the east and bends gently clockwise. This arm was ~1.5' long and significantly increased the overall size to roughly 2'x1'. Just northeast of the tip of the arm is 2MASX J06163579-2122032, which appeared as a faint, very small knot. The 2MASX galaxy is probably a dwarf elliptical at the same distance as the pair.
18" (2/5/11): fairly bright, fairly large, sharply concentrated with a bright, elongated core (WSW-ENE) ~1' diameter and a large, much lower surface brightness halo ~2.5'x2.0'. A faint star is close WSW of the nucleus. A mag 13.5 star is at the NW edge of the halo.
Forms an interacting pair with IC 2163, which is embedded on the east side of the halo. The fainter companion appears fairly faint, moderately large, oval E-W, 1.0'x0.7', weakly concentrated
13.1" (1/28/84): moderately bright, moderately large, bright core, double nuclei. A faint extension is visible to the east. This is an unusual interacting pair and the extension to the east is IC 2163.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2207 = h3032 on 24 Jan 1835 and recorded "pB, pL, mE in pos = +/- 87°, pretty suddenly little brighter middle, 2.5' long, 40" broad, to a tolerably well defined round nucleus." His position and Engelhardt's micrometric measurement are accurate, though I'm surprised that Herschel wasn't able to resolve the IC component of the system.
Joseph Turner observed this interacting pair on 18 Dec 1878 with the 48" Melbourne Telescope. He wrote, "It appears to consist of two nebulae" and his sketch clearly shows IC 2163 elongated E-W as a separate object to the east. He noted "the preceding one [NGC 2207] seems to have [three?] distinct nuclei or perhaps [three?] small stars." Herbert Howe also resolved the pair on on 11 Feb 1898 with the 20" refractor at Denver and was credited with the visual discovery of IC 2163. Holmberg 85b refers to the inner spiral arm (ring) to the west of the core.
******************************
06 22 34.7 +51 54 34; Aur
V = 12.8; Size 1.7'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 110°
17.5" (1/19/91): fairly faint, small, elongated 2:1 E-W, weak concentration. A mag 13 star is 1.1' W of center.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 2208 = Sw. 6-26 on 24 Nov 1886 and noted "pF, pS, lE." His position is 6 seconds of time too small and 1.6' too far north. Hermann Kobold measured an accurate position in 1893 (published in 1907 catalog).
******************************
NGC 2209 = ESO 034-6 = S-L 849
06 08 36.1 -73 50 13; Men
V = 13.2; Size 2.8'
24" (4/4/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this fairly bright outlying LMC cluster (probable globular cluster) appears as a 2.5'-3' glow with only a weak concentration and no resolution. Surrounded by a number of stars including a mag 11.5 star 3.4' W. NGC 2199 (a galaxy) lies 30' NW and continuing in this direction another 38' is NGC 2173, a slightly smaller LMC cluster.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2209 = h3037 on 8 Feb 1836 and remarked "vF; L; R; gradually very little brighter middle; 3'." His position from this single sweep is accurate.
******************************
06 11 31.7 -69 07 18; Dor
V = 10.9; Size 1.7'
14" (4/3/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): bright, relatively large, round, at least 1' diameter, contains a very bright grainy core and a relatively thin halo, no definite resolution. A mag 14 star is off the southeast side [1.3' from center]. Located 9.3' NW of a mag 8.2 star and 22' SE of mag 5.1 Nu Doradus. NGC 2210 is one of 15 bona-fide ancient GC's in the LMC.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2210 = h3036 on 31 Jan 1835 and logged "vB; S; R; pretty gradually then very much brighter in the middle; 35" diameter; not resolvable." He noted the observation probably had a one degree error in the polar distance as the next two sweeps agreed in position.
******************************
06 18 30.3 -18 32 14; CMa
V = 12.7; Size 1.4'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 22°
17.5" (1/20/90): fairly faint, very small, elongated
2:1 SSW-NNE, small bright core.
Forms a pair with
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 2211 = LM 1-150, along with NGC 2212, on 11 Dec 1885. His rough position is accurate to the nearest min of RA, though Bigourdan (on 9 Mar 1890), Herbert Howe and Ormond Stone measured an accurate RA (repeated in the IC 2 Notes).
******************************
NGC 2212 = ESO 556-014 = MCG -03-16-022 = PGC 18796
06 18 35.7 -18 31 10; CMa
V = 13.5; Size 1.5'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 136°
17.5" (1/20/90): extremely faint, very small, round, very low surface brightness. A line of three equally spaced mag 14 stars begins 1.5' E and ends 1.3' N. Forms a pair with NGC 2211 1.5' SW.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 2212 = LM 1-151, along with NGC 2211, on 11 Dec 1885. His rough position is accurate to the nearest min of RA, though Bigourdan, Herbert Howe and Ormond Stone measured an accurate RA for nearby NGC 2211 (given in the IC 2 Notes).
******************************
06 10 42.1 -71 31 45; Men
V = 12.4; Size 2.1'
14" (4/3/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): moderately bright and large, round, 45" diameter, slightly brighter core, no resolution. A distinctive 1' trio in a slight curve, consisting of a mag 11 star and two mag 12 stars, lies 3' W.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2213 = h3038 on 9 Feb 1836 and recorded "vF; R; gradually little brighter middle; 30". A triple star precedes." His position from this single sweep is 30" SW of center.
******************************
NGC 2214 = ESO 057-74 = S-L 860
06 12 57 -68 15 36; Dor
V = 10.9; Size 3.6'
18" (4/3/16 - Coonabarabran, 236x): this young massive LMC cluster appeared very bright, fairly large, noticeably elongated E-W, ~1.6'x1.1'. About a half-dozen stars were resolved around the edges and within the main glow. Well concentrated with a bright central region and a slightly mottled halo.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2214 = h3039 = D 201 in 1826. He described "a round well-defined small nebula, 20" diameter, bright at the centre." Dunlop made two observations and his published position is 2' SW of center (unusually accurate).
John Herschel made two observations, first on 30 Jan 1835 (sweep 538) when he recorded "B; S; R; or lE; resolved into stars 14...16m; 50"." On 13 Dec 1835 (sweep 653) he logged it as "B; irreg R; or lE; gradually brighter in the middle; 80"; resolvable."
Pietro Baracchi sketched the cluster on 4 Jan 1886 and described it as "B; S; lE; Elliptical, even in density, mottled, resolvable. It seems a double nebula or at the least there is some dark division about the middle of the object." On his diagram the object is elongated SSW-NNE and consists of two tangent clumps with a mag 15 star attached at the northeast end and another mag 15 star close south of the east end.
******************************
06 20 50 -07 17 00; Mon
V = 8.4; Size 11'
17.5" (12/28/94): about 50 stars mag 11-14 in a 12' region, pretty evenly distributed and stands out well in the field at 100x. At the west edge is a faint detached group of 8 stars. Near the center are several wide pairs and one close evenly matched fainter pair (HJ 2315 = 11.5/11.5 at 6"). The cluster is not well defined on the east side and merges into the general field.
17.5" (2/1/92): 30 stars mag 11-14 in 10' diameter, fairly bright, elongated ~E-W, pretty evenly distributed, fairly rich although there no dense areas. Includes about 10 mag 11 stars but there is no single dominant star. The remainder are mag 12-14. Set over background haze. Stands out well in low power field.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2215 = H. VII-20 = h386 on 1 Nov 1785 (sweep 468) and recorded "a cl of coarsely but pretty evenly scattered pS stars, of nearly the same magnitude, coarsely round and about 15' diam." His summary description (based on 3 sweeps) reads "a beautiful cluster of pretty compressed and equally scattered stars, 10' or 12' diameter."
******************************
06 21 30.7 -22 05 14; CMa
V = 12.8; Size 1.4'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 20°
17.5" (1/20/90): faint, fairly small, oval SW-NE, even surface brightness. A mag 13 star is off the SE end 1.7' from center and a mag 14.5 star is superimposed at the SE end. A group of 20 stars are in the field to the west.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2216 = h3040 on 23 Jan 1835 and
noted it as "vF, pL, R, very gradually little brighter middle,
40"." His position (single sweep) matches
******************************
06 21 39.8 -27 14 04; CMa
V = 10.7; Size 4.5'x4.2'; Surf Br = 13.8
24" (2/5/13): very bright, very large, contains a brighter 1.3' core that is sharply concentrated with an intense nucleus! The round halo extends 3' and has a fairly smooth surface brightness. The outer halo passes through a wide pair of mag 12/13 stars on the west side. UGCA 126, a thin edge-on, lies 60' WSW.
13.1" (1/18/85): fairly bright, small, elongated ~E-W, well concentrated with a bright core surrounded by small faint halo, stellar nucleus at moments.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2217 = h3041 on 20 Jan 1835 and
recorded "vB; R; pretty suddenly much brighter middle; 30",
r." His position (measured on
two sweeps) matches
******************************
06 24 41.5 +19 20 29; Gem
= 4*, Reinmuth =no cluster, RNGC.
Edward Cooper discovered NGC 2218 on 13 Jan 1853 with the large 13.3-inch refractor at the Markree Observatory in Ireland while compiling the Markree Ecliptic Catalogue. Arthur Auwers couldn't find it using the 6" Heliometer at Konigsberg, though included it as #22 in his 1862 list of new nebulae. Karl Reinmuth, using Heidelberg plates, reported "only 4 st 14...15". There is only a small group of 3-5 stars on the DSS at Cooper's position. The RNGC classifies this number as nonexistent (Type 7).
******************************
06 23 45 -04 40 36; Mon
17.5" (2/2/02): at 100x, 15-20 fairly faint mag 13-14 stars and a few brighter stars are visible just following mag 6.7 SAO 133199. The group is elongated ~WNW-ESE and the stars are fairly evenly distributed. The SE corner is marked by a mag 7.5 star. Visually, this group appears to be a cluster as the star density is reasonably rich and the group is isolated in the field. Listed as a nonexistent cluster in the RNGC and not in the Lynga catalogue.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2219 = h387 on 19 Feb 1830 and
noted, "The first *6 of a course poor cl; *11...12." His position corresponds with mag 6.7
******************************
06 21 11.0 -44 45 32; Pup
Size 22'
24" (2/22/14): at 125x, this asterism is a scattered
20' field containing several bright stars. There are two groupings with the more prominent southeast
group containing 8 brighter stars including mag 7.7
John Herschel discovered NGC 2220 = h3042 on 29 Dec 1834 and recorded a "A poor, very coarsely scattered, but brilliant cluster of 8th class. Place of a star 8m = B 1222, the chief of cl." His position corresponds with mag 7.7 HD 44737 at 06 21 11.3 -44 45 31 (2000). The asterism also includes HD 44665 = HJ 3852 (8.4/10.7 at 7") and mag 8.8 HD 44764. WEBDA has no listing, and this grouping is probably an asterism. RNGC calls NGC 2220 nonexistent (Type 7).
******************************
06 20 15.7 -57 34 42; Pic
V = 12.9; Size 1.9'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 0°
24" (4/10/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this
is the brightest member of a trio of elongated galaxies (
John Herschel discovered NGC 2221 = h3044 (along with NGC 2222 = h3045) on 4 Dec 1834 and recorded "vF; lE; very gradually brighter middle; the preceding of 2." His position is 1' too far north.
******************************
NGC 2222 = ESO 121-025 = KTS 33B = PGC 18835
06 20 17.0 -57 32 04; Pic
V = 13.3; Size 1.2'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.1; PA = 150°
24" (4/10/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 260x, this edge-on galaxy appeared moderately bright and large, elongated 3:1 NNW-SSE, 0.9'x0.3', gradually increases to a small bright core. This is the second brightest in a trio of elongated systems with NGC 2221 2.6' S and ESO 161-001 2.9' NE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2222 = h3045 (along with NGC 2221 = h3044) on 23 Jan 1835 and recorded "vF; lE; very gradually very little brighter middle; the following of 2." His position is accurate.
******************************
06 24 36.0 -22 50 18; CMa
V = 11.6; Size 3.2'x2.8'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 175°
17.5" (1/20/90): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated N-S, even surface brightness. A mag 14 star is on the north end 24" from center. Apparently I missed the outer 3' low surface brightness outer halo as the superimposed star is just outside the core.
8" (1/1/84): very faint, fairly small, elongated ~N-S.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2223 = h3043 on 23 Jan 1835 and
logged "F; R gradually little brighter middle; has 1 or 2 stars on it and
a small close double star (dist 3", 12 and 12 mag) north." His mean position (measured on 3
sweeps) matches
******************************
06 27 28 +12 35 36; Gem
= no cluster, RNGC.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2224 = H. VII-35 on 24 Dec 1786 (sweep 662) and described "A cluster of small pretty much compressed stars with suspected nebulosity, but the latter may be a deception." His position is close to a mag 9.6 star in a rich field containing some extremely faint nebulosity. Robert Ball, observing with the 72" on 9 Dec 1866, noted "some stars scattered about, but no nebulosity seen. Sky not good."
Karl Reinmuth reported "no pretty compressed cluster seen", based on Heidelberg plates. The RNGC classifies this number as nonexistent and it is not listed in any open cluster catalogue. Harold Corwin notes there is an elongated group of very faint stars close to Herschel's position and these are embedded in very faint nebulosity, though I haven't checked the field.
******************************
06 26 37 -09 38 30; Mon
17.5" (1/23/93):
Listed as nonexistent in RNGC though shows up well on the DSS.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2225 = H. VII-26 = h388 on 30 Jan 1786 (sweep 516) and described "a cluster of extremely small and pretty much compressed stars, with a few larger ones, but not very rich; in the shape of a hook." His position was off the southeast side of the cluster (or asterism) and the "large ones in the shape of a hook" probably refer to a group of stars off the northeast side of the core of the group. This cluster is not listed in the Lynga catalogue and RNGC classifies the number as nonexistent with the comment "NOCL". NGC 2226 is the small core of NGC 2225.
******************************
06 26 37.6 -09 38 34; Mon
Size 2'
17.5" (1/23/93): faint group of six mag 14 stars over unresolved haze giving a fairly rich appearance. Forms an irregular arc 2' length N-S bending west on the south end. Located 1' N of a mag 10 star and a mag 12 star is 4' N. Several more mag 13.5-14 stars are nearby, which together as a 5' group elongated N-S may form NGC 2225.
E.E. Barnard discovered NGC 2226 (discovery date unknown). Harold Corwin notes Barnard was probably using a 5- or 6-inch refractor at Nashville and the discovery was directly communicated to Dreyer. His rough position is nearly identical to this cluster, but the NGC description "small,very difficult,*10 close S" suggests he only noted the core of the larger group (NGC 2225) discovered by WH. RNGC classifies this number as nonexistent (Type 7).
******************************
06 25 57.9 -22 00 18; CMa
V = 12.5; Size 2.1'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 19°
17.5" (2/8/86): faint, fairly large, fairly diffuse, elongated ~N-S, almost even surface brightness. A mag 10 star is 8' NE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2227 = h3046 on 27 Jan 1835 and
remarked "eF; R; has coarse double star preceding on same parallel
90" dist." His
description and position (NPD corrected by two degrees in his addendum) matches
******************************
06 21 15.6 -64 27 33; Dor
V = 13.6; Size 0.8'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.7
25" (10/16/17 - OzSky): at 244x; fairly faint, fairly
small, round, 30"-36" diameter, very small bright core. At 397x the core seemed elongated ~E-W,
but this was due to a mag 15.6 star that occasionally resolved at its east
edge. Located 11.6' NW of mag 8.2
NGC 2228 is a member of ACO S585 = AGC 3389, which includes
John Herschel discovered NGC 2228 = h3047 on 31 Jan 1835 and noted "F; R; gradually little brighter middle; 20"." His position (single sweep) matches ESO 087-007 = PGC 18862.
******************************
NGC 2229 = ESO 087-008 = PGC 18867
06 21 23.7 -64 57 24; Dor
V = 13.4; Size 1.4'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 133°
24" (4/11/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): fairly
faint, very elongated 3:1 NW-SE, 0.75'x0.25', a mag 14 star is 45" S of
center. In the core of the rich
cluster
John Herschel discovered NGC 2229 = h3048 (along with NGC 2230, 2233 and 2235) on 30 Nov 1834 and logged as "eF; vS; R; the preceding of 3." His position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 2230 = ESO 087-009 = PGC 18873
06 21 27.5 -64 59 35; Dor
V = 13.1; Size 1.1'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 81°
24" (4/11/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): moderately bright, round, 0.9' diameter, moderately concentrated with a bright 20" core. Situated in the core of the rich cluster AGC 3389 = ACO S585 with NGC 2229 2.2' N, NGC 2233 2.9' SE, NGC 2235 6.8' NE, 2MASX J06215975-6459181 3.4' E. A total of 7 galaxies were picked up within an 11' circle.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2230 = h3049 (along with NGC 2229, 2233 and 2235) on 30 Nov 1834 and logged "eF, S, lE, the middle of 3." His position is accurate.
******************************
06 20 43 -67 31 06; Dor
V = 13.2; Size 2.0'
14" (4/3/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): this LMC globular appeared fairly faint, moderately large, round, ~45" diameter, fairly low but irregular surface brightness, increases in size with averted, no resolution. A number of brighter stars in the field including HJ 3862, a mag 9.5/11.5 pair at 8", which lies 5' SE. In addition, a mag 10 star is 6' NNE and two other mag 11 stars are within 4' N. Several more mag 12 stars (some closer) are in the field. S-L 885 lies 3.7' NE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2231 = h3050 on 23 Dec 1834 and recorded "F, pL, R, gradually very little brighter middle, precedes a double star [h3862]." On a second sweep he called it "F, L, R, 50", among 10 or 12 stars 10th and 11th mag." His position (measured on 3 sweeps) is good.
******************************
06 28 02 -04 50 48; Mon
V = 3.9; Size 30'
17.5" (12/28/94): at 100x appears as a scattered group of bright stars surrounding 10 Monocerotis (V = 5.1) with the remaining stars forming a wedge tapering to the SW. Includes 7 brighter mag 8-10 stars and another two dozen fainter stars. Richest surrounding 10 Mon and five brighter stars form a distinctive box around the bright star. Too large and scattered for higher power.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2232 = H. VIII-25 on 16 Oct 1784 (sweep 296) and recorded "The 10 Monocerotis surrounded by many bright stars." His position matches the bright star. The position in the Lynga catalogue, RNGC, NGC 2000.0 and Sky Catalogue 2000 is about 20' too far west! Brian Skiff suggests a centroid position of 06 28 02 -04 50.8 based on the star GSC 4793-2505. See my RNGC Corrections #7.
By analyzing Herschel's earlier "reviews" of bright stars (before his systematic sweeps), Wolfgang Steinicke found that Herschel discovered the cluster on 5 Dec 1779 during his second star review using his 6.2" reflector. He recorded it as the multiple star H. V. 14: "4 or 5 small stars within one Minute." This is apparently his earliest non-stellar discovery!
******************************
NGC 2233 = ESO 087-011 = PGC 18882
06 21 40.1 -65 02 00; Dor
V = 13.8; Size 0.9'x0.2'; Surf Br = 12.0; PA = 45°
24" (4/11/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): fairly faint, fairly small, edge-on 4:1 SW-NE, 36"x9", fairly low surface brightness with little or no concentration. Located 2.8' SE of NGC 2230 in the core of the rich cluster AGC 3389 = ACO S585.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2233 = h3051 (along with NGC 2229, 2230 and 2235) on 30 Nov 1834 and logged "eF; S; the last of 3." His position is accurate.
******************************
06 29 22 +16 43 24; Gem
Size 25'
18" (1/26/09): at 175x only a scattered group of ~75 stars in a non-descript 10' region. Includes a number of mag 12 stars forming the outline of two rough loops or a butterfly shape. This poor grouping is immediately SE of the listed position. The Milky Way is patchy here and the stars are set over unresolved haze. This grouping appears a very weak field enhancement at best and not a cluster.
William Herschel described a larger grouping (nearly 30'), though the entire field is not really distinguishable from the surrouding area.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2234 = H. VIII-9 = h389 on 19 Feb 1784 (sweep 148). He found "A cluster of stars very much scattered; takes up near 1/2 degree. It is not very rich; the stars are of various magnitudes." John Herschel described this star group on 25 Jan 1832 (sweep 395): "a pretty rich very loose cl, fills 2 or 3 fields, not bM, st 10...13m."
Karl Reinmuth stated there was "no distinct Cl" on Heidelberg plates and the RNGC classifies this number as nonexistent (Type 7). A fairly even scattering of mag 10-13 stars is in the vicinity on the POSS.
******************************
NGC 2235 = ESO 087-013 = PGC 18906
06 22 22.0 -64 56 03; Dor
V = 13.0; Size 1.3'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 68°
24" (4/11/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): moderately bright, elongated 3:2 SW-NE, 0.9'x0.6', broad concentration with a slightly elongated 25" core. A mag 10.8 star is right at the northeast edge of the halo. This is the brightest of 7 galaxies, including NGCs 2229, 2230 and 2233, viewed in the core of ACO S585 = AGC 3389 and the furthest northeast.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2235 = h3052 (along with NGC 2229, 2230 and 2233) on 30 Nov 1834 and logged "vF; S; R; 30"." His position (single sweep) is accurate.
******************************
06 29 40 +06 49 48; Mon
V = 8.5; Size 7'
13.1" (1/18/85): two dozen faint stars in a 5' region over background haze. The brighter stars are in a rich 1' triangular outline with the brightest mag 11 star in the cluster. A long curving arc of fainter stars emanates from the group. Fairly striking cluster.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2236 = H. VII-5 = h390 on 23 Feb 1784 (sweep 156). He described "a cluster of compressed stars of various magnitudes, pretty rich in small stars; the preceding part contains chiefly large onces, not round." On 8 Jan 1828 (sweep 118) John Herschel wrote "Irreg fig cl like a hollow triangle in a crowded part of the Milky Way; stars vS; 12...15m; one star 10m. The surrounding loose stars are all large."
******************************
06 30 18 +05 03; Mon
Size 80'x60'
17.5" (2/8/86): amazingly detailed view at 73x. The SE section has an interesting structure with an outer extension or brighter part of an outer shell. The SW side has an unusual darker bay with a gap in outer edge of the "wreath". The outer edge of the NE side has a sharp "corner" bending due south on the west side.
13.1" (many dates from 1/23/82 to 11/5/83): the
complete annulus of the Rosette Nebula was clearly visible surrounding the
naked-eye cluster
8" (many dates from 12/6/80 to 1/1/84): complete annulus easy visible in field at 42x or in 8x50 finder with filter as a large, soft ring surrounding the cluster.
Naked-eye (1/8/00): using an OIII filter, the apparent diameter of the cluster (NGC 2244) noticeably increases in size due to the surrounding nebulosity becoming visible. The overall brightness, though, is slightly decreased with the filter as the cluster is significantly dimmed.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 2237 = Sw. 2-31 between 1865 and 1874 while comet hunting using his 4.5-inch refractor. The discovery wasn't published, though, until 1884 (Sidereal Messenger, 3, 57-58). Swift reported "Some ten years ago [implying a discovery date around 1874], while searching for comets, I ran across an exceedingly large and fairly bright nebula near 12 Mon which I of course supposed was familiar to every astronomer." In the notes to his second list, Swift wrote "until 1881 I supposed it was a well known nebula. Like the Merope nebula it requires a low power and a large field to see it well, and, like it, it also much obscured by a cluster of bright stars. It slighty precedes and is a little north of the cluster [only one portion of the annulus seen], and at first would naturally be mistaken for a glow from it.
"Through ordinary telescopes it appears to have no visible boundaries, but through my 16-inch refractor it once under excellent conditions presented outlines sharp and distinc of an exact ellipse, with a pretty large easily seen nebula at each foci."
In an 1887 article he states the nebula was found "some fifteen years ago" or roughly 1872, and in an 1890 article (Sidereal Messenger, Volume 9, "A Wonderful Nebulous Ring"), he mentions the nebula was found "in about the year 1865".
E.E. Barnard independently discovered the Rosette on 29 Jan 1883 with his 5-inch refractor while searching for comets (Sidereal Messenger 4, 313). He commented in his logbook "Found a large nebulous object, [near] a scattering cluster of bright stars; it is elongated southwest and northeast. Larger than the field of view." Barnard's announcement prompted Swift to claim an earlier discovery. Swift mentioned (notes to second list) that at his request Barnard reobserved it on 31 Oct 1885 [probably with the Lick 12-inch] and "estimates it to be one degree in length by a half degree in breadth", implying he saw the entire annulus. Barnard showed the nebula to Swift when he visited Lick in January 1889.
Barnard referred to the nebula as "Swift's Nebula", though it was often called "Barnard's Ring" before the "Rosette Nebula" nickname was introduced. The oldest confirmed usage was in JRASC from 1949 (vol 43, 122): "Often referred to as the Rosette Nebula, it is known to astronomers as NGC 2237."
******************************
06 30 40.4 +05 00 47; Mon
13.1": small knot on the west side of the Rosette Nebula. See NGC 2237 for description.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2238 = m 99 on 28 Feb 1864 with Lassell's 48" reflector on Malta. This is a small, nebulous area around a star in the western half of the Rosette Nebula but there was no mention of the entire nebula, which was first recognized by Lewis Swift and E.E. Barnard.
******************************
06 31 55 +04 56 36; Mon
V = 4.8; Size 24'
See observing notes for NGC 2244.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2239 = h392 on 4 March 1830 and
noted "the place of a *8m in most compressed part of a large, poor, but
brilliant cluster." His
position was 1 min of RA west of mag 6.8
******************************
06 33 11 +35 15 00; Aur
18" (1/26/09): at 175x this is a fairly course,
scattered group of three dozen mag 10-13 stars in a 10' region. Located just following mag 6.8 HD
46050. Many of the stars are in
pairs and in conjunction with the nearby bright star probably caught William
Herschel's attention. Also in the
field is mag 7.0
Described by WH (VIII 49) as "A cluster of coursely scattered large stars, not rich" and by JH (h391) as "a v coarse straggling cl 10' diam; 30 or 40 stars 10...15m. A *10m taken, but one of 7m precedes to the north." Listed as nonexistent in the RNGC.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2240 = H. VIII-49 = h391 on 3 Jan 1786 (sweep 509) and reported "A cluster of coursely scattered large stars, not rich." On 17 Feb 1828 (sweep 124), John Herschel described "a v coarse straggling cl 10' diam; 30 or 40 stars 10...15m. A *10m taken, but one of 7m precedes to the N." Karl Reinmuth gives a diameter of 10' and description "Cl, pL, irregularly round, pP, sc, st 10...; bet BD +35 1436 and BD +35 1444.", based on its photographic appearance. RNGC classifies the number as nonexistent as this object may be an asterism.
******************************
06 22 53 -68 55 30; Dor
V = 13.2; Size 1.3'
14" (4/3/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): fairly faint or
moderately bright LMC cluster, round, 30"-40" diameter, smooth
surface brightness, no resolution.
A mag 11.9 star is 2.4' SW and a mag 11 star is 2' S. The cluster forms
the northern vertex of a rough right triangle with the two bright field
stars.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2241 = h3054 on 31 Jan 1835 and recorded "F; pL; R; 30"." His position (measured on 3 sweeps) matches this LMC cluster.
******************************
06 34 07.4 +44 46 38; Aur
V = 15.2; Size 20"
17.5" (1/31/87): faint, small, almost round. Unusually weak filtration response as appears similar brightness or slightly fainter using filters! Estimate V = 14.5. This object was recently discovered to be a planetary in 1985 (Shaw and Bidelman) and is listed in the CGCG.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 2242 = Sw. 6-27 on 24 Nov 1886 with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. This is the last planetary nebula, by discovery date, to be included in the NGC. RNGC and CGCG (204-005) misclassify NGC 2242 as a galaxy although the RNGC new description reads "R, HISB, STEL, PLN??", so it questioned if it was perhaps a PN instead.
In 1985, spectroscopic investigations by Richard Shaw and William Bidelman revealed that NGC 2242 is a previously uncatalogued planetary nebula (independently shown to be a planetary by Machara in A&A 178, 221). It was included as a new planetary nebula in Kohoutek's 4th update list (AN 315, 1994). See my RNGC Corrections #2.
******************************
06 29 35 -31 16 54; CMa
V = 9.4; Size 5'
13.1" (1/18/85): fairly small faint cluster located
just 8' SW of mag 7.4
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2243 = D 616 = h3053 on 24 May 1826. His handwritten notes read "a very faint, ill defined nebula south preceding a star of the 7th mag by 20 seconds in RA and ~10' south of the star. I can perceive a bright point or nucleus. There are many small stars scattered in and about the nebula but I do not consider them connected with it..." Although his description clinches the identification, his position was 33' too far ESE.
John Herschel rediscovered NGC 2243 = h3053 on 19 Oct 1835 (sweep 645) and recorded "pB, R, very gradually little brighter middle, all evidently resolved into stars, not very rich. Something between a cluster and a globular cluster. [This ob makes the RA 24m 8.9s, but it is pretty clear that this is a misreading of the chronometer.]" On 16 Feb 1836 (sweep 678) he logged "pB, R, gradually brighter in the middle, 4' diameter, mottled or resolved, amongst bright stars."
******************************
NGC 2244 = NGC 2239 = Cr 99 = Mel 47 = OCL-515 = Ced 76b
06 31 55 +04 56 36; Mon
V = 4.8; Size 24'
17.5" (2/11/96): unusually bright, large cluster of
~15'x5' elongated NW-SE in a rectangular outline and situated in the heart of
the Rosette Nebula! The brightest
8 mag 6/7 stars lie along the sides and vertices of the rectangle with the
brightest member, yellowish 12 Mon (V = 5.9), residing at the SE vertex. There are ~40 stars within the cluster
although the only concentration is fifteen mag 11/12 stars surrounding mag 6.8
8": bright, large cluster in the center of the Rosette Nebula. The six brightest stars form a rectangular outline with the brightest star 12 Monocerotis (V = 5.9) at the SE corner. At the north and NW corners of the rectangle are two bright wide pairs with mag 7/8 stars. Many faint stars are near the center surrounding the wide pairs. Faint naked-eye cluster in dark sky.
According to Wolfgang Steinicke, William Herschel first discovered NGC 2244 = H. VII-2 on 22 Oct 1781, during his third star review with his 6.2" reflector. He noted "a very rich spot. One star [12 Mon] with at least twelve around it Multiple." He encountered it again on 13 Jan 1783 and wrote "12 Mon is the cluster of six telescopic stars in pairs but none of them is larger than the 9th or 10 magnitude." He rediscovered the cluster on sweep 114 with his 18.7" reflector (24 Jan 1784) and described H. VII-2 as "the 12th Monocerotis is a beautiful scattered cluster of stars. They are chiefly of two sorts; the first very brilliant, and the 2nd sort arranged in beautiful winding lines; of these there are about 30 or more. There are besides many very small stars." He recorded a naked-eye sighting, along with several other groups of stars, on 29 Oct 1783 (Steinicke).
John Flamsteed recorded the 6th magnitude star 12 Monocerotis on his Atlas Coelestis (17 Feb 1690), but Stephen O'Meara argues that Flamsteed didn't mention any of the fainter cluster stars (or general fuzziness), so doesn't deserve credit for the discovery.
******************************
NGC 2245 = Ced 80 = Parsamian 13 = LBN 904 = PP 62
06 32 41.2 +10 09 24; Mon
Size 5'x3'
17.5" (1/19/91): bright, fairly large, about 3'
diameter, elongated SW-NE. Fans
out to the southwest from a fairly bright mag 11 star at the northeast
end. Fades smoothly into
background. Located 2' WSW of mag 8.0
NGC 2245 is in the core of the Mon R1 association, along
with reflection nebula
William Herschel discovered NGC 2245 = H. IV-3 = h393 on 16 Jan 1784 (sweep 81) and reported "A nebula. It is fan shaped, and appears like a star with a faint, electric brush at one side of it." On 18 Jan 1828 (sweep 120), John Herschel called it "a *11 with a milky neb surrounding it, but chiefly on the sp side. The star is not sharp - not stellar, and the neb fades gradually away from the star; 70" or 80" diam; has a * 7m 30° nf."
The account by Lord Rosse's assistant George Johnstone Stoney on 28 Feb 1850 is remarkable: "...this neb is part of an enormous neby, which I traced following and north to a great distance, some degrees. It narrows at times to a band across the finding eyepiece of about 6' or 8'. I fancied the number of bright stars was greater in it than in the neighborhood; I am certain the number of small stars is much less..." His sketch was included in Lord Rosse's 1861 publication (plate XXVII, fig 11).
******************************
NGC 2246 = Ced 76a = Sh 2-275 = LBN 948 = Rosette Nebula
06 32 33.8 +05 07 42; Mon
13.1" (1/23/82): this is a brighter patch on the inner northeast side of the Rosette Nebula. A slightly darker gap in the annulus is located at the west end of this portion.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 2246 = Sw. 3-36 on 27 Feb 1886 and described as "eeF; L; iR; e diff. Probably an offshoot of [NGC 2237] Two or three others suspected." The position is on a brighter patch of the Rosette Nebula in the inner portion of the annulus on the northeast side. Wolfgang Steinicke notes this is the last discovered emission nebula included in the NGC (published in 1888).
******************************
06 33 05.1 +10 19 17; Mon
Size 4'x3'
17.5" (1/19/91): fairly faint, fairly small, oval shape. Surrounds a bright mag 8.5 star (Herbig Be star V700 Mon) although extends further to the east side of the star. Reflection nebula NGC 2245 lies 12' SSW.
13.1" (1/18/85): fairly faint nebulosity surrounds mag 8 star, round, fans out to south in direction of three faint stars.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 2247 = Sw. 1-7 on 24 Nov 1883 with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory and noted a "nebulous star; v diff; B* exactly in center of L, eF nebulosity; follows 1425 [NGC 2245] 28 sec and is 10' N." His position is 2' SE of this reflection nebula.
Dreyer also credited LdR with the co-discovery of NGC 2247. It's possible that Dreyer was referring to Johnstone Stoney's comment on 28 Feb 1850, "...This nebula [NGC 2245] is part of an enormous neby, which I traced f and n to a great dist. some degrees."
******************************
06 34 35.7 +26 18 16; Gem
Size 45"
18" (2/14/10): at 175x a small clump of 4 stars was resolved. The brightest two are a 16" pair of mag 12/13 stars, while the fainter two are probably mag 14.5/15.5.
Edward Cooper discovered NGC 2248 on 23 Dec 1853 with the large 13.3-inch refractor at the Markree Observatory in Ireland. Auwers included it as #23 in his 1862 table of new nebulae and mentioned in the 6" Heliometer at Konigsberg it appeared "extremely faint, just resolvable spot of 2-3' dia. The brightest star 12m." At Cooper's position is a small clump of stars (45" diameter), including a mag 12/13 pair at 16" separation with several fainter stars in a chain to the east. Harold Corwin calls this an "asterism of nine stars". RNGC classifies the number as nonexistent.
******************************
NGC 2249 = ESO 057-82 = S-L 893
06 25 50.0 -68 55 13; Dor
V = 12.2; Size 1.7'
14" (4/3/16 - Coonabarabran, 178x): fairly bright,
intermediate age LMC cluster, relatively large, 1.0' diameter, round, gradually
increases to the center, no resolution.
An unequal mag 11/13 pair at ~10" separation lies 3.7' WNW and mag
8.9
John Herschel discovered NGC 2249 = h3055 on 23 Dec 1834 and recorded "F; R; very gradually little brighter middle." On a later sweep he logged "pB; R; gradually brighter in the middle; 50"; has a double star preceding." His position is accurate.
On 3 Jan 1886, Pietro Baracchi described the cluster with the 48" Melbourne telescope as "B; S; R; gradually brighter in the middle; mottled as if resolvable; soft edged. A star 10 mag precedes nebula by 40s and is 30" north. Diameter of nebula 50" approximately." This object is classified as a globular cluster in SIMBAD.
******************************
06 33 49 -05 05 12; Mon
Size 7'
18" (1/26/09): at 175x about two dozen stars mag 12-14
stars are resolved in an 8'x4' irregular group, elongated E-W. The brightest star is mag 8.7
John Herschel discovered NGC 2250 = h394 on 20 Feb 1830 (sweep 235) and wrote, "place of a *8-9 m in following part of a large pretty rich loose cluster; irreg oblong fig; stars 12...14m." His position matches mag 8.7 HD 46576. The Lynga and RNGC position is 1 tmin too far west.
******************************
06 34 39 +08 22 00; Mon
V = 7.3; Size 10'
18" (3/4/08): at 175x, this is a fairly striking cluster that includes a fairly rich 6' string oriented N-S. The string contains ~20 stars including a mag 10.5/11.5 double at 5" (Barton 2120). The brightest star in near the geometric center and is part of second group of ~20 stars with several in a 2' loop. The bright star is a mag 9.5/11.5 pair at 9". Finally, on the north side is a small string of a half-dozen stars oriented E-W.
17.5" (3/12/94): about 40 stars mag 10.5-14 in an 11'x4' fairly rich string NW-SE. Includes about 10 brighter mag 11 stars. The brightest mag 9.5 star is part of a small, roundish subgroup on the west side and is a pleasing double with components mag 9.5/12 at 10". This subgroup has three brighter stars and 15 faint stars mostly west of the double. The main string is fairly uniform except for an empty 3' gap SE of the mag 9.5 star. Located 5' NW of the cluster is an isolated mag 10 star which appears to be a field star.
17.5" (2/1/92): 35 stars mag 10-14 in 12'x6' string NNW-SSE, bright, moderately large, fairly rich but not dense. Consists of 3 main subgroups. The western group is 2' diameter and includes a close double star 10/12 at 10". The NW group is 3' diameter and includes two mag 11 stars with three mag 13 stars between. The SE group is largest and includes 15 stars in a 6' string very elongated N-S with a close double star.
William Herschel probably discovered NGC 2251 = H. VIII-3 = h395 on 26 Dec 1783 (very early sweep 67) and noted "a small cluster of scattered stars." His summary description (based on 2 observations) reads "an extended cluster of large scattered stars." His position (Caroline's reduction) falls just west of center of this cluster. The 1783 observation was recorded by Caroline as general discovery #21, which was mistakenly associated with H. VIII-2 = NGC 2063, discovered on 28 Dec 1785 and situated 12° to the west.
On 8 Jan 1828 (sweep 118), John Herschel logged, "a large tract full of stars; v rich; place from working list [based on Caroline's Zone Catalogue, prepared for his sweeps]."
******************************
06 34 19.8 +05 19 22; Mon
V = 7.7; Size 18'
18" (3/13/04): at 115x, this fairly rich field is located just 50' NE of the center of the Rosette Nebula! Most distinctive in the field is a very elongated N-S group of roughly 50 stars in a 12'-15' string just 2' wide. The group has a distinctive hook on the north end as it curves sharply towards the SW. A near perfect triangle of mag 9 stars at 30", 34" and 40" separation lies 23' E.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2252 = H. VIII-50 = h396 on 27 Jan 1786 (sweep 512) and reported "a cluster of stars arranged in a broad row, 25' long and 6 or 8' broad, not very compressed but pretty rich." His position is on the east side of the cluster.
John Herschel logged the cluster in Mar 1830 (sweep 237), "L, pretty rich; stars small; place by working list [based on Caroline's Zone Catalogue, prepared for his sweeps]."
******************************
06 42 31 +66 24; Cam
24" (3/22/14): this number might apply to a fairly rich
string of stars about 30' north of William Herschel's position. The surrounding field was examined at
125x (49' field of view) and the only object that caught my attention was a 4'
string containing a dozen mag 13-14 stars oriented SW-NE. In addition, a larger group of mag 14
stars is just south (though detached), with the total size of both groups
roughly 10'. This asterism is
penned in by some brighter stars: mag 9.6 star (
William Herschel discovered NGC 2253 = H. VII-54 on 1 Nov 1788 (sweep 879). He recorded "A very faint patch of extremely small stars." There is nothing at Harold Corwin's re-reduced position of 06 41 52 +65 50.3 (J2000) -- similar to Auwers -- and Bigourdan failed to recover this object. Corwin suggests NGC 2253 might be "a small group of about 10-15 stars" at 06 42 32 +66 24.3 (2000). This clump is roughly 30' north of WH's position (possibly a digit error) and described above.
RNGC, CGCG and SIMBAD misidentify
******************************
06 35 50 +07 40 24; Mon
V = 9.7; Size 4'
18" (3/4/08): small, dense group of ~25 stars in 3' at 225x and 300x. About a dozen of the stars are arranged in a semi-circular chain or "C" that is open on the east side. Several mag 14+ stars are near this loop, segregated into small clumps.
17.5" (2/8/91): at 220x, about two dozen stars over haze in a 3'-4' diameter. About 6 stars of mag 13 form a "C" shaped asterism open on the east side. The brightest mag 13 star is on the NW side of this arc. The rest of cluster members are 14-15th magnitude.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2254 = H. VII-22 = h397 on 28 Dec 1785 (sweep 496). He noted "a small cluster of pretty compressed very small stars." His position is just west of center. He made an earlier uncatalogued observation on 26 Dec 1783 (sweep 67) and noted "a small cluster of very close stars, not very remarkable".
John Herschel observed the cluster on 8 Jan 1828 (sweep 118): "a pretty rich, small cluster; irreg figure; stars 11...15m."
******************************
06 33 58.6 -34 48 45; Col
V = 13.4; Size 1.5'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 152°
18" (3/11/07): faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 NNW-SSE, 1.0'x0.5', weakly concentrated.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2255 = h3056 on 2 Feb 1835 and
described as "eF; R; very little brighter middle; 25-30"." His position (measured on two sweeps)
matches
******************************
06 47 13.9 +74 14 11; Cam
V = 12.5; Size 2.3'x2.0'; Surf Br = 14.0
17.5" (1/19/91): fairly faint, moderately large, oval
4:3 E-W, broad but only weak concentration. Located 3.5' NNW of a mag 10 star.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 2256 = T. 9-3 (along with NGC
2258) on 1 Aug 1883 with an 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory. His position and description matches
******************************
06 30 12.5 -64 19 37; Dor
V = 12.6; Size 4'
13.1" (2/18/04 - Costa Rica): fairly faint, fairly large, round, 1.5'-2' diameter, broad weak concentration, no resolution. An elongated group of a half-dozen mag 10-11 stars oriented NW-SE passes just north of the cluster. NGC 2257 is one of 15 bona-fide ancient GC's (over 10 billion years old) in the LMC and is situated at the northeast periphery of the cloud.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2257 = h3057 on 30 Nov 1834 and recorded as "F; vL; R; gradually very little brighter middle; 3'." On his third sweep he logged "pB; L; R; very gradually brighter middle; resolvable; diam in RA = 17s of time." His position is accurate. NGC 2257 was identified by Gascoigne and Lynga as the "easternmost object to which membership of the Clouds may certainly be assigned".
******************************
NGC 2258 = UGC 3523 = MCG +12-07-016 = CGCG 330-115 = PGC 19622
06 47 46.1 +74 28 54; Cam
V = 11.9; Size 2.3'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 150°
24" (2/18/20): at 375x; fairly bright, moderately
large, slightly elongated NNW-SSE,~1.0'x0.8', fairly high surface brightness. A mag 11.1 star is close off the NE
edge, 0.8' from center and a mag 12 star is 1.2' SSE. A mag 15 star is right at the south edge.
17.5" (1/19/91): moderately bright, small, round, small bright core, stellar nucleus. A mag 11 star is just 0.8' NE of center and a mag 12 star is 1.2' SSE. NGC 2256 lies 15' SSW and IC 451 is 20' E.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 2258 = T. 9-4, along with NGC
2256, with the 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory. Tempel just gives a rough RA, but his
position is about 6' south of
******************************
06 38 33.3 +10 52 57; Mon
Size 5'
18" (3/4/08): at 175x, appears as a 4' rich group of
faint stars over haze. At 300x,
about two dozen stars in total are resolved, mostly in a 2' circular
clump. About 1' N of this dense
patch of stars is the brightest mag 11.5 star which has a 13th magnitude
companion. This cluster is located
5' E of mag 8.8
17.5" (2/1/92): fairly faint, small, 3'-4' diameter,
rich, irregularly round. Consists
of about 15 faint stars mag 13.5-14.5 sparkling over a layer of background
haze. A double star mag 12/13 at
7" separation is at the north edge.
Mag 8.7
William Herschel discovered NGC 2259 = H. VI-28 on 11 Jan 1787 (sweep 682) and called "a cluster of extremely compressed and exceedintly S stars, considerably rich, irr F, the following and most compressed part of it round." His position (Auwer's reduction) is on the south side of the cluster.
******************************
06 38 03 -01 28 24; Mon
17.5" (2/1/03): roughly 50 stars are visible at 100x
spread out over 15'. The stars are
in two main subgroups, oriented SW and NE. The SW group includes mag 8.0
William Herschel discovered NGC 2260 = H. VIII-48 = h398 on 1 Jan 1786 (sweep 506) and noted "A Cl of very scattered stars of various sizes, of more than 1/2 degree of extent." On 23 Nov 1827 (sweep 107) John Herschel reported, "very course, v poor, v straggling, the chief *8 taken." His position corresponds with mag 8.2 SAO 133505 at 06 38 05.8 -01 26 40. Karl Reinmuth gave an approximate size of 15' with description "Cl, pL, P, st 8..." based on its photographic appearance on Heidelberg plates. The group is not included in the Lynga cluster catalogue and RNGC classifies it as nonexistent (Type 7).
******************************
06 39 10 +08 44 42; Mon
Size 2'x1'
48" (5/1/19): at 375x; the view through this scope showed a great deal of structure and brightness variations. I was struck by the length of the eastern edge, which dimmed after the bright thin section extending north, but could be traced just beyond two mag 17-17.5 stars, for a total length of 3'.
18" (3/4/08): Hubble's variable nebula is a striking fan-shaped object, with a mag 12 "star" at its south tip with the nebula extending to the north. The fan displays a great deal of variation in brightness and structure at 300x. The brightest portion is on the northwest side of the fan, though it dims a little near the tip on the west side. The eastern rim is bright and sharply defined N-S like a thin finger. The nebulosity dims along the northern end of the fan and a small, wedge-shaped darker area extends into the fan from the north.
13.1" (1/28/84): Hubble's Variable Nebula is bright, small, fan-shaped 2:1 N-S and widest at the north boundary. The nebulosity tapers down towards 12th magnitude R Monocerotis at the south tip which appears to have a very small high surface brightness halo. The western edge (oriented NW-SE) is slightly weaker and more curved than the eastern edge which is sharper and straighter N-S. This is an impressive nebula with high surface brightness and interesting structure.
8" (1/28/84): comet-like nebula extends from R Mon.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2261 = H. IV-2 = h399 on 26 Dec 1783 (very early sweep 67) and noted "a curious nebula of a fan shape." (from Caroline's Zone Catalogue). His full description reads "a very curious nebula; it is of the shape of a fan, with a bright point. The outside of it from the head is very neatly determined. There seems to be two or three stars near the head of it." A sketch was made and his summary description (based on 4 observations) reads "cB, fan-shaped, about 2' long from the centre." His placed it in class IV, which includes planetary nebulae. John Herschel observed it on sweep 118 (8 Jan 1828), "*12m with bright cometic branch 60" l whose axis is 60° np. The star is a little ill-defined. The apex of the neb comex exactly up to star, but does not pass it."
Lord Rosse and/or assistant George Johnstone Stoney observed
NGC 2261 on 22 Dec 1848 and again on 11 Feb 1849. Stoney likely sketched the nebula on 16 Jan 1850 (figure 10,
1850 publication) and noted "two comparatively dark spaces, one near the
vertex and other near the base of the cone." William Lassell observed and sketched NGC 2261 in March 1853
with his 24-inch equatorial reflector from Malta. He noted, "the nucleus
not stellar, but like the nucleus of the nebula in Andromeda [
Julius Schmidt discovered the variability of R Mon in 1861 with a 6" refractor. John Mellish reported discovery of a comet on 6 Sep 1915 (Comet Mellish 1915d) as an observer at Yerkes. The discovery was announced at Harvard but quickly retracted when it turned out to be NGC 2261. Mellish contented that the nebula had altered its appearance. The following year, while a graduate student at Yerkes Observatory, Hubble discovered the nebula was variable, hence the popular nickname. A series of photographs chronically the changes were taken with the 30" Reynolds reflector between 1916-1920 at the Helwan Observatory in Egypt. This is an unusual bipolar nebula with the second southern jet hidden from view. Hubble's Variable Nebula was the first object photographed through the 200-inch Hale telescope at Palomar Observatory. Hubble sat in the prime focus cage of that instrument and recorded an image on 26 Jan 1949.
******************************
06 39 38.7 +01 08 30; Mon
Size 4'
13.1" (1/18/85): about 10 very faint stars in cluster over unresolved background glow. Incorrect position given in modern catalogues.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2262 = H. VII-37 = h400 on 27 Dec 1786 (sweep 668) and described "A Cl of v. com eS st, considerably rich, 3 or 4' dia., most condensed around the middle." His position matches this small cluster. On 5 Feb 1831 (sweep 322), John Herschel recorded "A great many sc st; and a strong suspicion of a more comp part (thick haze)."
The wrong position (06 38.4 +01 11 (2000)) is given in modern sources such as Sky Catalogue 2000, Lynga, NGC 2000.0, RNGC and SIMBAD (now corrected). Brent Archinal notes (e-mail from 3/11/98) the error originated with Per Collinder's list of clusters (1931) and copied into the modern catalogues.
******************************
06 38 28.9 -24 50 55; CMa
V = 12.1; Size 2.6'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 143°
17.5" (1/20/90): fairly faint, fairly small, oval
NW-SE, even surface brightness.
Situated between two mag 13.5 stars 1' N and 1' S with a similar star
1.7' ENE. Located 4.2' N of mag
8.5
John Herschel discovered NGC 2263 = h3058 on 20 Jan 1835 and recorded "Not vF, round or little extended, pretty suddenly little brighter middle, E between two vS stars, and has two stars about 8th mag south preceding. pointing to it." His description and coordinates matches ESO 490-019 = PGC 19355, though the two bright stars are south following.
******************************
06 40 58 +09 53 42; Mon
V = 3.9; Size 60'x30'
17.5" (12/28/00): besides the bright nebulosity extending southwest of mag 4.7 S Monocerotis (15), most of the central region of the cluster was set against a weakly glowing background (part of Sh 2-273). At the southern end of the cluster (tip of the "Christmas Tree"), this low surface brightness glow was more evident and clearly extended beyond the 7th magnitude star at the tip towards the SE. The west edge of this weakly glowing extension forms the eastern border of the dark Cone Nebula (LDN 1613). There is a lack of faint stars within the region of the Cone Nebula but the inclusion itself was not darker than the general background.
17.5" (12/30/99): nebulosity was quite prominent to the SW of S Mon as well as a weaker glow in the vicinity around STF 954 at the south end of the cluster. At 100x (unfiltered) there appeared to be a slightly darker vacuity to the south of this star in the position of the Cone nebula but there is no sharp "edge" with the nearby nebulosity.
13.1" (11/5/83): very bright, very large scattered group, elongated N-S, striking Christmas tree shape. A bright multiple star 15 Monocerotis = S Mon (4.7-7.5 at 2.8" and companions) is at the base of the tree at the north end of the cluster and is surrounded by several stars. Easy nebulosity is visible which extends 10' SW of south Mon and includes a group of three brighter stars. At the south end of the cluster is the double star STF 954 = 7.1/9.6 at 13". The Cone nebula, which extends south of STF 954 and "points" towards the pair, was looked for and not seen.
8" (11/5/83): bright, very large, scattered, Christmas tree outline, fairly rich, includes multiple star S Mon.
Naked-eye (1/8/00): vislble as a 4th magnitude nebulous glow including the mag 5 star (S Mon), but appears much smaller naked-eye than the listed dimensions.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2264 = H. V-27 = H. VIII-5 = h401 on 18 Jan 1784 (sweep 81) and recorded VIII-5 as "The 15th Mon is attended by above 30 considerable stars, and is itself a double star of the 3rd class. The star extremely unequal and probably not visible in smaller instruments. There is also another double star of the 3rd class not far from it consisting of equal stars." On 26 Dec 1785 (sweep 494) he logged V-27 as "I observed about 7' or 8' sp 15 Mon, some of the pB stars to be contained within vF milky nebulosity which loses itself imperceptibly; but there remains a doubt of the reality." On the 28 Dec 1785 (sweep 496) he mentioned "I examined the stars south preceding 15 Mon and believe they contain Milky nebulosity. It is very difficult to ascertain it on account of the glare of the 15th, but I have hardly any doubt. He catalogued the nebulosity as H. V-27. Again on 11 Jan 1787 (sweep 682) he noted "I suspect the sp 2 stars (of which one is Double [15 Mon] to be affected with vF milky nebulosity but may be a deception." Herschel's descriptions and position apply to the cluster and to the brightest part of the nebulosity southwest of mag 4.7 S Monocerotis. John Herschel also reported on 18 Jan 1828 (sweep 120), "a *5.6 enveloped in a nebulous haze", although he may have just seen scattered light around the bright star.
Herschel's first observation of NGC 2264, though, was on 15 Feb 1781 during his second star review with a 6.2-inch reflector. He noted "Ear, a whole constellation of scattered stars." The 4.7-mag star 15 Mon (multiple star) lies in the 'Ear' of Hevelius' mythical creature. He recorded the multiple star again on 22 Oct 1781 ("Ear tip surrounded by 5 or 6 stars"), the starting date of his third review, and catalogued it as the multiple star H. III. 46
The region around 15 Mon was examined a number of times at Birr Castle, searching for nebulosity. There were 9 negative results before 1861 and Lord Rosse wrote "No neby. Found, and only a few stars arranged in pairs; no cl. Has there been a change here? Heinrich d'Arrest also missed seeing nebulosity in 1862 at Copenhagen with the 9" refractor. But successful observations were made at Birr Castle in 1863 and 1878 (the later by Dreyer). E.E. Barnard and Roberts reported extensive nebulosity in the region based on photographs.
On 10 May 1895 Isaac Roberts showed a three-hour exposure of the NGC 2264 complex taken with his 20-inch reflector on 13 Feb to a meeting of the Royal Astronomical Society. It clearly showed the nebulosity southwest of S Mon (first photographed by Barnard in 1894) but also revealed a “conical dark space bounded by a rim of nebulosity” — this is the famous ‘Cone Nebula’. The moniker "Christmas Tree Cluster" was dubbed by Leland Copeland in March 1957 (Sky & Telescope).
******************************
06 41 42 +11 54 18; Gem
17.5" (2/1/03): this is a Milky Way cloud of ~50 faint stars mag 12-14. There is central "hole" lacking any stars, and there are no rich subgroups. Does not look to be a reasonable cluster and candidate and in fact, doesn't stand out in the field at 100x. There does seem to be some unresolved background or Milky Way glow.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2265 = h402 on 23 Jan 1832 (sweep 393) and described "A poor cluster 30 or 40 small stars 12-13m." Karl Reinmuth called this "a rich region, >1 degree, no distinct Cl.", based on its photographic appearance. There is a scattering of mag 10-13 stars near Herschel's position on the POSS, but nothing that looks like a cluster. RNGC classifies this number as nonexistent.
******************************
06 43 20 +26 58 12; Gem
Size 7'
13.1" (12/22/84): three dozen stars mag 9-15 in a 4'
diameter. Most members are very
faint and the cluster appears quite rich with averted over unresolved
background haze. The brightest
star, mag 8.6
William Herschel discovered NGC 2266 = H. VI-21 = h403 on 7 Dec 1785 (sweep 486) and recorded "a very rich and very compressed cluster of stars of about 4 1/2 or 5' diameter, 5 or 6 of the largest stars are in a row." His position is on the southeast side of the cluster. John Herschel noted his position from 24 Dec 1827 (sweep 115) was "the most condensed part of a p rich, p comp cl of stars 11...15m; irreg figure; diam of most compressed part = 3...4'' triangular."
******************************
06 40 51.8 -32 28 57; CMa
V = 12.2; Size 1.7'x1.3'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 36°
17.5" (1/19/91): fairly faint, very small, oval 3:2 NW-SE, bright core. Two nearby stars confuse the observation: a mag 13 star just 36" W of center (at the NW edge) and a mag 14 star 0.9' SW of center.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2267 = h3059 on 16 Feb 1836 and described as "pB, S, R, 20"; has 2 or 3 small stars close to it." DeLisle Stewart, using photographic plates taken at Harvard's Arequipa Station in Peru between 1898 and 1901, described this galaxy as "two nebulae close together."
******************************
07 14 17.6 +84 22 57; Cam
V = 11.5; Size 3.2'x2.0'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 63°
17.5" (8/27/87): fairly bright, fairly large, elongated SW-NE, bright core, faint stellar nucleus. A mag 14 star is at the SW edge 1.1' from center.
17.5" (2/22/87): moderately bright, moderately large, elongated 2:1 SW-NE, faint halo gradually increases to a large brighter core, small bright nucleus, faint stellar nucleus.
Alphonse Borrelly discovered NGC 2268 = T. 1-19 around 1871
with a 7.2-inch comet-seeker at the Marseilles Observatory. He noted
"pretty faint, extended, elliptic, no bright point" and his
micrometric position (MNRAS, 32, 248) matches
******************************
06 43 16.8 +04 37 04; Mon
V = 10.0; Size 4'
17.5" (1/1/92): two dozen stars mag 11.5-15 in a 4' diameter. The main portion is a rich, thin 3' string oriented NW-SE with about 15 stars including a mag 11.5 and 12 star over unresolved haze. The scattered outliers to 4' radius increase the total to two dozen stars.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2269 = H. VI-3 = h404 on 24 Jan 1784 (sweep 114) and described "a cluster of very compressed; they are eF and I suppose cannot be visible with my 7 ft reflector. It contains a few L ones. It is of an extended figure, and as it were, divided." His position is poor - 37 sec of RA too far east and 4' too far south, but not unusual for his early sweeps. In Mar 1830 (sweep 237), John Herschel described a "close cl of v small st; poor; twilight; preceded by a coarse cl of large ones." Both Herschels' positions are too far east and so the NGC position is ~9' ESE of center.
******************************
06 43 58 +03 27 12; Mon
17.5" (2/1/03): this is a large, scattered field, ~10'
diameter surrounding a kite-shaped asterism of mag 8.5-10 stars. There is no concentration but there are
a couple of denser clumps of faint stars on the east side. A curving string of stars heads NE and
ends at a group of stars surrounding mag 7.6
William Herschel discovered NGC 2270 = H. VII-36 = h405 on
26 Dec 1786 (sweep 667) and noted "A Cl of very scattered stars,
considerably rich, and of great extent." On 2 Feb 1831 (sweep 320) John Herschel logged a
"coarse scattered cluster; not very rich; place of *9m." His position is just 5 tsec east of mag
8.8
******************************
06 42 52.9 -23 28 33; CMa
V = 12.2; Size 2.1'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 71°
17.5" (1/20/90): fairly faint, small, oval E-W, weak
concentration. There is a string
of five stars mag 9-11 on line to north including mag 9.4
John Herschel discovered NGC 2271 = h3060 on 23 Jan 1835 and recorded as "pB, S, R, little brighter middle, 20"." His position (measured on 3 sweeps) is accurate.
******************************
06 42 41.3 -27 27 34; CMa
V = 11.7; Size 2.5'x1.6'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 123°
13.1" (12/22/84): fairly faint, small, round, small
faint core.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2272 = h3061 on 20 Jan 1835 and called "F, E, bM, 20"." His position (measured on 3 sweeps) is accurate.
******************************
06 50 08.6 +60 50 45; Lyn
V = 11.7; Size 3.2'x2.5'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 50°
17.5" (1/20/90): fairly bright, moderately large, oval
SW-NE, very bright core, stellar nucleus.
Located 5.2' SSW of mag 8.5
Swedish astronomer Nils Dunér discovered NGC 2273 on 15 Sep
1867 using the 9.6-inch Merz refractor of the Lund Observatory. In AN 78, 251 (1871) he described it as
"fairly bright and at least 2' in diameter, with a strong concentration in
the middle." and measured an accurate position (using mag 8.6
******************************
06 47 17.3 +33 34 02; Gem
V = 12.1; Size 1.7'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 169°
24" (1/4/14): moderately bright to fairly bright,
moderately large, slightly elongated N-S, sharply concentrated with a round
high surface brightness core of 0.4' diameter that gradually increases to the
center. Halo increases with
averted to 0.9'x0.7'. Brighter of
a close pair with
18" (3/4/08): moderately bright and large, slightly elongated N-S, 0.9'x0.8', contains a sharply concentrated, bright 25" core and a much fainter halo. Forms a close pair with NGC 2275 1.9' N.
18" (10/21/06): moderately bright, fairly small, round,
0.8'-1' diameter, bright core.
This galaxy is slightly brighter than its companion, NGC 2275, located
2' N. The
17.5" (1/19/91): fairly faint, fairly small, round, small bright core. Forms the brighter of a pair with NGC 2275 2' N.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2274 = H. II-614 = h406, along with NGC 2275, on 26 Oct 1786 (sweep 628). His description reads, "Two, both F, S, R, bM. The southern one [NGC 2274] is the largest." The pair was observed a total of 14 times at Birr Castle! The identifications of NGC 2274 and NGC 2275 are reversed in the MCG.
******************************
NGC 2275 = UGC 3542 = MCG +06-15-007 = CGCG 175-016 = WBL 121-002 = LGG 139-002 = PGC 19605
06 47 17.9 +33 35 57; Gem
V = 13.1; Size 1.3'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 20°
24" (1/4/14): fairly faint to moderately bright, elongated 5:3 N-S, 50"x30". Sharply concentrated with a small, much brighter core that gradually increases to the center. UGC 3537 lies 6.8' WNW.
18" (3/4/08): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated N-S, 0.9'x0.6', contains a small bright core ~15" in diameter and a much fainter halo. Slightly fainter of a close pair with NGC 2274 1.9' S.
18" (10/21/06): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated, 0.8'x0.6', brighter core. Located 2' N of slightly brighter NGC 2274.
17.5" (1/19/91): faint, small, elongated 3:2 SSW-NNE, even surface brightness. Forms the fainter of a pair with NGC 2274 2' S.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2275 = H. II-615 = h407, along with NGC 2274, on 26 Oct 1786 (sweep 626). He described both as "Two, both F, S, R, bM. The southern one [NGC 2274] is the largest." The identifications of NGC 2274 and NGC 2275 are reversed in the MCG.
******************************
NGC 2276 = Arp 25 = Arp 114 = UGC 3740 = MCG +14-04-028 =
07 27 14.4 +85 45 16; Cep
V = 11.4; Size 2.8'x2.7'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 20°
48" (4/4/13): at 488x, NGC 2276 appeared fairly bright,
fairly large, irregularly round, 2' diameter. Contains a very small, very bright nucleus, surrounded by a
patchy halo with weak spiral structure.
The most prominent arm winds along the western edge of the galaxy,
curving from west to northwest and creating a very asymmetric appearance. Along this arm segment is a prominent
knotty section with two or three clumps, including [HK83] 69, a bright 6"
knot. On the southwest side of the
halo is [HK83] 63, a faint 6" knot on a line between the nucleus and the
8th-magnitude star (
24" (9/15/12): moderately bright, fairly large, round, 2' diameter. Although spiral arms were not visible, the galaxy has an odd appearance with brighter knots and regions resolved. A non-stellar knot, identified in NED as NGC 2276:[HK83] 69 is visible at the NW edge. The central region contains a faint quasi-stellar nucleus, along with one or two other stellar knots including NGC 2276:[HK83] 24, close east of the nucleus. Another knot (nonstellar) is southwest of the nucleus (perhaps NGC 2276:[HK83] 63). The halo appears weaker on the east side and brighter on the west side. Located 2.3' ENE of a mag 8 star and it helps to move the star just outside the field.
18" (8/2/11): moderately bright, large, round, ~2.0'
diameter, weak concentration, slightly brighter core. The halo has an irregular surface brightness giving a strong
impression of spiral structure with slightly brighter knots on the west
side. Located 2.3' ENE of mag 8.1
HD 51141, which hinders viewing and a mag 11.7 star is squeezed between the
bright star and the galaxy.
Brighter
18" (3/13/04): fairly faint, large, slightly
elongated,~2.0'x1.6', low surface brightness. The halo fades gradually into the background, particularly
on the eastern side, so it was difficult to determine a definite edge. Located 2.2' E of mag 8.4
13.1" (1/18/85): diffuse, slightly elongated. Located 2.2' ENE of mag 8.4 SAO 1148 which interferes with viewing. Three mag 11 stars also in line with the 8.4 star to the south including a mag 11.5 star just 1.4' SW. Forms a pair with NGC 2300 6.4' ESE.
8" (1/1/84): faint, moderately large, low surface brightness, slightly elongated. A mag 9 star is near.
Friedrich August Winnecke discovered NGC 2276 = T. 1-20 on 26 Jun 1876 with the 6.5-inch Reinfelder & Hertel refractor at the Strausberg Observatory. His description reads, "faint, about 60", very little condensed towards the center, diffuse." Wilhelm Tempel independently discovered the galaxy the same year with the 11-inch refractor at the Arcetri Observatory and included it in his first list (#20). Winnecke also thought he discovered NGC 2300 but Borrelly found that galaxy earlier (either 1871 or 1872) at Marseilles. NGC 2276 is the 3rd closest to the pole in the NGC or IC.
******************************
06 47 47 +33 27 18; Gem
24" (1/4/14): a 7" pair of mag 13.4/14.1 stars were fairly easy to resolve at 375x even in soft seeing. Located 9' SE of NGC 2274 (2' pair with NGC 2275).
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 2277 on 20 Apr 1865, while
reobserving the nearby galaxies in the
******************************
06 48 16.4 +33 23 39; Gem
24" (1/4/14): this 10" pair of fairly evenly
matched mag 14.0/14.4 stars (oriented N-S) was easily split at 375x. This pair was easier to resolve than
nearby NGC 2277 7' NW and
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 2278 on 1 Jan 1865. At his exact position is a 10" double star (mag 14/14.5). Nearby NGC 2277 from d'Arrest also refers to some faint stars. RNGC misidentifies NGC 2278 = NGC 2275.
******************************
06 48 24.8 +33 24 55; Gem
24" (1/4/14): this is an unequal pair of mag 14.1/15.7 stars at 14" separation. The faint companion was just visible in soft seeing at 375x. Situated just 2' NE of NGC 2278, an easier 10" pair of mag 14.0/14.4 stars.
Guillaume Bigourdan discovered NGC 2279 = Big. 24 on 8 Jan 1885 and noted 10" diameter with a "stellar aspect". Bigourdan's position is less than 1' S of a triple star (two were resolved in my scope) at 06 48 24.8 +33 24 55. It was found while he was measuring previously discovered nebulae (and asterisms) in the area. RNGC misidentifies NGC 2279 = NGC 2275.
******************************
NGC 2280 = UGCA 131 = ESO 427-002 = MCG -05-16-020 = LGG 138-001 = PGC 19531
06 44 48.9 -27 38 20; CMa
V = 10.3; Size 6.3'x3.1'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 163°
13.1" (12/22/84): fairly bright, moderately large, elongated 2:1 NW-SE, bright core. Located 3.9' SE of a mag 10 star. Almost collinear with a second mag 10 star 5.4' NW. NGC 2272 lies 30' WNW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2280 = h3062 on 1 Feb 1837 and
noted "pF; L; irreg R; or lE; gradually brighter in the middle;
2'." His position (single
sweep) matches
******************************
06 48 18 +41 04 42; Aur
V = 5.4; Size 15'
18" (3/13/04): ~75 stars in a 30' region to the south
of mag 7.3
13.1": ~40 stars mag 7-13 in cluster, bright, loose. Five double stars are visible including a mag 9.5-11.0 pair at 11" and a mag 11.0-11.5 pair at 15".
William Herschel first discovered NGC 2281 = H. VIII-71 on 6 Nov 1782 during his third star review with a 6.2-inch reflector. He recorded it as the multiple star H. II. 71 with published description: "Multiple. About 3/4 degree south of the 58th Aurigae, in a line parallel to beta and theta. A cluster of stars containing a double star of the second [II. 71], and one of the third class. That of the second very unequal. Both r. The two double stars are in the following side of a small telescopic trapezium." Wolfgang Steinicke notes that Herschel recorded the cluster three more times in 1783 before starting his sweeps.
During his sweeps, Herschel rediscovered NGC 2281 on 4 Mar 1788 (sweep 813) and recorded "a cluster of coarsely scattered pretty large stars, pretty rich, the place is that of a double star of the third class." His RA was 1.0 minute of time too large. The position carried forward to the GC and NGC and modern catalogues including the Lynga Open Clusters Catalog (5th edition) and the RNGC.
******************************
06 46 51 +01 18 54; Mon
Size 3'x3'
13.1" (1/18/85): very faint reflection nebula with a mag 10 star involved, fairly small, round.
E.E. Barnard discovered NGC 2282 on 3 Mar 1886 with the
6-inch Cooke refractor at Vanderbilt University (announced in AN 2756 and
Sidereal Messenger, vol. 5, p154). He reported finding "a star of
9.5 or 10 magnitiude, with a faint nebulosity surrounding it. I strongly
suspect that is not a stellar point but an extremely small nebula with faint
nebulosity surrounding. At best with the 6-inch it did not appear like
any of the neighboring stars. A short distance (4' or 5') preceding this
and very slightly north is a faint double star that I suspect is enveloped in
nebulosity." His position matches the central star
Barnard later found this reflection nebula again on 30 Oct
1888 using the 12-inch refractor at Lick Observatory. He noted a "9 1/2 mag star with faint nebulosity about
it. 1' in diameter, a little
heavier nf. Examined several other
stars near, and no nebulosity seen."
Apparently Barnard didn't connect this with his earlier observation and
notified Dreyer who catalogued it again as
This RN is involved with a sparse open cluster OCL 535.1 =
C0644+013, listed in Lynga 5 as
******************************
06 45 52.7 -18 12 37; CMa
V = 12.2; Size 3.6'x2.8'; Surf Br = 14.6; PA = 2°
24" (2/15/23): at 375x; pretty faint diffuse glow,
nearly 1' diameter, bordered by four stars (2 fairly bright); a mag 12.2 star
0.7' W of center, a 12.6 star 1.1' NE, a 13.8 star 0.4' S, and a 14.3 star 0.7'
N. In addition, a mag 14.5-15 star is along the SW side. There was a small,
weak central condensation, off-center to the south within the
quadrilateral. A 7th mag star (HD
48923) is 11' SW. Located 1.5° S
of Sirius and 2.5° N of
Type II supernova SN 2023axu, discovered on Jan. 28th, was easily visible (currently mag 14.3) 1.4' SSE of center, outside the quadrilateral.
13.1" (11/5/83): very faint, small, diffuse, even surface brightness. Three faint stars are involved including two mag 13 stars at the NE edge and the N edge. Located in a rich star field 90' S of Sirius and just 9° from the galactic equator!
William Herschel discovered NGC 2283 = H. III-271 on 6 Feb 1785 (sweep 367). He reported "3 or 4 small stars with vF nebulosity between them forming an irregular triangle. 240 power showed the same very plainly." Auwers made an error reducing WH's position, but John Herschel corrected the error in the General Catalogue (GC).
Herbert Howe, observing in 1898-1899 with the 20"
refractor at the Chamberlin Observatory in Denver, described "a small
quadrilateral of stars of mag 11, 12, 11, and 13, the interior of which in
nearly filled by an eF nebulosity."
Harold Corwin comments that E.E. Barnard's
Dave Riddle notes Sven Cederblad catalogued this galaxy as a
reflection nebula (
******************************
06 49 16.2 +33 09 59; Gem
24" (1/22/15): this number applies to one of two possible triples. At 200x, I found a mag 13.8 star with a mag 14.5 star 19" SW and a mag 15-15.5 star 19" N. The stars were widely split with no hint of appearing nebulous. A fourth mag 16-16.5 star listed in Corwin's table was not seen viewing through thin clouds.
Just 2' SE of these stars is a very nice equilateral triple! The three stars range from mag 12.3-13.5 with sides of 10", 12" and 13". These were also easily resolved.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 2284, along with
******************************
06 49 35.9 +33 21 53; Gem
24" (1/22/15): at 200x; a 12" pair of mag 14.6 and 15.8 stars was resolved. The fainter star was difficult in hazy conditions. Just 1.6' southeast is a relatively bright double, consisting of mag 10.8/12 stars at 11" separation. d'Arrest didn't mention this pair, which should have been easily resolved, though it is certainly much more eye-catching.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 2285, along with NGC 2284, on 20 Apr 1865 with the 11" refractor at Copenhagen Observatory. About 1' northeast of his single position is a mag 14.6/15.8 pair of stars at 12" separation and he was uncertain if it was nebulous or stellar. RNGC classifies the number as nonexistent.
******************************
06 47 40 -03 08 54; Mon
V = 7.5; Size 15'
17.5" (12/20/95): at 100x, ~40 stars within an arbitrary 10' region, elongated N-S. This is a fairly rich group of mostly mag 12 and 13 stars bordered by brighter stars grouped in pairs and trios. There is some concentration with a richer 4' core. A wide pair of mag 9 stars is off the SE side.
17.5" (2/1/92): ~60 stars mag 11-14 in the central 10' diameter. Bright, large, fairly rich though not dense. Richest in a lane running NNW-SSE over haze although the brightest mag 10 stars are outliers to the W, north and SE. There is also a bright lane 15' length oriented N-S located to the east of the main group which includes several wide double stars.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2286 = H. VIII-31 = h408 on 6 Jan 1785 (sweep 352). He noted "A larger cluster of scattered stars, not very rich." John Herschel made two observations and described it on 4 Jan 1827 (sweep 41) as a "Loose L irreg scattered cl of about 100 st 9...15m."
******************************
06 46 00 -20 45 18; CMa
V = 4.5; Size 38'
18" (2/14/10): this naked-eye cluster was perfectly
framed at 73x with the 31mm Nagler (67' field). M41 extends roughly 35' in diameter though many of the
brighter mag 7 and 8 stars are in a smaller central region. The cluster includes roughly a dozen brighter
stars, many forming a large central oval ~15'-20' diameter and elongated E-W or
SW-NE. Near the center is a richer
grouping with a number of fainter stars and two bright stars, including orange
(K3-class) mag 6.9
A number of loops and chains appear to spin out from the
central grouping. One long chain
extends NNW to the edge of the cluster and a shorter nearby chain heads WNW and
includes a pretty equal mag pair before bending abruptly SW. Two other chains extend from the center
to the SW and ENE. About 20' SE of
the center of the cluster is mag 6.1
8" (10/4/80): ~60 stars mag 7-11.5, very bright, very large, very rich, includes 10 bright stars mag 7 and 8. Many of the stars are arranged in curving rows and groups, includes several double stars. Located about 20' NW of mag 6.0 12 Canis Majoris. Naked-eye object in dark sky.
Naked-eye (numerous dates): fairly easy naked-eye glow in a dark sky.
Giovanni Hodierna discovered M41 = NGC 2287 = h411 in 1654, using a small refractor at 20x. He simply noted "another near Sirius", but he plotted the position accurately on a diagram. It was independently discovered by John Flamsteed on 16 Feb 1702: "Near this star (12 CMa), there is a cluster." Le Gentil also found it in 1749.
Aristotle may have made a naked-eye observation about 325. He mentioned a star below [south of] Sirius was seen to have a faint tail, and that "if you looked hard at it the light used to become dim, but to less intent glance it was brighter." See http://seds.org/messier/more/m041_ari.html for this possibility.
William Herschel ran actoss M41 on 28 Dec 1782, probably during his Third Star Review with his 6.2". In 1784 he called it "A large cluster of very coarsely scattered large [bright] stars." In March 1830 John Herschel described M41 as "Coarse; fills field. The chief, 8m, is red; a poor cluster."
The position in the NGC, RNGC and NGC 2000 is 1 tmin of RA too far east.
******************************
NGC 2288 = MCG +06-15-011 = CGCG 175-017 = WBL 126-001 = PGC 19714
06 50 52.0 +33 27 45; Gem
V = 14.4; Size 0.4'x0.3'; Surf Br = 10.3
18" (3/4/08): very faint, extremely small, round, no
more than 10" diameter.
Located just 1' SSW of
18" (10/21/06): faint, extremely small, elongated 5:3 E-W, 20"x12". In a close trio with NGC 2289 1' NNE and NGC 2288 2' SE.
17.5" (12/19/87): very faint, extremely small, elongated WNW-ESE. First of five in a group and forms a close trio with NGC 2289 1.1' NNE and NGC 2290 1.8' SSE.
Birr Castle assistant George Johnstone Stoney discovered NGC 2288 and 2294 on 22 Feb 1849. He noted there were "5 nebula in one field [including NGC 2288/89/90/90/94]. NGC 2288 was labeled Beta on an accurate sketch of the quintet. The positions of all 5 galaxies (computed by Dreyer and repeated in the GC and NGC) are offset 4' too far south and ~9 seconds too far west, though the relative positions are correct. Hermann Kobold measured accurate positions in 1898 at Strasbourg. The RNGC reverses the identifications of NGC 2288 and 2289.
******************************
NGC 2289 = UGC 3560 = MCG +06-15-010 = CGCG 175-018 = WBL 126-002 = PGC 19716
06 50 53.6 +33 28 43; Gem
V = 13.2; Size 1.1'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 92°
18" (3/4/08): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated E-W, ~25"x20". A mag 13.5 star is close off the north side. One of the brightest two galaxies in a compact galaxy group (all within 6') of 5 NGCs including NGC 2290 2.5' SSE and NGC 2288 1' S.
18" (10/21/06): fairly faint, very small, round, 25" diameter. A mag 13.5 star is just off the north side [38" from the center]. In a compact quintet with NGC 2288 1' S and NGC 2290 2.5' S.
17.5" (12/19/87): faint, fairly small, diffuse, slightly elongated, almost even surface brightness. A mag 13.5 star is just 0.7' N. Second of five in the NGC 2289/NGC 2290 group with NGC 2288 1.1' SSW and NGC 2290 2.6' SSE.
13.1" (12/22/84): faint, small, slightly elongated NW-SE. Forms a pair with NGC 2290 2.6' SSE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2289 = H. III-897 = h409, along with NGC 2290, on 4 Feb 1793 (sweep 1031). His description reads, "Two, extremely faint and very small. The place is taken between them. They are about 4' asunder and northern one which is the largest precedes the other about 2 sec. 300x shows the same." Assuming Herschel observed the brightest two galaxies with the orientation NNW-SE, then III.897 = NGC 2289 and III.898 = NGC 2290 (Dreyer was confused on the identifications in the GC and NGC). His RA was 15 sec too large, but the NPD is in between the pair. John Herschel also observed the two galaxies and measured the same orientation and 3 or 4' apart. In the NGC, Dreyer incorrectly assigned H. III-898 to NGC 2289.
The RNGC reverses the identifications of NGC 2288 and NGC 2289. MCG also misidentifies this galaxy as NGC 2288. See my RNGC Corrections #1 and Malcolm Thomson's article in the Webb Society Quarterly Journal in 1/84.
******************************
NGC 2290 = UGC 3562 = MCG +06-15-012 = CGCG 175-019 = LGG 139-003 = WBL 126-003 = PGC 19718
06 50 56.9 +33 26 15; Gem
V = 13.2; Size 1.3'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 50°
18" (3/4/08): brightest and furthest south in a compact group of 5 NGC's, along with NGC 2289. Appears moderately bright and large, elongated 2:1 SW-NE, ~45"x22", the halo is weakly concentrated with a sharply concentrated 10" core. NGC 2289 and NGC 2288 lie 2' N. The cluster is 0.6° SW of mag 3.6 Theta Gem. The NGC 2290 quintet is 45' E and may be physically related.
18" (10/21/06): furthest south in a curving chain of 5
galaxies including NGC 2288, NGC 2289,
17.5" (12/19/87): third of five and brightest in the NGC 2289/NGC 2290 group. Fairly faint, fairly small, oval SW-NE, bright core. NGC 2289 lies 2.6' NNW and NGC 2288 1.8' NNW.
13.1" (12/22/84): faint, small, elongated SW-NE, similar to NGC 2289 2.6' NNW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2290 = H. III-898 = h410, along with NGC 2289, on 4 Feb 1793 (sweep 1031). His description reads, "Two, eF and vS. The place is taken between them. They are about 4' asunder and northern one which is the largest precedes the other about 2 sec. 300x shows the same." His RA is 15 sec too large, but the NPD is in between the pair. John Herschel observed the pair on 22 Jan 1827 (sweep 51) and measured reasonably accurate positions.
George Stoney independently found the entire quintet (NGC 2288, 2289, 2290, 2291, 2294) on 19 Apr 1849 and the group was accurately sketched. Dreyer credited LdR and d'Arrest (his single position is 10 seconds of time too large) with the discovery in the GC supplement (GCS 5369) as he was probably unsure of the identities of H. III-897 and H. III-898. All positions in the GC and NGC are offset roughly 4' too far south and 8 seconds to time too far west. In the NGC, Dreyer incorrectly assigned H. III-897 to NGC 2290 or NGC 2291. Hermann Kobold measured accurate positions in 1898 at Strasbourg.
******************************
NGC 2291 = MCG +06-15-013 = CGCG 175-020 = WBL 126-004 = PGC 19719
06 50 58.6 +33 31 30; Gem
V = 13.2; Size 0.9'x0.9'; Surf Br = 12.8
18" (3/4/08): faint, fairly small, round, 30" diameter, weak concentration to a very small slightly brighter core. Collinear with a mag 10 star 2.7' NNW and a mag 12 star 0.9' NNW.
18" (10/21/06): faint, small, round, 30" diameter, low surface brightness. Located 2.8' SSE of a mag 10 star. In a chain of 5 galaxies with NGC 2294 2.6' E and NGC 2289 3' SSW.
17.5" (12/19/87): very faint, small, slightly elongated, even surface brightness. Fourth of five in a group. On a line with NGC 2288 4.0' SSW and NGC 2289 3.0' SSW. NGC 2294 lies 2.6' ENE.
George Johnstone Stoney discovered NGC 2291 on 22 Feb 1849 using Lord Rosse's 72", noting "5 neb. in one field [with NGC 2288, 2289, 2290 and 2294]. It was labeled Delta on the field sketch. Dreyer assumed this nebula was JH's h409 (described as "eF; the northern of two, 3 or 4' apart") and possibly WH's III-897, but the Herschel designations more likely apply to NGC 2289. The positions of all 5 galaxies (computed by Dreyer and repeated in the GC and NGC) are offset 4' too far south and 8-9 seconds of time too far west. Hermann Kobold measured accurate positions in 1898 at Strasbourg.
******************************
06 47 40 -26 44 48; CMa
V = 10.8; Size 4.1'x3.6'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 1°
17.5" (1/20/90): very faint, very small, round, low
even surface brightness. Forms a
close pair with
John Herschel discovered NGC 2292 = h3063 on 2 Feb 1835 and
described "a double nebula [with NGC 2293], the preceding eF; the
following (whose place is here set down) pB; both R gradually brighter in the
middle; in a field full of stars, among which is also a third
nebula." His description
clearly refers to the double system
******************************
NGC 2293 = VV 178a = ESO 490-049 = MCG -04-16-023 = LGG 138-002 = PGC 19619
06 47 43 -26 45 12; CMa
V = 11.2; Size 4.2'x3.3'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 125°
17.5" (1/20/90): fairly faint, small, round, very bright core, stellar nucleus. In a tight group with NGC 2292 1' WNW (double system in a common halo) and NGC 2295 4' W.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2293 = h3063 on 2 Feb 1835 and
described "a double nebula [with NGC 2292], the preceding eF; the
following (whose place is here set down) pB; both R gradually brighter in the
middle; in a field full of stars, among which is also a third nebula." His description clearly refers to the
double system VV 178 = ESO 490-048/049, although he reversed the orientation
and position with NGC 2295!
Herschel listed a single entry for both galaxies, although Dreyer gave
separate designations for
Both Joseph Turner (date?) and Pietro Baracchi (9 Mar 1885) sketched the pair. Turner's sketch was included in the observatory's unpublished plate V, figure 35 lithograph.
******************************
NGC 2294 = MCG +06-15-014 = CGCG 175-021 = WBL 126-005 = PGC 19729
06 51 11.3 +33 31 38; Gem
V = 13.8; Size 0.9'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 6°
18" (3/4/08): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 5:3 ~N-S, 0.6'x0.35', weak concentration. Furthest NE in a group of 5 NGCs. A wide double of mag 10.5-11 stars lies 2' SE.
18" (10/21/06): fairly faint, small, elongated 2:1 ~N-S, 0.6'x0.3', very weak concentration. NGC 2291 lies 2.6' W and NGC 2288, NGC 2289 and NGC 2290 are all nearby to the SW. A 40" pair of mag 10.5-11.5 stars lies 2' SE.
17.5" (12/19/87): fairly faint, small, oval ~N-S. Follows four stars on a line. Last of five in the NGC 2289/NGC 2290 group with NGC 2291 2.6' W.
13.1" (12/22/84): very faint, extremely small, almost round, no details.
George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 2294 and NGC 2288 on 22 Feb 1849. He noted "5 neb. in one field [with NGC 2288, 2289, 2290 and 2291]. It was labeled Epsilon on the field sketch. The positions of all 5 galaxies (computed by Dreyer and repeated in the GC and NGC) are offset 4' too far south and 9 seconds of time too far west. Hermann Kobold measured accurate positions in 1898 at Strasbourg.
******************************
NGC 2295 = ESO 490-047 = MCG -04-16-021 = PGC 19607
06 47 23.5 -26 44 09; CMa
V = 12.7; Size 2.1'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 46°
17.5" (1/20/90): faint, fairly small, very elongated 3:1 SSW-NNE, even surface brightness. Located between two mag 13 stars 30" SSW of center and 20" NNE or center. A similar star is also 1.5' N. First of three with the NGC 2292/2293 duo 4' E.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2295 = h3064 on 2 Feb 1835 and
described as "eF; S; R; between stars. A double nebula precedes." His description clearly refers to
******************************
06 48 39.1 -16 54 06; CMa
Size 1.9'x1.4'; PA = 145°
17.5" (1/19/91): moderately bright but very small, round, very small bright core. Sirius is 50' WNW and creates a reflection in the field! This object is probably a galactic diffuse nebula located within an absorption patch.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 2296 = Sw. 6-28 on 11 Mar 1887
and recorded "vF; vS; R; in finder field with Dog star." His RA was 38 seconds too large. Bigourdan found this reflection nebula
again on 9 Mar 1890 while searching for NGC 2296, measured an accurate position
and Dreyer recatalogued Big. 147 as
******************************
06 44 24.6 -63 43 03; Pic
V = 12.7; Size 1.4'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.2
18" (4/5/16 - Coonabarabran, 236x): fairly faint, fairly
small, slightly elongated N-S, 45"x30", contains a faint
quasi-stellar nucleus. A mag 9.7
star (
John Herschel discovered NGC 2297 = h3066 on 31 Jan 1835 and called "vF, R, very gradually little brighter middle, 30"." His position (single sweep) is accurate.
******************************
06 48 59.2 -36 00 19; Pup
V = 9.2; Size 5'; Surf Br = 0.4
25" (4/6/19 - OzSky): at 244x; extremely bright, large, highly resolved globular with an intensely bright 1.5' core and a scraggly 4' halo. Due to a fairly loose structure and brighter members, the cluster was well resolved into more than 50 stars. A number of fairly bright stars are plastered across the core and the halo contains a few dozen brighter stragglers. A noticeable chain of stars begins in the core and extends southwest. A brighter star (double) is near the edge of the halo on the NE side.
13.1" (2/20/04 - Costa Rica): at 200x, this is a compact, fairly bright globular that is well-concentrated with a bright 1.5' core and a fainter halo of ~3' diameter. Roughly two dozen stars are resolved (brightest cluster members are mag 13.4) including several across the core and a number of stragglers, which are easier to resolve in the outer halo.
17.5" (1/31/87): moderately large globular with no sharp core. A dozen stars are resolved over the mottled disc.
8" (1/1/84): no resolution, fairly small, smooth.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2298 = D 578 = h3065 on 8 May 1826 and described (based on 6
observations) "a pretty bright round nebula, 3' or 4' diameter, moderately
condensed to the centre. This is resolvable into stars." His handwritten notes also mentions the
"nebula is preceding a star of the 6th magnitude 1 minute 40 seconds (of
RA) and 15' north of the star", perfectly matching
John Herschel observed the globular on four sweeps from the Cape of Good Hope, first recording it on 2 Feb 1835 (sweep 541) as "B, R, gradually pretty much brighter middle, 3', all resolved into stars 14th mag. In the centre is a star 13th mag."
******************************
06 51 54 -07 05 00; Mon
See observing notes for
John Herschel discovered NGC 2299 = h412 on 19 Jan 1828 and
described "A coarse cl, not v rich, 30 or 40 st, probably only an outlying
portion of VIII 39 [NGC 2302]".
There is nothing at his position (about 7' W of mag 6.6
Harold Corwin notes that Herschel's positional offset from
NGC 2302 (discovered earlier by WH) is "nearly the same as
******************************
NGC 2300 = Arp 114 = UGC 3798 = MCG +14-04-031 = CGCG 362-043 = CGCG 363-029 = LGG 145-003 = PGC 21231
07 32 20.0 +85 42 32; Cep
V = 11.1; Size 2.8'x2.0'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 80°
18" (8/2/11): bright, moderately large, slightly
elongated, ~1.5'x1.3' diameter.
Sharply concentrated with a very bright core that increases steadily to
the center. The halo fades out and
increases with averted vision.
Forms a striking pair with NGC 2276 just 6' NW. NGC 2300 and 2276 are the brightest in
a group of galaxies near +85° declination which includes IC 455,
18" (3/13/04): fairly bright, fairly small, irregularly round, 1.2' diameter. Well concentrated with a bright 25" core and a much fainter irregular halo. Forms a trio with NGC 2276 6' W and IC 455 11' SSE.
13.1" (1/18/85): fairly bright, bright core, small fainter halo. Forms a pair with NGC 2276 7' W. IC 455 is 11' SSE.
8" (1/1/84): moderately bright, small, bright core, slightly elongated.
Alphonse Borrelly discovered NGC 2300 = T. 1-21 in 1871 or 1872 with a 7.2-inch comet-seeker at the Marseilles Observatory. He noted "Nebula pretty bright, moderately extended, round; nucleus of 12-13 magnitude." His micrometric position (MNRAS, 32, 248) was accurate. Friedrich August Winnecke independently found the galaxy on 26 Jun 1876 with a 6.5-inch comet-seeker by Reinfelder & Hertel (described as "First class, bright, 40" long, 25" wide, compact core"). Wilhelm Tempel also found it in 1877 and included it in his 1st discovery paper. NGC 2300 is the 4th closest to the pole in the NGC or IC.
******************************
06 51 45 +00 27 36; Mon
V = 6.0; Size 12'
17.5" (2/28/87): ~60-70 stars in cluster. A bright blue/yellow double star (h740 = 8.6/9.3 at 21") is near the center. Many of the stars are arranged in two strings oriented SW-NE which pass through the center.
13.1" (1/1/84): striking, ~60 stars in cluster, dozens more nearby. A very elongated string passes through the center.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2301 = H. VI-27 = h413 on 27 Dec 1786 (sweep 668). He described "a very beautiful cluster of much compressed small and large stars of many sizes, above 20' diameter." On 27 Jan 1832 (sweep 397) John Herschel noted, "double star in the chief group of a prety rich coarse cl, not very compressed. Broken into 3 groups. The sp group is the richest."
******************************
NGC 2302 = NGC 2299?? = OCL-554 = Lund 264
06 51 54 -07 05 00; Mon
V = 8.9; Size 3'
17.5" (2/1/03): at 140x, this a fairly small group (~4'
diameter) of roughly two dozen stars embedded in a large, scattered field of
stars. On the west side is a nice
quadruple including three mag 10 stars.
On the east side is a double and a triple star forming a "V"
asterism. Located 7' SE of mag 6.6
17.5": 20 stars resolved at 140X, in fairly small group. Not rich but includes some close doubles. The three brightest mag 10 stars form a shallow arc on the west side with fourth fainter star nearby. On the east side is a V-shaped group of six stars with the vertex at the east side. The central portion includes a few scattered stars with a line of three stars on the south side.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2302 = H. VIII-39 = h414 on
4 Mar 1785 (sweep 377). He recorded "a cluster of scattered large stars,
of various sizes, not very rich; but taking up above 20 minutes." Caroline's position was ~20 seconds of
RA too large, though without having the position of a known reference star in
the sweep,
******************************
06 56 17.5 +45 29 34; Aur
V = 12.6; Size 1.5'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.5
17.5" (2/8/91): fairly faint, very small, round, small bright core, stellar nucleus.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 2303 = Sw. 6-29 on 24 Nov 1886
with a 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His position is 11 tsec west
and 23" north of
******************************
06 55 12 +17 59 18; Gem
Size 5'
13.1" (12/22/84): ~20 faint stars, unresolved haze, rich, elongated WSW-ENE in a thin wedge.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2304 = H. VI-2 = h415 on 30 Dec 1783 (early sweep 68) and recorded "a cluster of extremely small stars, very much compressed. It takes up 1/3 of the diameter of the field (I suppose it to be near 15'). The stars of the cluster are of unequal sizes but chiefly of two sorts, vS and eS. I viewed them with a power of 500 and found them very numerous and compressed. The cluster is of an irregular oval or almost round form." This was the first object viewed after a "Polar Distance Index" was installed. This was a scale on the rope used to raise and lower the scope. Using the sidereal time and the offset in the PD index from the known positions of Flamsteed stars that passed through the field, the RA and PD of new nebulae could be much more accurately determined.
On 18 Dec 1830 (sweep 313), John Herschel called it a "pretty rich cl; acutangular, the acute angle precedes; the p side is bounded by a remarkably definite line..."
******************************
06 48 37.8 -64 16 24; Vol
V = 11.7; Size 2.0'x1.5'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 140°
18" (4/5/16 - Coonabarabran, 236x): moderately to
fairly bright, fairly small, slightly elongated NW-SE, 50"x40",
sharply concentrated with a very bright small core. Bracketed by two close stars; a mag 12.5 star is 35" S
of center and a mag 11.6 star is less than 30" E of center. Forms a pair with
John Herschel discovered NGC 2305 = h3067, along with NGC 2307 = h3068, on 30 Nov 1834 and recorded, "F; vS; R; makes a small triangle with 2 stars." His position is accurate.
******************************
06 54 30 -07 12 18; Mon
Size 20'x10'
18" (1/26/09): at 175x, ~75 stars are resolved in an
18'x10' Milky Way group or cloud that streams WSW to ENE. The richest portion is on the west side
just south of mag 8.6
WH (VIII 51) noted this object as "a cluster of very scattered stars" and JH, who observed it three times (h416) described as an outlying portion of VIII 39 = NGC 2302 and "has no title to be called a cluster."
William Herschel discovered NGC 2306 = H. VIII-51 = h416 on 23 Feb 1786 (sweep 528) and noted "a very much scattered cluster." John Herschel made 3 observations and described an outlying portion of NGC 2302 = H. VIII-39 that "has no title to be called a cluster." Karl Reimuth also comments "many st, but nothing like a cluster.", based on its photographic appearance. RNGC classifies the number nonexistent (Type 7). See Corwin'sidentification notes.
******************************
NGC 2307 = ESO 087-045 = PGC 19648
06 48 50.8 -64 20 07; Vol
V = 12.0; Size 1.7'x1.6'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 142°
18" (4/5/16 - Coonabarabran, 236x): slightly larger and fainter of a pair with NGC 2305 4' NNW. Appeared moderately bright and large, roundish, contains a bright elongated core or "bar" oriented NW-SE [~40" in length] with a diffuse halo ~1.3' diameter.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2307 = h3068 (along with NGC 2305 = h3067) on 30 Nov 1834 and noted "vF; pL; lE; in the parallel." His position is accurate.
******************************
06 58 37.6 +45 12 38; Lyn
V = 13.2; Size 1.8'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 170°
17.5" (2/8/91): fairly faint, fairly small, oval 2:1 N-S. Overpowered by 16 Lyncis (V = 4.9) located 9' SW in the field.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2308 = St. 6-5 on 12 Jan 1872 with the 31" silvered-glass reflector at the Marseilles Observatory. His uncorrected position is 10' NW. His published position in list 6 (#5) was reduced the next day with description, "eF, vS, vF star involved [probably the nucleus]."
******************************
06 56 04 -07 10 30; Mon
Size 3'
17.5" (1/1/92): three dozen stars mag 11-15, fairly
rich, compact, 4' diameter. Most
stars are located within two streams.
The brighter stars in the southern stream are oriented E-W. A fainter star lane to north is
oriented NW-SE. At the NW end it
hooks NE to mag 9
William Herschel discovered NGC 2309 = H. VI-18 = h417 on 4 Mar 1785 (sweep 377) and logged "a cluster of considerably compressed small stars, pretty rich, 8 or 9' diameter, irregular figure. With a smaller aperture it would probably appear nebulous." John Herschel observed the cluster on 13 Mar 1828 (sweep 135) and described "a cluster, not v rich; 4' diam' irreg fig' st 12...13m."
******************************
06 53 54.0 -40 51 45; Pup
V = 11.8; Size 4.4'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 47°
13.1" (2/20/04 - Costa Rica): at 166x appears as a
fairly faint, very thin edge-on splinter oriented SW-NE, 1.0'x0.15'. Contains a stellar nuclues. Situated in a fairly rich Puppis
starfield. This edge-on galaxy has
a "box-peanut" central bulge (similar to
John Herschel discovered NGC 2310 = h3069 on 2 Jan 1835 and described "pB; vmE; pos 46.6°; pretty suddenly brighter middle; 90" l; 10" br; in a field very full of small stars. His position and description is accurate.
Joseph Turner sketched NGC 2310 on 12 Dec 1876 with the Great Melbourne Telescope as a thin streak with a small brighter nucleus (unpublished plate V, figure 37). Pietro Baracchi reobserved and sketched the galaxy on 9 Mar 1885.
******************************
06 57 48 -04 36 42; Mon
Size 7'
18" (3/4/08): at 225x, ~40 stars are resolved in a fairly rich 5'x3' group, elongated NW-SE. The cluster includes a few pairs with a nice equal mag pair on the south side. A weak stream of stars trails off to the east from the SE end of the cluster towards a mag 9.8/10.4/13 triple at 3" and 9" (ADS 5636).
17.5" (1/1/92): three dozen stars mag 11-15 in 5'x2' region elongated ~N-S. Fairly rich though no dense spots. Most stars form a thin isosceles triangle with the vertex star mag 13 at the north end, although the brightest star is a wide double 2' ESE of the vertex. From the base of the triangle a stream heads SE and then east from the cluster mixing with some brighter field stars. The cluster includes a few close faint double stars.
According to Wolfgang Steinicke, Caroline Herschel discovered NGC 2311 = H. VIII-60 = h418 on 4 Mar 1783, probably with a small refractor. She logged, "in the neighborhood of the 17 Monoceros, a Nebula, very obscure. Messier has it not." She entered this object as #4 in her discovery log. NGC 2311 is situated 1.5° SW of the star, so this identification seems likely and William verified it with 6.2".
William Herschel independently discovered NGC 2311 on 26 Nov 1786 (sweep 639) and described "a cluster of pL scattered stars, not very rich. The place taken is the most compressed part, but not the middle. May be a projecting point of the milky way." His position was just northeast of center of this cluster. William was credited with the discovery in the NGC.
******************************
06 58 48 +10 17 42; Mon
17.5" (2/1/03): stands out reasonably well in the field at 140x with ~16 stars, highlighted by a mag 10 star at the south end. The group is ~4'x1.5' in size, elongated N-S and includes a close, faint double on the NE end, which was noticed at 220x. Listed as nonexistent in the RNGC.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2312 = h419 on 18 Jan 1828 (sweep 120) and recorded a "A poor cluster. The largest *10 taken." His position corresponds with a mag 10 star at 06 58 50.0 +10 15 38 (J2000) with a scattering of mag 12 stars to the north. Karl Reimuth called this group a "loose clustering of pF st.", based on Heidelberg plates. The RNGC classifies the number as nonexistent (Type 7).
******************************
06 58 02.8 -07 56 42; Mon
Size 1.6'
18" (2/3/05): at 225x this reflection nebula appears as
a very faint, very small, low surface brightness glow surrounding a mag 14
illuminating star (V 565 Mon), ~15"-20" diameter. Situated within a rich Milky Way field
which has a mottled appearance at low power. Located 20' NE of mag 6.3
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 2313 on 4 Jan 1862. His position (measured on 3 nights) matches this small reflection nebula. He also measured a mag 15 star that follows by 6 seconds of time and a mag 11 star that follows by 14 seconds. J.L.E. Dreyer, Lawrence Parson's assistant on 15 Feb 1877, recorded "pF, pS, irregularly round, fades away nf, 2 F st f about 1'." The RNGC misclassifies this object as nonexistent and it is not plotted on the Uranometria 2000.0 Atlas.
******************************
07 10 32.6 +75 19 37; Cam
V = 12.2; Size 1.7'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 25°
17.5" (8/27/87): moderately bright, fairly small,
slightly elongated, bright core, stellar nucleus.
17.5" (2/27/87): moderately bright, fairly small, round, small bright core, stellar nucleus. 25' to the west is a nice double ∑973 = 7.1/8.1 at 12". Forms a pair with IC 2174 6' WNW.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 2314 = T. 9-5 on 1 Aug 1883 with the 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory. His description says "follows close on the same parallel against the mag 7 star DM +75 ° 281, the latter is a double star". Although his rough RA is good (nearest min), the galaxy lies 6' N of the double star.
******************************
07 02 33.0 +50 35 27; Lyn
V = 13.6; Size 1.3'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 116°
17.5" (1/20/90): faint, small, edge-on WNW-ESE, bright core. Located 4' S of mag 8.4 SAO 26113.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2315 = h420 on 16 Feb 1831
(sweep 327) and simply noted "eF; doubtful." His RA was roughly 10 seconds of time
too large. Bigourdan measured an
accurate position on 15 Nov 1885 (repeated in the
******************************
06 59 41.0 -07 46 38; Mon
Size 4'x3'
13.1" (2/25/84): moderately bright nebulosity, small,
possibly surrounds two stars oriented SW [NGC 2316] and NE [
William Herschel discovered NGC 2316 = H. II-304 = h421 on 4 Mar 1785 (sweep 377). His description reads, "3 or 4 stars, containing vF nebulosity. 240x would not resolve it; but showed the same nebulosity." Caroline computed the position using M50 as the reference, which was observed three minutes later in the sweep.
The Birr Castle observer Bindon observed the nebula on 20 Feb 1851 and called it a "small close double neb, below 3 stars, 2 stellar points (or nuclei)." The 3 stars in the description are just south. The second nuclei received the designations GC 1478 = NGC 2317. Heinrich d'Arrest measured an accurate position (#76 in AN 1500) and Hermann Kobold measured accurate positions for both stars in 1895 (published in his 1907 catalogue).
Albert Le Sueur made a sketch in 1870 using the Great Melbourne Telescope (unpublished plate VII, figure 81), as well as Pietro Baracchi on 16 Mar 1885. Le Sueur was surprised the configuration of the nebula and the nearby stars differed significantly between Stoney's sketch and his (mentioned in an 1870 letter to Professor Stokes).
******************************
06 59 41.5 -07 46 29; Mon
13.1" (2/25/84): moderately bright nebulosity, small, surrounding the northeast of two stars (separation ~11"). An obtuse triangle of mag 12 stars is just 1' S. Enhanced with a Deep Sky filter.
Bindon Blood Stoney or his brother George Johnstone Stoney discovered NGC 2317 on 20 Feb 1851. NGC 2316 was described as a "S close D neb, below 3 st, 2 stellar points (or nuclei)." A sketch made on 23 Nov 1851 was included in Lord Rosse's 1861 publication (Plate 27, Fig. 12). Pietro Baracchi also sketched it as a double star in nebulosity on 16 Mar 1885 with the 48" Melbourne telescope. Hermann Kobold measured accurate positions for both "nuclei" in 1895 (published in his 1907 catalogue).
The RA was only roughly given in the GC and the NGC (nearest min of RA). The RNGC misclassifies this number as nonexistent although NGC 2317 is part of NGC 2316.
******************************
06 59 27 -13 41 54; CMa
17.5" (2/1/03): this is just a weak enhancement of mag
11-13 stars in a Milky Way field, perhaps only noticed by Herschel because of
the mag 8.2
William Herschel discovered NGC 2318 = H. VII-14 = h422 = h3070 on 8 Feb 1785 (sweep 370) and logged "a cluster of stars above 20' in dia, the stars much scattered." John Herschel observed this object at both Slough, England and at the Cape of Good Hope. At the Cape he described "A large region full of scattered stars forming a cluster of which the chief (=8 m) taken. It seems, however to be only a clustering part of the milky way which here comes on rather suddenly." His position corresponds with mag 8.6 SAO 152208 at 06 59 28.4 -13 41 49 (J2000). RNGC classifies this number as nonexistent (Type 7).
******************************
07 00 32 +03 02 48; Mon
17.5" (2/1/03): very nice 15' string of a couple dozen
stars heading west of a mag 8.9
John Herschel discovered NGC 2319 = h423 in March 1830 (sweep 237). He recorded a "Linear cluster of stars 11..13m forming a bent line nearly 15' long, terminating on the following side by a *8 whose place is that here taken." His position corresponds with mag 8.8 SAO 114784 at 07 01 06.5 +03 03 11. The "bent line" of stars is oriented WNW-ESE and fairly striking visually. The RNGC classifies this number as nonexistent (probably an asterism) and this classification is repeated in SIMBAD, although the asterism is certainly real.
William Herschel probably discovered the same group of stars
on 18 Dec 1783. In the early sweep
48 he noted "a cluster of vS stars not very rich." that was placed 11
minutes of time (RA) following 4.5-mag 18 Mon (
******************************
07 05 42.0 +50 34 51; Lyn
V = 11.9; Size 1.4'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.1; PA = 140°
17.5" (1/20/90): fairly faint, small, spindle NW-SE,
weak concentration. Located 1.7'
WSW of mag 9.0
William Herschel discovered NGC 2320 = H. II-861 = h424, along with NGC 2322, on 28 Dec 1790 (sweep 990). He noted "pretty bright, pretty large, irregular figure, gradually brighter middle." His position is 3 - 4' too far NW (same offset as NGC 2322). On 7 Mar 1831 (sweep 329), John Herschel logged it as "pretty bright; roung; pretty gradually brighter middle; 15"; np a * 8m whose place is that here taken." The star is 1.6' NE of the galaxy.
******************************
NGC 2321 = UGC 3663 = MCG +08-13-053 = CGCG 234-051 = PGC 20141
07 05 59.0 +50 45 22; Lyn
V = 13.6; Size 1.4'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 135°
17.5" (1/20/90): very faint, fairly small, slightly elongated, low even surface brightness. NGC 2320 lies 11' SSW.
George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 2321 on 18 Dec 1849. He labeled it Beta in the field sketch (includes NGC 2320, 2322 and 2326). Although this was an early discovery, it was not included in the 1861 publication so did not receive a GC designation. Dreyer added it in the GC Supplement (GCS 6248). Bigourdan measured an accurate position on 15 Nov 1885 (repeated in the IC 2 notes).
******************************
NGC 2322 = UGC 3662 = MCG +08-13-054 = CGCG 234-050 = PGC 20142
07 06 00.3 +50 30 37; Lyn
V = 13.8; Size 1.1'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 136°
17.5" (1/20/90): faint, small, elongated NW-SE, even surface brightness. Forms a pair with NGC 2320 5' NW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2322 = H. III-874, along with NGC 2320 = H. II-861, on 28 Dec 1790 (sweep 990). He noted "very faint, very small, little extended." His reduced position was 2.5' too far NW, the same offset as NGC 2320. Bigourdan measured an accurate position on 15 Nov 1885 (repeated in the IC2 Notes).
******************************
07 02 48 -08 22 36; Mon
V = 5.9; Size 16'
18" (3/15/10): very bright, fairly scattered cluster,
though contains a richer subgroup.
About 125-150 stars were resolved at 175x in the central 10'-12'. The cluster has roughly a triangular or
wedge-shaped outline, highlighted by an 8' string of stars oriented ~E-W on the
north side (including mag 9.0
13.1" (3/24/84): ~75 stars including some brighter
stars at the south and northeast borders.
There are a few dense spots and many stragglers. An orange/red mag 8 star is at the
south edge and a nice 16" pair of mag 9/11 stars (HJ 748) is 1' NW. There is an elongated 4'x3' region that
is devoid of stars just north of the colored mag 8 star. Located 42' E of mag 6.0
Giovanni Domenico Cassini possibly discovered M50 = NGC 2323 = h425 before 1711. His son, Jacques Cassini, published a short list of nebulae known to him, and he claimed his father discovered a nebula between Canis Major and Canis Minor and "which is one of the finest to be seen in the telescope." Charles Messier independently discovered the cluster on 5 Apr 1772.
William Herschel described the cluster (unpublished) on 4 Mar 1785 (sweep 377) as "a very brilliant cluster of large stars, considerably compressed and rich, above 20' in diameter, the stars of various sizes, visible in the finder." He observed the cluster again on 1 Nov 1785 (sweep 468), but left off a description.
******************************
07 04 08 +01 02 42; Mon
V = 8.4; Size 8'
17.5" (3/20/93: 65 stars mag 10-14 in very irregular 8' diameter. Includes two mag 10 stars at the NE corner and NW side. Includes several mag 12 stars but rich in mag 13-14 stars. Somewhat uneven distribution of very faint stars due to a couple of 2' diameter dark voids; one near the center. The cluster includes several very close, faint double stars.
8": rich in faint stars 12-13, includes two mag 9 stars.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2324 = H. VII-38 = h427 on 27 Dec 1786 (sweep 668) and noted "a beautiful cluster of small stars of several sizes, considerably compressed and rich in the middle, 10 or 12' diameter." John Herschel made 3 observations and logged it on 20 Dec 1827 (sweep 113) as a "rich L cl; fills field; st 14...16m; not comp towards a centre."
******************************
07 02 40.3 -28 41 50; CMa
V = 11.4; Size 3.3'x1.9'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 6°
13.1" (3/3/84): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated N-S. A mag 12 star is off the SE edge 1.6' from center. Located in a rich star field.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2325 = h3071 on 1 Feb 1837 and
recorded "pB; pL; lE; gradually brighter in the middle; r; 2'
long." His position (single
sweep) matches
Joseph Turner's sketch, made on 5 Jan 1877 with the Great Melbourne Telescope (unpublished plate V, figure 38), depicts it very elongated N-S. Baracchi's sketch on 11 March 1885 added a star at the south tip (called 16th mag)
******************************
07 08 11.0 +50 40 55; Lyn
V = 13.1; Size 1.9'x1.8'; Surf Br = 14.3
17.5" (1/20/90): faint, fairly small, irregularly round, bright core. Four mag 12-12.5 stars in a group lie 3' W.
Forms a pair with
William Herschel discovered NGC 2326 = H. II-734 = h426 on 9
Mar 1788 (sweep 815) and recorded "F, pL, iF, mbM, S.f. a triangle of
small stars." His position is
2' north of
The RNGC has a poor position 0.3 tmin of RA too far east and 3' north. NGC 2326A, located just 4.8' SE, is correctly placed in RNGC. Listed in RNGC Corrections #5.
******************************
07 04 07.2 -11 18 51; CMa
18" (2/23/06): moderately bright, 1' reflection nebula surrounding a mag 9.5 star with a mag 12 companion at 7". Viewed unfiltered at 225x.
17.5" (3/8/02): this small but high surface brightness
reflection nebula surrounds an unequal pair of mag 9.5/12.5 stars at 7"
separation. At 280x, the
nebulosity is round and approximately 50" in size although it fades
smoothly into the background and may be a bit larger. This small knot of nebulosity is at the western end of a
striking arc of 6 stars which trail off to the NE. The next star in the arc, 1.5' E, also seems to be encased
in a very small halo. A similar
mag 9.5 comparison star (with no halo) lies 4' ESE and several other mag
9.5-10.5 stars are scattered across the field. The background sky in this vicinity is weakly luminous, as
NGC 2327 is situated midway along the western side of
This bright nebula was discovered by William Herschel (IV 25) in 1785 and reobserved by his son, John. Although their positions and descriptions match this object,there is a great deal of confusion in the literature as to its identification and position and some sources misidentify NGC 2327 with the much larger Sh 2-292 = Gum 1 located 50' to the north (also associated with IC 2177).
13.1" (12/22/84): fairly faint reflection nebula, fairly small, surrounds a mag 8 star (close unequal double). Located along the faint, extremely large, curving strip of nebulosity = IC 2177.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2327 = H. IV-25 = h428 on 31 Jan 1785 (sweep 363). He described "A pretty considerable star with very faint and very small milky chevelure of an irregular chevelure, other stars of the same size are perfectly free from that appearance." The description was included in his 1791 paper on "Nebulous Stars." Another observation was made on 10 Dec 1798 (sweep 1088): "a star with very faint nebulosity of very little extent. The star has a smaller one very close to it south following."
John Herschel reported on 11 Mar 1828 (sweep 130), "a double star whose large star is in the center of a very faint nebula which involves the small star also." His position of 07 04 07.6 -11 19.0 pins down the identification as a compact HII/Reflection nebula on the west side of the Seagull Nebula. In 1886, Engelhardt also published an accurate micrometric position of 07 04 07.77 -11 18 56.6 (J2000). Herbert Howe noted the central star is double with separation 7". Despite John Herschel's accurate position and description, there's been a great deal of confusion in the literature as to the identification and position.
Joseph Turner (date uncertain) and Pietro Baracchi (11 Mar 1885) observed this nebula with the 48" Melbourne telescope. Turner's sketch was included in the unpublished plate V, figure 39).
******************************
07 02 36.1 -42 04 06; Pup
V = 12.8; Size 1.6'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 115°
18" (2/19/09): at 175x appeared very faint, small,
round, 20" diameter (probably viewed brighter core region only). Steadily visible with direct vision
though viewed at a very low elevation, so the surface brightness of the core is
moderately high. Starhopped from
mag 5.2
John Herschel discovered NGC 2328 = h3072 on 1 Jan 1835 and recorded "F; vS; R; pretty suddenly little brighter middle; 15"; like a blotted star; in field with many small stars." His position (measured on two sweeps) is accurate.
******************************
07 09 08.0 +48 36 55; Lyn
V = 12.5; Size 1.3'x1.1'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 175°
18" (1/13/07): moderately bright, fairly small,
elongated 3:2 N-S, 0.8'x0.5', small bright core. Brightest in the core of
18" (11/18/06): moderately bright, moderately large, oval 4:3 N-S, 1.2'x0.9', contains a large, brighter core. This galaxy and UGC 3696, located 2.8' NE, are the brightest member of AGC 569. I observed 7 members of the cluster at 280x.
17.5" (1/19/91): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated, bright core. A mag 15 star is 0.7' W of center. Three mag 14 stars lie 1.7' W, 1.3' NE and 2.0' NE. Forms a pair with UGC 3696 3' ENE. Brightest member of AGC 569.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2329 = H. II-735 = III-875 = h429 on 9 Mar 1788 (sweep 815). He noted II-735 as "faint, stellar [nebula]." Herschel made a second observation on 28 Dec 1790 (sweep 990) but this time picked up two galaxies -- NGC 2329 and UGC 3696, the second galaxy placed 2.8' NE of NGC 2329. Caroline mistakenly assumed the southwest galaxy (II.735) was new (internal #2294) and it was catalogued again as III.875. She thought the NE one (UGC 3696) was previously found II.735 from sweep 815 and it wasn't catalogued. John Herschel only saw a single galaxy and equated H. II-735 = H. III-875 in the General Catalogue, which Dreyer assigned to NGC 2329. Since William clearly observed both galaxies on 28 Dec 1790, Wolfgang Steinicke argues that H. III-875 should refer to UGC 3696, a discovered galaxy without a NGC designation.
Although usually classified as a Lenticular Galaxy, recent studies have concluded NGC 2329 is a 'cluster dominant' Elliptical Galaxy (cD). It is an x-ray source with a radio jet streaming from its core, like many other cD's. In addition that is also a 'radio tail' extending from this galaxy.
******************************
07 09 28.4 +50 09 08; Lyn
V = 14.7; Size 0.4'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.2
24" (2/15/18): at 375x fairly faint, small, nearly
round, 20" diameter, even surface brightness. Located 2' SSW of
17.5" (1/20/90): extremely faint and small, round. A mag 15 star is 1' NE. Located 2' SW of NGC 2332.
Bindon Blood Stoney or his brother George Johnstone Stoney,
Lord Rosse's assistants, discovered NGC 2330 on 2 Jan 1851. He noted a small nebula, which was
labeled "b" on the published diagram, and placed SSW of NGC 2332 (the
direction of drift is reversed on the sketch). At this position is
Although 9 nebulae were found at Birr Castle over 3 nights,
the 1861 publication only included the comment "several knots around"
NGC 2332. John Herschel added just
one new entry in the GC (1492), which Dreyer assigned to either NGC 2330 and
Since absolute positions were not computed at Birr Castle,
Dreyer relied on Bigourdan's erroneous position (he measured a faint star) for
NGC 2330. As a result NGC 2330 was
misplaced 2.4' north of NGC 2332 instead of south-southwest (as on the 1851
sketch). In 1893, Hermann Kobold
measured an accurate position and Dreyer catalogued it as
The RNGC reverses the identifications of NGC 2330 and NGC 2332, making NGC 2330 the brighter northern member of the pair and incorrectly describes NGC 2332 as "almstel" (same error in MCG). UGC and CGCG label NGC 2330 as IC 457. See RNGC Corrections #5 and Corwin's notes for much more on this complicated story!
******************************
07 07 00 +27 15 42; Gem
Size 18'
17.5" (1/20/90): at 82x, very large scattered group of about 40 stars mag 10-14, 15' diameter. There is a small circle of 6 stars at the east end. The classification of this group as a true cluster is doubtful.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2331 = H. VIII-40 = h432 on 11 Mar 1785 (sweep 384) and recorded "some clustering, large scattered stars; many of an equal size." John Herschel noted in on 17 Feb 1827 (sweep 57) as "a small cluster of 10 or a doze st 11...13m in an ellipse."
******************************
NGC 2332 = (R)NGC 2330 = UGC 3699 = MCG +08-13-079 = CGCG 234-075 = WBL 133-002 = PGC 20276
07 09 34.2 +50 10 56; Lyn
V = 12.8; Size 1.5'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 60°
24" (2/15/18): at 375x; fairly bright, moderately large oval 4:3 SW-NE, ~1.2'x0.9', sharply concentrated with a bright core and very small brighter nucleus. A mag 15.1 star is 1' S of center and a mag 15.7 star is barely off the NE end [0.8' NW of center].
17.5" (1/20/90): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated SW-NE, bright core, stellar nucleus. A mag 15 star is 1' SW. Forms a pair with NGC 2330 = IC 457 2' SW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2332 = h430 on 8 Mar 1831
(sweep 330) and recorded "F; S; R pretty suddenly brighter middle;
12"." His position
matches
The identications of NGC 2330 and NGC 2332 are reversed in the RNGC and MCG.
******************************
07 08 21.3 +35 10 12; Gem
V = 13.3; Size 1.0'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 35°
17.5" (2/8/91): faint, very small, sharp stellar nucleus surrounded by faint oval halo 3:2 ~N-S.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2333 = H. III-899 = h431 on 4 Feb 1793 (sweep 1031) and noted "vF, S, nearly R, bM."
******************************
NGC 2334 = IC 465 = MCG +08-13-098 = CGCG 234-095 = WBL 133-012 = PGC 20357
07 11 33.6 +50 14 53; Lyn
V = 13.6; Size 0.9'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 70°
24" (2/15/18): at 375x; moderately bright, moderately large, round, strong concentration with a high surface brightness core that increases to a very small brighter nucleus. Located 5.8' NE of NGC 2340 in a fairly rich group.
18" (12/18/06): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated, 0.5'x0.4', gradually increases to a very small, brighter core. Furthest NE in a group of 7 galaxies in the field and 5.8' NE of the brightest member, NGC 2340.
17.5" (1/20/90): faint, small, round, bright core. Last of four galaxies in a 20' field and located 5.8' NE of NGC 2340.
Bindon Blood Stoney or his brother George Johnstone Stoney,
Lord Rosse's assistants, discovered NGC 2334 on 2 Jan 1851. He noted a small nebula (unlabeled on a
sketch of h433 = NGC 2340) 6' south-following NGC 2340. Unfortunately the direction of drift was
confused as
Although 9 nebulae were found at Birr Castle on 3 nights, the 1861 publication only included the comment "several knots around" NGC 2332. John Herschel added just one new entry in the GC (GC 1492), which Dreyer assigned to either NGC 2330 and NGC 2334 (with question marks) and the additional Rosse nebulae were not included in the NGC.
Since absolute positions weren't computed at Birr Castle,
Dreyer relied on Bigourdan's erroneous position for NGC 2334 (he measured a
faint star 3' ENE of NGC 2332). In
1893, Hermann Kobold measured an accurate position for Stoney's nebula and
Dreyer recatalogued it as
The question remains if IC 465 is the galaxy Dreyer meant as NGC 2334. Dreyer credits both Rosse and Kobold in the IC, so this seems probable, although Malcolm Thomson disagrees. MCG, CGCG, PGC, SIMBAD all label this galaxy as IC 465 and not NGC 2334. NED and HyperLeda give the equivalence. See Corwin's identification notes for more on this complicated situation.
******************************
07 06 49 -10 01 42; Mon
V = 7.2; Size 12'
18" (2/23/06): at 225x, ~75 stars are resolved in a 10'x5' region elongated N-S. The cluster is broken up by a circular void on the south side that extends to the west in a dark (dust) lane. Also an elongated rectangular-shaped void of stars is on the north side of the cluster. The brightest cluster star is on the northeast side and is part of a "keystone" asterism that mimics the shape of the main body of Hercules. A mag 7 star lies 10' ENE outside the borders of the cluster. The Milky Way background is very patchy in this vicinity and appears significantly affected by dust in the region and possible nebulosity. This affect is best seen at 115x (20 Nagler). Located just north of IC 2177 = Seagull Nebul, an extremely long N-S string of nebulosity.
17.5" (3/20/93): 50-60 stars mag 10.5-14 in a 10'
diameter. Mag 6.9
William Herschel discovered NGC 2335 = H. VIII-32 on 10 Jan 1785 (sweep 356) and reported "a cluster of coarsely scattered stars of many sizes, pretty rich, more than 15' diameter." His position is on the west side of this open cluster.
******************************
07 27 03.8 +80 10 43; Cam
V = 10.4; Size 7.1'x3.9'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 178°
17.5" (8/27/87): fairly bright, fairly large, bright
core, faint halo elongated N-S. A
mag 15 star is superimposed just east of the core. Located 3.6' SSE of a mag 10 star.
17.5" (2/22/87): fairly bright, small bright core surrounded by a large, diffuse halo elongated 2:1 N-S. Located 26' S of a mag 7.3 star.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 2336 = T. 1-22 in 1876 with the 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory and described a "beautiful II class nebula, R, little brighter middle, 2' diameter, forms a triangle with two mag 10-11 stars." Tempel's very rough position (only the hour of RA is given!) is off by 2.5 tmin of RA (west) and 3' dec (north) and the two stars in the description are just north.
******************************
07 10 13.6 +44 27 26; Lyn
V = 12.5; Size 2.2'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 120°
17.5" (1/19/91): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 5:2 WNW-ENE, even surface brightness. Bracketed by a mag 14 star 1.1' SW and a mag 13.5 star 1.3' ENE.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2337 = St. 8b-19 on 16 Jan
1877 with the 31" reflector at the Marseilles Observatory. His position matches
******************************
07 07 47 -05 43 12; Mon
17.5" (2/3/03): roughly 3 dozen stars in an elongated N-S group, ~8'x3'. Includes a few mag 11 stars, with the rest of stars mag 12-14. Just stands out at 100x as a weak field enhancement and detached enough in the field that a definite border can be traced out. Still this is probably just an unrelated group of stars and NGC 2338 is listed as nonexistent in the RNGC.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2338 = h435 on 19 Jan 1828 (sweep 122) and noted a "Very loose and straggling cluster." There is nothing noticeable at JH's (uncertain) position. In 1926, Karl Reinmuth noted (based on Heidelberg plates) "many st, but nothing like a cluster." and RNGC classifies the number as nonexistent (Type 7). Harold Corwin suggests that NGC 2338 is a group of stars ~50 tsec of RA east and 5' south of his position. If a similar offset is applied to NGC 2299 (found by JH on the same sweep), it matches NGC 2302, so this error is quite plausible.
******************************
07 08 20.5 +18 46 49; Gem
V = 11.8; Size 2.7'x2.0'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 175°
13.1" (1/18/85): fairly faint, nearly round, very weak concentration, low surface brightness. A mag 13.5 star is superimposed at the east edge 30" from center.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2339 = H. II-769 = h434 on 22 Feb 1789 (sweep 906) and recorded it as "pB, pL, irregularly round, easily resolvable, bM.". His RA was 16 seconds too large. On 14 Mar 1831(sweep 333), John Herschel wrote, "pB, pL, R, gradually little brighter middle, 40". In a rich part of the heavens."
******************************
NGC 2340 = UGC 3720 = MCG +08-13-096 = CGCG 234-091 = WBL 133-010 = PGC 20338
07 11 10.8 +50 10 28; Lyn
V = 11.7; Size 1.8'x1.2'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 80°
24" (2/13/18): at 200x and 375x; fairly bright, fairly
large, oval 2:1 WSW-ENE, contains a large bright core that is weakly
concentrated to the center. A
couple of 12th magnitude stars are off the northwest side. Brightest in a group of mostly IC
galaxies with
18" (12/18/06): moderately bright, moderately large, oval 3:2 WSW-ENE, 1.5'x1.0', large bright core increases gradually to the center. A mag 12 star lies 1.7' NW. Brightest in a group of 12 galaxies (WBL 133) incuding IC 464 2.5' SSW. Beyond IC 464 a string of stars continues to the SSW.
17.5" (1/20/90): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated
E-W, bright core. Brightest of
four in the field with
William Herschel discovered NGC 2340 = H. II-736 = h433 on 9 Mar 1788 (sweep 815) and called "pF, vS, little brighter middle, resolvable." Harold Corwin concludes that H. II-862 (found on sweep 990, 28 Dec 1890), although equated with NGC 2332 = h430, is actually a duplicate observation of this galaxy. John Herschel described it on 7 Mar 1831 (sweep 329) as "pB; pL; R; gradually brighter in the middle; 25"; two small stars preceding." and measured a more accurate position.
******************************
07 09 12.1 +20 36 10; Gem
V = 13.2; Size 0.8'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.6
17.5" (1/20/90): faint, very small, slightly elongated
E-W. A mag 13.5 star is 0.7'
N. Forms a pair with
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2341 = m 100, along with NGC 2342, on 10 Nov 1864 with Lassell's 48". Édouard Stephan made observations on 27 and 29 Jan 1878 and another on 2 Feb!
******************************
NGC 2342 = UGC 3709 = MCG +03-19-004 = CGCG 086-007 = Holm 86a = PGC 20265
07 09 18.1 +20 38 11; Gem
V = 12.6; Size 1.4'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 126°
17.5" (1/20/90): moderately bright, moderately large, irregularly round, slightly elongated SW-NE, slightly brighter along major axis but no core. Forms a pair with NGC 2341 2.5' WSW.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2342 = m 101, along with NGC 2341, on 10 Nov 1864 using Lassell's 48".
******************************
07 08 07 -10 37 00; Mon
V = 6.7; Size 7'
18" (2/23/06): at 225x, three dozen stars are resolved
in a fairly scattered, but well-detached 5' group. The brightest star at the SE end is a wide double (STF 1028)
with a mag 8.8 yellow primary and a mag 11 bluish secondary at 11". The stars are arranged in long winding
strings with a couple of offshoots.
There are no dense areas and the strings appear to wrap around regions
devoid of stars. Located off the
northeast end of IC 2177. Two
ill-defined groups,
17.5" (3/20/93): two dozen stars mag 8-13 in compact 5' diameter. The cluster has a distinctive boxy shape but is not rich. Includes an unequal double star STF 1028 = 8.8/11.1 at 11" at the east side. Stars are arranged in small subgroups with no central concentration, well detached in field. Located off the NE end of the huge, strip of nebulosity IC 2177.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2343 = H. VIII-33 on 10 Jan 1785 (sweep 356) and called it "a cluster of scattered large stars, not so extensive as the last [NGC 2335], nor so rich." His position is just off the southeast side of the cluster.
******************************
07 12 28.7 +47 10 00; Lyn
V = 12.0; Size 1.7'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.0
17.5" (1/19/91): fairly faint, fairly small, round, broad mild concentration, faint stellar nucleus, edges fade smoothly into background.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 2344 = Sw. 6-30 on 24 Nov
1886. His position is 16 sec of RA
west and 81" north of
******************************
07 08 19 -13 11 36; CMa
V = 7.7; Size 12'
17.5" (3/20/93): 50 stars mag 9-14 in 10'x8' region
elongated SW-NE. Fairly rich in
faint stars. Includes the pretty
double HJ 3930 = 9.7/10.6 at 15" on the north side. Near the center is a small clump of
about 8 stars including an unequal triple star. Located midway between mag 8
John Herschel discovered NGC 2345 = h3073 on 14 Feb 1836 and recorded "a pretty rich cluster; irregular fig; 7' diam; gradually brighter in the middle; stars 10..14 m; place that of a double star, the chief *." His position corresponds with HJ 3930 = 9.7/10.6 at 15".
******************************
07 09 22.5 -00 48 23; Mon
V = 11.9; Size 60"x50"
17.5" (2/2/02): easily picked up at 100x as a fairly small, round halo surrounding a bright mag 11.5 star. Nice view at 280x and 380x. The halo is irregularly round, ~50"x45" with a slightly uneven surface brightness and it appears a bit thinner or pinched on the NW side. Modest contrast gain with a UHC filter at 100x-280x, although this object does not require a filter.
13.1" (1/11/86): bright mag 11.5 central star surrounded by fairly small, round disc. Located between two mag 13 stars 0.8' E and 1.2' W. View enhanced with Daystar 300 filter. Central star is the variable V651 Mon (mag 11.3-13.5).
William Herschel discovered NGC 2346 = H. IV-65 on 5 Mar 1790 (sweep 935). He recorded "a pretty considerable star, 9 or 10m, visibly affected with very faint nebulosity, of very little extent all around. A power of 300x showed the same, but gave a little more extent to the nebulosity. The 22d Monocerotis was quite free from nebulosity." Caroline's reduced position is 1° too far south, but a note was added on the sweep there may be an error of 1°, due to a confusion on the polar distance. The description was included in his 1791 PT paper "On Nebulous Stars".
John Herschel didn't report an observation in either his Slough or Cape catalogues. Dreyer observed the PN on 14 Feb 1877 with the 72" at Birr Castle and reported "*9 mag seems nebulous, especially on the n or np side. At last we agreed that it was nebulous all round. About 4' sp is a reddish *10 with a white-bluish *11 1' south. The nebulous star has a bluish tint."
******************************
07 16 04.0 +64 42 41; Cam
V = 12.5; Size 1.8'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 175°
13.1" (1/11/86): fairly faint, fairly small, bright
core, slightly elongated N-S, diffuse.
Located 4' S of mag 7.3
William Herschel discovered NGC 2347 = H. III-746 on 1 Nov
1788 (sweep 879). He recorded,
"very faint, small, round, little brighter middle." His position, based on Auwers'
reduction, is 3.3' N of
Bigourdan later observed this field in 1894 and 1900. His position for B. 267 = IC 2179 in Comptes Rendus is 07 15 33 +64 57 (2000), which is an excellent match for UGC 3750. CGCG, UGC, MOL, DSFG, RC3, PGC and Uranometria 2000 all label this galaxy as IC 2179. But, Bigourdan's listing in his complete Observations, etc. for B. 267 corresponds with UGC 3759, the galaxy identified as NGC 2347 in modern catalogues and his listing for NGC 2347 matches UGC 3750 (Corwin notes an error in his identification of the reference star). So, Bigourdan reversed the modern identifications.
The question still remains - which of these two galaxies is Herschel's III.746? See Corwin's identification notes for more on this story (also analyzed by Malcolm Thomson).
******************************
07 03 03 -67 23 36; Vol
Size 11'
25" (10/16/17 - OzSky): at 244x; bright, distinctive
group of stars (likely an asterism) appears fully resolved, ~10' diameter, ~35
stars mag 10-14. A bright mag 9.9
star (
John Herschel discovered NGC 2348 = h3074 on 31 Jan 1835 and recorded as a "Coarse loose cluster of about 30 stars, many 11m, one 10m taken." His position corresponds with a mag 10 star in the center of an 8' circular cluster or group.
RNGC calls this "an unverified southern cluster" and neither Lynga, ESO or WEBDA has a listing for this object. Bica et al includes NGC 2348 in a 2001 paper on "Dissolving star cluster candidates"
******************************
07 10 48 -08 36; Mon
17.5" (2/3/03): group of ~30 stars, elongated SW-NE, ~8'x3'. Stands out reasonably well in the field an over background haze but is probably just an asterism. Most stars are 12-14th magnitude. This group is ~11' following John Herschel's position, but the star density is richer on this group. Listed as nonexistent in the RNGC.
Caroline Herschel discovered NGC 2349 = H. VII-27 = h436 on 4 Mar 1783. Three years later on 24 Feb 1786 (sweep 529), William Herschel recorded "An irregular cluster of extremely small stars, considerably compressed, 9 or 10' l, 4 or 5' b with an extending branch towards sp." Close to his position (Auwers' reduction) is the group of stars described in my observation. John Herschel logged on 8 Jan 1831 (sweep 318), "a poor straggling cl, place of a D*", but his position is 1 min of RA too far west and corresponds with a mag 10/11.5 at 30" separation that is not involved in any clustering. Unfortunately JH used his own position in the GC and it was repeated by Dreyer in the NGC.
Based on Heidelberg plates, Karl Reinmuth noted "many st in a dense region, very little clustering." RNGC classifies the number nonexistent (Type 7). See Harold Corwin's identification notes.
******************************
07 13 12.2 +12 15 58; CMi
V = 12.3; Size 1.3'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.1; PA = 110°
17.5" (1/19/91): faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 NW-SE, bright core. Several mag 14 stars are near including one 1' SE of core. A nice double star (mag 10/10 at 20" separation) lies 10' NNE.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2350 = St. 6-6 on 10 Jan 1872. His published micrometric position (list VI, #6) was made 2 years later on 18 Jan 1874 with description "eF, eS, irr R." It was included in his short 6th discovery list (10 objects), published in 1874. He made a later observation on 4 Feb 1878.
******************************
07 13 29 -11 29 12; CMa
= Not found, Gottlieb. Possibly a scattered group around two stars, wrong dec in NGC, Corwin.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2351 = h437 on 9 Mar 1828
(sweep 129) and noted "A loose straggling cluster, place of double
star." There is nothing at his position and even the double star doesn't
seem to be there. Exactly 1 degree north is a mag 9.4/12 double star at
12" separation with two mag 9/10.9 stars 1' NW and 1' SW. But there is no obvious clustering here
on the POSS. Alister Ling
questions if this object is a duplicate of
******************************
07 13 05 -24 02 48; CMa
17.5" (3/8/97): at 82x there is no obvious cluster at this position, although there are about a dozen mag 12/13 stars in a 7' string ~N-S, roughly centered on a mag 11.5 star at 07 13.1 -24 03. At 220x, several fainter stars are visible increasing the total to ~20 stars and it stands out a little better. The stars in the N-S string are arranged in "seagull wings" concave to the west. Listed as nonexistent in RNGC.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2352 = H. VII-15 on 6 Mar 1785 (sweep 381) and called "A small cluster of pretty compressed stars, not very rich." There is nothing at his position, but 40 sec of RA west is string of stars oriented N-S. Howe also "saw nothing noteworthy in the place given for this cluster, except that the whole background contains myriads of minute stars, on the limit of vision." RNGC classifies the number as nonexistent (Type 7).
******************************
NGC 2353 = Cr 130 = Mel 62 = OCL-567
07 14 30 -10 16 00; Mon
V = 7.1; Size 20'
17.5" (3/20/93): over 100 stars mag 6-13 in a 20'
diameter, requires 100x (20mm Nagler) for best view. Richest around mag 6
William Herschel discovered NGC 2353 = H. VIII-34 on 10 Jan
1785 (sweep 356). He noted "an extensive scattered cluster contains a very
bright star [mag 6.0
******************************
07 14 15 -25 41 36; CMa
V = 6.5; Size 20'
17.5" (3/12/94): ~100 stars in a 20' diameter, circular outline, fairly uniform in magnitudes. There are no prominent subgroups or individual stars but the cluster is fairly detached in the field at 100x. Unconcentrated with a 9'x3' void or dark lane in the center elongated N-S. A double star with components 11.5/12.5 at 14" separation is just following the dark lane towards the south end.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2354 = H. VII-16 = h438 on 6 Mar 1785 (sweep 381) and called it "a large cluster of scattered stars, considerably rich, about 20' in diameter or more." His position matches this cluster. John Herschel recorded on 7 Jan 1831 (sweep 317), "loose straggling cl; the preceding part is rather separated from the following, and more comp. Place that of 3 stars in the following part."
******************************
07 16 59 +13 45 00; Gem
Size 9'
18" (3/15/10): fairly rich group with ~70 stars in an
8'-9' diameter group, with the richest portion in the central 4'. On the north side of the central region
is a 13" pair of mag 11/12 stars with a mag 13 star 16" S forming an
easy triple. The stars are pretty
evenly distributed and many are similar magnitudes, though a number appear to
be arranged in strings that extend out radially from the center. The brightest member is a mag 10 star
on the SE side. The cluster shares
the field with mag 8.3
18" (2/23/06): rich cluster at 257x with ~75 stars in an 8' irregular group. Very rich in a 2.5' central "core" with the brightest mag 10 star just SE of this core. The outline is marked by rows of stars giving a triangular outline. Mag 8 HD 56329 lies 7' NE of the cluster.
13.1" (1/18/85): about 50 stars down to mag 14 in a
8'x5' group elongated N-S including a mag 10 star at the SE edge. Rich, fairly compact, a number of stars
are arranged in lanes. Located
about 7' SW of mag 8.0
William Herschel discovered NGC 2355 = H. VI-6 = h439 on 8
Mar 1784 (sweep 161). He recorded "a cluster of stars of various
magnitudes, pretty much compressed in the middle, and the cluster is pretty
rich. Of an irregularly round
form; most of the stars are small and I suppose if it is at all visible in my 7
ft reflector it must assume a nebulous appearance. To the north of it is a pretty considerable star which my
field will take in with the cl."
There is nothing at his position, but 1 min 40 sec of east of his
position is this cluster and it fits his description. A week later (sweep 176) he likely recorded it again as H.
VII-6, assuming it was new. So the
cluster also has the designation
Karl Harding independently found the cluster around 1823 and reported it as a new discovery (7 of the 8 objects in his list were previously discovered). John Herschel recorded on 23 Jan 1832 (sweep 393), "a p rich cl of very small stars; irreg; R; 5' diameter; not bM; st 11...16m." He questioned whether this was his father's H. VI-6.
******************************
NGC 2356 = NGC 2355? = Cr 133 = Mel 63 = OCL-496
07 16 59 +13 45 00; Gem
18" (2/23/06): there is no cluster at William Herschel's position or nearby group of stars that match his description "A pretty rich and compressed cluster of stars" other than NGC 2355 10' S of his position. Corwin equates NGC 2356 = NGC 2355 (see description for NGC 2355). Also about 20' W of Herschel's position are 15 stars in a 3' arrowhead outline. This asterism is well detached in the field and though not impressive is also a possible candidate. A nice equilateral triangle of mag 11.5-12.5 stars with sides of 1' form the eastern corner of the group.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2356 = H. VII-6 on 16 Mar 1784 (sweep 176) and described "A pretty rich and compressed cluster of stars." There is nothing at his place but ~15' S is NGC 2355 and Harold Corwin concludes this number is probably a duplicate observation of NGC 2355. His position for NGC 2355 is not good either - 100 seconds of RA too small!
Based on photographic plates taken at the Heidelberg Obseratory, Reinmuth adds "no Cl north of NGC 2355, in 7h 8m.0 +14d 13' (1860) a loose clustering of st 11... in triangle." At Reinmuth's position (about 1 tmin preceding the NGC position) is a triangular group which stands out pretty well. But NGC 2355 is the best fit for NGC 2356. RNGC classifies the number as nonexistent.
******************************
07 17 40.9 +23 21 23; Gem
V = 13.3; Size 3.5'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 122°
17.5" (1/19/91): faint, large, edge-on 6:1 NW-SE. Appears as a very low surface brightness ghostly streak with no central condensation! A mag 13 star is off the NW end 1.3' from center.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2357 = St. 13-27 on 5 Feb
1878. His uncorrected position was
just off the SE edge of the galaxy.
His published position in his last discovery list was reduced on 6 Feb
1885 and matches
******************************
07 16 56 -17 07; CMa
Size 20'x15'
18" (3/13/10): gorgeous low power Milky Way field at 72x (63'), though nothing stands out distinctly as cluster-like. At the given position (07 16.9 -17 07 (2000), is a weak enhancement, roughly 20' diameter, with a nice quardruple group of mag 10-11 stars on the south side. This field enhancement is only noticeable as the Milky Way is weaker or dusty to the north and south of the group and the background glow brightens near the position of NGC 2358.
Listed as nonexistent in the RNGC and William Herschel's description ""A course scattered cluster of stars, not rich." is not specific enough to pin down his intended "cluster".
William Herschel discovered NGC 2358 = H. VIII-45 on 31 Dec 1785 (sweep 503) and noted "A course scattered cluster of stars, not rich., not compressed" JH did not record an observation of this "cluster" and it was not observed at Birr Castle. There is a large (~20') Milky Way field (described in my observation) including a number of mag 10 stars close to WH's position. RNGC classifies the number as nonexistent (Type 7).
******************************
07 18 31 -13 13 30; CMa
Size 8'x6'
48" (4/13/10): the 5' central region of Thor's Helmet was mesmerizing at 267x and 330x (unfiltered). A large, bright knot is at the south end of the rim where the inner portion of the bright wing that heads southwest connects with the central bubble. Along the northern edge of the rim are three collinear mag 11 stars (2.2' length) oriented E-W. The rim of the bubble is noticeably brighter in a thin arc beginning due north of center (between the two western stars) and extending about 90° clockwise to the west (this portion of Thor's Helmet was catalogued separately as NGC 2361). The rim is also brighter along a 45° thicker arc on the southeast side. The rim has a lower surface brightness on the east and NE side and varies in thickness and brightness around the entire bubble.
Three brighter stars (nearly collinear) and several fainter
stars are superimposed within the main bubble. A second, smaller, incomplete bubble just north of center
outlines an inner dark "hole", which includes one of the brighter
stars. The 11.4-magnitude ionizing
Wolf-Rayet star
17.5" (12/28/00): "Thor's Helmet" is a remarkably bright, detailed nebulosity at 100x using an OIII filter. The central region is a 5' bubble (illuminated by a Wolf-Rayet star) with a brighter rim along the west side giving a "C" appearance with irregular knots, filamentary wisps of nebulosity and areas of thinner nebulosity in the interior. A number of fainter stars are superimposed in the central region along with some brighter mag 11 stars on the north portion of the rim.
The southern "horn" of the helmet is attached at the south end of the bubble and a mag 10.5 star is attached to its SE side. The brightest portion is a thick 4' extension angling towards the WSW. As it extends more directly west it thins out into a long 10' streamer. The northern "horn" of Thor's Helmet" is attached at the northwest end of the central bubble and extends towards the northwest. This section is fairly long and thick but brighter along a thin spine. A fainter strip of nebulosity also begins on the northeast end of the central mass and extends 10' due east. Finally, weak nebulosity was also visible to the southeast of the central "helmet". Illuminated by the Wolf-Rayet star HD 56925 = WR 7.
13.1" (1/28/84): unusual emission nebula, fairly bright, fairly large, about 7'x5'. A thinner strip extends west of a mag 10.8 star on the south end. A few fainter stars are superimposed on the north side. A very faint section is also attached at the NW end extending towards the NW.
13x80mm (1/13/07): the circular central region of Thor's Helmet was easily visible at 13x in my 80mm finder using an OIII filter (24mm Panoptic), though the "horns" of the helmet were not seen.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2359 = H. V-21 = h3075 on 31 Jan 1785 (sweep 363). He recorded "A broad elongated nebulosity, in the form of a parallelogram with a short ray southwards from the south preceding corner. The nebulosity between the milky and resolvable, almost of an equal brightness; but very faint. The parallelogram about 8' long and 5 or 6' broad, but ill-defined. I was doubtful at first; but on giveing a side-motion [trackiing horizontally] to the telescope so as to compare it with the other parts of the heavens, it appeared very plainly." He published a sketch in his 1811 paper (Fig. 3) as an illustration "of detached Nebulosity" with three sections drawn.
John Herschel observed this nebula from the Cape and
recorded "a very singular nebula, much like the profile of a bust, (head,
neck and shoulders,) or a silhouette portrait, very large, pretty well defined,
light nearly uniform, about 12' diameter. In a crowded field of milky way
stars, many of which are projected on it." His RA was exactly 1 minute too small (but accurate in NPD)
and this position was copied into the GC and later the NGC. Howe noted this error when he observed
the nebula. Herschel's sketch
(Plate IV, figure 4) shows the silhouette shape well with the shoulders/bust
region the brighter "wing". See notes for
Joseph Turner made a more accurate sketch on 24 Jan 1876 with the Great Melbourne Telescope. The main 5' bubble is depected as annular with some interior nebulosity particularly south of the central star. The main tail was sketched accurately, though it ends before the thin streamer section. The prepared lithograph of the nebula was not published.
I'm surprised NGC 2359 is mentioned in Garrett Serviss' 1901 "Pleasures of the Telescope" written for at most 5-inch telescopes: "In [GC] 1511 we have a faint nebula remarkable for the rows of minute stars in and near it." And in the 1909 book "In Starland with a 3-inch Telescope", William Olcott repeats "Note the nebula [GC] 1511 and the curving row of faint stars near it."
Based on plate taken with the 60-inch at Mt Wilson in 1917, Pease reported: "Sir John Herschel pictured it as resembling a bust, while Lassell drew it like balloon, with a long neck twisted in the Sp direction. The balloon or head is approximately 5' in diameter; the neck is to the south, with nebulosity about 1' wide extending 8' west, concave on the north and gradually narrowing and fading out. From the top (N) of the head a symmetrical streamer concave to the south extends in the western direction...A second streamer about 1' wide extends east from the top of the head to a distance of 9'."
******************************
NGC 2360 = Cr 134 = Mel 64 = OCL-589
07 17 43 -15 38 30; CMa
V = 7.2; Size 13'
13.1" (1/28/84): includes about 40 fainter stars in an
elongated, arrowhead shape with mag 9
Caroline Herschel discovered NGC 2360 = H. VII-12 = h440 =
h3076 on 26 Feb 1783 with a small refractor. This cluster was her first deep sky discovery, though
entered as #2 in her discovery log (
On 4 Feb 1785 (sweep 366) William recorded VII-12 as "a large cluster of pretty compressed scattered stars, near 1/2° in diam, considerably rich, most of the stars of the same size." On 31 Dec 1785 (sweep 503) he wrote, "A beautiful cluster of pretty compressed stars, very large." John Herschel recorded it from the Cape of Good Hope on 12 Feb 1836 as the "Middle of a fine large, rich cluster, not compressed to the middle. Stars 9..12th mag; fills field."
******************************
NGC 2361 = Part of NGC 2359 = LBN 1041 = Sh 2-298 = Thor's Helmet = Duck Nebula
07 18 23.4 -13 12 40; CMa
48" (4/15/10): Along the northern edge of the rim of Thor's Helmet are three collinear mag 11 stars (2.2' length) oriented E-W. The rim of the bubble is noticeably brighter in a thin arc beginning due north of center (between the two western stars) and extending about 90° clockwise to the west. Bigourdan's NGC 2361 refers to this brighter portion of the Wolf-Rayet nebula. See observing notes for NGC 2359 for a complete description of the nebula.
Guillaume Bigourdan discovered NGC 2361 = Big. 27 on 25 Feb 1887. Harold Corwin identifies NGC 2361 with a bright knot along the west side of the main bubble of NGC 2359. Wolfgang Steinicke lists Wilhelm Tempel as a co-discoverer (in 1887), though he is not credited in the NGC.
******************************
07 18 42 -24 57 18; CMa
V = 4.1; Size 8'
13.1" (1/30/06 - Costa Rica): gorgeous low power field surrounding Tau CMa using the 20 Nagler (75x). Tau was easily resolved into a triple with two mag 10 and 11.2 companions at 8.5" and 14" to the east. At 170x, 75-80 stars were visible and the cluster appears fully resolved. A string of stars passes to the north of Tau oriented NW to SE. Several faint stars and a detached clump lie to the north of Tau beyond the string. A mag 8.5 star marks the south border of the cluster.
13.1" (2/18/04 - Costa Rica): stunning open cluster at 105x surrounding Tau Canis Majoris which is a very close triple star. Perhaps 75 stars are resolved in a well-detached 6' region.
17.5" (3/2/02): at 100x, this is a gorgeous, uniformly rich cluster surrounding Tau CMa, which is offset north of center. A WNW-ESE string of stars north of Tau gives a flattened border and the rich southern portion tapers to the south giving a triangular appearance. At 220x, ~60 stars are visible in a 6' diameter, many of 10.5-11. Just following the central star to the ESE are two mag 11 companions. Several other fainter stars are in the central core including one fairly close preceding.
17.5" (2/28/87): about 75 stars in 6' diameter surrounding Tau Canis Majoris (V = 4.4) in an unusually rich, impressive cluster! Tau is resolved into several components.
13.1": 50 stars in a triangular-shape surrounding Tau Canis Majoris, very rich, impressive.
Giovanni Hodierna probably discovered NGC 2362 = H. VII-17 = h441 = h3077 around 1654. It was apparently marked on his map ENE of Delta CMa.
According to Wolfgang Steinicke, William Herschel independently discovered the cluster on 4 Mar 1783 with his 6.2" reflector before starting his sweeps. He simply noted "30 Canis Majoris (Tau CMa), a cluster of stars." He found it again on sweep 381 with his 18.7" on 6 Mar 1785. He wrote, "a most beautiful cluster of pretty large stars with one of the 7th magnitude in the center, which however I suppose does not belong to it." Herschel was credited with the discovery in the NGC.
John Herschel observed the cluster from both Slough and the Cape of Good Hope. In the southern hemisphere he recorded "a fine cluster of discrete stars, 60 or 70 in number. R, gradually brighter in the middle, 8' diameter." It's surprising this bright cluster wasn't also found by one of Messier's contemporaries.
******************************
07 28 29.6 +69 11 34; Cam
Size 1.7'x1.1'; PA = 20°
48" (4/15/10): NGC 2363 is either a small satellite
galaxy of
A 2010 study suggests NGC 2363 was very close to the southern tip of NGC 2366 less than 10 Myr ago, and could have triggered the interaction which has led to the strong episodes of star formation in the southern half of NGC 2366 as well as this galaxy.
Ralph Copeland discovered NGC 2363 on 9 Mar 1874 with the
72" while observing NGC 2366.
He noted a "diffused nebulosity preceding, pos. 265.9°, dist
71.4"." Copeland's
offsets were measured with respect to the unusually bright HII knot at the
southwest end of the galaxy, which has always been assumed to be NGC 2363. But Copeland's "diffused
nebulosity preceding" refers to
CGCG misidentifies NGC 2363 as the "bright emission patch at the SW end of NGC 2366" and RNGC misclassifies NGC 2363 as nonexistent with the comment "Patch in NGC 2366, Zwicky". See Harold Corwin's identification notes for the complete story.
******************************
07 20 47 -07 33 00; Mon
18" (3/13/04): pretty neat group of 50-60 stars at 115x arranged in two rows of stars converging towards the north. The eastern group of stars hooks on the SE end, bending back towards the north. Both groups have strings of faint stars extending to the north beyond a mag 9.5 star located ~5' N of the main groups. Listed as a nonexistent cluster in the RNGC, although the group is fairly distinctive.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2364 = h442 on 8 Jan 1831 (sweep 318) and noted "Two small pretty close groups of pL stars in the milky way, rather a remarkable cl." There are two strings of stars at Herschel's position, matching his description. RNGC classifies this object as nonexistent (Type 7).
William Herchel apparently made the original discovery on 24 Feb 1786 (sweep 529) and noted "Clustering stars, in three short parallel lines, the two last whereof are joined to the sp; the placed taken is that of the middle lane." Caroline didn't assign it a general discovery number, so it wasn't included in his catalogues.
******************************
07 22 22.5 +22 05 00; Gem
V = 12.4; Size 2.4'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 170°
24" (2/14/15): at 260x; moderately bright and large, elongated 2:1 N-S, ~1.2'x0.6', well concentrated with a bright oval core. A mag 14 star is at the southwest edge [48" from center]. Located 32' ENE of mag 3.5 Delta Geminorum.
Forms a close pair with
17.5" (1/19/91): fairly faint, fairly small, oval 3:2 NNW-SSE, bright core. A mag 14 star is just off the SW side 0.7' from center and a mag 12.5 star is 1.3' SW.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2365 = m 102 = St. 6-7 on 10 Nov 1864 with Lassell's 48" and recorded "vF, pS, R, pretty suddenly brighter in the middle." Édouard Stephan observed the galaxy on 10 Jan 1872 (probably aware of Marth's discovery). He measured an accurate position on 13 Jan 1874 and reported it as new in his 6th discovery list (#7).
******************************
NGC 2366 = UGC 3851 = MCG +12-07-040 = CGCG 330-038 = Mrk 71 = PGC 21102
07 28 55.0 +69 12 57; Cam
V = 11.1; Size 8.1'x3.3'; Surf Br = 14.6; PA = 25°
48" (4/15/10): The most striking feature of NGC 2366 is
a prominent double knot (giant HII/starburst complex) at the SW end (also known
as
NGC 2363, a low surface brightness companion or detached OB association/HII region, lies 1.2' W of the bright double knot. At 330x it appeared fairly faint, moderately large, elongated 2:1 or 5:2 SW-NE, with a low but irregular surface brightness.
18" (3/19/04): at the SW end of the galaxy is a very bright knot (HII region), roughly mag 12.5 and perhaps 15" in size which responds to a UHC filter at 160x! At 323x this knot is irregular in shape (~20"x15", SW-NE) and brightness and at moments resolves into two or three components. The galaxy itself is fairly faint, large, and very elongated SSW-NNE, 3.5'x1.0', with a low surface brightness.
13.1" (1/11/86): fairly faint, very large, elongated 5:2 SW-NE, low almost even surface brightness. An unusually bright HII region is at the SW end of the galaxy (2' from the center) and appears as a "fuzzy" 12th magnitude star. Although very small, it appeared elongated SW-NE and similar to a poorly resolved double star. Definite contrast gain with OIII filter.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2366 = H. III-748 on 3 Dec 1788 (sweep 889). He called it "very faint, very small, stellar. 300x confirmed it and showed a vF branch to the north following." His description and position matches the prominent HII region at the southwest end of the galaxy. The "very faint branch [northeast]" refers to the actual galaxy. So, NGC 2366 applies to the HII region (also known as Mrk 71) as well as the galaxy. Modern sources misidentify the large HII knot as NGC 2363. See historical comments for NGC 2363.
Ralph Copeland described it on 9 Mar 1874 with the 72" as a "diffused neby preceding, pos 265.9°, dist 71.4" Neb * or neb knot post 318°, dist 77.6". The object has a curved tail, pos 30.9°, convex on the following side, traced 9' or 10'. The neb knot preceding is connected with the principal enbulosity. Line of stars spp, curved towards preceding side, nebulous? At least the enbula appears to extend so far on spp side. [See Pl I.]."
******************************
07 20 05 -21 53 06; CMa
V = 7.9; Size 4'
17.5": 25 stars in a distinctive, fairly rich 6' group
which is elongated N-S. The
brightest star
William Herschel discovered NGC 2367 = H. VIII-27 on 20 Nov 1784 (sweep 326) and recorded "a small cluster of scattered stars, not rich, nor very compressed." His position is ~3' south of the center of this compact cluster.
******************************
07 20 59 -10 22 48; Mon
Size 5'
17.5" (3/20/93): two dozen stars mag 12-14 in 4' diameter, unimpressive although unusual form, no dense spots. Divided into two distinct groupings; a dozen stars in the SW triangular group with a double star 12/13 at 18" separation at the west end; also a dozen stars in the NE group consists of two strings of stars oriented ~N-S forming a thin triangle. The two groups are separated by a dark lane oriented NW-SE. The classification of this group as a true cluster is doubtful.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2368 = h443 on 9 Mar 1828 (sweep 129) and described "the preceding star (which is red) of a pretty rich small cluster; fig irreg triangular; stars 15m - in Milky Way." His position is on the southwest side of the group.
******************************
07 16 37.7 -62 20 37; Car
V = 12.3; Size 3.5'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 177°
24" (4/11/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at
260x appeared bright, large, very elongated 5:2 N-S, 2.4'x0.9', broad
concentration with a slightly bulging middle. A 16th magnitude star is at the north end and a mag 15 star
is just following the core. Nearly
collinear with two mag 12/13 stars 2.5' and 3' NE. Brightest in a group with
13.1" (2/20/04 - Costa Rica): at 166x this Carina galaxy is fairly faint, fairly large, elongated 5:2 N-S, 1.7'x0.6', broad weak concentration but overall has a fairly low surface brightness (viewed at 16° elevation). In a group with NGC 2381 and NGC 2417.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2369 = h3078 on 26 Dec 1834 and recorded "pB, E or irregular figure, gradually little brighter middle." His position (2 sweeps) is accurate.
Joseph Turner sketched this object on 15 Jan 1877 with the Great Melbourne Telescope as a thin streak oriented exactly N-S (unpublished plate V, figure 40) as well as Pietro Baracchi on 16 Mar 1885.
******************************
07 25 01.7 +23 47 01; Gem
V = 13.6; Size 0.9'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 43°
17.5" (2/8/91): fairly faint, small, elongated 2:1 SW-NE, 0.8'x0.4', even surface brightness. A mag 14 star is attached at the NE end 0.4' from center. The galaxy appears to extend from the star like a comet tail!
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2370 = m 103 on 10 Nov 1864 with
Lassell's 48" and recorded "eF, vS, E." His position is 1' south of
******************************
07 25 33.8 +29 29 18; Gem
V = 11.2; Size 74"x54"
48" (4/1/11 and 3/1/19): I was stunned by the view of this bipolar nebula. There was so much intricate detail in NGC 2371/72 that there was little resemblance to previous views through my 17.5" and 18" scopes. The most prominent feature is a pair of irregularly round, very bright nodules on the southwest and northeast side of the boxy, elongated central region. Each nodule was distinctive and varied in surface brightness and shape with the southwest lobe brighter. Filamentary streamers or a "hairy tail" extended from the northeast node towards the northwest and similar wisps extended mainly southeast from the southwest node, creating a sense of rotation around the fairly bright central star (mag 14.9). The interior and sides were filled with much fainter nebulosity. A very faint filament connected the main lobes on the northwest edge. Two amazing outer wings (similar in visibility) are detached from the main 1' structure and symmetrically hang 1' NW and 1' SE from the central star. These wings or "polar caps" were easily visible without a filter at 488x and both extended ~40"x10" in a SW-NE orientation, increasing the total diameter of the planetary to 2'. A mag 13.5 star lies 1.5' NW (beyond the NW wing) and a mag 16 star is 50" NE of center.
24" (4/13/18): at 220x and NPB filter; the detached NW outer wing (1' from center) was faint but not difficult as an extended strip of nebulosity ~30"x10", oriented SSW-NNE. A mag 13.8 star is outside the wing to the west [1.5' from center]. The slightly fainter trailing wing required averted vision to glimpse, but is symmetrically placed 1' SE of center and well detached from the central bi-polar body.
17.5" (2/14/99): very unusual appearance at 380x with two bright knots oriented SW-NE about 30" between centers and 0.9' in total length. The southwest knot is 15"-20" in size, slightly elongated and the brighter of the two. The northeast condensation has a slightly lower surface brightness and appears ~20" in diameter. The faint mag 14.9 central star is symmetrically placed between the knots. Weaker nebulosity connects the two knots giving a "dogbone" appearance with a very faint rounder halo encasing the structure!
17.5" (2/13/88): unusual planetary, bright, moderately large, elongated SW-NE. Two bright knots are at both ends (with two NGC designations) although the SW end is brighter and concentrated.
13.1" (2/25/84): two condensations in halo. The WSW side is brighter and sharper.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2371 = H. II-316 = h444,
along with
On 17 Feb 1827 (sweep 57), John Herschel called NGC 2371 "the south-preceding of a curious bright double neb or an elongated bicentral neb; nuclei approaching to stars 45° nf or sp - distance of centre 60". See fig 72."
On 19 Dec 1848, Lord Rosse and/or assistant George Johnstone Stoney logged a "bright star between, tails and curved filaments, perhaps an annulus round the two nebulae." A sketch made three nights later was included in Rosse's 1850 publication (fig. 6). William Lassell made an observation in March 1853 with his 24-inch equatorial reflector from Malta. He noted the "preceding one [nebula] is the brightest" and made a sketch (figure IX in his 1854 MRAS paper). Using his 48-inch on 24 Mar 1862 from Malta, he sketched the two ansae as outer symmetrical arcs.
Based on Crossley photographs, Curtis (1918) reported the "Brightest portion consists of two lobes which together form an irregular and patchy oval. The brightest part of these lobes are 35" apart in pa 65°; the toal diameter in this direction is 54". Two very faint, curved outliers are each 60" distant in the prolongation of the major axis in pa 126-306°. A narrow vacant lane runs between the lobes, nearly in the major axis, and widens to include the central star." The emission spectrum (PN) was first found by Campbell and Moore).
******************************
NGC 2372 = PK 189+19.1 = PN G189.1+19.8 = Peanut Nebula = Double Bubble Nebula
07 25 35.8 +29 29 30; Gem
V = 11.2; Size 74"x54"
48" (4/1/11): see description for NGC 2371.
17.5": see description for NGC 2371.
13.1": this is the fainter NE component of NGC 2371/NGC 2372. Slightly fainter and more diffuse than NGC 2371.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2372 = H. II-317 = h445, along with NGC 2371, on 12 Mar 1785 (sweep 385). See NGC 2371 for his description.
******************************
07 26 36.9 +33 49 25; Gem
V = 13.8; Size 0.6'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.3; PA = 0°
18" (1/13/07): faint, very small, round, 20". A mag 12.7 star is just off the NE side
24" from the center. Located
6.8' W of
13.1" (2/23/85): faint, elongated, small. A mag 13 star is at the NE edge. Forms a trio with NGC 2375 6.7' E and
George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 2373 = St. 9-8, along with NGC 2375, on 20 Feb 1849. He recorded "6 nebulae of which epsilon [NGC 2375] is perhaps a double star." NGC 2373 was labeled Zeta on the sketch in the 1861 publication and accurately measured from NGC 2375, although John Herschel didn't assign an GC designation. Dreyer first catalogued NGC 2373 as GCS 5380. Édouard Stephan independently discovered the galaxy on 4 Feb 1878 and reduced an accurate position 4 days later.
******************************
07 23 56 -13 15 48; CMa
V = 8.0; Size 19'
17.5" (3/12/94): ~50-60 stars in 7'x4' region elongated SW-NE. Located in a rich star field so the cluster does not have a distinct border. A detached group with four brighter mag 10-11 stars is off the NE end. The richest portion is 3'-4' diameter at the SW end and consists of three dozen stars over some unresolved haze. At the SW edge is a nice curving U-shaped group of 9 stars mag 13 that is open to the SW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2374 = H. VIII-35 = h3080 on 31 Jan 1785 (sweep 363). It was found immediately after discovery NGC 2359 ("Thor's Helmet"). Based on 3 observation he described "a cluster of pretty large scattered stars, pretty rich, about 20' long, crooked figure." John Herschel observed it from the Cape of Good Hope and recorded "the most compressed part of a scattered cluster or rather region, more crowded with stars than the rest of the milky way, though hardly entitled to rank as a cluster. The stars run in singular lines and curves on a dark ground."
******************************
NGC 2375 = UGC 3854 = MCG +06-17-005 = CGCG 177-017 = PGC 21035
07 27 09.5 +33 49 54; Gem
V = 13.6; Size 1.3'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 170°
18" (1/13/07): faint, fairly small, elongated 5:3 ~N-S, 0.7'x0.4', broad concentration. Larger but lower surface brightness than NGC 2379 3.6' ESE.
13.1" (2/23/85): second of three in the NGC 2389 group. Faint, low surface brightness, appears larger than nearby NGC 2379 3.7' E. NGC 2375 lies 6.7' W.
George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 2375 = St. IX-9, along with NGC 2373, on 20 Feb 1849. He recorded "6 nebulae of which epsilon [NGC 2375] is perhaps a double star." Although the sketch was included in the Lord Rosse's 1861 publication, John Herschel didn't assign it a GC designation. Dreyer first catalogued NGC 2375 as GCS 5383. Édouard Stephan independently discovered the galaxy on 4 Feb 1878 and reduced an accurate position 4 days later, published in list 9, #9. Both Rosse (1) and Stephan (2) were credited in the NGC.
******************************
07 26 35.9 +23 04 23; Gem
V = 13.8; Size 0.6'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.5
17.5" (2/8/91): very faint, very small, round. A mag 15.5 star is attached at the west end.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2376 = m 104 on 10 Nov 1864 with
Lassell's 48" and recorded "eF, vS." His position matches
******************************
07 24 56.8 -09 39 37; Mon
V = 12.7; Size 1.7'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 170°
18" (3/4/08): unusual location for a galaxy in a rich Milky Way star field. At 220x appears fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 4:3 SW-NE, low even surface brightness. A mag 13 star is embedded on the south end and a mag 14.7 stars is on the NE side. Finally, an extremely faint mag 15.5 star is occasionally visible close south of the fainter star.
17.5" (3/7/92): faint, fairly small, elongated SSW-NNE, ~1.0'x0.5', low surface brightness, no core. A mag 12 star is attached at the south end and an extremely faint mag 15 star is involved at the north end. Appears diffuse with ill-defined edges and seems similar to a faint nebulosity in a rich Milky Way field! Unusually low galactic latitude for a galaxy. Incorrectly listed as nonexistent in RNGC but plotted on U2000.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2377 = St. 6-8 on 12 Jan 1874 with description "eF, irregular, diffuse, very faint star [ncl?] involved, *11 south edge". His accurate micrometric position (Esmiol's reduction) matches UGCA 132, although RNGC misclassified this galaxy as nonexistent (Type 7).
******************************
07 27 24.1 +33 49 52; Gem
= **, Corwin.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2378 = St. 9-10 on 8 Feb 1878. At Stephan's position is a close pair of stars (mag 14.7/15.2 at 8" separation). The double is cleanly resolved on the DSS. The RNGC incorrectly equates NGC 2378 = NGC 2379.
******************************
NGC 2379 = UGC 3857 = MCG +06-17-006 = CGCG 177-018 = PGC 21036
07 27 26.3 +33 48 40; Gem
V = 13.5; Size 0.9'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.9
18" (1/13/07): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated, 25" diameter, very small bright core, stellar nucleus. This compact galaxy has a fairly high surface brightenss. A mag 12.5 star lies 1' NW and a mag 11 star 3.6' NE. NGC 2375 lies 3.6' WNW.
13.1" (2/23/85): third of seven in the NGC 2389 group. Faint, extremely small, round. A mag 12.5 star is 1.0' WNW of center. NGC 2375 lies 3.7' W.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2379 = h446 = St. 9-11 on 6 Mar
1828 (sweep 128) and simply noted "first of four [with
******************************
07 23 54.6 -27 31 43; CMa
V = 11.2; Size 2.0'x1.9'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 99°
17.5" (1/1/92): fairly faint, fairly small, round, bright core, compact but fairly high surface brightness, appears out of place in very rich Milky Way field. Located only 5.7° below the galactic equator!
John Herschel discovered NGC 2380 = h3079 on 5 Feb 1837 and
called "pF, R, very gradually much brighter middle, 40", in a rich
field." His position matches
******************************
NGC 2381 = ESO 088-010 = LGG 144-003 = PGC 20694
07 19 57.4 -63 04 01; Car
V = 12.8; Size 1.6'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.5
24" (4/11/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at
260x appeared moderately bright, fairly small, round, sharply concentrated with
a very bright 25" core that increases to a stellar nucleus. The core is surrounded by a much
fainter, fairly small halo, ~0.8' diameter. A mag 13 star lies 2' NE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2381 = h3084 on 26 Dec 1834 and
noted as "vF, vS, R. In a field full of stars." His position is just off the southwest
side of
******************************
07 23 54.6 -27 31 43; CMa
See observing notes for NGC 2380.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2382 = h3082 on 1 Feb and recorded "pF; R; bM; 30"; nearly on meridian of Eta Canis, or perhaps somewhat preceding." He gave approximate coordinates and his position is 9' north and 18 seconds of time west of NGC 2380 (discovered 4 days later). Herbert Howe couldn't find NGC 2382 at Herschel's position, but gives a corrected position, which corresponds with NGC 2380. ESO equates NGC 2380 = NGC 2382 and Harold Corwin concurs.
******************************
07 24 43 -20 56 54; CMa
V = 8.4; Size 6'
17.5" (3/7/92): about 30 stars mag 10-14 in 5' diameter
and rich in mag 13-14 stars near the center. Includes three mag 10 stars; one at the west end, another
just east of center and the last at the east end. Just SW of the mag 10 star near the center is a rich glowing
knot which is very pretty with averted.
The cluster is set over unresolved background haze.
8" (3/28/81): small, rich cluster of mag 11-13 stars, three mag 10 stars are near, NGC 2384 lies 8' SSE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2383 = h3081 on 15 Feb 1836 (along with NGC 2384 = h3083) and recorded "cluster, irregularly round, pretty much compressed, 6'. Stars of mixed magnitudes." His first position (of two) is accurate.
******************************
NGC 2384 = Cr 143 = ESO 559-009
07 25 12 -21 01 24; CMa
V = 7.4; Size 3'
17.5" (3/7/92): about 20 stars mag 9-14 in an elongated E-W group about 5' length. Includes the close bright double star HJ 3964 = 9.0/9.7 at 5" near the center. A mag 9 star is at the west end and close east are two mag 11/12 stars and a group of six fainter stars. The rest of the cluster mainly consists of a string of six brighter stars oriented SW-NE with h3964 at the SW end of this string and a mag 10 star 30" SSE. In the same field with richer NGC 2383 8' NW.
8": small group, including 9.0/9.6 at 5".
John Herschel discovered NGC 2384 = h3083 on 15 Feb 1836 and described as "a cluster composed to two groups of bright stars separated in RA by a dark interval. Chief star of preceding group taken." His position (measured on two sweeps) is accurate.
******************************
NGC 2385 = MCG +06-17-008 = CGCG 177-020 = WBL 142-001 = PGC 21080
07 28 28.2 +33 50 16; Gem
V = 13.9; Size 1.0'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 50°
18" (1/13/07): faintest of trio with NGC 2389 7.7' ENE
and
13.1" (2/23/85): extremely faint, very small, possibly elongated. Located 5' W of NGC 2388. Fourth of seven in the NGC 2389 group.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2385 = H. III-900 = h447, along with NGC 2388, on 4 Feb 1793 (sweep 1031). His description reads, "I suspected another a little south preceding [of NGC 2389] and 300x confirmed it; and a third almost directly preceding [NGC 2385], and 300x confirms that also. I saw all the three very plainly."
******************************
07 28 38.1 +33 46 29; Gem
18" (1/13/07): this is an 18" pair of mag 13/14 stars that was misidentified by Rosse as a nebulous object in the field of NGC 2389. There is a fainter mag 15 star a bit further west forming a triangle.
Lawrence Parsons, the 4th Earl of Rosse, discovered NGC 2386 on 1 Jan 1876 while observing the NGC 2374-2391 group. His micrometric offsets from GC 1530 = NGC 2388 (342" in PA 103°) points to a close double (mag ~14.5/15.5 at 3") with a third mag 14.5 star at 18". Dorothy Carlson, in her 1940 lists of NGC/IC corrections, identifies NGC 2386 as a triple star, and Harold Corwin concurs with this conclusion.
******************************
07 29 26.1 +36 46 07; Aur
Size 8"
24" (2/22/14): at 125x, this 7" double star generally appeared as an unresolved quasi-stellar glow and it was easy to see how it could be mistaken as a possible nebula. At 200x, it was often cleanly resolved, but still the fainter companion is dim enough to often appear not as a sharp star, but a very faint "appendage" to the brighter component, mimicking a tiny nebula. Also, there are 3 mag 15-16 stars closeby [within 25"] that perhaps contribute to noticing this pair. At 260x and above, the pair was nearly always resolved cleanly.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2387 = H. II-820 on 10 Mar 1790 (sweep 937) and recorded "pB, S, stellar. The wind too high to verify it." There is nothing at his position, but Harold Corwin suggests Herschel most likely picked up a faint double only 1.5' north of his position (based on Auwers' reduction). This pair looked like a tiny nebula in my scope at 200x. Karl Reinmuth, in his 1926 photographic survey at Heidelberg, describes NGC 2387 as a single mag 13.5 star with "a small group of 5 small stars nnp 3'." Corwin's double is part of these "5 small stars".
Dreyer took CGCG 177-023 as H. II-820 on his 23 Feb 1876 observation with the 72": "Irr R, probably lE pf, looks like a hazy star. Forms a rectangular triangle with a *16 sf and a *17 nff about 2' distant. 3 st 14-15m preceding in a curved line, the nearest one in Pos 279.5°, 161.2"." This galaxy is ~25 sec of RA west and 8' N of WH's position and his description and class (II) does not fit this galaxy. RNGC, CGCG and PGC also misidentify CGCG 177-023 as NGC 2387. So, assuming WH's observation refers to the double star, CGCG 177-023 is left without a NGC designation. Also, see Harold Corwin's comments.
******************************
NGC 2388 = UGC 3870 = MCG +06-17-010 = CGCG 177-022 = WBL 142-002 = PGC 21099
07 28 53.5 +33 49 08; Gem
V = 13.8; Size 1.0'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 65°
18" (1/13/07): fairly faint, small, elongated 3:2 WSW-ENE, 0.6'x0.4', small brighter core. A mag 13.5 star lies 1' NE of center. Located 3.4' SW of NGC 2389 with NGC 2385 5.4' WNW.
13.1" (2/23/85): fifth of seven in the NGC 2389 group. Faint, small, slightly elongated SW-NE. NGC 2389 lies 3.4' NE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2388 = H. III-901 = h448, along with NGC 2385, on 4 Feb 1793 (sweep 1031). See description under NGC 2385. John Herschel (in the GC) and Dreyer (in the NGC) assigned H. III-900 to NGC 2388.
******************************
NGC 2389 = UGC 3872 = MCG +06-17-011 = CGCG 177-024 = WBL 142-003 = PGC 21109
07 29 04.7 +33 51 38; Gem
V = 12.9; Size 2.0'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 83°
18" (1/13/07): brightest galaxy in a group. At 280x appeared moderately bright,
fairly small, oval 5:3 ~E-W, ~1.1'x0.7' though the outer halo fades into the
background gradually so difficult to trace with averted vision. Broad, weak concentration with no
well-defined core althought there is a small brighter nucleus with direct
vision. Trio with NGC 2388 3.4' SW
and NGC 2385 7.7' WSW. Also, an
unusual edge-on
13.1" (2/23/85): this galaxy is the brightest in the NGC 2389 group. Fairly faint, slightly elongated ~E-W, bright core. Third of three in a tight subgroup with NGC 2385 and NGC 2388.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2389 = H. III-703 = h449 on 5 Feb 1788 (sweep 807). His description reads, "very faint; very small; perhaps a patch of star." On 4 Feb 1793 (sweep 1031) he confirmed it was a nebula and logged "very faint, bright middle, round." Herschel also discovered NGC 2385 and 2388 on this sweep. Dreyer misassigned H. III-901 to NGC 2389.
******************************
07 29 04.2 +33 50 10; Gem
18" (1/13/07): this is a 14th magnitude star located 1.4' S of NGC 2389. Misidentified as a nebulous object by Robert Ball, a Birr Castle assistant.
Sir Robert Ball, an assistant on the Lord Rosse's 72"
telescope, discovered NGC 2390 and 2391 on 10 Dec 1866. His description mentions "Eta is
faint and perhaps little elongated."
He placed this object 82.1" in PA 181° (south) with respect to NGC
2389 and at this position is a mag 14.7 star. Bigourdan was unable to find Ball's object and Karl
Reinmuth, in his 1926 photographic survey "Die Herschel-Nebel",
states "eeS, *15.5?".
******************************
07 29 07.5 +33 49 33; Gem
= *, Corwin. "Not found", Carlson
Sir Robert Ball, an assistant on the Lord Rosse's 72" telescope, discovered NGC 2391 on 10 Dec 1866 (along with NGC 2390) and noted "Theta is eF and S and only seen by glimpses." He placed this object 147" in PA 163.5° with respect to NGC 2389 and at this position is a mag 15.6 star. Karl Reinmuth, in his 1926 photographic survey "Die Herschel-Nebel", describes a "*14.7, nebulous?, 2.2' ssf of N2389." Nearby NGC 2390 is also a faint star.
******************************
07 29 10.8 +20 54 42; Gem
V = 9.2; Size 47"x43"
48" (4/1/11 and 4/28/22): at 488x and 976x; the view of the double green shells was stunning. The inner, brilliant annulus is irregularly shaped, with an elongated bulge on the north side. The inner ring essentially splits into two sections at the north end with a darker interior forming a small "pouch" within the ring. This feature creates a "chin" (brighter along its northern edge) at the bottom of the Eskimo's "face" in the eyepiece view. The outer shell is irregularly lit and brighter along the southern rim.
18" (2/24/06): viewed at 807x in good seeing. This remarkable double-shelled planetary has a darker ring around the bright, 9th magnitude central star. The darker ring is surrounded by fairly narrow bright annulus, perhaps 20" in diameter. The rim of the inner annulus appears slightly brighter along the western half and brightest along the northwest section. Moving outwards, a narrow darker ring separates the inner shell from a large, lower surface brightness outer halo that extends to nearly 1' in diameter (listed diameter is only 47").
17.5" (12/19/87): using 410x exhibits a prominent
double shell structure with a very bright inner shell about 20" diameter
with a darker central hole surrounding a very bright mag 9 central star. The Eskimo has a very high surface
brightness with a bluish color and easily takes this magnification. The inner shell is surrounded by a thin
dark ring about 2/3 of the way out from center and a faint, barely detached outer
halo. Located 1.6' S of mag 8.3
13.1" (1/28/84): bright mag 9 central star surrounded by a double shell with a bright inner disk and a dark ring separates the two shells.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2392 = H. IV-45 = h450 on 17
Jan 1787 (sweep 694). He described
"a star with a pretty strong milky nebulosity equally dispersed all
around. The star about 9m. Having but just began I suspected the
glass to be covered with damp, or my eye not yet to be in order; however a star
10 or 11m just north of it was free from the same appearance. A very
curious phenomenon; like my northern Planetary [
Birr Castle assistant George Johnstone Stoney discovered the annular shape on 20 Feb 1849. Stoney called the object "most astonishing" and his sketch (figure 15 in the 1850 PT paper) also shows a dark spot just to the right (west?) of the central star. William Lassell reported a similar appearance with his 24-inch in January 1853: "The nebulous star has its envelope evidently fainter on the preceding side. Its circular outline is almost wanting there. About half-way between the centre and circumference there is a narrow, concentric, dark ring, within which the nebula is brighter than the exterior portion." His sketch was published in his 1854 MRAS paper (figure 6) on observations from Malta.
Using an 18.2-inch silvered-glass reflector Henry Cooper Key reported, "the present appearance of this object, as seen in my instrument, is that of a bright, but somewhat nebulous star closely surrounded by a dark ring; this again by a luminous ring; then an interval much less luminous, and, finally, at some distance, an exterior luminous ring" (1867MNRAS..28....2A). Father Secchi also sketched the double ring structure with the 9.5" refractor in Rome around 1856 as well as Barnard with the 12-inch refractor at Lick Observatory on 10 Apr 1890. He reported "a condensed point or 2 in the preceding part [of the inner disc], then there seems to be a dark vacuity about this disc and then a fainter nebulous ring. It is a remarkable object."
Heinrich d'Arrest made the first spectroscopic confirmation as a PN in 1872.
The CGCG misidentifies
******************************
07 30 04.7 +34 01 39; Gem
V = 14.0; Size 1.2'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 103°
18" (1/13/07): very faint, fairly small, slightly elongated E-W, 0.6'x0.5', low even surface brightness. Located 16' NE of NGC 2389 in a cluster.
13.1" (2/23/85): extremely faint, similar in size to NGC 2388 but a lower surface brightness. Located 16' NE of NGC 2389. Last of 7 in the cluster.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2393 = St. 13-28 on 5 Feb 1878. His published position was reduced on 7 Feb 1885 and published the same year in his last discovery list.
******************************
07 28 37 +07 05 12; CMi
18" (3/13/04): at 115x, appears as a 15'x5' scattered group of roughly two dozen stars, extended E-W. Includes a about a dozen mag 10-11 stars. The stars appear to be arranged in a zig-zag chain which is fairly distinctive. Additional stars are scattered to the north and south of this string, though NGC 2394 is probably just a non-related asterism. Located just 10' NE of Eta CMi (V = 5.3) in the same field!
William Herschel discovered NGC 2394 = H. VIII-44 on 28 Dec 1785 (sweep 496) and noted "A cluster of very coarse scattered large stars, they form a cross and extend over a large space; not rich." His sketch was included in the 1814 PT publication (fig. 13) as an example of an "aggregation of stars."
There were no observations made by John Herschel or at Birr Castle. Based on Heidelberg plates, Karl Reinmuth described NGC 2394 as "a very loose clustering of pB st, bet BD+7d1729 and BD+7d1739." There are about 15 fairly bright mag 10-11 stars in the vicinity. RNGC classifies this number as nonexistent (Type 7).
******************************
07 27 13 +13 36 30; Gem
V = 8.0; Size 12'
13.1" (12/22/84): scattered cluster of roughly 50 stars
mag 10 and fainter in 15' field, not rich. Visible faintly in the 16x80mm finder. The planetary "Medusa Nebula"
(
William Herschel discovered NGC 2395 = H. VIII-11 on 16 Mar 1784 (sweep 176) and noted "a cluster of scattered stars." There is nothing at the Caroline's reduced position (or the GC/NGC position), but 30' southwest is this scattered group of stars. Auwers' reduced position is 1° too far south, so he made a reduction error. Still, this is an unusually large error, though the cluster was found only 3 months after Herschel began his sweeps and his positions are sometimes off quite a bit in his early sweeps. Caroline Herschel also noted a confusion in the sweep record about the offset star -- whether it was 50 or 51 Geminorum, so perhaps there is still an error to be uncovered.
******************************
07 28 06 -11 44; Pup
Size 10'
18" (3/2/08): at 94x, roughly three dozen stars are resolved, mostly mag 11-13.5 with a pale orange mag 8.5 star on the west side. At 175x, roughly 50 stars are resolved in a 10' region. A chain of stars extends a few arcminutes NE from the mag 8.5 star and then abruptly loops due south for the same distance. This chain then curves around making a large oval loop forming the east side of the cluster. Located 10' S of a triple star (STF 1097) consisting of a mag 6.2 primary with mag 8.5 and 10 companions at 20" and 23". The brighter two stars have an orange/blue color contrast. Located in a rich star field so the borders of the cluster are ill-defined.
25x80mm finder (3/2/08): roundish, glowing region just following a mag 8 star.
17.5" (2/8/91): about three dozen stars mostly mag 11-13 are resolved at 82x. Evenly distributed, not rich and does not stand out well in a rich field. The brightest star is mag 8.7 SAO 152910 situated at the west side. Located 10' S of ∑1097 = 6.1/8.5 at 20"!
William Herschel discovered NGC 2396 = H. VIII-36 = h451 on 31 Jan 1785 (sweep 363). He called it "a coarsely scattered forming cluster about 20 or 30' diam." The position is within this scattered group. John Herschel called it a "straggling portion of the Milky Way."
******************************
07 21 19.7 -69 00 05; Vol
V = 11.8; Size 2.5'x1.2'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 123°
25" (3/31/19 - OzSky): at 244x; bright, large, elongated
5:2 NW-SE, ~2'x0.8', small bright core, very small bright nucleus. A mag 14.5
star is off the SE end, 1' from center.
Brightest in a trio with
NGC 2397A: faint, fairly small, slightly elongated ~N-S, ~45" diameter, diffuse glow with a low surface brightness. The redshift is 3x higher than NGC 2397A, so a background galaxy.
NGC 2397B: fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 E-W, low surface brightness, no core. Forms the northern vertex of an equilateral triangle with a mag 9.9 star 2.5' S and a mag 12 star 2.5' SW.
24" (4/4/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 260x
appears very bright, large, elongated nearly 5:2 NW-SE, ~2.4'x1.0', broadly
concentrated to a brighter core and then rising quickly to a tiny brighter
nucleus. A mag 14.5 star is just
off the east end 1' from the center.
Forms a pair with NGC 2397A 7' S.
The companion was very faint, moderately large, very diffuse, elongated
4:3 ~N-S, ~1.2'x0.9'. NGC
2397 is part of the
John Herschel discovered NGC 2397 = h3085 on 21 Feb 1835 and
recorded "B, L, mE, gradually brighter in the middle, 2' long, 1'
broad." On a second sweep he
called it "F, pL, pmE, pretty suddenly little brighter middle, 90", pos
of extension = 117°." His
position and description matches
Joseph Turner sketched it on 15 Jan 1877 with the Great Melbourne Telescope as a thin streak oriented NW-SE and slightly brighter in the center (unpublished plate V, figure 41).
******************************
07 30 16.3 +24 29 16; Gem
V = 14.1; Size 0.8'x0.65'; PA = 126°
24" (2/14/15): faint to fairly faint, small, very slightly elongated, 20"x16", nearly even surface brightness. A mag 15 star is off the northwest edge [23" from center].
Forms a very close pair with
17.5" (2/8/91): faint, small, elongated 3:2 WNW-ESE, broad concentration, stellar nucleus.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2398 = St. 13-29 on 5 Feb 1878 with the 31-inch reflector at Marseilles Observatory. His published position in his 13th and last discovery list was reduced on 10 Feb 1885.
Stephane Javelle resolved it into a double nebula on 7 Feb 1896 and made a footnote in his listing for IC 2191 = J. 3-1000 that "NGC 2398 appears double". Dreyer didn't assign CGCG 117-046 an IC designation, perhaps since Javelle didn't mention an offset or position, though he commented in the IC 2 Notes section "seems to be a double neb (Javelle III.)
******************************
07 29 50.3 -00 12 45; CMi
= **, Gottlieb. =***, Corwin.
George Bond discovered NGC 2399 = HN 9, along with
******************************
07 29 54.9 -00 12 52; CMi
= ***, Corwin.
George Bond discovered NGC 2400 = HN 10, along with NGC 2399, on 26 Feb 1853 at Harvard College observatory. Near Bond's position is a triple star with separations of ~10" and 14". Heinrich d'Arrest's positions for both NGC 2399 and 2340, measured on 30 Jan 1865, is exactly 1 minute of RA too large, though he apparently did not resolve the triple. See NGC 2399.
******************************
07 29 24 -13 58 00; Pup
Size 2'
18" (3/2/08): at 225x appears as a rich, glowing 1.5'
knot with roughly a dozen very faint mag 14-15.5 stars peppered over the
glow. Appears rich with averted
but only partially resolved. A mag
7 star (
13.1" (1/11/86): About 7 very faint mag 13.5-15 stars
resolved over haze, unimpressive.
Located in a very rich field 7' W of mag 7.2
William Herschel discovered NGC 2401 = H. VII-65 = h454 on 8 Mar 1793 (sweep 1034) and recorded "a small cluster of vS stars, considerably rich and compressed." His position is just off the southeast side of the cluster, but close enough to be unambiguous.
******************************
07 30 47.8 +09 38 59; CMi
V = 14.4; Size 0.8'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.7
24" (2/16/15 and 2/14/15): at 322x; faint to fairly faint, small, slightly elongated, ~25"x20", weak concentration with a very small brighter nucleus. A mag 13.5-14 star is at the east-northeast edge [21" from center]. This star is the last of four in a northwest to southeast string with two mag 13 stars and a mag 11 star at the northwest end. Also, a fainter mag 14.5 star is superimposed on the north edge - just 10" from center!
Forms a double system with
17.5" (11/25/87): faint, very small, round. A mag 14 star is at the east edge 22" from center. A chain of four stars begin with a mag 14 star 40" N and forms a line to the NW. Located 3' N of mag 8.8 SAO 115540. This is a double system in contact, though the fainter companion (PGC 200236) at the NE edge was not noticed.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2402 = H. III-19 = h453 on
11 Mar 1784 (sweep 163) and recorded "2 vS and close stars suspected to be
mixed with some nebulosity, but not having a higher power at hand I could not
put them to the trial. However I
rather think it may be a fallacy."
His position is 5' NE of
******************************
07 36 50.6 +65 36 09; Cam
V = 8.5; Size 21.9'x12.3'; Surf Br = 14.4; PA = 127°
48" (4/15/10): this amazing multi-arm spiral stretched across the entire 15' field at 330x, with the major axis running NW to SE. A striking prominent spiral arm is attached near the NW end and sweeps counter-clockwise 180° along the northern side of the galaxy, tapering as it extends to a point roughly 5' SE of the core. The arm is widest near the NW end, where it begins sweeping east. A second inner arm attaches near the SE end of the main body and tightly hugs the southern side of the galaxy as sweeps to the NW side. A more ill-defined branch heads west from the SE end past a mag 11 star situated 2' WSW of the core. The field was too small to trace out the outer arms. Numerous HII splotches stained the surface and I only had time to quickly sketch the most obvious knots.
The supergiant HII complex
On the SE side of the galaxy is a pair of HII knots separated by 40". The eastern knot is SP-346 = VS 51 = A80 and is situated 1.6' SE of the mag 10.5 star and the western knot includes SPC-318/321/322. At the SE end of the spiral arm that contains NGC 2404 is another 10" knot, which includes SPC-348/351/352 = VS 52 = A81. It can be pinpointed 1.0' NE of the mag 10.5 star. On the SE end of the galaxy a fairly faint, irregular knot (SPC-331/336/343 = VS 48/49 = A73) was noticed 1' W of a mag 14 star.
18" (3/19/04): at 160x, this chaotic spiral displayed a tremendous wealth of detail with two broad, diffuse spiral arms, dark lanes, mottling and a few obvious giant HII regions. A number of stars are superimposed including two mag 11 stars. I focused on observing the HII regions that were best viewed at 323x.
The brightest is the HII complex NGC 2404 (VS 44 = SP 298) on the east side of the core 1.5' from center and 1.5' N of a mag 11 star to the SW of the core. This knot is fairly bright at 323x, perhaps 15" diameter and irregularly round.
On the NW side of the halo is a collinear string of two stars along with a fuzzy knot (VS 3 = SP 44 = A14), oriented from SW to NE. This HII knot forms the SW end of the string and is clearly nonstellar at 323x, ~15" diameter. It can also be pinpointed 2.4' NW of the mag 11 star west of the core (middle of three in a E-W string).
At the NNW edge of the core is a mag 13.5 "star" that does not focus sharply and appears to be another HII knot (VS 24 = SPC-174 = A36). Close following is a fainter, but definite nonstellar knot ~10" diameter (VS 38 = SPC-224 = A45).
Finally, returning to star on the SW edge of the core, a fainter mag 14 star is close south with a weak nebulous glow attached (SPC-221/222/225). This region is also catalogued as A41 in Hodge's 1985 "Stellar Associations in the Galaxy NGC 2403" from PASP, 97, 1065 .
17.5" (2/28/87): very bright, very large, bright core, elongated 5:2 NW-SE, 15'x6'. Impressive galaxy with spiral structure clearly visible. Two spiral arms are attached at opposite ends of the central region and both wind almost 180°. The tip of the northern arm ends at the emission nebula NGC 2404. Several stars are superimposed including two mag 11 stars.
17.5" (2/22/87): two spiral arms are visible on attached at the opposite sides of the galaxy and winding a half of revolution. The northern arm ends at the HII knot NGC 2404. The galaxy has a mottled appearance.
13.1" (1/11/86): spiral arm definite on the west side of the galaxy with a dark gap between this arm and the main body (core). This feature is very faint but definite with averted.
13.1" (12/22/84): spiral arm highly suspected attached at the west side winding along the north side to a faint knot = NGC 2404.
13.1" (1/28/84): very bright, large bright core. NGC 2404 is clearly visible as a faint, very small nebulous knot along the east side of the galaxy. Spiral structure (arms) is just suspected. On 3/24/84 the knot was difficult to view at 144x, but on 1/11/86 was fairly easy.
8" (1/1/84): bright, large, bright core, faint star superimposed, mottled?
William Herschel discovered NGC 2403 = H. V-44 on 1 Nov 1788 (sweep 879). He recorded "considerably bright; round; very gradually brighter middle; bright nucleus; 6 or 7' dia; resembling a star with a misty atmosphere." He observed it again on 3 Dec 1788 (sweep 889): "very gradually much brighter middle with very faint branches extending a great way. To the north preceding I could trace the branch about half a degree; and to the north or north following, the nebulosity was diffused over a considerable space, I am pretty sure notless than a whole degree." Obviously, his size description was much too large, but the "faint branch extending a great way to the np side" applies to the spiral side on the west side. The comment "to the n or nf the nebulosity is diffused over a space" probably applies to the northern arm that extends to the east (and contains NGC 2404).
In the book "William Herschel, Discoverer of the Deep Sky", Wolfgang Steinicke states that Caroline Herschel found the galaxy again while sweeping on 31 Jul 1793. She misidentified some nearby stars as in Lynx, but her sketch clearly applies to NGC 2403. I'm surprised that John Herschel recorded no observations of this bright galaxy.
Based on photographs taken with the 60-inch reflector at Mt
Wilson, Francis Pease (1917) remarked "This fine right-handed spiral
nebula resembles
******************************
NGC 2404 = [VS65] 44 = [SPC90] 298 = [H85] A67
07 37 07.1 +65 36 39; Cam
Size 20"
24" (2/24/20): NGC 2404 is the brightest HII complex in NGC 2403. At 375x, it appeared fairly bright, slightly elongated or irregular, ~15" diameter.
48" (4/15/10): The supergiant HII complex NGC 2404 (perhaps 2000 light-years across) is located 1.7' ENE of the core and 1.5' NNW of a superimposed mag 10.5 star. It appeared as a very bright, irregular, 20" knot. At the relatively low power of 330x, I quickly logged 8 HII knots in the galaxy (see description of NGC 2403).
18" (3/19/04): brightest of 3 or 4 HII regions visible in NGC 2403. Fairly bright at 160x, small, round. Located just east of the core, 1.5' from center, and 1.5' N of a prominent mag 11 star to the SW of the core.
17.5" (2/22/87): this is a prominent knot (superassociation) located at the end of the northern spiral arm of NGC 2403. Appears fairly faint, small, round, clearly nonstellar.
13.1": extremely small emission "knot" at the east end of NGC 2403.
Guillaume Bigourdan discovered NGC 2404 = Big. 28, a superassociation/HII region in NGC 2403, on 2 Feb 1886 with the 12.4-inch refractor of Paris Observatory. The NGC position, based on Bigoudan's original published position in list I, is in error but Bigourdan later measured and published an accurate position in his five volume (3000 pages) compilation (Annales de l'Observatoire de Paris). RNGC classifies the number as nonexistent (Type 7), although Type 35 (diffuse nebula in galaxy) would be more appropriate.
******************************
07 32 14.0 +25 54 23; Gem
V = 13.8; Size 0.7'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 95°
17.5" (2/8/91): very faint, small, very low even surface brightness. A mag 15.5 star is just off the north edge.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2405 = m 105 on 7 Nov 1864 with
Lassell's 48" and recorded "vF, S, iR." His position is 1' S of
******************************
07 31 47.8 +18 17 17; Gem
V = 13.9; Size 0.7'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.8
24" (3/6/21): at 375x; fairly faint, fairly small,
round, 0.4' diameter, very small brighter nucleus. A mag 13.3 star is 1' NE. Slightly brighter
24" (2/5/21): at 260x; fairly faint, fairly small,
round, 25" diameter, small brighter core. Slightly fainter than NGC 2407 3.4' NE.
17.5" (1/31/87): very faint, small, round, faint core, slightly smaller and fainter than NGC 2407 3.4' NNE.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2406 = St. 13-30, along with NGC 2407, on 5 Feb 1878. An accurate micrometric position was reduced on 7 Feb 1885 before the publication of his 13th discovery list.
******************************
NGC 2407 = UGC 3896 = MCG +03-20-001 = CGCG 086-042 = CGCG 087-003 = WBL 144-002 = PGC 21220
07 31 56.7 +18 19 59; Gem
V = 13.4; Size 1.1'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 75°
24" (3/6/21): at 375x; fairly faint to moderately
bright, round, 0.5' diameter, small brighter core, faint stellar nucleus. Brightest in a group. A mag 7.9 star (
24" (2/5/21): at 260x; between fairly faint and moderately bright, round, 0.6' diameter, broad concentration. In a group (WBL 144) with NGC 2406 3.5' SW and CGCG 086-044 2.4' E. Located 7.5' WSW of mag 7.9 HD 59800.
17.5" (1/31/87): faint, small, slightly elongated,
small bright core. Forms a pair
with NGC 2406 3.4' SSW. Located 7'
W of mag 7.8
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2407 = St. 13-31, along with NGC 2406, on 5 Feb 1878. His published micrometric position in his 13th and last discovery list was reduced on 7 Feb 1885.
******************************
07 40 32 +71 40 30; Cam
Size 20'
18" (3/13/04): at 115x, ~50 stars mag 9.5 and fainter are scattered in a 20' triangular group. The group is unconcentrated and there are only a few stars within the interior of the outline. Strings of stars extend off the triangle so there no clear boundaries to the group and it appears to be a chance asterism or an open cluster remnant. A mag 9 star is on the west side of the group.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2408 = h452 in Jan 1830 (sweep 230) and noted "A very loose scattered cluster of large stars, or a starry place." His position corresponds with a mag 9 star. Harold Corwin identifies a scattered group of mag 10-12 stars (asterism) with a diameter of ~20'. Bica et al, classify this object as a "possible open cluster remnant" (2001A&A...366..827B).
******************************
07 31 37 -17 11 24; Pup
V = 7.3; Size 2'
18" (3/2/08): at 175x, this is a 2' group of 8 stars with no faint members, so it appears to be an asterism. The two brightest mag 8.5/9 stars are part of a boxy quadrilateral with the other 4 stars grouped into two wide pairs. The three brightest stars are resolved in the 80mm finder at 25x. Sh 2-302, a very faint large HII region is centered ~13' N.
17.5" (2/9/02): small, bright, distinctive group of 8 stars mag 9-11.5 in a 2' knot. Includes two mag 9 stars in a small quadrilateral and two other pairs. Stands out well in the field, though seems too sparse to be a real cluster (Bochum 4).
John Herschel discovered NGC 2409 = h3086 on 12 Feb 1836 and noted "a small but brillliant group of 6 or 8 large stars, 8, 9, 10m, within a very small compass." His position matches this small, bright group of stars. While observing with the 72", Dreyer called this group "only 4 stars 9...11 mag and some fainter ones. I suppose there are millions of such clusters." Herbert Howe noted it "Consists of 10 scattered stars." This knot of stars is plotted on Norton's Star Atlas but RNGC classifies the number as nonexistent (Type 7).
******************************
07 35 02.4 +32 49 18; Gem
V = 13.0; Size 2.5'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 31°
17.5" (2/13/88): fairly faint, fairly small, very elongated SW-NE, bright core. A pair of mag 14 stars are 1.0' SE and 1.5' SSE of center.
Truman Safford discovered NGC 2410 = Sf. 74 on 5 Feb 1867 with the 18.5-inch Clark refractor at the Dearborn Observatory. His description reads, "pS, pB, very much brighter middle to a nucleus = 12-13m." Safford's discovery, though, wasn't published until 1887, too late to be credited in the NGC.
Stephan found the galaxy on 26 Jan 1870 (was he notified of Safford's discovery?) and recorded an approximate position 2' to the E. His published micrometric position was made on 2 Feb 1877 and included in list 8b (#20). He made a later observation on 3 Feb 1878. Only Stephan was credited with the discovery in the GC Supplement (5388) and the NGC. NGC 2410 was found again by Stephane Javelle on 11 Feb 1898 at the Nice Observatory and included in his 3rd discovery list (#1005) as "F, E 250 deg, 1' long, gradually brighter in the middle, r."
******************************
07 34 36.3 +18 16 53; Gem
V = 13.6; Size 1.0'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 50°
24" (2/14/15): at 375x; fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 4:3 SW-NE, 24"x18", well concentrated with a very small bright nucleus. A mag 14 star is just west of the southwest end.
Forms a close pair with
17.5" (1/31/87): fairly faint, small, almost round, sharp concentration. PGC 1555546, a faint companion off the NE side, was not seen.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2411 = St. 13-32 on 7 Feb
1885 (date the position was reduced).
His position matches
******************************
07 34 21.5 +08 32 44; CMi
= **, Gottlieb. Not found, RNGC.
Gerhard Lohse discovered NGC 2412 in 1886 with the 15.5-inch Cooke refractor at the private Wigglesworth Observatory in Scarborough, England. At his position is a pair of mag 12.2/13.8 stars at 14" separation that match Lohse's description of a nearby bright star. The mean position of these two stars is used. Only 3 of his 16 objects in the NGC are galaxies (two others were earlier discoveries), the rest being stars or missing.
******************************
07 33 18.5 -13 07 09; Pup
Size 10'
18" (3/13/04): appears as two groups of stars
symmetrically placed to the north and south of mag 8.7
William Herschel discovered NGC 2413 = H. VIII-52 on 19 Mar 1786 (sweep 540) and called it "a cluster of vL coarsely scattered stars, not rich, nearly R." His position is 1.5' north of mag 8.8 HD 60307, on the south side of the group.
JH did not reobserve this object but it was described at Birr Castle on 3 Jan 1873 as a "very loose Cl, scarcely more compressed than the neighborhood." Brian Skiff notes two clumps in a 10' diameter. RNGC classifies the number as nonexistent (Type 7).
******************************
07 33 13 -15 27 12; Pup
V = 7.9; Size 4'
18" (3/2/08): very pretty cluster with ~40 stars mag
12-14 resolved in a 4'x3' group using the 13mm Ethos (175x). A mag 8.2 star (
13.1" (1/11/86): about 20 faint stars surrounding mag
8.2
William Herschel discovered NGC 2414 = H. VIII-37 = h455 on 4 Feb 1785 (sweep 366) and recorded "A small cluster of scattered stars of various sizes, not very rich." John Herschel noted on 16 Dec 1827 (sweep 111) "a cl with 1 st 9m; not rich." and measured an accurate position.
******************************
07 36 56.6 +35 14 32; Lyn
V = 12.4; Size 0.9'x0.9'; Surf Br = 12.0
17.5" (2/13/88): moderately bright, fairly small,
round, bright core. Located 2.0'
SW of mag 9.1
William Herschel discovered NGC 2415 = H. II-821 = h456 on 10 Mar 1790 (sweep 937) and called "pB, cS, resolvable, preceding a considerable star." John Herschel wrote on 22 Jan 1827 (sweep 51), "a curious, almost planetary neb 10" diam R; light nearly equable; between 2 small stars."
******************************
07 35 41.5 +11 36 43; CMi
V = 13.4; Size 1.0'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 110°
17.5" (11/25/87): very faint, fairly small, round, diffuse, even surface brightness.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2416 = m 106 on 26 Jan 1865 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta and noted as "eF, S." His position is 9 sec of RA east and 1'
south of
******************************
NGC 2417 = ESO 123-015 = AM 0729-620 = LGG 144-006 = PGC 21155
07 30 12.1 -62 15 10; Car
V = 12.0; Size 2.8'x1.9'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 81°
24" (4/4/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 260x
appears bright, large, oval 4:3 or 3:2 WSW-ENE, ~3'x2', broadly concentrated
with a large, brighter core. A
very faint star is at the south edge of the halo. The galaxy pair
John Herschel discovered NGC 2417 = h3087 on 8 Mar 1836 and recorded "vF, L, R, gradually brighter in the middle, resolvable. Is no doubt a very distant cluster of 6th class." His position matches ESO 123-15 = PGC 21155.
******************************
07 36 37.5 +17 53 02; Gem
V = 12.2; Size 1.8'x1.8'; Surf Br = 13.5
17.5" (1/31/87): moderately bright, fairly small, round, broadly concentrated halo, bright stellar nucleus.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2418 = St. 8b-21 on 10 Jan 1872 with a second observation 5 years later on 3 Feb 1877. He included the discovery in list 8b in 1877 with description "vF, eS, bM."
******************************
07 38 08.5 +38 52 55; Lyn
V = 10.3; Size 4.6'; Surf Br = 0.3
17.5" (3/20/93): fairly faint, round, 2' diameter,
gradually brighter core but no well-defined nucleus, mottled appearance
although no resolution into stars.
Framed by a quadrilateral of four mag 13-14 stars and a few other faint
stars. Collinear with mag 7.0 SAO
60232 4' W and mag 7.9
8": very faint, small, round, no resolution. Collinear with two mag 8 stars to the west and a mag 9 star in the field W.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2419 = H. I-218 = h457 on 31 Dec 1788 (sweep 901). His description reads "considerably bright, round, very gradually much brighter middle, about 3' diameter." John Herschel described the globular on 18 Mar 1831 (sweep 335) as "not vB; L; pmE in parallel; 2' l and 75" br." This is an interesting observation as the globular is generally described as round. NGC 2419 was first logged by Lord Rosse on 9 Mar 1850. His description reads, "I think clearly resolved, several points, at least 3 seen plainly in edge which I suspect to be filamentous; no nucl., more round than [John Herschel] describes it." The 13 Feb 1852 observation notes "Lord Rosse thought it like a cluster at a great distance."
NGC 2419 was shown to be globular cluster in 1922 on a plate taken by Lampland with the 40" reflector at Lowell Observatory. Shapley estimated a distance of 165,000 l.y. (current estimate ~275,000 l.y., nearly twice the distance of the LMC) and along with Helen Sawyer, assigned it concentration class II. He may have been the first to use the nickname "Intergalactic Tramp" in the 1944 paper "Revision of the Distances of 30 high-latitude Globular Clusters."
******************************
07 38 24 +21 34 30; Gem
V = 8.3; Size 10'
18" (3/15/10): this is a rich, pretty group at low power with roughly 80-100 stars in a 10' region at 175x. Higher power brings out the fainter members. The brightest mag 9.4 star is at the west end of the cluster and forms a large mag contrast pair with a 13th companion 12" south. On the north end of the cluster is an equally spaced, collinear trio with separations of 14". The brighter stars in the cluster are pretty evenly distributed. Many of the fainter stars are in a 2'-3' patch that follows the mag 9.4 star and which includes some unresolved haze. A couple of brighter mag 8-9 stars are in the field to the south of the cluster and also to the north.
17.5" (1/23/93): excellent cluster of at least 50 stars
mag 11-15 within a 6' diameter.
Good spread of magnitudes, includes 15 stars mag 11-13 over a rich
background of numerous mag 14-15 stars and unresolved haze. The brightest mag 10 star is on the
west side and has a mag 13 companion 12" S. Located between mag 9.1
William Herschel discovered NGC 2420 = H. VI-1 = h458 on 19 Nov 1783 (very early sweep #27). According to Steinicke, after viewing Uranus he recorded a "cluster of stars, very beautiful and of considerable extent, perhaps 6 or 8' [diameter]." He viewed this cluster a number of times in later sweeps, including 17 Jan 1787 (sweep 694) and 10 Feb 1787 (sweep 697), when he called it "A brilliant rich cluster of stars."
On 24 Feb 1827 (sweep 59), John Herschel called it "a p rich cl; irreg fig; 50...100 stars; 11...18m; 5..7' diam."
******************************
07 36 12 -20 36 42; Pup
V = 8.3; Size 10'
18" (3/2/08): ~80 stars mag 10-15 stars are resolved at 175x within a 10' region. Includes a large number of mag 11-12 stars. The group is well-detached in the field, particularly on the west, north and southeast sides. One concentration of stars is on the soiuthwest side. Just to the northeast, a number of the cluster's stars form the outline of a large, equilateral triangle. A rich clump of stars is the center of this triangle including a mag 11/11.5 pair at 18". At 225x, ~100 stars are visible, although the cluster spreads out too much to be pleasing at this power.
25x80mm (3/2/08): appears as a fairly large, richly glowing region with a few brighter stars resolved.
17.5" (3/7/92): about 60 mag 10-14 stars in a 10' field. Many stars are similar magnitudes and the cluster is pretty evenly distributed. Brighter stars at the borders give a triangular outline including mag 10.5 stars at the SW, SE and NE edges. A wide brighter double star (ARA 962 = 10.9/11.5 at 18") oriented N-S lies NE of center and two faint companions are also near.
8" (1/1/84): almost three dozen faint stars, triangular-shape, rich field.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2421 = H. VII-67 = h3089 on 30 Jan 1799 (sweep 1089). He described "a cluster of compressed stars, considerably rich." Wolfgang Steinicke uncovered that Herschel first observed the cluster on his early sweep 35 (3 Dec 1783), but didn't catalogue the observation, probably due to an insufficient position.
John Herschel recorded it from the Cape of Good Hope on 15 Feb 1836 (sweep 677) as "a large fine rich cluster, not much compressed, but nearly filling the field. Stars 11..13th mag, no conspicuous star, place that of a coarse double stars 11th mag."
******************************
07 36 35 -14 29 00; Pup
V = 4.4; Size 30'
18" (3/2/08): this naked-eye cluster was stunning at 73x (31 Nagler), though at 30' diameter it was too spread out for higher powers. The stars are arranged in beautiful chains and groups. The brightest half-dozen stars are in a 10' subgroup in the center including a striking white double star (STF 1121 = 7.0/7.3 at 7") that is is surrounded by many stars in chains and loops. The brightest star on the west side is a wide, unequal double (5.7/9.7 at 20"). Perhaps 200 stars are scattered around at low power.
13.1" (11/5/83): very bright, very large, fairly rich, impressive. Includes double stars STF 1121 = 7.9/7.9 at 7" in the center and STF 1120 = 5.7/9.6 at 20" on the west side. Easy naked-eye object in a dark sky.
8" (11/5/83): very bright, large but scattered, includes STF 1121 = 8/8 at 7" near core and STF 1120 on west side, many colored stars.
William Herschel independently discovered
From the Cape of Good Hope, John Herschel wrote, "a very large, pretty rich splendid cluster, which more than fills the field. Place of the chief star a find double star."
Giovanni Hodierna probably made an earlier discovery before
1654 and simply recorded "a Nebulosa between the two dogs". Charles Messier rediscovered it 117
years later on 19 Feb 1771, though he clearly made an error as there is nothing
at his position. Messier's missing
object was assigned GC 1594 and
******************************
07 37 07 -13 52 18; Pup
V = 6.7; Size 19'
18" (3/2/08): at 175x, ~100 stars are resolved in a 18' region with an excellent double at the center (h3983 = 9.1/9.7 at 8"). The stars are pretty evenly distributed with no rich subgroups though with several doubles and small groupings.
13.1" (1/28/84): about 50 stars in 15' field. Fairly rich in faint stars. A mag 9 double star is near the center. The primary, itself, is a very close pair (RST 3532 = 9.6/10.2 at 0.5"). Located 37' N of M47.
25x80mm finder (3/2/08): A chain of stars extends north from M47 to this obvious glow with a few resolved stars superimposed.
15x50 IS binoculars (1/15/07): visible about 40' N of M47 in binoculars as a faint glow with the brighter mag 9 and 10 stars resolved.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2423 = H. VII-28 = h3090 on 19 Mar 1786 (sweep 540) and noted "a cluster of pS stars, pretty rich, 15' diameter." His position is accurate. John Herschel observed the cluster from the Cape of Good Hope and recorded "a very large, rich fine cluster of small stars which nearly fills the field. Place that of a double star, class II."
******************************
07 40 39.3 +39 13 58; Lyn
V = 12.6; Size 3.8'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 81°
17.5" (2/8/91): fairly faint, edge-on 5:1 WSW-ENE, very small bright core, faint stellar nucleus, very thin extensions from core. Located 7' WNW of mag 7.8 SAO 60267. The distant globular cluster NGC 2419 lies 37' SW.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2424 = St. 13-33 on 5 Feb 1878. His published position in his 13th and last discovery list was reduced on 6 Feb 1885 with description "vF; pS; little brighter middle; mE WSW-ENE; length ~1'."
******************************
07 38 18 -14 52 42; Pup
Size 3'
18" (3/2/08): at 175x, ~18 stars are resolved over haze in a small 4'x2' group elongated WSW-ENE. At 225x, perhaps two dozen stars are visible. On the east end is a distinctive line of 5 stars oriented SW-NE, though the richest clump of stars is at the west end of the cluster.
13.1" (1/11/86): 15 stars mag 13.5-15.0 over haze in a 4'x2' region elongated ~E-W. Four collinear mag 13 stars are on the east end. Lies SE of M47.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2425 = H. VIII-87 on 8 Mar 1793 (sweep 1034). He noted "a small cluster of small stars, not very rich." Wolfgang Steinicke found his original discovery was made on 19 Mar 1786 (sweep 540). After logging M47, he recorded "a patch of small stars, about 5' long and 2' broad". The offset from M47 (about 2 minutes of time and 23' S) is an excellent match with NGC 2425, but the cluster wasn't catalogued as a new discovery at the time.
******************************
07 43 18.5 +52 19 06; Lyn
V = 13.1; Size 1.1'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.3
17.5" (2/8/91): fairly faint, small, round, small
bright core, stellar nucleus.
Located 2.7' NNW of a mag 10 star.
Forms a pair with
William Herschel discovered NGC 2426 = H. II-822 = h460 on
17 Mar 1790 (sweep 945) and wrote, "pF, R, resolvable, very gradually
brighter middle." His
position (based on Auwers reduction) is less than 1' SW of
******************************
07 36 27.8 -47 38 08; Pup
V = 11.5; Size 5.2'x2.2'; Surf Br = 14.0; PA = 122°
24" (4/4/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this
large, unusual galaxy is set in a very rich Milky Way field and appears as a
diffuse, very large, elongated glow with a low surface brightness and a size of
~4.5'x2.0'. A star is superimposed
and mimics an offset stellar nucleus, but otherwise there is little
concentration. Situated nearly at
the midpoint of two mag 10 stars 5.5' SW and 5.5' NE. The cometary globular CG 4 and
John Herschel discovered NGC 2427 = h3091 on 1 Mar 1835 and
recorded "eF, L, pmE, very little brighter middle, involves two
stars." His position is 1.5'
NE of the center of
******************************
07 39 18 -16 32; Pup
Size 10'
18" (2/4/08): at 175x, roughly 40 stars in 10' barely
stand out as a group within a rich Milky Way field. Most eye-catching is a small trapezoidal group with a double
star at the NW vertex and a wide pair at the SE vertex. A string of 3 stars oriented SW-NE is
within the trapezoid. Off the SE
vertex an oval chain of stars extends south and west before looping back
towards the trapezoid. There are
no dense regions and this appears to be an asterism. An even weaker concentration of stars about 10' NNE may be
William Herschel discovered NGC 2428 = H. VIII-47, along with NGC 2430, on 31 Dec 1785 (sweep 503), and noted "A very much scattered and vL cl or stars; or rather the milky way very much crowded with stars not differing much in size and colour." His position is 10' south of H. VIII-46 = NGC 2430 and corresponds with a fairly rich star field on the DSS. RNGC classifies this number as nonexistent.
******************************
NGC 2429 = VV 284 = UGC 3983 = MCG +09-13-039 = CGCG 262-023 = PGC 21664
07 43 47.6 +52 21 27; Lyn
V = 13.8; Size 1.6'x0.4'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 145°
17.5" (2/8/91): faint, small, very elongated 4:1 NW-SE, low even surface brightness. A mag 13.5 star is involved at the SE end 0.3' from center and a mag 11 star is 0.8' SE. Forms a pair with NGC 2426 5.0' SW.
Ralph Copeland discovered NGC 2429 on 10 Mar 1874 with the
72". and recorded "pF,
pS, vmE 146.4°, att to a *12 at sf end." Copeland's description and micrometric offset from a mag 10
star matches the double system
******************************
07 39 30 -16 20 24; Pup
Size 8'
18" (2/4/08): scattered, undistinguished group with
three brighter stars (separations of 3'-4') including mag 8.5
William Herschel discovered NGC 2430 = H. VIII-46, along with NGC 2428, on 31 Dec 1785 (sweep 503) and reported "a very large but coarsely scattered cluster of stars." There is nothing that stands out significantly visually at his position as noted in my observation, so this identification is very uncertain. See Corwin's identification notes for more.
******************************
07 45 13.4 +53 04 30; Lyn
V = 13.4; Size 0.9'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 35°
17.5" (3/20/93): faint, small, round, small bright core, faint stellar nucleus. A mag 11.5 star is 1.7' SE and a fainter mag 13 star is 2.2' W.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2431 = H. III-829 on 17 Mar
1790 (sweep 945) and noted "eF, vS, R, bM." Auwers' reduced position is 2.8' north of
******************************
07 40 54 -19 05 12; Pup
Size 8'
18" (3/2/08): at 175x, appears a very distinctive 5' N-S string with a total of ~60 stars resolved in a 5'x3' area. The richest part is along the string with numerous mag 13-14.5 stars packed tightly. The north side of the string bifurcates into two prongs.
13.1" (1/11/86): three dozen faint stars mag 12-15 in a very elongated string oriented N-S with dimensions 5'x1.5'. This is a rich, pretty group with several pairs.
13.1" (1/18/85): ~35 faint stars in an elongated string along one side of bright trapezoid of stars.
8" (3/28/81): rich in faint stars or haze, small, elongated.
80mm (3/2/08): faintly visible in the finder at 25x as a thin, elongated glow N-S.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2432 = H. VI-36 = h3092 on 4 Mar 1790 (sweep 934) and described a "very compressed cluster of small, and some large stars; extended nearly in the meridian; the most compressed part is about 8' long and 2' broad, with many stars scattered around it to a considerable distance." He observed the cluster again on 14 Mar 1801 (sweep 1095) and also noted it was extended in the meridian. A sketch (fig. 15) was included in his 1814 paper and he speculated "the construction of this cluster may have arisen from the situation of many stars in the same plane, drawn towards a centre by the clustering power, for any plane seen obliquely will have the appearance of an extended form."
In "William Herschel, Discoverer of the Deep Sky",
Wolfgang Steinicke states that Herschel first discovered the cluster on 3 Dec
1783 (early sweep 35), though simply noted "another cluster of stars
[besides
From the Cape of Good Hope on 15 Feb 1836 (sweep 677), John Herschel called this "a rather irregular cluster of 8th class, pretty much compressed. The most compressed part forms a ridge or body of stars elongated in the meridian. Stars 12..15th mag with larger outliers."
******************************
07 42 43.5 +09 15 33; CMi
Size 6"
24" (1/28/17): at 375x; two of the components of this faint, close triple star were resolved. The brightest (mag ~14.8) is at the north end, with a mag 15 component just 5" SE. At 450x, the third component (mag 15.6) was occasionally resolved 5" south of the northern star. So, the three stars formed a tiny equilateral triangle of sides 5"!
John Herschel discovered NGC 2433 = h462 on 19 Jan 1828
(sweep 123) and logged "eF, has a *15 90" dist 30 deg
[north-preceding]." At
Herschel's position (07 42 43.5 +09 15 33) is a close triple star (separations
~5"-6") that Corwin identifies as NGC 2433. The star Herschel mentions north-preceding is at 50"
separation. RNGC and PGC
misidentify
******************************
07 34 51.3 -69 17 03; Vol
V = 11.3; Size 2.5'x2.3'; Surf Br = 13.1
24" (4/4/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this galaxy is located 16' NW of the remarkable barred spiral, NGC 2442. At 260x it appeared bright, moderately large, slightly elongated 5:4, ~1.0'x0.8' in diameter. Sharply concentrated with a very small, very bright core. Four mag 12 stars are nearby; three to the north and one to the southeast. Mag 6.9 Delta Vol lies 15' NE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2434 = h3096 on 23 Dec 1834 and
measured it on 5 sweeps. His
original description reads "pB, R, gradually pretty much brighter middle,
35"." and his position matches
******************************
07 44 13.5 +31 39 03; Gem
V = 12.9; Size 2.1'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 36°
17.5" (2/1/92 and 12/23/92): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 SSW-NNE. The halo is evenly concentrated down to a small bright core containing a stellar nucleus. A mag 13 star is 1.2' NE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2435 = H. II-616 on 26 Oct
1786 (sweep 628) and noted "F, S, little brighter in the
middle." His position is 2'
northwest of
******************************
07 45 48.3 +52 02 17; Lyn
= **, Gottlieb. = NGC 2431:, Corwin. =*, RNGC.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2436 = h461 on 16 Feb 1831 (sweep 327) and recorded "vF, S, R, bM, diam 8"." About 3' west of his position is a faint pair of mag 14.4/15.4 stars with a separation of 8" that could be his object. The mean position of these two stars given here. But Harold Corwin notes that Herschel's position is exactly 1.0 min of RA east and 1 degree south of NGC 2431 and the description matches the bright core. As the errors are just single digits, he feels NGC 2436 is more likely a duplicate of NGC 2431, though I feel the faint pair of stars is also a possibility.
******************************
07 41 47 -14 48 36; Pup
V = 6.1; Size 27'
17.5" (3/16/96): at 100x,
8": bright, very rich, large, includes a couple of mag 9 stars but most stars are mag 10-13 and fairly uniform in magnitude and distribution except for a gap near the center. Contains the striking pn NGC 2438 at the NE edge. Faint naked-eye object in a dark sky.
Charles Messier discovered M46 = NGC 2437 = h463 on 19 Feb 1771. Caroline Herschel rediscovered it on 4 Mar 1783 and assumed it was new (entering it as #3 in her discovery log), though realized her mistake on November 19th. William Herschel described the cluster on 19 Mar 1786 (sweep 540) as "a beautiful, very rich, compressed cluster of stars of various magnitudes." He was aware this was M46 and didn't assign it a Herschel designation.
On 17 Dec 1827 (sweep 111), John Herschel logged, "the brightest part of a v fine rich cl; stars = 10m; which fills the field. Within the cluster at its north edge is a fine planetary nebula [NGC 2438]."
******************************
NGC 2438 = PK 231+4.2 = PN G231.8+04.1
07 41 50.6 -14 44 07; Pup
V = 11.5; Size 73"x68"
48" (2/20/12): at 488x, much of the same detail described in the 4/15/10 observation was seen, although the ring itself was less structured. Besides the slightly off-center bright star (the ionizing star is a mag 17.5-18 companion) and a mag 14.5 star ~15" SW, a 16th mag star is at the edge of the rim on the SW side. A mag 16 star on the SE side appears just inside the bright ring. Finally another 16th mag star is near the north edge of the annulus, but clearly within the planetary, for a total of 5 interior stars. The outer rim brightens at this point in a 90° arc to the east and is slightly flattened. The challenging Calabash Nebula (protoplanetary) lies 6.5' ENE.
48" (4/15/10): at 700x, NGC 2438 was a beautiful "cheerio" ring with a sharply defined rim of 1.2' diameter and a fairly large, dark central hole of 25-30". The mag 12.8 star in the center was prominent with a second mag 14.5 star ~15" SW of center. A third mag 16 star was just inside the annulus on the SE side, ~20" from center. The rim had a very uneven surface brightness with an impression of some radial streaks and one or two additional faint, embedded stars. The rim was noticeably brighter along the NE quadrant and to a slightly lesser extent along the opposite SW portion of the rim, creating a bipolar appearance. A bright mag 11 star is just off the SE side and the planetary floats in the beautifully rich star field of M46.
18" (2/24/06): beautiful view of this 70" planetary within M46 at 323x. The annulus is quite prominent and relatively thick with a weakly glowing interior. The rim is irregularly lit and a bit weaker on the NW side and brighter along the eastern edge. A mag 12.8 star is just NW of the center of the annulus (this is not the central star, though) and a fainter interior star (mag 14?) on the SW side (half-way to the rim) was also visible. A mag 11 star is just off the SE edge. At 807x, the rim is noticeably brighter and thicker on the eastern half compared to a weaker section along the NW side and an extremely faint star intermittently pops out on the NNE side on inner edge of the annulus (confirmed on 3/4/08 at Lake Sonoma).
17.5" (3/2/02): at 280x this is a beautiful, 1'
diameter PN with a darker central hole at 280x situated on the NE side of the
rich oc M46. A mag 13 star (not
the central star) is within the central hole slightly offset NW of center. The rim is fairly uniform but slightly
brighter along the NE side. The
20" central hole is clearly darker although there is not a dramatic
contrast. A brighter mag 11 star
is just off the SE edge (about 15"-20" SW of the mag 11 star, a faint
mag 14-15 star was also intermittently visible) and a string of faint stars
oriented WNW-ESE is just over 1' S.
13.1" (1/18/85): star near center very easy and second interior star definite.
13.1" (1/28/84 and 3/3/84): annular planetary on the NE side of M46! Fairly bright, moderately large, round, 1.0' diameter. A mag 11 star is just off the SE edge and a mag 13 star is just NW of the geometric center (this is not the central star). A third extremely faint star lies on the SW side.
13.1" (1/23/82 and 11/5/83): clearly annular at 166x.
8" (1/1/84): slightly darker center, fairly small, round.
80mm (1/15/07): visible continuously in the finder using an OIII filter and a 13mm Nagler (25x) as a very faint, very small disc on the NE side of M46.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2438 = H. IV-39 = h464 = h3093 on 19 Mar 1786 (sweep 540). He recorded "pretty bright, round, resolvable, within the 46th of [Messier], almost of an equal light throughout, about 2' diameter, no connection with the cluster, which is everywhere free from nebulosity." On 8 Mar 1793 (sweep 1034) he noted "A round, pretty well defined nebula; almost of a planetary nebula aspect." From South Africa, John Herschel wrote, "a very fine planetary nebula, oval, uniform in light, and of a very flat appearance; rather faint; diam in RA = 4 seconds; has a star 15th mag on it, and one 13th mag close to its border. This object is excentrically situated in a superb cluster of stars 12..16th mag. (46 Messier)"
Lord Rosse or assistant George Johnstone Stoney sketched NGC 2438 as annular on 22 Dec 1848 (fig. 12 in the 1850 PT paper). It was observed a total of 21 times at Birr Castle including with a visual spectroscope on 15 Feb 1876. William Lassell also noted the annularity using his 24" equatorial reflector on 11 Jan 1853: "The star is not in the centre, and the nebula seems to retreat from the star, leaving it on a much darker ground than the external parts of the nebula. With slight attention another star is seen; and two or three points or bright spots in the nebula occasionally catch the eye." His sketch was published in his 1854 MRAS paper (figure 5) on observations from Malta. Perhaps following Lassell's lead, Secchi sketched in 1856 the "central star" slightly eccentric, along with a second interior star using the 9.5" refractor in Rome.
In 1868, Lieutenant John Herschel, son of John Herschel, found NGC 2438 displayed a planetary nebula spectrum in an early spectroscopic investigation while he was stationed in Bangalore, India.
Based on Crossley photographs, Curtis (1918) reported "the nebula is a very irregular, broad, patchy ring 68" in diameter. The star at SW lies in a gap in the ring."
Based on differing radial velocities and GAIA measurements, NGC 2438 lies in the foreground of M46.
******************************
07 40 45 -31 41 36; Pup
V = 6.9; Size 10'
17.5" (1/19/91): at 220x, 70 stars visible in a 10' diameter. Bright, fairly large, elongated N-S. This is a rich, pleasing cluster and includes mag 6.7 R Puppis on the northeast edge. About 1' SW and 2' SSE of R Puppis are two easy but prominent double stars equally spaced with similar magnitudes but with perpendicular orientations (N-S and E-W). The pair 1.7' SSE is PRO 41 (9.2/10.3 at 12"). These wide double stars form a striking group and are part of an elliptical outline of stars with a void in center. Very unusual appearance!
John Herschel discovered NGC 2439 = h3094 on 28 Jan 1835 and recorded "a cluster of about 150 stars, B, pL, p rich, not much more compressed to the middle, 8' diameter, has one star 8th mag (place taken), one red one 9th mag, the rest 12..14th mag."
******************************
07 41 55.4 -18 12 31; Pup
V = 9.3; Size 74"x42"
48" (2/20/12): the view of this explosive appearing planetary was remarkably detailed at 488x and 814x. The very high surface brightness central region was irregularly shaped with a very ragged periphery, giving the impression that the central region was erupting or bursting. Within the east side of the central portion are two intense condensations or knots, oriented ~N-S, with the southern knot brighter. A third, smaller elongated knot is just west and sits close to the center. The main body is elongated nearly 2:1 SW-NE, roughly 1.1'x0.6', but with an irregular outline. The southwest end of the planetary dims and protrudes out, creating a cup-shaped hollow with a very small brighter knot at its southwest tip. A prominent partial loop or outer wing is attached on the northwest edge of the central section, like a spiral arm, and swings clockwise to the west and slightly south. The eastern portion of the planetary consists of a large complete, irregular loop (darker in the interior), giving the strong appearance of being blown out from the central region.
17.5" (2/14/99): this bi-polar planetary reveals fascinating detail at 380x! The compact high surface brightness inner region is elongated NNW-SSE. Two bright knots comprise both ends and the surface brightness is irregular. The nebulosity is much weaker SW of the main body with a cup-shaped dark "notch" protruding into this central bar. The outer halo is oriented SW-NE with a brighter wing similar to a spiral arm attached at the west edge which swings back towards the south. The outer nebulosity is weaker and less well-defined on the north and NE sides.
13.1" (2/23/85): very bright and small with a very high
surface brightness. This planetary
has a double shell structure with an elongated box-shape oriented NW-SE and a
fainter shell oriented SW-NE. One
or two condensations are visible in the central part. Located 3.0' W of mag 8.4 orange
William Herschel discovered NGC 2440 = H. IV-64 = h3095 on 4 Mar 1790 (sweep 934). He described a "beautiful planetary nebula of a considerable degree of brightness, but not very well defined. About 12 or 15" in diameter."
William Lassell observed NGC 2440 in Jan 1853 with his 24-inch equatorial reflector on Malta. He commented, "no description can do justice to this singular object. With 150 it just attracts the eye in sweeping, as a a bluish-white spot, a few seconds in diameter. A most extraordinary object [at 650x], not beautiful, for it has no symmetry – but wonderful." His sketch, showing 4 or 5 knots, was included in his 1854 MRAS paper (figure 7). Father Angelo Secchi published a detailed sketch and description in 1856 using the 9.6" refractor in Rome. He noted, "It seems to consist of two twin nebulae joined to a third transverse elliptical nebula…but it is very difficult to recognize the true structure."
In 1868, Lieutenant John Herschel, son of John Herschel, reported NGC 2440 displayed an emission line in an early spectroscopic investigation of southern nebulae while he was stationed in Bangalore, India.
Ralph Copeland made a careful observation at Birr Castle on 20 Jan 1874: "vB, pL, very blue. An eB nucleus which is E or bi-central in pos 151.4° in vF outer nebulosity, vmE 33.1° and 2' or 3' long. 35 stars in field (diam 11'), the nearest of which is *16m pos 200.8°, dist 54.8"..." A sketch was prepared by Joseph Turner (unpublished plate V, figure 43) with the 48" Melbourne Telescope and Pietro Baracchi made a careful observation on 17 Mar 1885.
Based on Crossley photographs, Heber Curtis (1918) reported NGC 2440 has "no central star; the strong central masses are nebulous in the shortest exposures. A very irregular and patchy oval; main portion 54"x20" in pa 37°, with a faint extension at east, north of the middle."
******************************
07 51 54.8 +73 00 55; Cam
V = 12.2; Size 2.0'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.4
17.5" (2/22/87): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated, diffuse. Only a very weak concentration.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 2441 = T. 6-1 on 8 Aug 1882 with the 9.4-inch "Amici II" refractor (this was his only discovery with the smaller refractor). He reported a "Weak Neb III class but 1' dia. Found on the terrace with Amici II and seen again on 9 Aug with Amici I [11-inch]; bright III class." His position is off by a few arc minutes too far southeast, but this is the only nearby candidate.
******************************
NGC 2442 = NGC 2443 = ESO 059-008 = AM 0736-692 = LGG 147-003 = PGC 21373 = Meat-hook Galaxy
07 36 23.9 -69 31 48; Vol
V = 10.4; Size 5.5'x4.9'; Surf Br = 13.9
25" (4/1/19 and 4/2/19 - OzSky): at 244x; the prominent northern spiral arm appeared slightly brighter at a crook where it bends dramatically to the west. This knot is catalogued in NED as [SD93] 38 and 39, from a 1993 paper by Sérsic and Donzelli, "The southern barred spiral NGC 2442". A faint star is situated right at the eastern edge of this glow. The SW end of the galaxy appeared patchy with a couple of subtly brighter knots, probably [SD93] 16 and 18. Overall, NGC 2442 is quite an impressive and unusual galaxy!
24" (4/4/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at
260x, I was amazed how prominent the sweeping spiral arms appeared, giving a
stunning "S" appearance.
The main bar of the galaxy is fairly bright and extended ~2:1 SW to NE
with a length of ~3'. The bar has
just a weak, broad concentration with no real core but rises sharply at the
center to a very small, brighter nucleus.
The main arm is attached at the NE end of the bar and extends a short
distance in that direction before dramatically bending sharply to the west
(turning nearly 150°) and continuing ~3.5' in length towards a mag 12.9
star. At the NW end this
well-defined arm fades and broadens a little, terminating just SE of the 13th
magnitude star. At the SW end of
the bar, a thick arm emerges towards the SW where it more gently curves around
towards the E while fanning out.
This arm is not as sharply defined as the inside (east) portion of the
curve blends with a diffuse glow extending from the bar. The total distance between the tips of
the arms spans nearly 5'. In the
same field 10' ENE lies
At 260x ESO 059-011 appeared moderately bright, fairly small, oval 2:1 NNW-SSE. Contains a sharp stellar nucleus or possibly a star is superimposed. A mag 13.5 star is at the SW edge of the halo [there are two stars 0.4' and 0.7' SW of center].
20" (7/8/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 127x (20mm Nagler), the main body of this unusual galaxy appeared as a fairly faint, large, thick "bar" with just a weak concentration except for an extremely small bright core. On the NE end of the bar, a faint "arm" emerged at a sharp angle towards the NW. The contrast was improved at 212x and the brighter arm was easier to view, extending at nearly a right angle to the main body and curving towards the west on the north side. On the SW end a broad but short low surface brightness extension was visible bending towards the SE. The main bar was elongated 2:1 SW-NE, roughly 3'x1.5', but the thick outer arm significantly increased the size to ~4.5'x2'.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2442 = h3097 on 23 Dec 1834 and
recorded "A double nebula; very large; very faint; position of centres =
40°; diameter 4' and 3' running together, and having a star 13th magnitude at
their junction." In his 2nd (of 4 sweeps) he called it "faint, very
large, much elongated, very suddenly a little brighter to the middle, to a star
13th mag, like a very faint atmosphere, about a nucleus 3.5' long, 1.5' broad;
pos of its extension = 39.8. I think it has some sort of hooked
appendage." The "hooked
appendage" (
NGC 2442 was first photographed by DeLisle Stewart at Harvard's Arequipa Station between 1898 and 1901 and described as "Double, very faint, very large, 2 star involved in very large spiral neb. 2443, included."
******************************
NGC 2443 = NGC 2442 = ESO 059-008 = PGC 21373 = Meat-hook Galaxy
07 36 23.9 -69 31 48; Vol
24" (4/4/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): This number refers to the prominent arm attached at the NE end of the bar. This arm extends a short distance in that direction before dramatically bending sharply to the west (turning nearly 150°) and extending ~3.5' in length towards a mag 12.9 star. At the NW end this well-defined arm fades and broadens a little, terminating just SE of the mag 13 star. See NGC 2442 for full description of the galaxy.
20" f/5 (7/8/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): This is the NE portion or NE spiral arm of NGC 2442. At 127x (20 Nagler), on the NE end of the bar, a faint "arm" emerged at a sharp angle towards the NW. The contrast was improved at 212x and the brighter arm was easier to view, extending at nearly a right angle to the main body and curving towards the east on the north side.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2443 = h3097 on 23 Dec 1834. In sweep 523, he described a "double nebula, vL, vF, position of centres = 40 deg, diameters 4' and 3' running together and having a star 13m at their junction." Herschel assigned two designations in the General Catalogue for the double nebula (GC 1568 and 1569) so the galaxy has two NGC designations, NGC 2442 and NGC 2443, although the latter number refers to the massive spiral arm on the northeast side of NGC 2442.
******************************
07 46 53.0 +39 01 55; Lyn
V = 13.2; Size 1.2'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.0
48" (4/5/13): NGC 2444 is the northwest component of a
remarkable interacting system with the multi-component ring galaxy NGC
2445. At 488x it appeared bright,
small, slightly elongated, 30" diameter, sharply concentrated with a very
high surface brightness nucleus ~12"-15" diameter.
13.1" (1/18/85): forms an interacting double ring system with NGC 2445. Both appear as two nearly stellar knots oriented NNW (NGC 2444) and SSE (NGC 2445) with a separation of 1.0', surrounded by faint halo which may merge.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2444 = St. 8b-22, along with NGC 2445, on 12 Jan 1872. His published micrometric position (list 8b, #22) was made 5 years later on 18 Jan 1877.
******************************
NGC 2445 = Arp 143 NED2 = VV 117e = UGC 4017 = MCG +07-16-017 = CGCG 206-024 = PGC 21776
07 46 55.1 +39 00 54; Lyn
V = 13.3; Size 1.4'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 15°
48" (4/5/13): this remarkable ring galaxy forms an interacting pair with NGC 2444, just 1' N. At 488x, it was resolved into six components -- the bright ring nucleus and five very small HII regions which are roughly equally spaced around the nucleus (separations between 25" and 42"). The four closest (VV 117b, 117e, 117f, 117g) form a very small square with the nucleus at the center! The nucleus appears moderately bright to fairly bright, small, round, high surface brightness, 15" diameter. The five HII regions are within an irregular, triangular glow, ~1.5' diameter.
VV 117b is at the northern end of NGC 2445, just 27" N
of the nucleus and 36" SSE of NGC 2444. It appeared very faint, very small, round, 8"
diameter.
Finally,
13.1" (1/18/85): this is the SE component of a double galaxy with NGC 2444. Both appear as two nearly stellar knots oriented NNW (NGC 2444) and SSE (NGC 2445) with a separation of 1.0', surrounded by faint halo which may merge.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2445 = St. 8b-23, along with NGC 2444, on 12 Jan 1872. His published micrometric position (list 8b, #23) was made 5 years later on 18 Jan 1877.
******************************
07 48 39.2 +54 36 42; Lyn
V = 12.9; Size 1.9'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 130°
17.5" (2/8/91): faint, fairly small, slightly elongated NW-SE. Unusual appearance as cradled by several stars including a mag 12 star at the west end, two mag 13 stars at the east end and close NW and a mag 15 star is superimposed.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2446 = h465 on 10 Feb 1831
(sweep 324) and recorded "four small stars in a semicircle, within whose
concavity there is a F nebulosity, which I am pretty sure is real." His position and description matches
******************************
07 44 29 -23 51 12; Pup
V = 6.2; Size 22'
18" (3/2/08): very easy with any optical aid (at the threshold of naked-eye visibility) with a few of the brighter stars resolved in 15x50 IS binoculars. The cluster is fairly well resolved at 25x in the 80mm finder. The central region is superb in the 18" at 175x (13mm Ethos) with ~100 stars resolved in the 10' region and richest in the core. Appears fully resolved into mag 10-14 stars. A small, near parallelogram of 4 stars (sides ~40"x20") stands out near the center with numerous fainter stars nearby. The brightest star on the SW side of the cluster is a nice, unequal double (ARA 2066 = 8.3/11.3 at 10").
13.1" (3/24/84): about 60 stars, bright, large, pretty rich. Contains a tight quadrilateral near the center with three faint companions.
8" (3/24/84): bright, very rich, triangular-shape, pretty compact, excellent field.
Charles Messier discovered M93 = NGC 2447 = h3098 on 20 Mar 1781 and called it "Cluster of small stars, without nebulosity, between the Greater Dog [Canis Major] and the prow of the ship [Puppis of Argo Navis]. (diam 8')"
Caroline Herschel independently discovered the cluster on 26
Feb 1783 and recorded "Nebula, about 1 1/4 deg north preceding the bright
star in the Ship [or more exactly] preceding the 1st Navis [Puppis] towards 23
Canis Majoris. My Brother examined it with [magnification] 460 and found not
less than 20 stars, with 227 above 40. with a compound eyepiece perhaps 100 and
150 very beautiful, nothing nebulous among them. Messier has it not." She entered as #1 in her discovery
log. At the time the Herschels
only had a copy of the second catalogue (published in 1780), which ended at
William observed it during his sweeps on 20 Nov 1784 (sweep 326) and called it "a cluster of scattered stars, pretty close and nearly of a size. The densest part of it about 15' diameter, but the rest very extensive." Observing from the Cape of Good Hope, John Herschel described "A fine cluster, scarcely scattered, pretty rich, not much more comp[ressed]. M [toward the middle]. Nearly fills field. Stars 8....13 m."
******************************
07 44 57 -24 40 30; Pup
18" (3/13/04): at 115x, this is a fairly distinctive
15' elongated group with mag 5.6
John Herschel discovered NGC 2448 = h466 on 7 Jan 1831 (sweep 317) and reported "a *8m followed by a poor cl of 18-20 st, 11...13m." His position is less than 1' S of mag 5.6 HD 62747. This bright star is surrounded by a several brighter stars, mostly on the following side (at the position given by Harold Corwin). RNGC classifies this asterism (not a true cluster) as nonexistent.
******************************
07 47 20.4 +26 55 49; Gem
V = 13.4; Size 1.3'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 137°
24" (2/16/15): at 300x and 375x; fairly faint to moderately bright, fairly small, elongated 2:1 NW-SE. Contains low surface brightness extensions (arms) extending ~40"x20" and a sharply defined oval core 25"x12". A mag 14.7 star is just off the west side [34" from center] and a mag 15.5 is off the southwest side [35" from center].
NGC 2449 is the brightest member of a small group (WBL 152)
with
17.5" (2/20/88): fairly faint, fairly small, very elongated NW-SE, bright core. Forms a pair with NGC 2450 6.0' NNE.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2449 = St. 6-9 on 12 Jan 1874 with description "eF, eS, R, bright core, seems resolvable". He included the discovery in his short (10 objects) 6th discovery list, though he reduced a later observation made on 2 Feb 1878.
******************************
NGC 2450 = MCG +05-19-008 = CGCG 148-022 = WBL 152-004 = PGC 21807
07 47 32.3 +27 01 09; Gem
V = 14.6; Size 0.9'x0.2'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 156°
24" (2/14/15): at 300x and 375x; faint to fairly faint, fairly small, very elongated 3:1 NNW-SSE, 0.6'x0.2'. Brighter along a thin strip of the major axis. A mag 14.6 star is close off the northwest edge. Last of a 12' quartet (WBL 152) with IC 2205, NGC 2449 and IC 476.
17.5" (2/20/88): very faint, very small, very elongated NNW-SSE. A mag 14.5 star is just off the NW edge 0.5' from center. Forms a pair with NGC 2449 6.0' SSW.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2450 = St. 9-12 on 26 Feb
1878 (date position reduced). His
position matches
******************************
07 45 15 -37 58 06; Pup
V = 2.8; Size 45'
13.1" (2/25/84): very bright scattered group of stars
including yellow mag 3.6 c Puppis and about 10 bright stars. This naked-eye cluster appears very
large but lacking in faint stars. A 2009 study shows there are two young
clusters -
8" (3/28/81): very bright, very large, very scattered, includes mag 4 c Puppis. Resolved in 8x50 finder.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2451 = h3099 on 1 Feb 1835 and
recorded "The chief star (4th mag) of an orange colour, of a very large
and very diffused cluster of large stars, too loose to be a fit object for the
ordinary magnifying power."
His position matches mag 3.6
NGC 2451 consists of NGC 2451A and B, two young open clusters (50-80 million years) projected on each other along the same line of sight at distances of ~600 and 1200 light years, respectively.
******************************
07 47 26.2 -27 20 08; Pup
V = 11.9; Size 31"x24"
18" (3/2/08): very interesting bipolar appearance at
450x. Appears elongated N-S,
~30"x22", with brighter lobes and rims on the north and south
ends. The center appears slightly
darker and pinched in. The small
open cluster
17.5" (3/2/02): at 380x this is a moderately bright, fairly small but interesting planetary. Appears elongated N-S, ~30"x20" with an irregular surface brightness and a slightly darker center or a darker spot. The halo appears brighter at the north and south ends giving a slightly bipolar appearance with the impression of two lobes diminishing in brightness in the center. A faint mag 14.5 star is just off the north edge. Located 8' S of open cluster NGC 2453.
13.1" (3/24/84): moderately bright, small, slightly elongated N-S, no interior star visible. Located 6' S of open cluster NGC 2453.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2452 = h3100 on 1 Feb 1837 and described as "An object whose nature I cannot make out. It is certainly not a star, nor a close double star; but it is not round, and I should call it an oblong planetary nebula, by reason of its decidedly marked though somewhat dim outline, were there not some suspicion of its being double, as if a very close and highly condensed double nebula. It is very small and rather faint, 8" long, 5" broad, and equals a star of 10th mag. In a field with at least 60 or 80 stars [NGC 2453], all sharp and well defined but this. Four nights later he recorded "Planetary nebula. In a field with, and south of a cluster, and on a rich ground is the undefined object of Sweep 769. It is no doubt a very faint, small, round planetary nebula..."
A lithograph was prepared based on a sketch by Joseph Turner using the Great Melbourne Telescope (plate V, figure 44) but his drawing was never published.
Based on a Crossley photograph at Lick Observatory, Curtis (1918) reported "there is probably a faint central star, not brighter than mag 19. Extreme length about 22" in pa 85° the centers of the bright lateral lobes are 11" apart. In this exposure time the object has much the appearance of a reversed letter Z." Based on radial velocity, NGC 2452 is in the foreground of open cluster NGC 2453.
******************************
NGC 2453 = Cr 162 = ESO 493-012
07 47 34 -27 11 42; Pup
V = 8.3; Size 5'
18" (3/2/08): at 220x appears as a fairly rich group of
two dozen stars in a 3' clump, just SE of a mag 9.5 star (
17.5" (3/2/02): at 220x, this is a small but dense open cluster with about two dozen stars resolved in a 3' region with a mag 9.5 star (HD 63360) at the NW edge. A very rich 1' clump of mag 12-13 stars is on the SE side with a mag 11.5 star at the south tip of this clump. Two mag 10 stars are 3' S and 3' SE of the central group. Planetary nebula NGC 2452 is in the field 8' SSW making for an interesting pair.
13.1" (3/24/84): about a dozen stars resolved in a compact 2.5' cluster including three mag 9.5-10 stars. The brightest mag 9.5 star is at the NW edge. There is one dense, partially resolved clump. Planetary nebula NGC 2452 lies 6' SSW. Clouds may have interfered with the observation.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2453 = h3101 on 5 Feb 1837 and recorded "a small but condensed cluster, Class VII. Pretty rich. Dia 3'. [This is the cluster referred to, as in the field with the Planetary Nebula (NGC 2452).]"
******************************
07 50 35.0 +16 22 07; Gem
V = 13.4; Size 1.0'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 101°
17.5" (2/8/91): faint, small, elongated 2:1 E-W, small bright core. A mag 14.5 star is 40" S.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2454 = St. 6-10 on 10 Jan 1872 with a second observation 5 years later on 3 Feb 1877. The discovery was published in list 6 (#10) with description "vF, eS, R, bM."
******************************
07 48 59 -21 18 00; Pup
Size 8'
18" (3/2/08): at 175x, this is a fairly rich group of
~45 stars, mostly mag 12.5-13.5, situated ~7' W of mag 8
17.5" (1/19/91): about two dozen stars in a fairly large scattered group. Consists mostly of brighter mag 10-12 which are aligned in two perpendicular rows oriented E-W and N-S. Although the stars are fairly bright the cluster does not stand out as located in very rich field.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2455 = h3102 on 15 Feb 1836 and recorded "Irregular cluster, p Rich, not much compressed middle, 10', stars 12m nearly equal. General middle taken." His position corresponds with the group at my position.
******************************
07 54 10.6 +55 29 43; Lyn
V = 13.1; Size 1.1'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 30°
17.5" (1/19/91): faint, small, slightly elongated,
broad mild concentration. A mag 14
star is 1.2' SSE. Forms a pair
with
John Herschel discovered NGC 2456 = h467 on 10 Feb 1831
(sweep 324) and recorded "vF; R; very gradually brighter middle; and
losing itself imperceptibly."
His position is at the south edge of
******************************
NGC 2457 = MCG +09-13-086 = CGCG 262-046 = PGC 22161
07 54 45.7 +55 32 48; Lyn
V = 14.7; Size 0.6'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.2; PA = 131°
17.5" (1/19/91): extremely faint, very small, round, very low surface brightness. Forms a pair with NGC 2456 5' WSW. Two extremely faint companions 1.2' E and 3' NNE were not seen.
Ralph Copeland discovered NGC 2457 on 10 Mar 1874 with the
72" at Birr Castle during an observation of NGC 2456. He described (with respect to NGC 2456)
"F, pL, R, Pos 54.8°, dist 339" [or 32.9s f, 195.4" n]. About 3' n of the nova there seemed to
be another vF neb. Telescope now
at the limit of its range."
Copeland's micrometric offset matches
MCG and PGC (as well as Megastar, etc) misidentify MCG +09-13-087 = PGC 22171 as NGC 2457. This galaxy is just 1.2' following the NGC 2457, though it was not seen by Copeland. See Corwin's identification comments.
******************************
07 55 51.4 +56 42 38; Lyn
V = 14.5; Size 0.15'x0.15'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 158°
24" (1/25/14): faint, very small, round, 10"
diameter, quasi-stellar nucleus. A
mag 13.5 star lies 35" SW.
Located 4.8' ENE of a mag 10.5 star and second in a string of 6 faint
galaxies (several of which have identification problems). This galaxy is identified as
17.5" (1/19/91): not found.
Bindon Blood Stoney or his brother George Johnstone Stoney,
Lord Rosse's assistants, discovered NGC 2458 = Big. 29 on 20 Feb 1851. The number was assigned to one of a
"Great many knots, reckoned 10 nearly in a line p f." This was the only observation made at
Birr Castle and no positions were measured or even a rough sketch
produced. John Herschel added 8
additional entries in the GC, as h469 (later
Dreyer followed Bigourdan's observation on 9 Mar 1886 in
assigning positions and descriptions ("vF,*12 close"). Bigourdan's position is 23 sec of RA
west of
******************************
07 52 02.8 +09 33 27; CMi
17.5" (2/22/03): this very small group of 5 faint mag 14-15 stars within 30" was just resolved at 220x . At low power it appeared like a nebulous spot. Although this may be a multiple star, it's likely just a compact asterism.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2459 = H. III-479 = h468 on 26 Dec 1785 (sweep 494) and noted "suspected. eF, vS, lE, but may be a deception." John Herschel observed it on 18 Jan 1828 (sweep 120) as "a large group of small stars which has a nebulous look, and perhaps there may be neb among them. No other near." On a later sweep he wrote "a small group of stars; with attention counted 5 with power 320; form a neb group 20" diameter.
This asterism was observed 6 times at Birr Castle and last
noted by Dreyer as a "vs Cl of 5 st, no neby seen." Dreyer also added a note in the
******************************
07 56 52.4 +60 20 58; Cam
V = 11.8; Size 2.5'x1.9'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 40°
13.1" (1/11/86): moderately bright, fairly small,
bright core, diffuse halo, slightly elongated SW-NE. Forms a (probably interacting) pair with
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 2460 = T. 6-3 on 11 Aug 1882 and recorded a "small nebula II-III class, round, with star in the middle; repeatedly seen." His position was 7 seconds of RA too large and 1.5' too far N.
******************************
07 56 26.4 +56 40 24; Lyn
= *, Corwin.
Bindon Blood Stoney or his brother George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistants, discovered NGC 2461 = Big. 30 on 20 Feb 1851. The number was assigned to one of a "Great many knots, reckoned 10 nearly in a line p f." This was the only observation made at Birr Castle and no positions were measured or even a rough sketch produced. John Herschel added an entry to the GC (1582) but without specific coordinates. So, Stoney's specific object is unknown.
In the NGC, Dreyer followed Bigourdan's later observation on
9 Mar 1886 in assigning a position and description ("*13 slightly
nebulous"). His relative
position from
******************************
NGC 2462 = MCG +10-12-024 = CGCG 287-009 = Holm 88a = PGC 22259
07 56 32.1 +56 41 14; Lyn
V = 14.5; Size 0.5'x0.3'; PA = 155°
24" (1/25/14): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated
NNW-SSE, 20"x15", weak concentration to the center. NGC 2463 lies 5.5' ESE. Located 11' N of mag 6.7
17.5" (1/19/91): faint, very small, round, very weak
concentration. Located 10' N of
mag 6.5
Bindon Blood Stoney or his brother George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistants, discovered NGC 2462 = Big. 31 on 20 Feb 1851. The number was assigned to one of a "Great many knots, reckoned 10 nearly in a line p f." This was the only observation made at Birr Castle and no positions were measured or even a rough sketch produced. John Herschel added an entry to the GC (1583) to represent this "knot" but without specific coordinates.
In the NGC, Dreyer followed Bigourdan's observation on 9 Mar
1886 in assigning a position and description ("vF, vS, very little
brighter middle").
Bigourdan's position is 21
sec of RA east and 1' S of
******************************
NGC 2463 = MCG +10-12-031 = CGCG 287-013 = PGC 22291
07 57 12.5 +56 40 36; Lyn
V = 14.1; Size 0.6'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.1
24" (1/25/14): at 375x appeared fairly faint, small,
round, small bright core increases to a faint stellar nucleus. Located 7' W of
17.5" (1/19/91): faint, very small, round, broad concentration. In a group with NGC 2462 5.6' W and NGC 2469 8' E.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2463 = h469 on 10 Feb 1831
(sweep 324) and recorded "eF; R; the preceding of two [with NGC
2469]." His position is an
exact match with
******************************
07 57 32 +56 41 24; Lyn
= ***, Corwin. = Not found, RNGC.
Bindon Blood Stoney or his brother George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistants, discovered NGC 2464 = Big. 32 on 20 Feb 1851. The number was assigned to one of a "Great many knots, reckoned 10 nearly in a line p f." This was the only observation made at Birr Castle and no positions were measured or even a rough sketch produced. John Herschel added 8 additional entries in the GC (besides h469 (later NGC 2463) and H. III-836 (later NGC 2469)), but was unable to provide any specific coordinates.
In the NGC, Dreyer followed Bigourdan's observation on 9 Mar 1886 in assigning a position and description ("pS Cl, st eF, nebulous"). There is nothing at Bigourdan's published position and Harold Corwin identifies NGC 2464 with a string of three mag 15 stars (within 50" separation) about 2.5' northeast of his position. RNGC classifies this number as nonexistent.
******************************
07 57 26.1 +56 49 18; Lyn
= *, Corwin. = Not found, RNGC.
Bindon Blood Stoney or his brother George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistants, discovered NGC 2465 = Big. 33 on 20 Feb 1851. The number was assigned to one of a "Great many knots, reckoned 10 nearly in a line p f." This was the only observation made at Birr Castle and no positions were measured or even a rough sketch produced. Harold Corwin notes that Stoney likely only observed the 6 brightest galaxies in this region, so 4 of his objects are probably single stars or asterisms.
In the NGC, Dreyer followed Bigourdan's observation on 9 Mar 1886 in assigning a position and description ("*, nebulous?"). There is nothing at Bigourdan's published position and Harold Corwin identifies NGC 2464 with a mag 15 star situated ~5' NNW of the NGC position (perhaps based on a later observation?). RNGC classifies this number as nonexistent.
******************************
07 45 16.2 -71 24 38; Vol
V = 13.0; Size 1.5'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.6
24" (4/4/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 260x appears moderately bright, fairly small, irregularly round, 0.9'x0.8'. Broad, weak concentration to a very small, brighter core. The outer halo appeared to change orientation or extent using averted vision (this is a face-on spiral). Located 1.2° NNE of mag 3.9 Zeta Volantis.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2466 = h3104 on 20 Feb 1835 and reported "vF; R; little brighter middle; 25"." His position is accurate.
******************************
07 52 29 -26 25 48; Pup
Size 8'x7'
24" (3/6/21): large, fascinating emission complex
involving several sections of nebulosity and three clusters (NGC 2467, Haffner
18, Haffner 19). The main region
of NGC 2467 extends 6' to 7' and contains the 8th magnitude ionizing (multiple)
star
Haffner 18: bright, irregular group of stars to the NE of the main region of NGC 2467/Sh 2-311. Roughly 25 stars are involved in a bright triangular patch of nebulosity. Contains a distinctive 3' line of stars oriented NW-SE, that forms the western facing side of the triangle. A mag 10 star (CD-26 5119) is at the NW vertex and a mag 11.5 star is at the E vertex. The nebulosity has a fairly high surface brightness with a NPB filter.
Haffner 19: small group of stars, ~3' diameter involved in faint nebulosity. Situated 7' N of Haffner 18. Contains 4 brighter stars including V = 11.1 (CD-25 5202). A mag 12.3 companion is 11" NW. A number of faint to very faint stars brings the total to nearly 20, several of which pop in and out over the nebulous hazy background.
13.1" (1/30/06 - Costa Rica): bright, large nebulosity at 75x using an OIII filter, ~4-5' diameter, surrounding a mag 8 star (O6-O7V star HD 64315, the ionization source). The main section is roughly mushroom shaped, extending generally south of the bright star. The southern border is locally brighter along a strip oriented NW to SE. There is a sharp light cut-off (apparently due to dust) passing to the north of the central star and oriented E-W. Faint haze extends ~15' to the east. To the north, fainter nebulosity extends 12' E-W, and brightens towards the east end at an elongated group of brighter stars (Haffner 18), oriented NW-SE. Removing the filter, NGC 2467 resides in a gorgeous low power Milky Way field with numerous faint stars peppering the region.
17.5" (3/2/02): Using a 31 Nagler at 64x and an OIII filter, this is a prominent 7' nebulosity surrounding a mag 8 star. A dark lane appears to cut through the nebula from west to east starting NW of the central star. Fainter nebulosity extends beyond the dark lane but then fades out to the north. The south and southeast border of the main mass has a bright, distinct edge and the southern border has a small extension on the west edge which hooks towards the NW.
A finger of nebulosity extends north from the main body and involves a scattered group of brighter stars. This strip dims but nearly merges with a much larger, elongated mass of fairly faint nebulosity extending NW to SE at a roughly right angle. This section is ~15' in size with an irregular border that is bounded on the NE side by a string of brighter stars (Haffner 18). This is a fascinating HII complex to explore in a rich star field!
17.5" (1/23/88): at 82x with OIII filter appears as a large, bright, circular nebulosity about 10' diameter. A mag 7.8 star is involved north of center and several fainter stars are involved. The nebulosity is brightest along the south side in a strip oriented NW-SE. A group of brighter stars is NE (Haffner 18). A separate larger (~15') but fainter section is 10'-15' NE and appears elongated.
8" (3/24/84): fairly bright, moderately large, roughly circular. A mag 8 star is north of center. This is a prominent nebulosity even with this aperture.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2467 = H. IV-22 = h472 on 9 Dec 1784 (sweep 333). His description reads "large, almost round, 6 or 7' diameter, entirely milky, a pretty large star not far from the center, a very curious appearance." He made a second observation on 6 Mar 1785 (sweep 381) and wrote: "pretty bright, large, bright middle, easily resolvable, a faint red colour visible. A star 8 or 9m not far from the center of it, which at first sight makes it appear like a hazy atmosphere to that star but they evidently have no connection together. At least 9 or 10' in diameter."
John Herschel observed the nebula on 7 Jan 1831 (sweep 317): "a * 9th mag with a W of stars and nebulosity, or ? is not a vF neb about the stars - no red colour seen." Joseph Turner sketched NGC 2467 on 13 Jan 1877 with the Great Melbourne Telescope (p. 129 on his logbook, unpublished Plate V, figure 45) as an oval shaped nebula to the south of the bright star and brightest along the western side.
See Harold Corwin's identification notes for more.
******************************
07 58 02.4 +56 21 35; Lyn
V = 13.9; Size 1.1'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 45°
24" (2/13/18): at 375x; fairly faint, fairly small,
elongated 2:1 SW-NE, ~50"x25", very small brighter core and
occasional stellar nucleus. A mag
11.4 star is 1.2' WNW. NGC 2468
forms a close pair with
17.5" (1/19/91): fairly faint, very small, oval 2:1
SW-NE. A mag 12 star is off the NW
edge 1.2' from center. Located 15'
SE of mag 6.5
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 2468 on 1 Jan 1865 and
recorded "F, R, little brighter in the middle. Without doubt one of the
LdR nebulae." See NGC 2458
for some background on the Lord Rosse observations on 20 Feb 1851. His single position matches
******************************
NGC 2469 = UGC 4111 = MCG +10-12-035 = CGCG 287-017 = WBL 161-003 = PGC 22327
07 58 03.4 +56 40 50; Lyn
V = 12.7; Size 1.1'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 160°
24" (1/25/14): at 375x appeared moderately bright to fairly bright, fairly small, elongated 4:3 NNW-SSE, 36"x28", slightly brighter core, appears mottled. Located 2.3' SSW of a mag 9.5 star. 5th of 6 galaxies in a 25' E-W string.
17.5" (1/19/91): fairly faint, small, oval 3:2
NNW-SSE. A mag 14.5 star is off
the NW end 0.8' from center. Third
of three on a line with
William Herschel discovered NGC 2469 = H. III-836 = h470 on
18 Mar 1790 (sweep 949) and recorded "vF, vS, may be a patch of
stars." His position is 12
seconds of time west of
******************************
07 54 20.7 +04 27 35; CMi
V = 12.7; Size 1.9'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 128°
17.5" (12/19/87): moderately bright, fairly small, pretty edge-on NW-SE, bright core. A mag 13 star is 0.8' N of center.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 2470 = Sw. 5-68 on 24 Oct 1886
and recorded "eF; S; eE; betw 2 stars; 2 other stars preceding form
trapezoid." His position is 6
tsec of RA west of
******************************
07 58 33.0 +56 46 34; Lyn
= **, Corwin. =*, Carlson.
Bindon Blood Stoney or his brother George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistants, discovered NGC 2471 = Big. 34 on 20 Feb 1851. The number was assigned to one of a "Great many knots, reckoned 10 nearly in a line p f." This was the only observation made at Birr Castle and no positions were measured or even a rough sketch produced.
In the NGC, Dreyer followed Bigourdan's observation on 9 Mar 1886 in assigning a position and description ("*13 slightly nebulous?"). There is nothing at Bigourdan's published position but Harold Corwin identifies NGC 2464 with a faint double star (~16" separation) about 2.5' NW of the NGC position. Perhaps this is based on a later observation by Bigourdan. RNGC classifies this number as nonexistent.
******************************
NGC 2472 = NGC 2473? = MCG +10-12-039 = CGCG 287-019 = PGC 22364
07 58 41.9 +56 42 04; Lyn
V = 14.4; Size 0.6'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.1
24" (1/31/14): at 375x appeared faint, small, round, 12"-15" diameter, visible continuously but low surface brightness and no concentration. This is the last of 6 galaxies in a 25' E-W string with NGC 2469 5.5' WSW. The identification of this galaxy with NGC 2472 is just an educated guess.
17.5" (1/19/91): extremely faint, very small, very low even surface brightness. Fourth of four on a line with NGC 2469 6' W.
Bindon Blood Stoney or his brother George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistants, discovered NGC 2472 on 20 Feb 1851. The number was assigned to one of a "Great many knots, reckoned 10 nearly in a line p f." This was the only observation made at Birr Castle and no positions were measured or even a rough sketch produced but there are 6 galaxies here in shallow arc oriented east-west.
In the NGC, Dreyer followed Bigourdan's positions and descriptions for six of these 8 entries, but Bigourdan didn't record an observation for NGC 2472 or 2473, so their coordinates are approximate in the NGC. As a result any assignment is somewhat arbitrary and this number could be considered lost.
The CGCG and RNGC identify
******************************
07 55 34.8 +56 44 10; Lyn
V = 15.1; Size 0.3'x0.2'; PA = 80°
24" (1/25/14): extremely faint to very faint, very small, slightly elongated, 15"x12", low even surface brightness. Located at the west end of a 25' string of 6 galaxies (4 found at Birr Castle), several of which have identification problems).
Bindon Blood Stoney or his brother George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistants, discovered NGC 2473 on 20 Feb 1851. The number was assigned to one of a "Great many knots, reckoned 10 nearly in a line p f." This was the only observation made at Birr Castle and no positions were measured or even a rough sketch produced, but there are 6 galaxies here in shallow arc oriented east-west.
In the NGC, Dreyer followed Bigourdan's positions and descriptions for six of these 8 entries, but he did not record NGC 2472 or 2473 so the NGC coordinates are approximate. As a result any assignment is somewhat arbitrary and this number could be considered lost.
RNGC, CGCG, PGC (and software such as Megastar) identify CGCG 287-019 as NGC 2472 = NGC 2473. Assuming Stoney saw all 6 of the brightest galaxies in this string, Harold Corwin suggests assigning PGC 22191 (which does not have a NGC number) to NGC 2473. This seems reasonable although the westernmost galaxy in the string then receives the highest NGC number (out of RA order). PGC 22191 is identified as NGC 2458 in RNGC, PGC and NED and as NGC 2458: = NGC 2473 in LEDA. See Harold Corwin's identification notes for NGC 2469.
******************************
07 57 58.9 +52 51 26; Lyn
V = 14.0; Size 0.7'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.0
17.5" (1/19/91): faint, very small, round, very small
bright core. Forms a double galaxy
with
13.1" (12/7/85): this is the SW member of a double galaxy with NGC 2475. Almost stellar, round, faint, NGC 2475 very close NE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2474 = H. III-830 = h471 on 17 Mar 1790 (sweep 945) and called it "considerably faint, pretty small, bright middle." Since he only logged a single object, either they appeared unresolved, or he only noticed the brighter northeast component or both were seen but unresolved.
On 16 Feb 1831 (sweep 327), John Herschel logged "pF; E; or has a vS star sp and a large [bright] star nf. Also query if not vS star in centre." The comment "vS star sp" refers to the fainter southwest component." John Herschel's position (used in the NGC) is accurate, but the numbers have been confused with the nearby planetary JE 1 (Jones-Emberson 1). This mix-up was resolved in Sky & Telescope, April 1981.
******************************
NGC 2475 = UGC 4114ne = MCG +09-13-097 = CGCG 262-052ne =
07 58 00.4 +52 51 42; Lyn
V = 13.1; Size 0.8'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.5
17.5" (1/19/91): brighter of a double system with NGC 2474 just 21" SW between centers. Moderately bright, small, round, very small bright core. Forms a striking pair with NGC 2474. Located 2.3' SW of mag 8.8 SAO 26594.
13.1" (12/7/85): brightest of double galaxy, moderately bright, small, round. A mag 9 star is 3' NE.
R.J. Mitchell resolved the double system NGC 2474/2475 on 9 Jan 1856 using Lord Rosse's 72". He recorded "may be a double neb. I see no star between (as suspected by [JH], but the two almost touch." JH appears to have resolved the fainter southwest component, but thought it was a star: "vS star sp." Dreyer assigned the discovery of NGC 2475 to LdR, but NGC 2474 is clearly the fainter component seen by Mitchell.
******************************
07 56 45.2 +39 55 40; Lyn
V = 12.6; Size 1.4'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 135°
17.5" (2/24/90): fairly faint, fairly small, sharp
concentration, stellar nucleus, slightly elongated halo. The
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2476 = St. 9-13 on 29 Jan 1878, with a second observation a few nights later. He reduced the position the following month (23 Feb 1878) and published the discovery in his 9th list (#13).
******************************
07 52 10 -38 32 00; Pup
V = 5.8; Size 27'
25" (4/6/19 - OzSky): at 244x; this amazing cluster filled the 25' field from edge to edge! The central 7' was extremely dense and still very rich all the way out. There are a couple of dozen 11th mag stars and over 500 stars from mag 12-15.5. It really looked superb - like an extremely large, loose concentration class, highly resolved globular cluster.
13.1" (2/18/04 - Costa Rica): remarkably rich carpet of
mag 11-13 stars at 105x with perhaps 250-300 stars resolved in a 25'
field. The appearance is very
similar to a highly resolved globular without a sharply concentrated core. There are no distinct boundaries as
stars loop outside the main group and many stars are arranged in long streamers. Located roughly 20' N of a mag 4.5 star
(
13.1" (12/22/84): superb cluster, over 200 stars
resolved in a 25' diameter, very rich in mag 11-14 stars. Appears similar to
8" (3/28/81): beautiful, large cluster, very rich in faint stars mag 11-13 over unresolved haze. A mag 4 star is at the south edge.
Nicolas-Louis de Lacaille discovered NGC 2477 = Lac I-3 = D 535 = h3103 in 1751-1752 using a 1/2-inch telescope at 8x during his expedition to the Cape of Good Hope. He recorded a "large nebula 15' to 20' diameter." James Dunlop made 5 observations (first on 7 May 1826) and described the cluster as "a pretty large faint nebula, easily resolvable into small stars, or rather a cluster of very small stars, with a small faint nebula near the north preceding side, which is rather difficult to resolve into exceedingly small stars. This is probably two clusters or nebula in the same line; the small nebula is probably three times the distance of the large nebula." His position was ~12' too far NW.
John Herschel lists 3 observations in his Cape catalogue: on 1 Feb 1835 he recorded "Cluster 6th class, bright, large, rich, not very highly condensed in the middle. Stars very remarkably equal. All 12 or 13th mag. Very few 14th mag; none 11th mag. A fine object." On a second sweep he described it as "a very beautiful large cluster, very rich; stars nearly equal, and 12th mag, gradually brighter in the middle, not much compressed in the middle; more than fills the field. (N.B. It is visible in the finder of the equatorial, and in the telescope of that instrument appears as a fine cluster." Finally on his last sweep he described it as a "Superb cluster, gradually brighter in the middle, 20' diameter, much more than fills the whole field. Stars 10 and 11th mag all nearly equal."
******************************
07 36 35 -14 29 00; Pup
See observing notes for M47 = NGC 2422.
Charles Messier discovered M47 = NGC 2478 on 19 Feb 1771 and recorded a "Cluster of stars a short distance from the preceding [M46]; the stars are brighter; the middle of the cluster was compared with the same star, 2 Navis. The cluster contains no nebulosity." There is nothing at his position, but it was assigned GC 1594 and NGC 2478 as placeholders for the missing cluster. Giovanni Hodierna probably made the first observation of M47 before 1654, though he gave the simple description"a Nebulosa between the two dogs". His map position, though, is a good match.
In the October 1960 issue of Sky & Tel, Owen Gingrich claims in "The Missing Messier Objects" that Messier apparently switched the signs of his offsets from his comparison star, 2 Navis (now 2 Puppis), and cites articles or notes by Oswald Thomas in 1934 and T. F. Morris in 1959. Harold Corwin doesn't fully accept this explanation (see his identification notes) as reversing the offset sign doesn't yield a very good match positional match. In any case, the cluster now taken as M47 was independently discovered by both William Herschel and Caroline Herschel. Herschel catalogued it as H. VIII-38 (later NGC 2422), so it is assumed M47 = NGC 2478 = NGC 2422. See Corwin's notes for the full story.
******************************
07 55 07 -17 42 48; Pup
Size 7'
18" (3/2/08): at 175x, over 80 stars mag 12-14 are resolved in a 9' region with the cluster extended WSW-ENE. A semi-circular loop of stars is near the center and is open on the east side. The cluster is ~10' NE of a fairly well matched, bright wide pair (h4015 = 9.1/9.5 at 20").
25x80mm (3/2/08): in the finder this cluster appears as a hazy 8' cloud with no resolution
13.1" (12/7/85): about 50 faint stars spread out in a 10' diameter over some haze. Several stars near the center are arranged in a semi-circle open on the east side. A string of stars trail off to the SE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2479 = H. VII-58 on 18 Dec 1783 (early sweep 49). He noted "a cluster of stars, pretty rich" found "south following 6 [Pup] towards the 16 [Pup]." NGC 2479 fits that description. Since a specific position wasn't determined (his method of finding polar distance not in place), he assigned it discovery #7 but didn't include it in his first published catalogue. Herschel rediscovered the cluster on sweep 934 (4 Mar 1790) and assumed it was new. He described VII. 58 as "a pretty compressed and rich cluster of small stars, irregularly round, about 7 or 8' diameter." His position is on the southwest side off the cluster.
******************************
07 57 10.5 +23 46 46; Gem
V = 14.1; Size 1.3'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 160°
17.5" (2/20/88): very faint, very small, very elongated
~N-S, even surface brightness.
Forms a pair with
R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 2480 on 1 Feb 1856. He described a "F ray with pB nucleus. There is np this a companion neb vvF, elongated as in diagram. star at Alpha, suspected another at Beta." The sketch clearly identifies NGC 2480 = UGC 4116, although no coordinates or offsets were given by Mitchell. UGC misidentifies this galaxy as NGC 2481.
******************************
NGC 2481 = UGC 4118 = MCG +04-19-010 = CGCG 118-027 = Holm 89a = PGC 22292
07 57 13.7 +23 46 04; Gem
V = 12.9; Size 1.4'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 18°
17.5" (2/20/88): moderately bright, fairly small, edge-on 4:1 SW-NE, bright core, stellar nucleus. Forms a close pair with NGC 2480 1' NW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2481 = H. II-302 = h473 on
28 Feb 1785 (sweep 374) and called it "pF, vS, bM, easily
resolvable." On 20 Feb 1787
(sweep 697) he noted "F, pL, irr elongated." UGC has a typo and calls this galaxy
******************************
NGC 2482 = Cr 166 = ESO 494-003
07 55 09 -24 15 00; Pup
V = 7.3; Size 12'
18" (3/2/08): distinctive group of 80-100 stars at 175x
in a 10'-12' field. A long, rich
string of stars oriented NW-SE passes through the middle of the cluster with
arms or sprays of stars extending outwards from this string. The stars are fairly evenly distributed
and similar in magnitude with several close doubles. A mag 8 star (
13.1" (12/7/85): about 50 stars mag 10-14 in cluster. The bright stars from a "Y" asterism. Located 1.5° ENE of Xi Puppis.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2482 = H. VII-10 = h474 = h3106 on 20 Nov 1784 (sweep 326) and recorded "a cluster of scattered stars, the stars nearly of a size, more than 15' diam, but not compressed." On 6 Mar 1785 (sweep 381) he noted "a L cluster of scattered stars, considerably rich and compressed; my field is too small to determine the extent of it." Observing from the Cape of Good Hope, John Herschel reported "a very rich milky way cluster, or mass of stars, 10, 11 and 12th mag, diameter 20'. The neighbourhood is rich, but much less so than this cluster." His position is a couple of arcmin south of center.
******************************
07 55 39 -27 53 12; Pup
V = 7.6; Size 10'
18" (3/2/08): at 175x, ~60 stars are resolved, many in a long WNW to ESE chain extending to the NW of the central core of the cluster. Near the SE end of the string is a trio of stars and a wide, equal mag pair. Extending from this pair are two additional strings to the SW and towards the east.
17.5" (3/7/92): scattered group of 30 stars mag 9-14 in 10' diameter. Contains mag 8.9 SAO 174829 and a mag 10 star at the east end with 2.5' separation NW-SE. Most of the member stars are arranged in two well-defined intersecting lanes oriented SW-NE and NW-SE. There are no dense areas or prominent double stars.
25x80mm (3/2/08): easily visible as a hazy cloud with several faint stars superimposed.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2483 = h3105 on 22 Jan 1835 and recorded "Cluster 8th class. Large; loose and straggling. A milky way cluster." His position is about 1 min of RA west of this cluster.
******************************
07 58 28.1 +37 47 11; Lyn
V = 13.1; Size 0.9'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 145°
17.5" (3/20/93): faint, small, round, broad concentration, faint stellar nucleus. A mag 14 star is just 40" off the SW edge and 0.8' from the center. The distance of this galaxy is ~600 million l.y.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2484 = St. 13-34 on 2 Feb 1878. His reduced position was computed on 21 Jan 1885 and entered into his large 13th discovery list (#34). His position matches UGC 4125.
******************************
07 56 48.7 +07 28 40; CMi
V = 12.2; Size 1.6'x1.6'; Surf Br = 13.0
17.5" (11/25/87): fairly faint, very small, round, bright core, stellar nucleus, diffuse halo. A mag 13 star is 0.6' S of center.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2485 = m 107 on 25 Mar 1864 with
Lassell's 48" and recorded "neb *12." His position matches
******************************
07 57 56.5 +25 09 39; Gem
V = 13.3; Size 1.7'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 100°
17.5" (2/20/88): faint, fairly small, oval E-W, broad
concentration, faint stellar nucleus.
Forms a pair with
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2486 = m 108, along with NGC 2487, on 25 Mar 1864 and recorded "vF, S, pretty suddenly brighter in the middle." His position was 2' too far N (same offset as NGC 2487).
******************************
NGC 2487 = UGC 4126 = MCG +04-19-012 = CGCG 118-030 = Holm 90a = LGG 152-003 = PGC 22343
07 58 20.4 +25 08 57; Gem
V = 12.5; Size 2.6'x2.1'; Surf Br = 14.2; PA = 115°
17.5" (2/20/88): fairly faint, moderately large, 2' diameter oval, broad concentration. A mag 10.5 is 20" off the south edge and 1.3' from center. Forms a pair with NGC 2486 5' WNW and member of a small group (LGG 152) with NGC 2498.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2487 = m 109, along with NGC 2486, on 25 Mar 1864 and recorded "vF, S, gradually brighter in the middle." His position was 2' too far N (same offset as NGC 2487).
******************************
08 01 45.8 +56 33 13; Lyn
V = 12.4; Size 1.4'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 100°
17.5" (1/19/91): faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2
WNW-ESE, bright core.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2488 = H. III-837 = h475 on
18 Mar 1790 (sweep 949) and called "eF, vS." His position was 1' SSW of
******************************
07 56 16 -30 03 54; Pup
V = 7.9; Size 8'
13.1" (1/18/85): about 50 stars in a 8' diameter. Rich in mag 11-14 stars. A richer group of stars is at the center surrounded by a larger incomplete ring of stars. Located 13' N of mag 6.3 PX Puppis (6.3-6.7).
William Herschel discovered NGC 2489 = H. VII-23 = D 626 = h479 = h3107 on 30 Dec 1785 (sweep 501). Herschel reported "a compressed cluster of pretty large stars, considerably rich."
James Dunlop observed it next on 28 May 1826. He logged D 626 as (handwritten notes)
"a pretty large faint nebula with a multitude of smal stars in it - or a
cluster of smalll stars - with faint nebule of an irregular round figure. Easily resolved. This precedes a bright star 6th mag
about 1 minute [time] AR and 20' North of the star." His position was off
by 30' to the WNW but his description is perfect match. The star is mag 4.8
John Herschel observed the cluster from England and the Cape of Good Hope. On 22 Jan 1835 (sweep 531) he recorded "A round, pretty compressed cluster of stars 11..13th mag; 6th or 7th class; gradually brighter in the middle, pretty rich, 7' diameter."
******************************
07 59 17.9 +27 04 40; Gem
V = 14.2; Size 0.5'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.4
17.5" (2/20/88): very faint, very small, round, even
surface brightness. A mag 13.5
star is just 0.7' E. Located 4.0'
NW of brighter
R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's assistant on 14 Feb 1857, discovered NGC 2490 and recorded "I suspect Alpha to be h477 [NGC 2492], F, S, R, little brighter in the middle. Beta is a vS, F patch, a star following closely." The sketch and description clearly establishes Beta as NGC 2490 = CGCG 148-080 = PGC 22382. On 14 Feb 1877, Dreyer recorded "vF, vS, R, *13m 1' foll. Pos 320.6°, Dist 243.7" [from NGC 2492].
******************************
07 58 27.4 +07 59 02; CMi
V = 15.1; Size 0.6'x0.3'; Surf Br = 11.7; PA = 78°
24" (1/31/14): at 375x appeared faint, very small,
round, 12" diameter, low even surface brightness. Located 3.7' SW
24" (1/25/14): at 375x appeared very faint to faint,
small, elongated 4:3, 20"x15", low even surface brightness. Located 3.7' SW of much brighter NGC
2491.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 2491 = Sw. 3-37 on 15 Nov 1885
(along with NGC 2496) with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory and
recorded "eeeF; pS; iR; B* nr W; sp of 2 [with NGC 2496]; e
diff.". His position is ~1.5'
NW of
Harold Corwin notes there are two brighter galaxies 10' N
(
******************************
NGC 2492 = UGC 4138 = MCG +05-19-028 = CGCG 148-080 = PGC 22397
07 59 29.7 +27 01 35; Gem
V = 12.7; Size 1.0'x1.0'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 95°
17.5" (2/20/88): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated, bright core. Forms a pair with NGC 2490 4.0' NW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2492 = h477 on 24 Dec 1827
(sweep 115) and logged "vF; S; R; bM." His position matches
******************************
NGC 2493 = UGC 4150 = MCG +07-17-007 = CGCG 207-014 = Holm 91a = PGC 22447
08 00 23.7 +39 49 49; Lyn
V = 12.0; Size 1.9'x1.9'; Surf Br = 13.3
17.5" (2/24/90): moderately bright, fairly small, round, halo gradually increases to a small bright core. Located 9' SW of mag 7.6 SAO 42123. Forms a close pair with a dim galaxy NGC 2495 1.8' ENE. This galaxy forms the southern vertex of an isosceles triangle with a mag 9.5 star 5' WNW and a mag 10 star 4.5' NNW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2493 = H. III-750 = h476 on
31 Dec 1788 (sweep 901) and noted "vF, S, R, little brighter in the
middle." His position matches
******************************
07 59 07.0 -00 38 17; Mon
V = 13.1; Size 0.9'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 95°
17.5" (1/23/88): moderately bright, oval ~E-W, fairly small, bright core. A nice triple star lies 4' ESE; the closer components are mag 11/12 with separation 19".
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2494 = m 110 on 6 Feb 1864 and
noted "F, S, lE." There
is nothing at his position, but exactly 1.0 min of RA east is
******************************
NGC 2495 = MCG +07-17-008 = CGCG 207-016 = Holm 91b = Mrk 383 = PGC 22457
08 00 33.2 +39 50 23; Lyn
V = 15.5; Size 0.4'x0.2'; Surf Br = 12.4
17.5" (2/24/90): extremely faint and small, round. A mag 14.5 is off the east edge 24" from center. Forms a pair with much brighter NGC 2493 1.8' WSW.
R.J. Mitchell discovered NGC 2495 on 14 Feb 1855 as the
assistant on Lord Rosse's 72".
While observing NGC 2493, he noted "a faint star precedes, a
nebulous knot follows 2' or 3' dist." Just 2.0' ENE of the center of NGC 2493 is
******************************
NGC 2496 = UGC 4127 = MCG +01-21-002 = CGCG 031-009 = PGC 22359
07 58 37.4 +08 01 45; CMi
V = 13.0; Size 1.4'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 2°
24" (1/31/14): moderately bright, fairly small, slightly elongated N-S, fairly high surface brightness, gradually increases to the center but no distinct nucleus or zones. A mag 14 star is 35" W of center. NGC 2491 lies 3.7' SW.
24" (1/25/14): fairly faint to moderately bright, fairly small, elongated 4:3 ~N-S, ~25"x18", weak concentration. A mag 13.5 star is 33" W of center and a mag 11 star is 2' S.
17.5" (2/8/91): faint, small, elongated 3:2 NNW-SSE, weak concentration. A mag 14 star is 30" W. Forms a pair with NGC 2491 4' SW (not seen).
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 2496 = Sw. 3-38 on 15 Nov 1885 (along NGC 2491) using the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory and recorded "vF, pS, R, little brighter middle, * close foll, nf of 2". His position matches UGC 4127 = PGC 22359, although the "* close foll" probably refers is a mag 14 star 35" preceding the center.
******************************
08 02 11.0 +56 56 32; Lyn
V = 13.2; Size 1.4'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.6
17.5" (1/19/91): faint, extremely small, round, stellar
nucleus stands out with direct vision.
Located 6' E of mag 8.6
William Herschel discovered NGC 2497 = H. III-838 on 18 Mar
1790 (sweep 949) and called "eF, vS." According to Caroline's offset, his position is just 12 sec
of RA too small. MCG does not
label this galaxy (
******************************
NGC 2498 = UGC 4142 = MCG +04-19-015 = CGCG 118-034 = LGG 152-004 = PGC 22403
07 59 38.8 +24 58 56; Gem
V = 13.4; Size 1.1'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 113°
17.5" (2/20/88): fairly faint, fairly small, small bright core, elongated NW-SE, faint stellar nucleus. NGC 2486 lies 20' NW. Member of a small group (LGG 152).
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2498 = St. 13-35 on 1 Feb
1878. His reduced position was
recorded on 19 Jan 1885 and matches
******************************
07 58 51.7 +07 29 36; CMi
V = 14.3; Size 1.1'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 175°
17.5" (3/7/92): very faint, very small, round. Located 2' N of mag 8.9 SAO 26621. Two mag 10/11 stars are 1.8' S and 2.8' SW.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2499 = m 111 on 25 Mar 1864 with
Lassell's 48" and recorded "eF, pS, iR." His position matches
******************************
08 01 53.1 +50 44 15; Lyn
V = 11.6; Size 2.9'x2.6'; Surf Br = 13.7
13.1" (2/23/85): moderately bright, fairly large, almost round, mottled, weak concentration. Situated midway between a mag 12 star 1.9' NE and a mag 10.5 star 1.7' SW of center.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2500 = H. III-709 = h478 on 9 Mar 1788 (sweep 815). He recorded "vF, R, very gradually brighter middle; about 2 1/2 minutes in diameter." A later observation says "I can perceive some of the stars." This is a mottled face-on spiral, so this created the impression of resolving some stars.
On 1 Feb 1851, Lord Rosse "saw stars in it and suspected at one time a curvilinear arrangement. On later observations spiral structure was suspected and sketches (by R.J. Mitchell and Samuel Hunter) reasonably capture the spiral structure, although they were not certain. In addition a couple of HII knots on the preceding side were apparently noticed.
******************************
07 58 30.0 -14 21 16; Pup
V = 13.7; Size 1.7'x1.3'; Surf Br = 14.4; PA = 120°
17.5" (2/8/91): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated ~E-W, bright core, stands out well in rich Milky Way field. Situated only 8° from the galactic equator.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2501 = h3108 on 14 Feb 1836 and recorded "F, R, gradually brighter in the middle, 30", in a field full of stars." On a later sweep he called it "pF, lE, in parallel; gradually little brighter middle, 25"." His position is accurate.
******************************
07 55 51.5 -52 18 25; Car
V = 12.0; Size 2.0'x1.3'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 126°
24" (4/11/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): bright, moderately large, elongated 3:2 NW-SE. Well concentrated with a very bright 30" core that dominates the galaxy. The outer halo or arms are much fainter and could be easily missed but extend to 1.2'x0.8'. Forms the NW vertex of a triangle with two mag 11 star 4.3' E and a mag 11.5 star 3' SSE. Located 41' NNW mag 3.5 Chi Carinae.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2502 = h3109 on 5 Jan 1837 and
reported "pF; R; vgpmbM; 25"." His single position matches
******************************
08 00 36.7 +22 24 00; Cnc
V = 13.9; Size 1.0'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.6
17.5" (3/12/94): very faint, small, round, 0.8' diameter, low surface brightness, very weak concentration. A mag 14.5 star is at the NW edge and a mag 11 star lies 2.0' SE of center. Located on the Cancer/Gemini border.
17.5" (2/20/88): very faint, very small, round, diffuse, weak concentration. A mag 15 star is just off the NW edge and a mag 11 star is 2.0' SE.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2503 = m 112 on 17 Feb 1865 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta and recorded "eF, S, gradually little brighter
middle." His position is 8
sec of RA east of
******************************
07 59 52.3 +05 36 29; CMi
V = 14.1; Size 0.5'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.3
17.5" (11/25/87): faint, very small, slightly elongated ~E-W, fairly low even surface brightness. Located 17' E of STF 1168, an unequal mag 6.8/10.6 pair at 6" separation.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2504 = m 113 on 25 Mar 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and recorded "vF, S, R." His position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 2505 = UGC 4193 = MCG +09-13-115 = CGCG 262-066 = PGC 22644
08 04 06.8 +53 32 57; Lyn
V = 13.2; Size 1.2'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 0°
17.5" (1/19/91): faint, fairly small, oval 2:1 N-S,
very small brighter nucleus.
Located 10' SW of mag 7.1
William Herschel discovered NGC 2505 = H. III-839 on 18 Mar
1790 (sweep 949) and called it "eF, vS." His position (Caroline's reduction) is just 1.8'
south-southwest of
******************************
08 00 02 -10 46 12; Mon
V = 7.6; Size 7'
18" (3/15/10): at 175x, this is a beautifully rich 8' group of stars, roughly circular, with 80-100 stars mag 11-14 over unresolved background haze. The brightest two stars are at the west side and form a wide, 27" double. The richest portion roughly forms a "U" outline, open to the south, as if a chunk of the cluster was missing. The north side of the "U" consists of a string of stars oriented WNW-ESE (north of the two brightest stars) with a pair at the WNW end. At the ESE end of this string a few brighter stars form a right angle heading SSW and forming another side of the "U". A faint string of stars extends out of the cluster to the SE and another string extends out the WNW.
17.5" (3/12/94): 75 stars in 10' diameter at 220x. The brightest members are a wide pair of mag 11/12 stars at the west end with a separation of 27" oriented SW-NE and a mag 11.5 star at the east end. Rich in mag 13-14 stars with a roughly circular outline except for a "bite" on the south side. The richest subgroup is following the two brighter stars at the west end and is 3' diameter forming a "C" shaped asterism opening to the south over haze and is quite striking.
13.1" (2/23/85): at 220x, ~35 stars visible, many in a winding row. A number of brighter mag 11 stars surround the group.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2506 = H. VI-37 = h480 on 23 Feb 1791 (sweep 995) and recorded "a very compressed and very rich cluster of stars. The stars are of 2 sizes, some considerably large and the rest next to invisible. The compressed part 5' or 6' in diameter." His position (Auwers' reduction) is 7' NNE of center of this cluster. It was independently found by Karl Ludwig Harding around 1823 and reported it as a new discovery.
John Herschel's described the cluster on 9 Mar 1828 (sweep 129) as "the first *11m in the p part of a rich resolved p comp cl irreg fig; *s 11...20m, so as to be nebulous. The most comp part = 4' or 5' diam. His Slough position is accurate, but he subtracted 10' in North Polar Disatance in the GC (General Catalog) assuming he made an error, as his position didn't match his father's or Harding's. See GC and NGC notes.
Lord Rosse, or his observing assistant George Stoney, commented on 27 Jan 1849 "More approach towards spiral appearance than I have seen in any other cluster [obvious spiral shapes were a primary focus]. Very curious black spaces with power 700x."
******************************
08 01 37.2 +15 42 35; Cnc
V = 12.2; Size 2.5'x1.8'; Surf Br = 13.7
24" (2/14/15): moderately bright, fairly small, slightly elongated 0.6'x0.5'. Moderately concentrated to a small brighter nucleus. A very low surface brightness halo increases the size to 0.8'x0.7'. A mag 12 star is off the SW side [1.3' from center]. A mag 15.5 star is at the SW edge at 300-375x and a slightly fainter star is embedded on the N edge [just 18" from center!]. An HII region (or galaxy?) at the NE edge was not resolved.
17.5" (2/8/91): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated, gradually brighter halo, stellar nucleus within slightly brighter core. A mag 11.5 star is 1.3' SW. NGC 2514 lies 18' NE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2507 = H. II-554 = h481 on 18 Mar 1786 (sweep 538) and logged "pB, pL, easily resolvable, gradually brighter in the middle." John Herschel described it on 25 Jan 1832 (sweep 395) as "F; R; 15". Pos of a *12m = 225.5°, dist = 60"."
A couple of faint stars, as well as a faint galaxy, are superimposed on NGC 2507. On 22 Feb 1867, Birr Castle observer Robert Ball reported three "knots" were "well seen", though these are probably stars and the nucleus. "The middle knot [nucleus], alpha, is much the largest. Alpha to knot sp, Pos = 223.0° [this is a star], alpha to knot np 338.0° [this is also a star]."
******************************
08 01 57.2 +08 33 07; CMi
V = 12.7; Size 1.4'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 130°
17.5" (2/13/88): fairly faint, fairly small, oval slightly elongated NW-SE, small bright core. Collinear with two mag 13.5 stars 0.8' WSW and 1.3' WSW of center.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2508 = H. III-7 = h484 on 23
Jan 1784 (sweep 100) and recorded "a nebulous star, but doubtful of the
nebulosity. Yet with 240 the same
doubtful appearance continues."
There is nothing near his position, but 1 min 42 sec of RA west and 3'
south is
John Herschel observed this galaxy on two sweeps although on 18 Jan 1828 (sweep 120) he didn't measure a position and a few nights later the position was marked very uncertain. The accurate NGC position is from Heinrich d'Arrest.
******************************
NGC 2509 = ESO 561-7 = Cr 171 = Mel 81 = Lund 417
08 00 48 -19 03 00; Pup
Size 8'
18" (3/2/08): beautiful cluster of 80-100 stars at
175x, highlighted by a dense 2-2.5' clump of fainter stars resolved over some
remaining haze. Double or multiple
stars are at the NE and NW corners of this central knot. At 220x the SE corner of the clump is
very rich in faint stars with averted!
The brightest star is at the SW side with a string of mag 10-11 stars
extending outside of the cluster to the SE from of this star. The cluster is situated ~6' NW of mag
8.8
17.5" (3/12/94): 50 stars resolved in a 6'x5' region
outlined by a perfect parallelogram.
The majority of the stars, though, lie in a prominent dense clump along
the NW side of the parallelogram and includes a nice double star. The NE vertex of the parallelogram is a
double star with components mag 13/13.5 at 12". The parallelogram has no concentration and the interior
southern portion has only a couple of faint stars. Mag 8.6
William Herschel discovered NGC 2509 = H. VIII-1 on 3 Dec 1783 (very early sweep 35, internal discovery #7). He recorded again on 15 Feb 1786 (sweep 524) as a "cluster of coarsely scattered stars. The place is that of the most compressed part, which is not the middle." Again on 4 Mar 1790 (sweep 934): "a considerably compressed and very rich cl of small star, irr F." and on 15 Mar 1801 (sweep 1095) he noted "a beautiful cl of stars, arranced in a circular order." NGC 2509 was the first object placed in his 8th class of "Coarsely scattered clusters".
******************************
08 02 10.6 +09 29 09; CMi
V = 13.4; Size 1.0'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 115°
24" (3/22/14): faint to fairly faint, fairly small,
elongated 3:2 WNW-ESE, ~40"x25", fairly low even surface
brightness. First of 5 with NGC
2511 5.6' SSE,
17.5" (2/13/88): faint, fairly small, irregularly
round, even surface brightness.
Similar size to NGC 2513 5.6' SE but lower surface brightness. In a group of five with
George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 2510 and 2511 on 31 Jan 1851. The group was sketched on 26 Feb 1851 with NGC 2510 is labeled Gamma and precise offsets were measured from NGC 2513.
******************************
NGC 2511 = MCG +02-21-008 = CGCG 059-024 = Mrk 1207 = WBL 169-006 = PGC 22549
08 02 15.0 +09 23 40; CMi
V = 14.1; Size 0.9'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 125°
24" (3/22/14): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 NW-SE, 40"x20", weak concentation. Located 2.7' SW of NGC 2513.
17.5" (2/13/88): faint, small, slightly elongated, almost even surface brightness. In a group with NGC 2513 3' NE and NGC 2510 5.6' SSW. Located on the Canis Minor-Cancer border.
George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 2511 and 2510 on 31 Jan 1851. The group was sketched on 26 Feb 1851 with NGC 2511 labelled Beta and precise offsets measured from NGC 2513. Heinrich d'Arrest independently discovered the galaxy in 1862 (#77 in AN 1500) and called it a "Doppelnebel" with h483 [NGC 2513]. John Herschel mistakenly credited d'Arrest with the discovery in the GC but Dreyer included both observers in the NGC.
******************************
08 03 07.8 +23 23 30; Cnc
V = 13.1; Size 1.4'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 113°
17.5" (2/20/88): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated WNW-ESE, weak concentration, faint stellar nucleus. Not identified as NGC 2512 in the UGC or CGCG.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2512 = H. III-605 = h482 on 10 Feb 1787 (sweep 697) and noted "F, S, iF." His position (Auwers' reduction) was 1.4' too far north. CGCG and UGC fail to label their catalogue entries as NGC 2512.
******************************
NGC 2513 = UGC 4184 = MCG +02-21-009 = CGCG 059-025 = WBL 169-007 = PGC 22555
08 02 24.7 +09 24 49; Cnc
V = 11.6; Size 2.5'x2.0'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 170°
24" (3/22/14): bright, fairly large, sharply concentrated with a very bright 20" core. The halo extends ~1.25'x0.9' N-S and has a fairly low surface brightness. Brightest in a group with NGC 2511 2.7' SW, NGC 2510 5.6' NW, LEDA 1364011 4.7' SW, CGCG 59-27 6' NE.
17.5" (2/13/88): moderately bright, fairly small,
irregularly round, well concentrated to a very bright core, small faint
halo. Brightest in a group
including NGC 2510 5.6' NW, NGC 2511 3' SW,
William Herschel discovered NGC 2513 = H. III-512 = h483 on 3 Mar 1786 (sweep 534). He recorded "very faint, small, round, much brighter middle, 240x showed it very well." John Herschel called the nebula "pB; R; pretty suddenly brighter in the middle." on 18 Jan 1828 (sweep 120). The two fainter companions (NGC 2510 and 2511) were discovered at Birr Castle.
******************************
NGC 2514 = UGC 4189 = MCG +03-21-011 = CGCG 088-022 = PGC 22581
08 02 49.7 +15 48 30; Cnc
V = 13.4; Size 1.3'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.8
24" (2/16/15): fairly faint, moderately large, round, 0.9' diameter, no core but irregular surface brightness (strong impression of a face-on spiral).
17.5" (2/8/91): faint, fairly small, round, low almost even surface brightness. NGC 2507 lies 18' WSW.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2514 = St. 13-36 on 1 Feb 1878. His reduced position was recorded on 19 Jan 1885 with description "milky patch; excessively faint; irregularly round; diameter = about 1'; traces of central condensation; mottling suspected."
******************************
08 03 21.3 +20 11 17; Cnc
Size 9"
= **, Reinmuth.
George Bond discovered NGC 2515 = HN 5 on 11 Sep 1852 with the 15-inch Merz refractor at the Harvard College Observatory. At his position is a 9" pair of mag 13 stars oreinted ~E-W. Most of Bond's discoveries in the early 1850's at HCO turned out to be close pairs or even single stars. NGC 2515 is correctly classified as a double star in the RNGC (from Carlson's list), but the position is wildly off at 09 47.3 +13 02 (2000).
******************************
07 58 00 -60 45; Car
V = 3.8; Size 30'
13.1" (1/30/06 - Costa Rica): very bright naked-eye
cluster located 3° SW of Epsilon Car (southern star in the False Cross). Appears partially resolved in the 9x50
finder and my 15x50 IS binoculars provided an excellent view. In the 13.1", the cluster filled
over half of the 20mm Nagler field, ~30'-35' diameter with over 100 stars
resolved. The outline is quite
irregular though well-detached at low power. A mag 5.2 M-type giant orange star (V460 = HD 66342) lies at
the NE edge of the cluster. The
central region is more concentrated and uniform and includes a number of tinted
yellow or orange stars. A nice
triple star (HJ 4027 = 7.1/7.8/9.3 at 9" and 20") is on the W edge of
the cluster and an excellent double (HJ 4031 = 7.2/8.0 at 5") lies on the
E side of the cluster. A long
curving string starts in the center and heads NE to the mag 5.2 orange star. This string includes a 9" evenly
matched pair of mag 9 stars (Innes 1104) that was resolved at low power. Mag 5.7 K-type orange subgiant
13.1" (2/17/04 - Costa Rica): this bright naked-eye cluster is located SW of the "False Cross" (3 degrees SW of 2nd-magnitude Epsilon Carinae) and is the only open cluster in western Carina. It was well resolved in the 9x50 finder. At 105x, the main group is 25'-30' with outliers increasing the size and roughly 100 stars are resolved including a number of mag 6-8 stars. Many of the stars are arranged in loops and strings and overall the cluster is quite irregular in magnitudes and star distributions. There is a close, fairly bright double on the SE side (7.2/8.0 at 5.5") and a neat 13' chain of stars near the west side running N-S.
10x30 Canon IS (7/10/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is a prominent naked-eye cluster below the "False Cross" (formed by Epsilon and Iota Car as well as Delta and Kappa Vel), on a line with the longer axis (Epsilon Car and Kappa Vel) of the cross. In binoculars, it appeared well-resolved, ~50' diameter including outliers with 5 bright stars (mag 6.5-7.5) with a couple of dozen stars resolved overall. Appears fairly rich towards the center with a number of mag 8-10 stars.
10x30mm Canon IS (3/28/19 - Tasmania): very bright naked-eye cluster, gorgeous even at 10x with a couple of dozen stars resolved, 40'-50' diameter, many brighter stars around the periphery, but richer towards the center.
Nicolas-Louis de Lacaille discovered NGC 2516 = Lac II-3 = h3111 in 1751-1752 using a 1/2-inch telescope at 8x during his expedition to the Cape of Good Hope. He noted a "Group of 10 to 12 stars, very compressed." NGC 2516 was not included in Dunlop's main catalogue but his handwritten notes call it a "Very fine cluster about 35' diameter, many of the stars of the 6th and 7th magnitude, mixed magnitudes. Figure irregular - branched."
John Herschel observed the cluster a number of times with his 18-inch f/13 speculum telescope at the Cape of Good Hope. His first record reads: "An orange-coloured star 8th magnitude, in middle of a large and magnificent cluster of perhaps 200 to 250 stars 8..16th mag. Many of the larger magnitudes, and really a superb object. Very visible to the naked eye, etc."
******************************
08 02 47.0 -12 19 04; Pup
V = 11.8; Size 1.5'x1.1'; Surf Br = 12.1; PA = 70°
17.5" (2/8/91): fairly faint, small, round, strong
concentration with small bright core.
Located in a rich star field between a mag 13 double star 1.1' S at
20" oriented E-W and a mag 11.5 star 1.0' NW. Mag 8.5
John Herschel discovered NGC 2517 = h3110 on 16 Mar 1836 and
noted "F; vS; R; between 3 stars 13 and 14 m." His position is 5 sec of RA east and 1'
north of
******************************
NGC 2518 = UGC 4221 = MCG +09-14-006 = CGCG 263-009 = PGC 22800
08 07 20.1 +51 07 53; Lyn
V = 13.0; Size 1.2'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 35°
17.5" (1/19/91): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated, bright core, faint stellar nucleus.
Gerhard Lohse discovered NGC 2518, along with
******************************
08 07 58.9 +51 07 42; Lyn
= *?, Corwin. Not found, Sulentic
Gerhard Lohse discovered NGC 2519, along with NGC 2518, in 1886 at the private Wiggleworth Observatory in Scarborough, England and described "Two nebulae, F, L, R, gradually brighter in the middle, delta RA = 42 seconds". There is only a single galaxy at his position (UGC 4221) identified as NGC 2518. Corwin notes that 39 tsec following this galaxy is a 14th magnitude star (with three much fainter stars within an arcmin northwest) which might be the NGC 2519. There is an obvious error in the position given in RNGC (both RA and Dec) although NGC 2518 is correctly described as "Not found".
******************************
08 04 58 -28 08 48; Pup
V = 6.5; Size 22'
See observing notes for
John Herschel discovered NGC 2520 = h3112 on 5 Feb 1837 and recorded a "Cluster 7th class, distinguished among milky way clusters, pretty rich, bright. The star taken is the chief of a condensed hook in the following part." In the Cape Observations, Herschel identified h3112 = H. VIII-30 = h488 but his position for h3112 is 3.0 min of RA too far west. Although his description matches H. VIII-30 = h488, JH still listed separate entries in the GC for h3112 and h488, which later received the designations NGC 2520 and NGC 2527. So, NGC 2520 = NGC 2527, with NGC 2527 the earlier observation.
******************************
08 08 49.3 +57 46 10; Lyn
V = 12.8; Size 1.2'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 45°
17.5" (1/19/91): fairly faint, very small, round,
bright core, faint stellar nucleus.
Located 3.6' SSE of a mag 9 star (Z Lyncis). This is the brightest of four in a group including
John Herschel discovered NGC 2521 = h485 on 9 Feb 1831
(sweep 323). His position and
description ("pF; R; pretty suddenly brighter middle; sf a *9 dist
3'.") matches
******************************
08 06 13.4 +17 42 24; Cnc
V = 13.8; Size 1.0'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 32°
17.5" (11/2/91): fairly faint, small, very elongated
3:1 SW-NE, well concentrated with a small high surface brightness core which
dominates view, very thin fainter extensions.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2522 = m 114 on 26 Jan 1865 and
recorded "vF, vS, E, pretty suddenly brighter in the middle." His position matches
******************************
08 15 00.2 +73 34 44; Cam
V = 11.9; Size 3.0'x1.8'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 57°
24" (3/6/21): at 260x; fairly bright, moderately large, roundish central region ~1' diameter with a diffuse outer halo 2'x1' SW-NE. A prominent bar runs through the center in a WNW-ESE orientation. At the center is a small brighter nucleus. A mag 11.7 star is off the SSW end [1.7' from center].
48" (4/21/17 and 5/1/19): at 488x; bright, very large,
showpiece barred spiral! Superb
view with a strong bar running ~5:1 WNW-ESE, highlighted by an intensely
brighter nucleus. Inner spiral
arms are attached at the ends of the bar and form a gorgeous 360° inner
circular ring! The region inside
the ring is darker on both sides (southwest and northeast) of the bar. With averted vision a fainter outer
halo extended mostly SW and NE, though I couldn't trace arm structure in the
halo. A mag 11.7 star is 1.7' SW
of center. Brightest in a group
with
NGC 2523B: moderately bright, fairly small, elongated 5:2 E-W, 40"x15", very faint outer extensions. A mag 14 star is at the southwest edge of the core. A mag 12.4 star is 1.2' SW.
UGC 4279: extremely to very faint, thin ghostly streak
0.4'x0.1'. This is the brighter
central bar and the extremely low surface brightness arms or halo was not
seen. Situated 7' NE of NGC 2523
and 2.5' S of mag 8.2
NGC 2523C: fairly bright, moderately large, very elongated
3:1 E-W, ~60"x20", well concentrated with an elongated bright core
and small brighter nucleus.
Located 20' SE of NGC 2523 and 10' WSW of mag 8.4
17.5" (2/8/91): moderately bright, elongated 3:2 SW-NE, fairly small. A center contains a bright central bar with a small bright core. A mag 11.5 is off the SW edge 1.5' from the center. Forms a pair with NGC 2523B = UGC 4271 9' W and NGC 2523C = UGC 4290 lies 20' SE.
Edward Swift discovered NGC 2523 = Sw. 2-32 on 7 Sep 1885
with the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory. Lewis Swift's son was 14 years old at
the time. The Swifts' position and description ("pB, pL, lE, little
brighter middle, * nr") is a good match with
******************************
08 08 09.6 +39 09 26; Lyn
V = 12.6; Size 1.4'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 125°
17.5" (2/24/90): fairly faint, fairly small, bright
core, almost stellar nucleus, oval NW-SE.
Forms a pair with
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2524 = St. 8b-24, along with
NGC 2528, on 7 Mar 1874 with the 31" reflector at Marseilles
Observatory. He published an
accurate micrometric position matching
******************************
08 05 38.0 -11 25 41; Pup
V = 11.6; Size 2.9'x1.9'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 75°
24" (2/8/18 and 2/13/18): at 200x and 375x; fairly bright, fairly large, oval 4:3 ~E-W, broad concentration, no distinct core at 200x but the halo appeared patchy or uneven (brighter and darker regions), strongly hinting at spiral structure. At 375x, a short low contrast central bar (elongated roughly 3:1 E-W) was visible with a slightly brighter nucleus.
13th magnitude SN 2018gv, discovered on Jan 15th, was easily visible at the SW edge of the galaxy [50" W and 39" S of center]. A mag 14.5 star was easily seen close SW of the supernova and a very faint and close pair is an additional 20" SW.
13.1" (1/11/86): fairly faint, large, slightly
elongated E-W, diffuse, weak concentration. Located 3.8' NNE of mag 8.9
William Herschel discovered NGC 2525 = H. III-877 = h486 on 23 Feb 1791 (sweep 995) and recorded "vF, irregularly round, resolvable, about 2' in diameter, almost of equal light throughout." On 9 Mar 1828 (sweep 129), John Herschel wrote, "F; L; R; very gradually brighter middle; 90"; among stars of the Milky Way."
R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's assistant on 30 Jan 1856, sketched NGC 2525 as a spiral. He wrote, "vF, L, oval. Several F stars on edge, suspect others in the neb., also dark spaces. Nucl or * in centre? Spiral as in diagram. A year later he saw additional details: "light very unequal, suspect nucleus and a star close foll nucleus, also star in p edge? Again I though I saw a darkness across np centre [gap in spiral arms] and knots in np edge, but it is very uncertain."
******************************
08 06 58.6 +08 00 14; Cnc
V = 13.7; Size 0.9'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 140°
17.5" (2/13/88): fairly faint, fairly small, oval WNW-ESE, broad concentration. There is a pretty pair of double stars in the field including a mag 11/12 pair at 10" located 3.5' ENE.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2526 = m 115 on 25 Mar 1864 and
recorded "vF, S, mE." His position matches
******************************
NGC 2527 = NGC 2520 = ESO 430-15 = Cr 174
08 04 58 -28 08 48; Pup
V = 6.5; Size 22'
17.5" (3/7/92): 75-100 stars mag 10-14 in very large 30' loose group. This cluster is fairly bright with two fairly rich subgroups. The central 10' core includes about two dozen stars with a mag 10 star at the NW corner which has three fainter companions within 35". A rich string of faint stars oriented SSW-NNE of length 4' has two mag 10-11 stars at the endpoints. Outliers extend east and west and include a rich elongated group at the NE edge of the cluster.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2527 = H. VIII-30 = h488 on 9 Dec 1784 (sweep 333) and noted "a very large cluster of many coarsely scattered large stars."
On 7 Jan 1831 (sweep 317), John Herschel wrote "pretty rich; very coarsely scattered; fills field; st 10...15m. RA by working list [based on Caroline's Zone Catalogue, prepared for his sweeps]. He also observed the cluster while in South Africa but his RA was 3 minutes too far west. As a result it inherited two NGC numbers, so NGC 2527 = NGC 2520.
******************************
NGC 2528 = UGC 4227 = MCG +07-17-015 = CGCG 207-032 = PGC 22805
08 07 24.9 +39 11 39; Lyn
V = 12.7; Size 1.5'x1.5'; Surf Br = 12.9
17.5" (2/24/90): faint, fairly small, round, almost even surface brightness. Forms a pair with NGC 2524 10' ESE.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2528 = St. 8b-25, along with NGC 2524, on 7 Mar 1874. Through a mix-up in measuring the offset on 22 Jan 1877, Stephan placed NGC 2528 11' SE of NGC 2524, instead of 9' NW. Emmanuel Esmiol corrected the position in his 1916 re-reduction of Stephan's positions. His new position (identified as an "Anon"[ymous] nebula), establishes NGC 2528 = UGC 4227. Corwin also sorted out the situation (see his notes for NGC 2528).
In several galaxy catalogs (CGCG, UGC, MCG), the designation NGC 2528 isn't applied, but RNGC, PGC and RC3 identify this galaxy as NGC 2528.
******************************
08 07 48 +17 49; Cnc
= Not found, Corwin. Incorrect identification in the RNGC.
Bigourdan discovered NGC 2529 = Big. 35, along with NGC 2531, on 29 Jan 1887. These were noted while examining the NGC 2530 field and placed 1' SW and 1' SE. There is nothing at either of these offsets. RNGC misidentifies NGC 2530 as NGC 2529 and UGC and CGCG misidentify NGC 2530 as NGC 2529 = NGC 2531. See RNGC Corrections #5.
******************************
NGC 2530 = (R)NGC 2529 = UGC 4237 = MCG +03-21-020 = CGCG 088-038 = PGC 22827
08 07 55.6 +17 49 06; Cnc
V = 13.6; Size 1.4'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 170°
17.5" (11/2/91): very faint, small, elongated 3:2 N-S. Unusual appearance as a mag 13 star is attached at the north end 0.8' from center and the galaxy appears to fan out to the south. The edges are difficult to define. NGC 2522 lies 25' WSW. Incorrectly identified as NGC 2529 in the RNGC, UGC, CGCG.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2530 = H. III-752 = h487 on 22 Feb 1789 (sweep 906) and noted "eF, lE, south of a vS star." His position and description matches UGC 4237. R.J. Mitchell, observing with Lord Rosse's 72" on 25 Jan 1857, recorded "light mottled, bright star to north, another faint star close to nf edge, suspect other stars involved."
RNGC misclassifies NGC 2530 as nonexistent (Type 7), though
the correct data for NGC 2530 is listed under the entry for NGC 2529. NGC 2530 is misidentified as NGC 2529 =
******************************
08 08 01 +17 49; Cnc
= Not found, Corwin and RNGC. Incorrect position in the RNGC.
Guillaume Bigourdan discovered NGC 2531 = Big. 36 on 29 Jan 1887, along with NGC 2529. These two supposedly nebulous objects were noted while examining NGC 2530. NGC 2531 was placed 1' SE, but there is nothing at this offset. See my comments on NGC 2529 and 2530 as well as Corwin's identification notes.
******************************
08 10 15.4 +33 57 26; Lyn
V = 12.4; Size 2.2'x1.8'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 10°
17.5" (3/28/92): fairly faint, moderately large, 1.5', slightly elongated NW-SE, gradually brightens towards the center, faint stellar nucleus, slightly mottled appearance. A mag 12 star 1.6' NNE is within a collinear string of six mag 11/12 stars oriented WNW-ESE running through the 20' field and a mag 11.5 star is 2.6' SSW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2532 = H. II-726 = h489 on 5 Feb 1788 (sweep 807). His description reads, "pF, pL, irregularly round, little brighter middle, resolvable, south of 2 stars that are nearly in the parallel." This galaxy was observed 13 times at Birr Castle and an arm was suspected several times on the south side. Also a companion close north was sketched (not mentioned in the GC or NGC), but this is probably a very faint star.
******************************
08 07 04 -29 53 06; Pup
V = 7.6; Size 4'
17.5" (2/8/91): about 20 stars surrounding mag 8.8 SAO 175203. Also includes a mag 10.5 star but the remainder are 13th and 14th magnitude. Fairly small, 4' diameter, does not stand out well in rich field.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2533 = h3113 on 22 Jan 1835 and recorded "place (RA doubtful) of a *9 m; cheif of cl p rich; irreg R; gradually little brighter middle; 5'; stars 13m. Belong to milky way, but is a much more compressed part of it."
******************************
NGC 2534 = UGC 4268 = MCG +09-14-014 = CGCG 263-014 = Mrk 85 = PGC 23024
08 12 54.1 +55 40 19; Lyn
V = 12.9; Size 1.4'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.5
17.5" (1/19/91): fairly faint, small, round, broadly
concentrated halo, faint stellar nucleus.
A mag 15 star is 1' N.
Located 2' N of mag 8.0
William Herschel discovered NGC 2534 = H. III-840 = h490 on
18 Mar 1790 (sweep 949) and noted "cF, cS." His position, based on Caroline's reduction was just 1.6'
too far northwest (typical error), though Auwers' reduced position is 9' S of
R.J. Mitchell, observing on 7 Mar 1885 with Lord Rosse's 72" described "Has r[esolved] look, * plain at north end. Alpha [from sketch] is a knot or star. Neb is bM and probably spiral. Certainly a dark space from south-preceding to north." Spiral structure is not evident on the DSS.
******************************
08 11 13.5 +25 12 23; Cnc
V = 12.8; Size 2.5'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 0°
48" (4/2/11): this is the prominent member of a
striking interacting pair (
17.5" (2/20/88): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated SW-NE, weak concentration. Forms a close pair with NGC 2536 1.8' SSE (Arp 82). Located just following a line of three mag 12 stars 1.6' WSW, 1.2' W and 0.9' NW of center.
13.1" (1/18/85): faint, small, round, diffuse, even surface brightness. Located 22' SSE of a mag 6 star.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2535 = St. 8b-26 on 7 Mar 1874. His notebook entry on that night doesn't specify two objects (NGC 2536). His published micrometric position (list 8b, #26) was made on 22 Jan 1877.
Karl Reinmuth discovered SN 1901A in NGC 2535 (one of the first found) in 1923 on a Heidelberg plate taken on 10 Jan 1901. The announcement was made in 1924AN....221...47R.
******************************
NGC 2536 = Arp 82 NED2 = VV 9b = Holm 94b = MCG +04-20-005 =
08 11 16.0 +25 10 46; Cnc
V = 14.2; Size 0.9'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 112°
48" (4/2/11): fainter and smaller member of an interacting pair (Arp 82) with NGC 2535. At 375x appeared fairly bright, fairly small, elongated 3:2 NW-SE, ~30"x20", high surface brightness, moderate concentration with a very small, very bright core. Located 1.8' SSE of NGC 2535. A spiral arm hooks from the west side of NGC 2535, appearing to be tidally stretched SE in the direction of NGC 2536, though not reaching the companion.
17.5" (2/20/88): faint, very small, oval ~SW-NE, small bright core. Forms a close pair with brighter NGC 2535 1.8' NW.
13.1" (1/18/85): very faint, very small, diffuse. Located 2' SE of NGC 2535.
Édouard Stephan probably discovered NGC 2536 = St. 8b-27, along with brighter NGC 2535, on 7 Mar 1874, although he didn't specify 2 objects in his notebook. His published micrometric position (list 8b, #27) was made on 22 Jan 1877 and matches the fainter southeastern galaxy.
******************************
08 13 14.5 +45 59 31; Lyn
V = 11.7; Size 1.7'x1.5'; Surf Br = 12.6
48" (4/15/10): At 624x, the view of the highly
irregular "Bear-paw" galaxy (
17.5" (3/23/85): moderately bright, fairly small,
round. The "Bear-paw"
galaxy has an unusual appearance with a dark lane or vacuity in the
center. A small slightly brighter
knot is visible along the NW edge.
A mag 11 star is 2' SE.
Located 6.5' E of mag 8.4
13.1" (2/25/84): fairly faint, small, round, no structure.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2537 = H. IV-55 = h491 on 6 Feb 1788 (sweep 809). He recorded "pretty bright; round; pretty large; preceding a star about 1'." A month later on 10 Mar (sweep 817) he logged "pretty bright; round; almost of an even light througout, approaching to a planetary [he placed it in the category of planetary nebulae] but very ill defined, and a little fainter on the edges, about 3/4 or 1' dia." A small sketch was included in his 1811 PT publication (fig. 34). John Herschel observed the galaxy on 19 Mar 1828 (sweep 139) and remarked, "It is a globular cluster. Being a remarkable fine night, I see the stars."
NGC 2537 was observed 20 times at Birr Castle. George Johnstone Stoney noted "dark spaces" on 22 Feb 1849. and thought it was "probably spiral" in Jan 1852, although photographs show no significant spirality. Other observations refer to its resolvability and the GC and NGC description call it a globular cluster! When it was photographed at Lick Observatory with the Crossley reflector, Curtis noted (1918), "This is not a cluster, as described in the NGC, but a bright, irregular spiral." Francis Pease called it "horseshoe" shaped based on a photograph with the 60" at Mt. Wilson, and mentions a "faint spot" nearby to the east, which is the companion galaxy NGC 2537A.
Wolfgang Steinicke reports the nickname is from Ron Buta, based on an observation through a 36" telescope at McDonald (Webb Society Galaxy Handbook, 1981): "Small and of relatively high surface brightness; shaped like a bear-paw, the structure consisting of a single spiral arm winding from W to E around the N side; this ring-tail includes 3 knots, one of about 15 mag; a bar-like feature shows in the interior region of the arm and extends to the S edge of the galaxy; there is a faint glow between the arm and the bar feature".
******************************
08 11 23.0 +03 37 59; CMi
V = 13.0; Size 1.4'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 25°
17.5" (2/13/88): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated, bright core. Located between a mag 14 star 0.9' NW and a mag 12 star 1.7' SE. A faint double star mag 14/15 is just 1.2' E.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2538 = St. 8b-28 on 7 Mar 1874. His pubished position (list 8b, #28) was made 3 years later on 2 Feb 1877 with description "very faint, very small, round, much brighter core."
******************************
08 10 37 -12 49 12; Pup
V = 6.5; Size 22'
18" (3/2/08): this cluster is situated 10' NW of 4.7-magnitude 19 Pup. Roughly 125 stars are spread out over a 20' region. At the NW end is a roughly equal mag pair, an 11" pair is on the east side and a brighter mag 10/11 pair at 20" is on the NE side.
13.1" (2/25/84): about 85 stars in a 20' diameter. Fairly rich with uniform magnitudes. A brighter mag 10/11 pair at 21" is on the north side. Located about 10' NW of 19 Puppis (V = 4.7).
William Herschel discovered NGC 2539 = H. VII-11 = h3114 on 31 Jan 1785 (sweep 363). He called it "a cluster of stars, coarsely scattered, but considerably rich, above 20' diam." Just prior in the sweep he recorded the 4.7-magnitude star 19 Puppis.
John Herschel, observing from the Cape of Good Hope on 14 Feb 1836 (sweep 676), recorded "a large, extended, rich cluster. Fills field; stars 12th mag approx. A bright star (6th mag) S.f."
******************************
08 12 46.5 +26 21 41; Cnc
V = 13.4; Size 1.3'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 125°
17.5" (3/20/93): faint, moderately large, elongated 3:2
NW-SE, fairly low surface brightness halo, weak concentration. Situated within a triangle of mag 14
stars the closest being 1.3' W.
Located 8' NNE of mag 8.5
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2540 = St. 13-37 on 7 Feb 1878. His rough position was just off the SW side. He reduced an accurate position on 10 Feb 1885 and included it in his last discovery list 13 (#37) with an estimated diameter of 1.5'.
******************************
08 14 40.2 +49 03 43; Lyn
V = 11.8; Size 6.3'x3.2'; Surf Br = 14.9; PA = 165°
13.1" (2/23/85): faint, fairly large, very diffuse halo, elongated NNW-SSE, weak concentration to an elongated core. A mag 10 star lies 4.5' NNE. In a group with NGC 2500 and NGC 2522.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2541 = H. III-710 = h492 on
9 Mar 1788 (sweep 815) and called it "vF, iF, 2.5' long, 1.75'
broad." His position is 20
sec of RA west of center. John
Herschel recorded it on 7 Mar 1831 (sweep 329) as "not vF; L; lE; very
gradually brighter middle; 90"." His position is just north of the core of
******************************
NGC 2542 = 19 Puppis = SAO 153942 = ADS 6647
08 11 16.3 -12 55 37; Pup
V = 4.7
= * 4.7 = 19 Pup. No nebulosity, Corwin and Carlson.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2542 = h3115 on 11 Dec 1836 and noted "a fine nebulous star 6 mag [19 Pup], in the following part of the cluster VII II [NGC 2539] and almost connected to it. The nebula is faint, but I feel confident that it is not the nebulous haze. [Notandum -Nothing more difficult than to prove a nebulous star of the 6th mag and above." In this case, the star is free of nebulosity. This is the 3rd brightest star with an entry in the NGC (after NGC 771 and 4530).
There are several similar cases of bright stars which Herschel assumed had a nebulous halo (see notes on NGC 4530). Harold Corwin mentions that he may have been misled by the faint companion of 19 Puppis, though I think it's more likely he was misled by scattered light/dew. Interestingly, three observations were made with the 72" and all described the star as being nebulous! Pietro Baracchi, observing with the 48" Melbourne telescope on 9 Jan 1886, wrote in his logbook that it was necessary to hide the star to see the nebulosity and if he had not known of the description he would not had noticed anything. In addition, Howe reported "I examined it one night, and saw a faint halo about 2' in diameter encircling it. It looked like a telescopic flare."
******************************
08 12 57.9 +36 15 13; Lyn
V = 11.9; Size 2.3'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 45°
17.5" (3/28/92): fairly faint, moderately large, elongated 3:2 SW-NE, 2.0'x1.5', very small brighter core. Two mag 11.5 stars are 2.4' NW and 3.9' NW on a line with NGC 2543.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2543 = H. II-719 = h493 on 3 Feb 1788 (sweep 803) and recorded "F, pL, irregularly round, bM." His RA was 10 seconds too small and dec 5' too far S. A second observation from 10 Mar 1790 (sweep 937) reads "In a line with a N.p. star, pB, cL, irregularly round, very gradually brighter middle." The second observation was even further off in dec.
John Herschel noted on 7 Feb 1834 (sweep 401), "vF; R;
a course double * precedes points to it.
Deta RA = 1 m 2 sec."
There is nothing at his position but two minutes of RA west is
******************************
08 21 40.3 +73 59 16; Cam
V = 12.9; Size 1.1'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 70°
17.5" (12/23/92): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated
3:2 WSW-ENE, brighter core.
Located 5.5' SW of a mag 9.5 star.
Forms a close pair with
CGCG 331-037 appeared extremely faint and small, round, just visible with averted. A mag 15 star is close NE confuses the observation.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 2544 = Sw. 2-33 on 7 Sep 1885
(along with NGC 2550) with the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory.
His description reads "eeF; pS; R; sev B stars nearly surround
it." His position is 16 sec
of RA west and 1.4' south of
******************************
08 14 14.2 +21 21 20; Cnc
V = 12.4; Size 2.0'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 170°
13.1" (1/11/86): moderately bright, fairly small, almost round, gradually increases to a small brighter core. A mag 14.5 star at the NNW edge 1.0' from center is similar to the substellar nucleus. Located 3.9' ESE of a mag 9.5 star at the west edge of the Cancer I galaxy cluster.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2545 = H. II-627 = h494 on
11 Jan 1787 (sweep 683) and noted "eF, pS, E." The same sweep he observed Uranus and
discovered the moons Titania and Oberon.
He planned the sweep for the purpose of viewing Uranus. On 13 Feb 1787
(sweep 698) he recorded "F, S, irr F, lE sp to nf." There is nothing at his position but 30
seconds of RA preceding and 4' north is
******************************
08 12 16 -37 35 42; Pup
V = 6.3; Size 41'
13.1" (1/30/06 - Costa Rica): this very large, bright scattered cluster was just visible to the naked eye close south of a brighter, hazy naked-eye patch of unresolved stars. The field is beautifully rich, at least 45' diameter though there was no distinct border. The star field looks impressive beyond the edges of the 66' field of the 20 Nagler. On the northwest side is a rich, elongated strip of ~20 stars that is quite eye-catching. Includes a few pairs and a neat triple with a fairly close unequal mag pair at the SSW end of the elongated strip.
13.1" (2/18/04 - Costa Rica): this cluster is a very
bright, scattered field of stars that completely fills the nearly 40' field at
105x. Partially resolved in the
9x50 finder. At the NW edge is a
rich elongated strip of two dozen stars including a couple of close, unequal
pairs and tight fainter triple.
John Herschel's description applies to this denser group of stars. A mag
6.4 star (HJ 4051 = HD 68450) with two mag 13.5 companions is off the NW side
of the larger group but does not appear to be part of the cluster and a similar
star lies to the SE (
13.1" (1/18/85): ~75 stars, bright, very large, scattered, overfills 30' field.
8" (3/28/81): ~25 stars, rich, elongated. At the edge of a large, scattered field of stars.
Nicolas-Louis de Lacaille discovered NGC 2546 = Lac II-4 = D 563 = h3116 in 1751-1752 using a 1/2-inch refractor at 8x during his expedition to the Cape of Good Hope. He recorded II-4 as follows: "One sees with the naked eye two neighboring confused groups of stars; but with the telescope they are faint, distinct stars, very numerous & very close together."
James Dunlop observed the cluster on 8 May and 28 May 1826 and recorded, "a large cluster of stars of mixt magnitude, rather extended figure, not rich in very small stars." His position was 17' too far north (typical error). John Herschel made 3 observations from the Cape of Good Hope, reporting on 1 Feb 1835 "a cluster 8th class of about 20 bright stars in an oblong, 8' long, 3' broad."
******************************
08 10 11 -49 13 30; Vel
V = 4.7; Size 20'
13.1" (1/30/06 - Costa Rica): this easy naked-eye
cluster to the south of Gamma Velorum (bright binocular double) is roughly
30'x20' in size. There is a very
distinctive, gently curving arc of stars bowed out to the east that defines the
eastern side of the central region and the brightest mag 6.5 star (
13.1" (2/18/04 - Costa Rica): this is a very bright naked-eye cluster that includes a number of mag 7-8 stars. It appears at least 20'-25' in diameter, though the outer boundaries are pretty arbitrary. Very unusual arrangement as a number of the brighter stars form a curving arc which is bowed out towards the east and which defines the eastern border of the cluster! The brightest mag 6.5 star is within this arc on the south side of the cluster. The cluster is encased in faint reflection nebulosity, though this was not visible.
Nicolas-Louis de Lacaille discovered NGC 2547 = Lac III-2 = D 410 = h3117 in 1751-1752 using a 1/2-inch telescope at 8x during his expedition to the Cape of Good Hope. He described "five faint stars like the letter T in nebulosity."
Dunlop observed the cluster twice (first 28 May 1826) with summary description, "A curiously arranged group of pretty bright small stars of mixt magnitudes. This answers to the place of 310 Argus (Bode) and is described by Lacaille as nebula with five small stars forming the letter T in it. There is no nebulosity in this place. The diameter of the cluster may be about 12'. Figure 16 [in his publication] is a very good representation of the group."
John Herschel first logged the cluster on 28 Dec 1834 (sweep 526) and recorded "chief star 7th mag about, of a vL, loose, brilliant cluster of very scattered stars, 1 of 7th mag, 2 of 8th mag, rest 9...16th mag. Fills more than field; 100...150 stars." JH inadvertently equated this cluster with D 411 instead of D 410 and this error was copied into the NGC.
******************************
08 13 43 -05 45 00; Hya
V = 5.8; Size 54'
18" (3/15/10): large, sprawling cluster that nearly fills the 67' field of the 31mm Nagler. The most distinctive portion, though, is a 20'x15' group near the center which contains roughly 75 stars, many arranged in strings. Most prominent is a fairly dense SW-NE string of brighter stars that cuts through the cluster with a nice double star in the center (h 2435 = 9.6/9.7 at 7"). A short chain of a few stars branches off to the south of h2435. Another stream of stars branches off this string to the SSW. A third elongated group of stars extends SW-NE on the south side, roughly parallel to main string, and is separated by a mostly starless lane. The cluster includes a number of mag 8-9 stars, with the brightest mag 8.2. At 73x, the main cluster is wedged between two very long streams of stars, roughly oriented NW to SE off both the north and south sides of the main group. These two strings of stars extend the total diameter to over 50'. On the NW side of the central group, a number of stars are scattered between these two streams including a few very wide pairs, but the SE end the two streams are well separated with a very few stars in between.
13.1" (2/16/85): about 125 stars in a large 40' field with no distinct borders. A rich chain of stars oriented SSW-NNE passes through the center. Includes a number of brighter mag 10 stars and many double stars. Partially resolved in 16x80 finder.
Charles Messier discovered
Yann Pothier recently uncovered (DeepSky Observer, Fall
2020) that James Bradley made an earlier discovery of M48 on 16 Feb 1727,
probably with a non-achromatic refractor of 15-foot focal length and 2" to
3" aperture. Mixed in with
Bradley's comments on Jupiter's satellites (in the 1832 publication
"Miscellaneous Works and Correspondence of the Rev. James Bradley"),
he mentions seeing M41 and another cluster halfway between Procyon and Alpha
Hydrae. He described it
specifically at the center of a large isosceles triangle of stars (longest sides
~5.5°) with the brightest northern star having two nearby collinear stars. This pattern matches Zeta Mon,
Caroline Herschel rediscovered NGC 2548 on 8 Mar 1783 with a small refractor and entered it as #5 in her discovery list. William verified it the same night, probably with his 6.2" reflector. He found it again with his 18.7" on 1 Feb 1786 (sweep 519) and assumed it was new, not associating it with his observation three years earlier. He described VI-22 as "a beautiful cluster of stars, considerably rich, and pretty much compressed, 10 or 12' dia. The stars are nearly of a size, white and pretty large." He or Caroline later made the connection as his second catalogue notes "C.H. [Caroline Herschel] discovered it in 1783." Caroline was also credited with the discovery in the NGC, which should be given to Messier or possibly Bradley.
******************************
08 18 58.2 +57 48 11; Lyn
V = 11.2; Size 3.9'x1.3'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 177°
13.1" (1/18/85): fairly bright, fairly small, edge-on 4:1 N-S, 2.0'x0.5', very bright core, stellar or almost stellar nucleus. Located 10' WNW of mag 5.9 30 Lyncis.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2549 = h495 on 9 Feb 1831
(sweep 323) and recorded "pB; S; mE; pos in merid; pretty suddenly much
brighter middle; 15" l, 6" br.
A *7m follows." His
position and description matches
******************************
NGC 2550 = UGC 4359 = MCG +12-08-037 = CGCG 331-039 = PGC 23604
08 24 34.4 +74 00 44; Cam
V = 12.8; Size 1.0'x0.4'; Surf Br = 11.6; PA = 103°
17.5" (12/23/92): fairly faint, moderately large, very
elongated 3:1 ~E-W, even surface brightness. A mag 14.5 star is at the west tip 0.8' from center. A nice unequal double star
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 2550 = Sw. 2-34 on 7 Sep 1885
(along with NGC 2544) and recorded "eeF; pS; cE; bet an eF *, and an
unequal double star." His
position and description matches
******************************
08 24 50.2 +73 24 44; Cam
V = 12.1; Size 1.7'x1.1'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 55°
17.5" (2/9/02): moderately bright, moderately large, elongated 5:3 SW-NE, 1.3'x0.7'. A mag 12 star (with a mag 14.5-15 companion 30" N) lies 2' NE. The halo suddenly rises to a very small, bright core and stellar nucleus.
13.1" (1/11/86): faint, diffuse, slightly elongated, brighter star off NE side. Observation made through thin clouds.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 2551 = T. 6-2 = Sw. 2-35 on 9
Aug 1882 (while searching for Comet Pons (1812)) with the 11" refractor at
Arcetri Observatory in Venice. He
measured an approximate position and noted "Class III nebula, stellar
center; on 11 August observed them again.
Lewis Swift rediscovered NGC 2551 on 7 Sep 1885 and recorded it as new
in his second discovery paper.
Swift's RA was 17 seconds too small. MCG misidentifies
******************************
08 19 20.2 +50 00 26; Lyn
V = 12.1; Size 3.5'x2.3'; Surf Br = 14.2; PA = 45°
13.1" (2/23/85): faint, moderately large, elongated. A mag 11 star is off the NE side 3.1' from the center.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2552 = H. III-711 on 9 Mar
1788 (sweep 815) and logged "eF, E from sp to nf, about 3.5' long, 2.5'
broad." His position (Auwers'
reduction) is 2.4' NW of
******************************
08 17 35.0 +20 54 11; Cnc
V = 13.8; Size 0.9'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.1
17.5" (1/1/92): faint, small, round, gradually increases
to small bright core, occasional faint stellar nucleus. A mag 12 star is 2' ENE.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2553 = m 116 on 17 Feb 1865 with
Lassell's 48" and recorded "vF, S, gradually little brighter
middle." His position is 2'
north of
******************************
08 17 53.6 +23 28 20; Cnc
V = 12.0; Size 3.2'x2.3'; Surf Br = 14.0; PA = 142°
24" (2/16/15): at 322x; moderately to fairly bright, moderately large, oval 4:3 NNW-SSE, 1.2'x0.9'. Sharply concentrated with a very bright core that increases to a very small, intense nucleus. A mag 13.5-14 star is barely off the southeast end, 1.2' from center and a comparable star is off the north side, 1.4' from center.
17.5" (3/28/92): moderately bright, fairly small, slightly elongated 4:3 N-S, strongly concentrated with an abrupt well-defined very bright core, sharp stellar nucleus, faint halo with ill-defined edge. Two mag 14 stars are 1.2' SSE and 1.4' NNE of center. Located at the north edge of the Cancer I galaxy cluster. CGCG 119-032 is just 1.5' W but was not noticed.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2554 = H. II-303 = h497 on 28 Feb 1785 (sweep 374) and recorded "F, S, mbM, r." On 11 Jan 1787 (sweep 683) he noted "eF, vS, near some vF stars; may be a patch of a few extr small stars." On 10 Feb 1787 (sweep 697), he logged "pF, S, mbM, irr R." On 24 Feb 1827 (sweep 59), John Herschel logged "pB, R, bM" but his position was 1.0 minute of time too far east. His error was repeated in the GC and finally the NGC. Édouard Stephan recorded an unpublished position only 0.9' off on 14 Feb 1868 with another measure on 4 Feb 1878. Dreyer corrected the RA in the IC 2 notes.
Five observations of the galaxy were made by Lord Rosse's assistants. Bindon Stoney recorded on 9 Mar 1852: "R, bright middle to a nucleus, 2 st 14m nf and sf, a vS * preceding about the same dist." Interestingly, the "vS * preceding" is CGCG 119-032, a faint compact galaxy. At V = 15.6, this is one of the fainter galaxies discovered with the 72" (though of course it was seen as virtually stellar) and took some effort in my 24", knowing the exact position.
******************************
08 17 56.3 +00 44 45; Hya
V = 12.2; Size 1.9'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 115°
17.5" (2/13/88): moderately bright, moderately large, oval NW-SE. Several stars are near including a mag 12 star at the SE edge 1.1' from the center, a mag 13 star 1.7' NNE and a mag 14.5 star is at the NW edge 0.9' from center.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2555 = H. III-256 = h498 on 20 Dec 1784 (sweep 346) and remarked "vF, vS, diffused about the middlemost of 3 small stars in a row; but seems not connected to them; they being too large and like the rest of the scattered stars. Verified with 240 power." John Herschel described the galaxy on 27 Jan 1832 (sweep 397) as "vF; between a *12m sf and one 16m, north. The former dist about 1 diam, the latter about 1/2 diam from edge. His position is accurate. In 1857, R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's assistant, noted two stars were at the NW edge.
******************************
NGC 2556 = CGCG 119-045 = LGG 158-006 = WBL 178-002 = PGC 23325
08 19 00.9 +20 56 13; Cnc
V = 14.5; Size 0.6'x0.3'; PA = 138°
18" (2/26/11): very faint, very small, round, very small brighter core, sharp stellar nucleus. A wide pair of mag 13.14 stars are within 2' SSW and a mag 10.5 star is 3.5' SE. Located 24' WSW of NGC 2563, the brightest galaxy in the core of the Cancer I cluster.
17.5" (1/1/92): very faint, very small, round. A pair of mag 13/14 stars are 1.3' S
and 1.7' S.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2556 = m 117 on 17 Feb 1865 and
noted "vF, vS." His position is 2' north of
******************************
08 19 10.8 +21 26 09; Cnc
V = 13.2; Size 1.2'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 55°
18" (2/26/11): fairly faint to moderately bright,
fairly small, round, 30" diameter, gradually increases to a small brighter
core. Forms the eastern vertex of
a small isosceles triangle with two mag 13.5 stars 2.5' NW and 2.7' SW. Also forms a larger isosceles triangle
with mag 7.8
17.5" (2/8/91): fairly faint, small, round, gradually
brighter core. Located 5' SE of
mag 8.2
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2557 = St. 8b-29 on 14 Feb
1868 with the 31" reflector at Marseilles Observatory and recorded a rough
unpublished position (3' too far SW) in his logbook. He published an accurate micrometric position made on 2 Feb
1877. Esmiol's re-reduced position
is an exact match with
******************************
08 19 12.8 +20 30 38; Cnc
V = 13.0; Size 1.7'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 160°
18" (2/26/11): fairly faint to moderately bright, fairly small, elongated 4:3 or 3:2 NNW-SSE, 32"x24", sharply concentrated with a 15" bright core. Located south of the central region of the Cancer I cluster.
17.5" (1/1/92): faint, small, elongated 3:2 NNW-SSE, gradually brighter halo, small bright core. Member of Cancer I galaxy cluster.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2558 = H. III-606 = h499 on 13 Feb 1787 (sweep 698) and recorded "vF, S." John Herschel logged it on 17 Mar 1831 (sweep 334) as "pF; R; pretty suddenly brighter middle; and then a feeble atmosphere 25"."
******************************
08 17 06.3 -27 27 33; Pup
V = 10.9; Size 3.7'x1.7'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 6°
17.5" (2/8/91): moderately bright and large, oval 3:2
N-S. Unusual appearance as nestled
between four stars in a rich Milky Way field! Slight concentration but no distinct core. The brightest of four nearby stars is
mag 9.5
John Herschel discovered NGC 2559 = h3118 on 5 Feb 1837 and
recorded "pL, F, gradually little brighter middle, in a field of about 60
stars; one of which = 9th mag, and some others also of less magnitudes are
involved." His position is
just off the east side of
Pietro Baracchi, observing with the 48" Melbourne telescope in Jan 1886, called it "vF; S; R; very gradually very very little brighter middle; irregular. Amidst a multitude of stars."
******************************
NGC 2560 = UGC 4337 = MCG +04-20-027 = CGCG 119-058 = LGG 158-009 = WBL 178-006 = PGC 23367
08 19 51.9 +20 59 06; Cnc
V = 13.3; Size 1.4'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 93°
18" (2/26/11): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated
5:2 or 3:1 E-W, 0.8'x0.3', sharply concentrated with a small bright core and
fainter extensions. Located 1.5' E
of a mag 10.4 star and 11' SW of
17.5" (2/8/91): faint, small, very elongated 3:1 E-W,
small bright core. Located 4.5' NE
of mag 7.9
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 2560 on 17 Mar 1862 with
the 11" refractor at Copenhagen Observatory (recorded as #78 in AN
1500). His position (based on 4
measurements) matches
******************************
08 19 36.9 +04 39 26; Hya
V = 13.1; Size 1.1'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 138°
17.5" (3/7/92): faint, very small, round, faint stellar nucleus. Located 7' SW of mag 8.6 SAO 116633.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 2561 = Sw. 6-31 on 23 Mar 1887 with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory. His description reads, "vF, S, R, right angles with 2 stars." His position was 8 seconds of time too small and the two stars lie southwest and southeast. Hermann Kobold measured an accurate position in 1896 at the Strasbourg Observatory (published in 1907).
******************************
08 20 23.7 +21 07 53; Cnc
V = 12.9; Size 1.0'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.3; PA = 3°
18" (2/26/11): moderately bright, fairly small,
elongated 4:3 N-S, 30"x24", contains a small bright core that
gradually increases to the center.
Forms a nice pair with brighter NGC 2563 4.7' SE. NGC 2560 lies 11' SW and
17.5" (2/8/91): fairly faint, small, oval 3:2 N-S, halo brightens to a small bright core. Forms a pair with NGC 2563 4.7' SE. Member of Cancer I galaxy cluster.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2562 = H. III-607 = h500, along with NGC 2563, on 13 Feb 1787 (sweep 698) and noted "F, S, bM." His position was less than 2' WNW of NGC 2562 (similar offset as nearby NGC 2558 = H. III-606).
******************************
NGC 2563 = UGC 4347 = MCG +04-20-033 = CGCG 119-065 = LGG 158-005 = WBL 178-011 = PGC 23404
08 20 35.7 +21 04 04; Cnc
V = 12.2; Size 2.1'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 80°
18" (2/26/11): moderately to fairly bright, moderately large, round, 1.0' diameter, pretty sharply concentrated with a bright, 20" core. With direct vision, the core increases to a brighter stellar nucleus. Slightly brighter and larger than NGC 2562 4.7' NW. Located 20' NNE of mag 5.8 HD 69994. This is the brightest galaxy in the core region of the loose Cancer I cluster (called the Cancer II group in NED).
17.5" (2/8/91): fairly faint, fairly small, almost round, halo brightens evenly to a small bright core. Appears similar to NGC 2562 4.7' NW but slightly larger. Member of the Cancer I galaxy cluster.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2563 = H. II-634 = h501, along with NGC 2562, on 13 Feb 1787 (sweep 698) and noted "vF, vS." His RA was 6 seconds of time too large.
******************************
08 18 30.0 -21 48 58; Pup
V = 13.4; Size 1.2'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 60°
17.5" (3/25/95): faint, very small, round, 20" diameter, weak concentration, faint stellar nucleus. A very faint larger halo is visible at moments. A wide pair of mag 12/13 stars at 35" separation lies 2' NNW and two mag 14/15 stars are 1' NNW. Located in a rich star field.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2564 = h3119 on 28 Jan 1837 and
recorded "vF; vS; R; gradually brighter in the middle; at least 60 stars
in field." His position is 7
sec of RA west of
******************************
08 19 48.4 +22 01 51; Cnc
V = 12.6; Size 1.9'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 167°
24" (4/28/14): at low power appears as close
"double" consisting of a mag ~14 star and the fuzzy nucleus (similar
or slightly brighter) of the galaxy!
At 260x the bright core is elongated 2:1 N-S, 20"x10" and
surrounded by a very low surface brightness halo, extending ~1.0'x0.6'
NNW-SSE. The superimposed star is
at the SSE edge of the core. At
375x, the galaxy is seen to be very sharply concentrated with a very bright
core and low surface brightness halo.
Forms a physical pair with
17.5" (1/1/92): fairly faint, very small, small bright core, very faint halo elongated 3:2 NNW-SSE. Unusual appearance as the core of the galaxy forms a very close double with a similar star at the SE end. The outer halo appears to touch or encompass the star. Located 6.5' NW of mag 8.9 SAO 80108. This galaxy is an outlying member of the Cancer I cluster and is located ~1° north of center of the cluster.
Gerhard Lohse discovered NGC 2565 around 1886 with the
15.5-inch Cooke refractor at the private Wigglesworth Observatory in
Scarborough, England. His position
is 0.9 min of RA east and 1.5' N of
******************************
08 18 45.5 -25 29 59; Pup
V = 11.0; Size 3.4'x2.3'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 50°
17.5" (3/25/95): faint, fairly large, elongated 3:2
~ENE-WSW, 2.5'x1.8', diffuse, edges fade into background. Unconcentrated except for a nearly
stellar bright core. Unusual
appearance (similar to a Milky Way nebula) as it is located in a dense field
among a rich group of faint stars including a mag 13 star just following the
nucleus. A 10' semicircle of stars
heads to the north and west. Forms
a pair with
17.5" (3/7/92): faint, fairly large, elongated 3:2 E-W, ~2.0'x1.5', very low even surface brightness. There was no noticeable core and the outer halo was not well defined. Several stars are superimposed including a mag 13.5 star 22" ESE of center. Situated in a rich Milky Way field. Brightest in a group including IC 2311 7.6' N. Located just 6° above the galactic equator!
William Herschel discovered NGC 2566 = H. III-288 on 6 Mar 1785 (sweep 381). He recorded it as "very faint, considerably large, easily resolvable or rather some of the stars visible besides those of the milky way scattered over it." His position is off the north side of the galaxy, which lies less than 6° north of the galactic centerline!
Herbert Howe described the galaxy as a "vS neb or neb *11 w/*12 close". On 9 Jan 1886, Pietro Baracchi described this galaxy with the 48" Great Melbourne Telescope as "vF; pL; 2 stars 14m involved. A multititude of stars in the field." Visually, nearby IC 2311 has a higher surface brightness and is more identifiable as a galaxy!
******************************
08 18 29 -30 38 24; Pup
V = 7.4; Size 10'
13.1" (3/24/84): about two dozen stars mostly mag 11-13
in 10' diameter elongated N-S.
Includes a long string oriented N-S on the east side. On the SW wide is a "U"
shaped group of brighter stars open to the north. Mag 9.0
William Herschel discovered NGC 2567 = H. VII-64 = h503 = h3120 on 4 Mar 1793 (sweep 1033) and recorded "a large cluster of stars of a middling size, irregularly extended and considerably rich. The stars are chiefly in rows." In his 1814 publication, Herschel speculated that each row of stars may have a different preponderating attraction, but every row will attract all the other rows..." John Herschel logged it on 6 Jan 1831 (sweep 316) as "a fine, p rich cl; stars 11m pretty uniform 5..6' diam. The chief stars make a zigzag line, the outliers extending 20'."
******************************
08 18 18 -37 06 18; Pup
V = 10.7; Size 5'
13.1" (1/18/85): small, faint group of about 6 stars over haze, unimpressive.
E.E. Barnard discovered NGC 2568 in 1881 with his 5-inch refractor in Nashville while sweeping for comets. In Sidereal Messenger, Vol 3, p60, he described a "very faint nebulosity of moderate extension; pretty even in light. A small star involved." In The Observatory, 8, p123 (1885), he wrote "Faint, close to, and south preceding a small star; the star is partly involved in the nebula." The latter observation was probably made with the 6-inch Cook refractor. So, with the 5- and 6-inch scope he didn't resolve the cluster. His discovery list in AN 2588 (1884) mentions Oliver Wendell, using the 15-inch refractor at Harvard College Observatory, described it as "rather diffuse and faint, but gradually a little brighter in the middle." I'm surprised the large refractor didn't provide some resolution. Paris Pismis reported the cluster as new (= Pismis 1) in her 1959 list of clusters found on Schmidt plates at the Tonantzintla Observatory.
Cederblad catalogued the cluster
******************************
08 21 21.1 +20 52 03; Cnc
V = 14.3; Size 0.6'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 119°
18" (2/26/11): faint, very small, round, 15"
diameter, very small bright core in a fainter halo. A thin, distinctive triangle of mag 13 stars (separations
roughly 12", 30", 30") is 1.5' following. Forms a pair with
17.5" (2/8/91): very faint, very small, round, small bright core in low surface brightness halo. A group of three mag 13 stars lie between 1.5'-2.0' E. Forms a pair with NGC 2570 2.6' N. Member of the Cancer I galaxy cluster.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 2569 on 19 Feb 1862 with
the 11" refractor at Copenhagen Observatory (recorded as #79 in AN
1500). His position and
description ("a miniature 'Triangulum' is not much more than 1'
distant") matches
******************************
NGC 2570 = UGC 4354 = MCG +04-20-036 = CGCG 119-068 = PGC 23443
08 21 22.6 +20 54 37; Cnc
V = 14.5; Size 1.1'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 70°
18" (2/26/11): very faint, small, slightly elongated ~E-W, 0.4'x0.3', very low even surface brightness, no noticeable core or zones. Appears larger than NGC 2569, located 2.6' S, but more difficult due to a lower surface brightness. Located 14.5' SE of NGC 2563 (brightest galaxy in the region) and 17' NE of mag 5.8 HD 69994.
17.5" (2/8/91): very faint, small, very low surface brightness. Slightly larger than NGC 2569 2.6' S but has a lower surface brightness. Member of Cancer I galaxy cluster.
Ralph Copeland discovered NGC 2570 on 20 Feb 1873 in his observation of GC 1650 = NGC 2569 (discovered by d'Arrest) with the 72". He recorded, with respect to NGC 2569, "eeF, L, R, pos 3.9°, dist 174.1". His micrometric offsets matches UGC 4354. This member of Cancer I has a redshift of z = .022.
******************************
NGC 2571 = ESO 431-005 = Cr 181
08 18 56 -29 45 00; Pup
V = 7.0; Size 13'
24" (3/21/20): at 200x; very interesting cluster with
~30 stars in the core of the cluster, including two 9th mag stars,
13.1"
(3/24/84): 18 stars mag 8.8-12 in 10' diameter. Includes a wide bright pair (mag 8.8
William Herschel discovered NGC 2571 = H. VI-39 = h502 on 3 Mar 1793 (sweep 1032) and noted "a cluster of large stars, considerably rich, irregularly round, above 15' diameter." John Herschel logged it on 6 Jan 1831 (sweep 316) as "a v loose straggling but p rich cl which fills the field, st 9m and under; vl comp middle. Some large stars precede it."
******************************
08 21 24.6 +19 08 52; Cnc
V = 13.8; Size 1.3'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 133°
17.5" (3/20/93): very faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 NW-SE, low even surface brightness. A mag 14 star is just off the SSW end 0.5' from the center.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2572 = St 8b-30 on 14 Feb 1868 and recorded a rough position (4' too far W) in his logbook. He observed it again on 12 Jan 1872 and published an accurate micrometric position (list 8b, #30) made on 2 Feb 1877.
******************************
01 41 37.3 -89 20 04; Oct
V = 13.5; Size 2.0'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 70°
30" (10/15/15 - OzSky): at 303x "Polarissima
Australis" appeared moderately bright and large, very elongated at least
3:1, ~1.5'x0.5'. Contains a small
bright core and a sharp stellar nucleus (possibly a star?). Mag 10.3
NGC 2573 is the brightest of three galaxies close to the
south celestial pole with
24" (4/5/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): NGC 2573 is known as "Polarissima Australis" and is located only 40' from the south celestial pole. At 260x it appeared fairly faint, moderately large, very elongated 7:2, ~1.6'x0.45'. Contains a very small, bright nucleus with much fainter extensions. A mag 10.6/11.2 pair at 7" separation was picked up 13' NNE. This galaxy was brighter than I expected based on descriptions I've read.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2573 = h3176 on 29 Mar 1837 and recorded "Nebula Polarissima Australis. Faint, round, gradually a little brighter in the middle, 25" across. Situated nearly halfway between a star of 10th magnitude south of it, and a small triangle of stars 11th, 13th and 13th mag. north." This is the closest galaxy to the south celestial pole.
In 1919 Robert Innes reported he made several unsucessful searches for it using the 9-inch Grubb refractor at the Union Observatory in Johannesburg, even under the best conditions. He noted, "if it exists it is too faint to be seen in the 9-inch telescope with normal vision."
The RNGC positions are in error for NGC 2573, 2573A and 2573B.
******************************
08 20 48.1 -08 55 08; Hya
V = 12.9; Size 2.2'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 150°
17.5" (2/1/92): faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2
NNW-SSE, low even surface brightness, no core. A trio of stars are at the south edge; a mag 11 star 1.4'
SSE, a mag 13.5 star 1.3' S and a mag 13 star 1.2' SSW. Located 5' SW of mag 7.7
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 2574 = LM 2-401 in 1886 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. His position is 7 sec of RA west and 2.8' south of MCG -01-22-003 and his description "mag 15.8, 1.0' dia, rr; *7.5 at 5' in PA 50°" matches this galaxy.
******************************
08 22 44.9 +24 17 49; Cnc
V = 12.7; Size 2.3'x1.9'; Surf Br = 14.2; PA = 145°
17.5" (1/1/92): faint, fairly small, round, no core though uneven surface brightness. A mag 15 star is at the west end and an extremely faint mag 16 star is involved at the east end. This is an outlying member of Cancer I galaxy cluster.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2575 = St. 9-14 on 29 Jan 1878, with a second observation on 7 Feb 1878. He reduced the position on 23 Feb 1878 and included it in his 9th discovery list with description "eeF, irregularly round, 1' dia, envelops sev vF stars." A late observation was made on 23 Feb 1886.
******************************
08 22 57.7 +25 44 20; Cnc
V = 14.2; Size 1.7'x0.3'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 41°
17.5" (1/1/92): very faint, fairly small, very
elongated 3:1 SW-NE, weak concentration with thin extensions. Located 3.2' E of mag 8.2
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2576 on 29 Mar 1865 with Lassell's 48" and recorded "eF, eS, stellar." His position is accurate.
******************************
08 22 43.4 +22 33 11; Cnc
V = 12.4; Size 1.8'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 105°
17.5" (1/1/92): moderately bright, fairly small,
elongated 2:1 ~E-W, ~0.8'x0.4', dominated by a prominent core, faint stellar
nucleus. Forms a pair with UGC
4375 9' NE. I recorded
William Herschel discovered NGC 2577 = H. II-259 on 16 Nov
1784 (sweep 318) and logged "F, S, iF, resolvable." His position (Auwers' reduction) is
3.7' NW of
******************************
08 21 24.3 -13 19 04; Pup
V = 12.6; Size 2.0'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 80°
24" (2/16/15): at 322x; moderately bright and large, oval E-W, 1.0'x0.7', fairly strong concentration with a well-defined bright core and much fainter halo. A mag 15 star is superimposed on the northeast side [24" from center]. Situated in a rich star field with a mag 10.5 star 2.5' SE.
Forms a pair with
17.5" (4/6/91): faint, small, oval 3:2 WSW-ENE, broad concentration, faint stellar nucleus at moments, in a fairly rich star field. Located 2.5' NNW of a mag 11 star.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2578 = H. III-902 = h3121 on 8 Mar 1793 (sweep 1034) and logged "vF, lE, bM, resolvable." JH, observing from the Cape of Good Hope, recorded "vF, R, gradually brighter in the middle, in a field full of Milky Way stars." Both Herschels' positions are accurate. JH missed the companion described in my observation.
******************************
08 20 54.8 -36 13 00; Pup
Size 2'
17.5" (2/1/92): small, bright compact nebula involving a mag 10.5 star. Visible without filter as a small bright knot forming a close double with the mag 10.5 star just west. Using an OIII filter at 140x the size increases to 2' diameter and encompasses the mag 10.5 star. With this combination the nebula is quite prominent as the surface brightness is quite high! Located within a large scattered group of about 20 stars.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2579 = h3122 on 1 Feb 1835 and recorded "A double star (h4083) involved in pB nebulosity, which seems to belong to both stars; but of the two the smaller is more nebulous; diameter 50"; in a pretty rich patch of the milky way." The next night he logged "a double star, or a star and a nebula, very close and involving the star ... the field contains about 70 stars, of which 8 are about 9th mag. I cannot be quite positive that the neb extends beyond the large star, or that the small one is not a mere condensation of it. However, I remain pretty well satisfied of its investing both." His mean position (4 sweeps) corresponds with this compact HII region.
Joseph Turner described NGC 2579 as two pairs of double stars on 14 Feb 1882 with the 48" Melbourne telescope. Both pairs are oriented ~N-S on his sketch with the brightest star at the west end.
The Lynga catalogue includes NGC 2579 as an open cluster at
08 20.3 -36 15 (1950), placing the object 20' too far SE! At the Lynga position is a scattered
group of stars. This error is
repeated in amateur sky-plotting software such as MegaStar. The nebulosity was also misclassified
as a possible planetary nebula
******************************
NGC 2580 = ESO 431-006 = Cr 183
08 21 29 -30 17 48; Pup
Size 8'
13.1" (3/24/84): 15-20 stars mag 10-13 within a rectangle of stars. A brighter double star is close north. Located 44' NE of NGC 2567 and 47' SE of NGC 2571 in a group of 4 open clusters along with NGC 2587 53' NNE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2580 = h3123 on 5 Feb 1837 and described a "cluster 7th class; R; p rich; insulated; 10' diam; stars 12m, nearly uniform." His position is ~1.0' SE of center of this cluster.
******************************
08 24 30.9 +18 35 49; Cnc
V = 13.6; Size 1.1'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 10°
17.5" (1/1/92): faint, small, round, fairly low even
surface brightness. A mag 13 star
is 2.0' N and a mag 14 star is 1.5' NE of center. Outlying member of Cancer I galaxy cluster. Incorrectly identified in the UGC, CGCG
and MCG as
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2581 = St. 13-38 on 7 Feb 1878. His published position in his 13th discovery list was reduced on 7 Mar 1885 and he mentioned a faint star was at the SW edge. Max Wolf's IC 2351, found on Heidelberg plates, refers to this 16th magnitude star at the southwest edge (30" SSW of center). UGC, CGCG and MCG mislabel the galaxy as IC 2351 instead of NGC 2581.
******************************
08 25 12.0 +20 20 05; Cnc
V = 13.0; Size 1.2'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.3
17.5" (1/1/92): faint, fairly small, round, weak concentration, very symmetrical appearance. A bright double star O∑191 = 7.2/9.2 at 38" lies at the edge of the 220x field 11' SW. Outlying member of Cancer I galaxy cluster.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2582 = H. III-753 = h504 on
22 Feb 1789 (sweep 907) and logged it as "vF, S, R, very little brighter
middle." There is nothing at
his position (Auwers' reduction), but
Max Wolf catalogued this galaxy from a Heidelberg plate and
noted the entry was identical to NGC 2582, but Dreyer mistakenly recatalogued
it as
******************************
08 23 07.9 -05 00 09; Hya
V = 13.5; Size 0.8'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.9
24" (2/16/15): fairly faint, small, round, 30"
diameter, well concentration with a very small bright nucleus. Forms east vertex of a thin, isosceles
triangle with two mag 14 stars 1.5' W [20" separation].
17.5" (1/12/02): faint, small, round, 40"
diameter, bright core, crisp-edge to halo. A 20" pair of mag 14.5/15 star is just 1.5' W. First of three on a SW-NE line with NGC
2584 2.7' NE and
17.5" (4/6/91): very faint, very small, round, strong
concentration with very small bright core, stellar nucleus. A faint mag 14/14 double star with
separation 20" oriented N-S lies 1.5' W. First of three on a line with
Frank Muller discovered NGC 2583 = LM 2-402 in 1886 with the
26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory and recorded "mag
13.5, 0.4' dia, R, suddenly brighter in the middle to a nucleus, 1st of 4 [with
NGC 2584, 2585, 2586]." There
is nothing at his position, but 1.0 min of RA west is
******************************
NGC 2584 = MCG -01-22-009 = PGC 23523
08 23 15.4 -04 58 13; Hya
V = 14.2; Size 1.1'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 0°
24" (2/16/15): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 N-S, 0.6'x0.3', very weak concentration. Second in a string with NGC 2583 2.7' SW and NGC 2585 4.3' NE. Also MCG -01-22-007 and -006 are nearly in a line 2.9' and 4.1' NW.
17.5" (1/12/02): very faint, small, slightly elongated N-S, low surface brightness. Second of three with NGC 2583 2.7' SW and NGC 2585 4.3' NE.
17.5" (4/6/91): extremely faint, small, slightly elongated N-S, very low surface brightness. Collinear with NGC 2583 2.5' SW and NGC 2585 5' NE.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 2584 = LM 2-403 in 1886 and
recorded "mag 14.0, 0.5' dia, R, 2nd of 4 [with NGC 2583, 2585,
2586]." There is nothing at
his position, but 1.0 min of RA west is
******************************
NGC 2585 = MCG -01-22-010 = PGC 23537
08 23 26.2 -04 54 56; Hya
V = 13.8; Size 1.8'x0.8'; Surf Br = 14.2; PA = 85°
24" (2/16/15): fairly faint, fairly small, irregularly
round, 0.7'x0.6', weak broad concentration with no distinct zones but surface
appears mottled. In a group with
NGC 2585 4.3' SW and NGC 2583 7.0' SW (on a line) as well as
In addition, a close pair,
17.5" (1/12/02): faint, fairly small, irregularly round, weak concentration, 0.9' diameter. Third of three on a SW-NE line with NGC 2584 and NGC 2583 to the SW. This is a challenging trio and I missed two nearby MCG galaxies.
17.5" (4/6/91): faint, small, round, very weak concentration. Third of three on a line with NGC 2584 5' SW and NGC 2583 7' SW. Viewed core only (the arms are very low surface brightness on the DSS).
Frank Muller discovered NGC 2585 = LM 2-404 in 1886 and
recorded "mag 14.0, 0.5' dia, R, 3rd of 4 [with NGC 2583, 2584,
2586]." There is nothing at
his position, but 1.0 minute of RA west (same offset as NGC 2583 and 2584) is
******************************
08 23 31.4 -04 57 07; Hya
Size 18"/16"/11"
24" (2/16/15): at 322x; this faint triple star (components all roughly mag V = 16) appeared as a very faint, very small glow, 0.3' diameter with a mag 16 star often resolving. It was easy to see how this object could be assumed to be a nebula (galaxy). At 450x, 2 or all 3 stars sparkled, but I couldn't hold them simultaneously.
The RNGC and PGC identifies MCG -01-22-012 as NGC 2585. At 322x, this galaxy appeared faint to fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated N-S, 21"x15", low surface even surface brightness. Note: my description applies to the central region and I missed the very low surface brightness spiral arms.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 2586 = LM 2-405, along with NGCs 2583, 2584 and 2585, in 1886 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. He noted "mag 16.2, 0.8' dia, R, 4th of 4; neb?".
Near his published position is MCG -01-22-012, but Harold Corwin identifies NGC 2586 with a triple star at 08 23 31.4 -04 57 07 (2000). This triple is 1.0 minute of time west of Muller's position, agreeing with his offsets for NGC 2583, 2584 and 2585. RNGC and PGC are probably incorrect in identifying MCG -01-22-012 as NGC 2586, though this still seems a plausible identification as it is certainly bright enough to be picked up Muller.
******************************
NGC 2587 = Cr 184 = ESO 431-007
08 23 24 -29 30 30; Pup
Size 9'
13.1" (3/24/84): 15 faint stars over haze in a 5'
diameter extended N-S with mag 9
John Herschel discovered NGC 2587 = h3124 on 22 Jan 1835 and described "a milky way cluster 7th class; irreg fig; pretty much compressed in middle. Stars 10...13m; one 9 m."
******************************
08 23 10 -32 58 30; Pup
Size 2'
17.5" (3/25/95): small faint cluster consisting of 15 stars in a 2' diameter with a few additional out to 3' diameter. The stars are pretty uniform (mag 13/14) and most are arranged in a perfect "U" asterism open towards the south. Only a few stars are inside this "U".
John Herschel discovered NGC 2588 = h3125 on 16 Feb 1836 and recorded "a small F cluster of st 15m; 3' diam; R; gradually brighter in the middle; not very rich. His position and description matches this faint cluster.
******************************
08 24 30 -08 46; Hya
= Not found, Corwin and Dreyer.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 2589 = Sw. 6-32 on 13 Feb 1887 and logged "pF, pS, lE in meridian." There is nothing near his position except faint stars and Howe was not able to visually recover this object on 3 nights with the 20" refractor at the Chamberlin Observatory around 1900. Harold Corwin was also unsuccessful searching for viable candidates - noting NGC 2574 as a possibility - so this number is lost.
******************************
08 25 01.9 -00 35 31; Hya
V = 13.1; Size 2.2'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 77°
17.5" (2/13/88): fairly faint, fairly small, edge-on
WSW-ENE, weak concentration. A
bright wide double star lies 15' NE (7.3/10 at 43"). Located 4.3' N of mag 9.6
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2590 = St. 9-15 on 29 Jan
1878. He made a second observation
on 4 Feb 1878 and reduced an accurate position 3 weeks later. The galaxy was included in his 9th
discovery list, published the same year.
Lewis Swift may have rediscovered this galaxy on 3 Feb 1888 and listed
it as new in his list 8, #47 (later
******************************
08 37 25.9 +78 01 34; Cam
V = 12.3; Size 3.0'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 32°
17.5" (2/1/92): faint, narrow edge-on 6:1 SW-NE, 2.4'x0.4', brighter middle, very thin faint extensions. A mag 14 star is just off the SW tip 1.4' from center.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 2591 on 12 Aug 1866 and noted "F, S, E, 45"-55" dia, little brighter in the middle." His position from 2 observations (#80 in his discovery list in AN 1500) is an exact match with UGC 4472.
******************************
08 27 08.1 +25 58 13; Cnc
V = 12.4; Size 1.7'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 45°
17.5" (1/1/92): moderately bright, small, round, sharp
concentration with an unusually bright core for a small galaxy, stellar
nucleus, small fainter halo. A mag
15 star is 1.0' W. Forms a pair
with
William Herschel discovered NGC 2592 = H. II-315 = h505 on 11 Mar 1785 (sweep 384) and recorded "F, S, R, bM, cometic or having a seeming nucleus." John Herschel logged it on 19 Feb 1827 (sweep 58) as "pB; R; very suddenly brighter in the middle to a star; 20" diameter." This galaxy was observed 14 times at Birr Castle and LdR (or assistants) thought it was a tight, unresolved cluster on several occasions!
******************************
08 26 47.8 +17 22 29; Cnc
V = 14.0; Size 0.9'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 172°
17.5" (1/1/92): faint, small, elongated 2:1 N-S,
0.8'x0.4', weak concentration.
Located in the same field with
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2593 on 26 Jan 1865 and noted
"eF, vS." His position
matches
******************************
NGC 2594 = MCG +04-20-056 = CGCG 119-106 = PGC 23704
08 27 17.3 +25 52 43; Cnc
V = 13.8; Size 0.8'x0.7'
17.5" (1/1/92): faint, very small, round, very small bright core, stellar nucleus. A mag 11 star is just 0.6' S of center. Forms a pair with NGC 2592 5' NNW.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2594 on 29 Mar 1865 and simply
noted "eF". His position
matches
******************************
08 27 42.0 +21 28 44; Cnc
V = 12.3; Size 3.2'x2.4'; Surf Br = 14.3; PA = 45°
24" (2/24/20): at 260x; fairly bright, large, well concentrated with a small bright core that hints of detail, A low surface brightness halo fades into the background but extends ~2'x1.5'. A mag 14 star is superimposed [40" NNE of center]. A mag 9.0 star (HD 71324) is 2.2' SW.
17.5" (1/1/92): fairly faint, moderately large, irregularly round. Unusual appearance with a very compact bright core displaced towards the NE end. Also a mag 14 star is superimposed close northeast of the core. The halo appears more extensive to the southwest. Located 2.2' NE of double star HJ 448 = 8.9/10.7 at 31". Outlying member of Cancer I galaxy cluster.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2595 = H. III-599 = h506 on 11 Jan 1787 (sweep 683) and noted "eF, pL, resolvable." He made this observation after he viewed Uranus and discovered the moons Titania and Oberon! He planned the sweep for the purpose of viewing Uranus.
John Herschel logged it on 24 Feb 1827 (sweep 59) as "vF; irreg fig; has a coarse double star 30° s p, 2' dist [HJ 448]." Five observations were made at Birr Castle as well as a sketch and the note from 14 Feb 1857 "Query: some vF neby reaches to np side" probably refers to the northern spiral arm.
******************************
NGC 2596 = UGC 4419 = MCG +03-22-013 = CGCG 089-030 = PGC 23714
08 27 26.5 +17 17 02; Cnc
V = 13.5; Size 1.5'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 65°
17.5" (1/1/92): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 5:2 WSW-ENE, weak concentration. A small group of five stars lies about 2' E including a close unequal double star (11.5/13.5 at 9" in PA 90°). NGC 2593 lies 11' SE.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2596 = m 121 on 26 Jan 1865 with Lassell's 48" and noted "vF, S, lE." His position was 9 seconds of RA too large.
******************************
08 29 57.4 +21 30 07; Cnc
= 1 or 2 *'s?, Gottlieb. =2*, Corwin. "Not found", Carlson. =NGC 2598, UGC.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2597 = m 122 on 1 Jan 1864,
along with
******************************
NGC 2598 = UGC 4443 = MCG +04-20-065 = CGCG 119-116 = PGC 23855
08 30 02.6 +21 29 18; Cnc
V = 13.7; Size 1.1'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 3°
17.5" (1/1/92): faint, small, round, broad concentration. Located just west of the vertex of a "V" asterism consisting of five mag 11-12 stars; the asterism appears to point towards this galaxy with the vertex being a mag 12 star 1.7' E. Outlying member of Cancer I galaxy cluster.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2598 = m 123 on 1 Jan 1864,
along with NGC 2597 = m 122. His
position matches
******************************
NGC 2599 = UGC 4458 = MCG +04-20-067 = CGCG 119-122 = Mrk 389 = PGC 23941
08 32 11.3 +22 33 37; Cnc
V = 12.2; Size 1.9'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.3
17.5" (3/28/92): fairly faint, small, round, small high surface brightness core, stellar nucleus embedded, only a small halo visible.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2599 = H. III-234 = h507 on 16 Nov 1784 (sweep 318) and noted "vF, stellar." His position was 8 seconds of RA too small and 3.5' too far N, a similar offset as NGC 2577, the previous discovery in the sweep.
******************************
08 34 45.1 +52 42 57; UMa
V = 14.2; Size 1.2'x0.4'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 78°
18" (3/13/10): first in a group of 5 NGC galaxies. At 280x appeared very faint, small,
elongated 2:1 E-W, 30"x15", low even surface brightness. Located 2' ENE of a 50" pair of
mag 12 stars. First in a group
with
17.5" (3/25/95): faint, small, elongated 3:2 E-W, 25"x15". Brightens slightly to a near stellar nucleus. Forms the vertex of a thin isosceles triangle with two mag 12 stars 2' SW. Also forms an equilateral triangle with two mag 14 stars closer to the north. Located 8.6' WSW of NGC 2606. In a trio with NGC 2602 7.5' NE.
Guillaume Bigourdan discovered NGC 2600 = Big. 37 on 7 Mar
1886. His position is 6 sec of RA west of
******************************
08 25 30.6 -68 07 03; Vol
V = 12.5; Size 1.6'x1.1'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 120°
25" (10/16/17 - OzSky): at 244x; moderately bright and large, oval 3:2 ~WNW-ESE, ~1.2'x0.8', small brighter core. A mag 13 star is at the east edge, 44" from center. Situated in a very starry region including mag 11-11.5 stars 4' SE, 3' E and 2' NE, along with a mag 12 star 1.4' NW and other fainter stars.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2601 = h3126 on 4 Mar 1835 and noted "F; R; gradually brighter in the middle; 30"." His position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 2602 = MCG +09-14-069 = CGCG 263-056 = PGC 24099
08 35 04.2 +52 49 54; UMa
V = 14.7; Size 0.4'x0.2'; Surf Br = 11.8; PA = 26°
18" (3/13/10): extremely faint, very small, elongated 3:2 SSW-NNE, 20"x14", low even surface brightness. Located 2.5' WSW of a mag 10.7 star and 5.2' NW of NGC 2606 in a group of faint NGC galaxies.
17.5" (3/12/94): extremely faint and small, 15" diameter, possibly elongated. Located 2.6' WSW of a mag 10.5 star. Forms a pair with brighter NGC 2606 5.2' SE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2602 = h508 on 16 Feb 1831
(sweep 327). His mean position
from two observations is 08 35 01.4 +52 50 10 (2000), an excellent match with
The field was observed three times at Birr Castle. On the first observation (9 Feb 1850), the three brightest galaxies -- NGC 2600, 2602 and 2606 -- were likely observed. On a second observation by R.J. Mitchell on 11 Mar 1858, 4 nebulae were described and sketched. Harold Corwin suggests the following identifications: "4 neb. found, alpha [NGC 2603] is F, S, bM; beta [NGC 2605] is vvF, gamma [NGC 2602] F, S, little brighter middle; delta [NGC 2606] is E and has a Nucl, a F * sf. alpha and gamma are about 5 arcmin dist. from one another, and beta and delta about the same dist. apart."
In compiling the GC, it appears that JH assumed alpha was
h508 = NGC 2602, the preceding nebula in the sketch. So, he misplaced the two LdR novae -- NGC 2603 and NGC 2605
-- following, instead of preceding NGC 2602. In addition, on the third observation (5 Mar 1867), Sir
Robert Ball noted "2 neb seen nearly p f, p one eeF, f one [NGC 2606] eF. Measures extremely difficult. Pos 92°, Dist 118°." The preceding nebula is
******************************
NGC 2603 = 2MASX J08343121+5250247 = PGC 3133653
08 34 31.2 +52 50 25; UMa
V = 16.2; Size 0.3'x0.3'
24" (3/13/10): at 320x appeared extremely faint and small, round, 6" diameter. Required averted vision to momentarily view, but reaquired several times to confirm. Located 5.0' W of NGC 2602 and 10' WNW of NGC 2606. Faintest of 5 galaxies in a group with brightest member NGC 2606. At B = 16.9, this is one of the faintest, if not the faintest NGC galaxy.
18" (3/13/10): not found at 275x.
R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 2603 and 2605 on 11 Mar 1858. Although he made a sketch of 4 galaxies (out of 6 total in the group), the identifications have been confused (seen notes for NGC 2602). NGC 2602 (discovered by John Herschel) is labeled Gamma and NGC 2606 is labeled Delta. Of the two remaining galaxies, the logical assignment is NGC 2603 = Alpha = LEDA 3133653 and NGC 2605 = Beta = LEDA 2424112. Alpha was noted as "F, S, bM." JH assumed Alpha = NGC 2602 when compiling the GC, so he placed NGC 2603, as well as NGC 2605, following NGC 2602 instead of preceding.
RNGC misidentifies
******************************
08 33 22.9 +29 32 17; Cnc
V = 12.3; Size 2.1'x2.1'; Surf Br = 13.8
24" (4/28/14): fairly faint, fairly large, round, 1.6'
diameter, broad weak concentration but there was no core or zones. The halo gradually fades out. A pair of faint mag 15.5 stars at
~20" separation lies 1.3' NW (outside the halo). A bright 30" pair of mag 10.3/10.8 stars lies 5'
SSE. Forms a pair (probably
interacting) with
17.5" (3/28/92): faint, moderately large, 2.0' diameter, low even surface brightness, slightly elongated but irregular or ill-defined outline. A mag 14 star is 1' off the south edge and 1.8' from center. A very faint close mag 15/15.5 double is at or just off the WNW edge. Almost collinear with a double star 5' SSE with components mag 10/10.5 at 32".
William Herschel discovered NGC 2604 = H. III-292 = h509 on 12 Mar 1785 (sweep 385). His description reads, "vF, pL, R, little brighter middle, resolvable. 2 or 3 pB stars about it." His RA was ~10 seconds too large and declination 2' S. John Herschel observed this galaxy on 27 Jan 1827 (sweep 56) and wrote, "eF; doubtful obs, as at first the neb was hardly seen. Verified, but too late for a good RA. In field with a double star which points rather s of it." The 10 Dec 1866 observation by Robert Ball (assistant to Lord Rosse) reads "eF, vL, center not uniformly bright, but the luminous portion lE and curved, convex preceding (this was little more than a suspicion); vF double star close north."
******************************
08 34 53.4 +52 48 15; UMa
V = 15.8; Size 0.3'x0.3'; PA = 25°
24" (3/13/10): at 320x appeared very faint, very small, round, 12" diameter. Located 2.4' SW of NGC 2602 and 4th brightest of 5 galaxies. NGC 2606, the brightest member, lies 6.3' E.
18" (3/13/10): not found at 275x.
R.J. Mitchell discovered NGC 2605 on 11 Mar 1858 (along with
NGC 2603) using Lord Rosse's 72".
It is labeled on the sketch as Beta (
******************************
NGC 2606 = MCG +09-14-072 = CGCG 263-059 = PGC 24117
08 35 34.7 +52 47 20; UMa
V = 13.9; Size 0.7'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 39°
18" (3/13/10): faint or fairly faint, small, elongated 4:3 SW-NE , 35"x25". Located 4' SE of a mag 10.8 star. NGC 2602, a much fainter galaxy, lies 5.3' NW and NGC 2600 lies 9' SW. A very faint galaxy (2MASX J08352151+5247337) which lies 2' W was not seen.
17.5" (3/12/94): faint, small, elongated 2:1 E-W, very small brighter core with a low surface brightness halo. Located 3.9' SE of a mag 10.5 star. A small group of stars forming a square with a fifth star near the center lies about 6' NNE. Forms a pair with NGC 2602 5.2' NW. This galaxy is identified as NGC 2603 in the MCG and DSFG to the Uranometria.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2606 = h510 on 16 Feb 1831
(sweep 327) and recorded "vF; S; R; 12." The following and brighter of 2." His mean position (two sweeps) matches
******************************
08 33 56.6 +26 58 21; Cnc
V = 14.0; Size 0.9'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.2
17.5" (3/20/93): very faint, very small, round, very small brighter core. A mag 14 star is close off the west edge 1.1' from center.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2607 = h511 on 24 Dec 1827
(sweep 115) and wrote "eF; a doubt remained; windy." His position matches
******************************
08 35 17.2 +28 28 23; Cnc
V = 12.3; Size 2.3'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 60°
17.5" (5/19/01): Supernova 2001 bg (discovered May 8, 2001) was visible as a mag 14 star at the southeast edge of the galaxy [22" E and 19" S of center].
13.1" (1/19/85): fairly faint, moderately large,
elongated 2:1 WSW-ENE, small bright core. Two mag 11 and 12.5 stars are 5' S
with separation 1.3'.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2608 = H. II-318 = h512 on 12 Mar 1785 (sweep 385) and noted "F, pL, lE, mbM, r." The galaxy was observed 8 times Lord Rosse's assistants and spiral structure was highly suspected. On 14 Feb 1857, the observer noted "..twist [spiral arms] in the nebulosity p and f the nucleus, most apparent preceding." and the 1 Feb 1856 observation reads "E nearly p f, the p half is much the brighter and I think has curve in it [in a sketch there appears a dark space p the Nucl]." Édouard Stephan made an observation on 23 Feb 1886 and called it elongated SW-NE.
Two supernovae have been discovered: SN 1920A (considered anomalous) discovered by Max Wolf and Type Ia SN 2001bg.
******************************
08 29 30 -61 06 36; Car
14" (4/5/16 - Coonabarabran, 145x): fairly faint and
sparcely populated cluster of 12-15 stars in a 6' circle. Most of the stars are arranged in a
5'x2' region elongated N-S.
Contains a nice double HJ 4108 = 9.6/10.6 at 20" with a wider and
fainter pair (10.9/11.6 at 26") about 2' SE. A mag 9.0 star (
John Herschel discovered NGC 2609 = h3130 on 8 Mar 1836 and
observed on 2 sweeps. His
discovery description reads "A double star, chief of a cluster 8th class
of scattered stars, 6' diam; not very rich or compression. His position matches a bright double
star (
******************************
08 33 23.4 -16 08 57; Hya
V = 13.0; Size 50"x47"
48" (2/28/19 and 3/1/19): at 488x and 813x; bright,
fairly large, roundish, 50" diameter. Contains a thick brighter rim (about half the diameter) with
a darker central hole. The rim is
slightly brighter in a 90° arc centered on the NW side and appears slightly
irregular or ragged around the periphery. The rim was slightly weaker just south
of a prominent 12th magnitude star on the NE edge. The faint central star was easily visible. With a NPB filter there was a thin
outer halo. Located 3.5' SW of a
mag 6.6
17.5" (3/25/00): at 280x using a UHC filter appears moderately bright, ~45"x40", elongated SSW-NNE. A mag 12 star is embedded on the NE edge of the rim. The planetary appears to taper near the star although this may be a contrast effect. The rim is sharp-edged and the surface brightness pretty smooth. Located 3.5' SW of a mag 6.5 star.
13.1" (1/18/85): moderately bright PN, fairly small,
slightly elongated ~N-S, about 40" diameter. No annularity or central star seen. A mag 13 star is at the NE edge. Located 3.5' SW of mag 6.6
William Herschel discovered NGC 2610 = H. IV-35 = h513 = h3127 on 31 Dec 1785 (sweep 503). His description reads "a small star with an electrical brush south preceding; faint; small. About 1 1/2' after follows a star of the 8th magnitude. It resembles fig 7, Phil. Trans. Vol LXXIV.Tab.17. [Plate VII]". Oddly, he compared this planetary nebula with NGC 2261, Hubble's Variable Nebula. He also wrote in his 1814 PT paper (fig. 7) that "a small star has a small, faint, fan-shaped nebulosity joining to it on the north preceding side." He thought the appearance demonstrated the union or mutual attraction between the objects.
John Herschel made an observation on 16 Nov 1827 (sweep 111): "A * 14m with a fan-shaped brush 15" l to the sp side; the brush however judged by both Mr. [James?] Dunlop (who saw it) and myself not to be in contact." On 1 Feb 1851, the Birr Castle observer Bindon Stoney wrote, "Dark space foll star, bet neb and star stronlgly suspected like the "snow-drop nebula" [NGC 2261]. Lord Rosse suspected a star in it also."
In 1915, Harold Knox-Shaw reported this object was annular and the spectrum probably gaseous based on a photograph with the Reynolds reflector at the Helwan Observatory. The spectrum was confirmed by Campbell and Paddock at Lick. Based on Crossley photographs at Lick, Curtis (1918) reported "the ring is slightly irregular, hazy and without structural detail; is 38"x31" in pa 75°. Relatively vacant around the central. The matter in the ring is rather faint."
******************************
08 35 29.2 +25 01 39; Cnc
V = 14.5; Size 0.75'x0.25'; PA = 50°
17.5" (3/25/95): very faint, very small, round, 20" diameter. Located 0.9' NW of a mag 14 star. A nice wide pair of mag 10 stars (35" separation) lies 10' WNW.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2611 = m 124 on 29 Mar 1865 and
noted "vF, S, pmE, gradually brighter in the middle." His position matches
******************************
08 33 50.1 -13 10 29; Hya
V = 12.7; Size 2.7'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 115°
17.5" (2/1/92): moderately bright, fairly small, very elongated 3:1 NW-SE, small bright core, almost stellar nucleus. A mag 13 star is 30" N of center and a mag 12 star is 1.2' S. Appears to have a sharper light cutoff on the north side.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2612 = h3128 on 14 Feb 1836 and
recorded "B, S, pretty suddenly brighter middle, E, between two
stars." His position and description matches
******************************
08 33 22.6 -22 58 21; Pyx
V = 10.3; Size 7.2'x1.8'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 113°
13.1" (3/24/84): fairly bright, fairly large, very pretty edge-on 4:1 WNW-ESE, 4.0'x1.0', broadly concentrated. Several stars are nearby as the galaxy is located in a rich star field including a mag 12 star 1.5' N, a mag 13 star 2.0' S of center and another mag 12 star at the west edge of the halo. NGC 2613 is the brightest galaxy in Pyxis.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2613 = H. II-266 = h3129 on 20 Nov 1784 (sweep 326) and logged "Faint, elongated, bright middle, pretty small, about 1.5' diameter." Another observation was made 20 Dec 1786 (sweep 663): "considerably bright, considerably large, irregular figure, elongate nearly in the parallel [E-W]."
John Herschel made 3 observations from the Cape of Good Hope. On 23 Jan 1835 (sweep 532): "B, L, vmE in position 110.3°, pretty suddenly little brighter middle, 3' long, 20" broad." Joseph Turner made a sketch on 18 Jan 1877 with the Great Melbourne Telescope. The galaxy was drawn as a thin edge-on with a small bright nucleus.
******************************
08 42 48.2 +72 58 35; UMa
V = 12.9; Size 2.5'x2.0'; Surf Br = 14.5; PA = 150°
17.5" (2/1/92 and 12/23/92): very faint, fairly large,
2.5' diameter, round, very low surface brightness, very weak concentration but
no core. Better view at 140x than
220x due to low surface brightness.
A mag 14.5 star is at the west edge. First in a group of four including
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 2614 on 1 Dec 1863 while
recording NGC 2629. His single
position matches
******************************
08 34 33.2 -02 32 48; Hya
V = 12.5; Size 1.9'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 40°
17.5" (4/6/91): fairly faint, fairly small, oval 3:2 SW-NE, small bright core, faint halo. A mag 12.5 lies 1.8' SSW of center.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2615 = St. 13-39 on 3 Feb 1878. He reduced the position on 6 Feb 1885 and included it in his final 13th discovery list (#39) with description, "F; oval; 1' diam; little brighter middle; seems resolvable; faint star involved."
******************************
08 35 34.0 -01 51 00; Hya
V = 12.5; Size 1.6'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 145°
24" (2/5/13): at 375x appeared fairly faint, small, round, 25" diameter, fairly high surface brightness. A larger halo of extremely low surface brightness was not noticed. A mag 15 star is superimposed just north of center and a mag 13.5 star is off the NE side, 50" from center.
Brightest of 8 in a group (WBL 188) with
17.5" (4/6/91): faint, very small, round. A mag 13.5 star is 0.8' NE of center.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 2616 = Sw. 3-39 on 9 Mar 1886 and
noted "vF; S; R; * nr north-following; a more distant * in line with
both." His position is 6 sec
of RA east of
******************************
08 35 38.7 -04 05 16; Hya
V = 13.1; Size 1.1'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.9
17.5" (4/6/91): very faint, small, round, low even surface brightness. Unusual appearance as a mag 14 star is involved on the north edge 22" from center and a second mag 14 star is 30" S of center.
Forms a pair with
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2617 = St. 13-40 on 5 Feb 1878. The position was reduced on 12 Feb 1885 and included in his final 13th discovery list.
MCG and RC3 misidentify the fainter companion close east
(MCG -01-22-027) as NGC 2617. The
RNGC entry is confused: the position and magnitude refers to MCG -01-22-027 but
the comment "companion 1' following" refers to
******************************
08 35 53.5 +00 42 26; Hya
V = 12.1; Size 2.4'x1.9'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 140°
17.5" (2/13/88): fairly faint, fairly small, irregularly round, weak concentration. Located along the south side of a trapezoid of mag 13-14 stars; closest is a mag 13 star 1' E.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2618 = H. III-257 = h515 on 20 Dec 1784 (sweep 346) and noted "eF, pL, iF, requires long attention; the night remarkably fine." Caroline Herschel's reduced position is 16 seconds of RA too far west. John Herschel made a single observation on sweep 397 and wrote "Extremely doubtful, as I could not recover the object." His reported position (marked as very uncertain) is 7.5 seconds of RA too far east. Bigourdan measured an accurate position.
******************************
NGC 2619 = UGC 4503 = MCG +05-21-002 = CGCG 150-008 = PGC 24235
08 37 32.7 +28 42 18; Cnc
V = 12.4; Size 2.3'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 35°
24" (2/16/15): moderately bright and large, oval ~3:2 SW-NE. Sharply concentrated with a bright, elongated oval core 0.5'x0.3', embedded in a low surface brightness halo ~1.2'x0.7'.
13.1" (1/19/85): faint version of NGC 2608, slightly elongated SW-NE, weak concentration, fairly even surface brightness.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2619 = H. II-319 = h514 on 12 Mar 1785 (sweep 385) and noted "F, S, bM, r." John Herschel logged on 26 Mar 1827 (sweep 57} as "pB; S; R; bM."
Lord Rosse's assistants made a total of 26 observations. On 19 Dec 1849, George Johnstone Stoney wrote "Suspicion of a black spot to the left of [southwest] brightest part." This appears to be a dusty region between spiral arms. The galaxy was included in a list of nebulae with dark spaces in the 1850 publication.
******************************
08 37 28.3 +24 56 48; Cnc
V = 13.6; Size 2.0'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 93°
17.5" (1/1/92): very faint, small, elongated 2:1 E-W,
low even surface brightness. A mag
15 star is 30" N of center.
Forms a close pair with
William Lassell discovered NGC 2620 = m 124 on 5 May 1863
with his 48" on Malta (about a month before Marth started his systematic
search). It was included in the
1867 Malta catalogue. Lassell's
position matches
******************************
NGC 2621 = MCG +04-21-003 = CGCG 120-007 = PGC 24241
08 37 36.9 +24 59 59; Cnc
V = 14.5; Size 0.9'x0.8'
17.5" (1/1/92): extremely faint and small, round. A mag 13.5 star is 1.4' E and a faint mag 15 star is 1.7' WNW. Forms a pair with NGC 2620 4.0' SW. Verified on the POSS.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2621 = m 126 on 29 Mar 1865
(along with nearby NGC 2622) with Lassell's 48" and noted "vF, S,
R." His position is 1' south
of
******************************
NGC 2622 = MCG +04-21-008 = CGCG 120-013 = Mrk 1218 = PGC 24269
08 38 11.0 +24 53 43; Cnc
V = 13.9; Size 0.8'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 45°
24" (4/28/14): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated
3:2 or 5:3 SW-NE, 30"x18", contains a very small brighter
nucleus. Brightest in a small
triplet and interacting with
17.5" (1/1/92): faint, fairly small, small bright core, very faint halo slightly elongated SW-NE. Third of three with NGC 2620 10' WNW.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2622 = m 127 on 29 Mar 1865 (along with nearby NGC 2621) with Lassell's 48" and noted "F, S, R." His position matches CGCG 120-013.
******************************
08 38 24.1 +25 45 15; Cnc
V = 13.4; Size 2.4'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 60°
48" (2/28/19): this system is a late-stage galactic merger and contains two relatively prominent tidal tails. At 488x and 610x it appeared bright, moderately large, sharply concentrated with a very bright bar-like core ~E-W. The core was slightly brighter at the west end. Both tidal tails were visible without much difficulty. The eastern tail was slightly brighter and curved north and then east (bending counter-clockwise) from the central region. This arm was visible with direct vision and perhaps 0.9' in length. The southern tidal tail was pretty straight and more diffuse, extending southwest, ~0.7'. Both tails were fairly even in surface brightness and faded only towards the tips. A mag 17.5 star (not difficult) is 0.9' NW of center.
13.1" (1/11/86): faint, small, slightly elongated, weak concentration.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2623 = St. 13-41 on 1 Feb 1878. His reduced position wasn't measured until 19 Jan 1885 with description "faint, very small, round, central condensation, several small points; appearance of a tiny cluster." There are no superimposed stars, though.
******************************
08 38 09.6 +19 43 32; Cnc
V = 13.6; Size 0.6'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.5
18" (1/13/07): fairly faint, small, round, 25"
diameter, weak concentration. A
mag 15.5 star is close southwest.
Brighter of a pair with
17.5" (12/19/87): faint, very small, round, bright
core. Forms a pair with NGC 2625
3.3' ESE. Located 7.6' E of mag
8.3
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2624 = m 128 on 30 Oct 1864
(along with nearby NGC 2625) with Lassell's 48" and noted "eF." His position matches
******************************
NGC 2625 = CGCG 089-057 = Mrk 625 = PGC 24285
08 38 23.1 +19 42 59; Cnc
V = 15.0; Size 0.4'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.9
18" (1/13/07): faint, very small, round, 15"
diameter. Smaller and fainter of a
pair with NGC 2624 3.2' WNW, though the difference in brightness appears less
than the 1.4 magnitudes listed in catalogues. At the west edge of the Beehive cluster.
17.5" (12/19/87): faint, extremely small, round. Appears similar to NGC 2624 3.3' WNW but slightly smaller and fainter. Located at the west edge of M44 = Beehive cluster.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2625 = m 129 on 30 Oct 1864
(along with nearby NGC 2624) with Lassell's 48" and noted "eF,
vS." His position matches
******************************
08 35 31 -40 40 18; Vel
Size 5'
17.5" (3/23/85): faint, small, diffuse circular reflection nebula surrounding a mag 10 central star. The surrouding, low surface brightness emission nebulosity (Gum 14) was not seen, observing at a very low elevation.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2626 = h3131 on 2 Jan 1835 and recorded "A star 9th mag involved in nebulosity, 3' diameter. In the milky way with multitudes of equal stars all round the neighbourhood, none of which are so affected. Sky quite pure, not the slightest nebulous haze. No doubt. The nebula loses itself imperceptibly, the star being (though excentric) yet in the most condensed part." His sketch was published on Plate VI, figure 12.
Joseph Turner observed and sketched this object on 26 Jan 1876 (unpublished plate V, figure 48) and earlier by Albert Le Sueur (figure 49). The nebulosity is shown as mostly fanning out to the north of the illuminating star but weak directly north, so it made a thick "U" shape around the star. A lithograph of the sketches was completed but not published.
******************************
08 37 15 -29 57 00; Pyx
Size 11'
13.1" (1/18/85): about 45 stars mag 11-14 in a 10' region elongated E-W. This is a rich and pretty cluster set over an unresolved background haze. Located 40' SW of a mag 5 star. Visible in a 16x80 finder.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2627 = H. VII-63 = h516 = h3132 on 3 Mar 1793 (sweep 1032). He recored "a large cluster of scattered small stars, irregular figure, considerably rich."
John Herschel observed the cluster from both England and the Cape of Good Hope. On 22 Jan 1831 (sweep 531 in South Africa) he recorded "a fine, large, rich, pretty much compressed cluster; irregularly elongated, 10' l, 7' br; stars 12 and 13th mag nearly equal."
******************************
08 40 22.7 +23 32 22; Cnc
V = 13.3; Size 1.1'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.4
17.5" (1/1/92): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated N-S, 1.0' diameter, weak concentration. A mag 13.5 star is 30" off the north edge and 1.2' N of center.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2628 = H. III-235 on 16 Nov
1784 (sweep 318) and recorded "eF, S, verified with 240 power." His
position is ~15 sec of RA west and 1' north of
******************************
NGC 2629 = UGC 4569 = MCG +12-09-010 = CGCG 331-062 = CGCG 332-009 = PGC 24682
08 47 15.8 +72 59 08; UMa
V = 12.3; Size 1.8'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 105°
17.5" (2/1/92 and 12/23/92): fairly faint, small,
slightly elongated 4:3 WNW-ESE, small bright core, faint stellar nucleus,
fairly high surface brightness. A
mag 12 star is 40" SSE.
Brightest of three with
William Herschel discovered NGC 2629 = H. III-982, along
with NGC 2641, on 30 Sep 1802 (his final sweep 1112). He recorded "Two, the place is that of the last [NGC
2641]. That of which the place is
taken [NGC 2641] is very faint, small.
The other [NGC 2629] precedes it RA = 42 seconds and is 6' more north.
The preceding one stellar. It is within 1' of a small star which follows it,
and which is free from the burs which affect the stellar." Caroline
Herschel's reduced position (for 1800) is 5' due south of
This nebula was not included in Herschel's third catalogue
as it was found after his 500th discovery threshold was reached on 26 Sept
1802. It was added by John
Herschel as one of the 8 "HON" objects ("William Herschel
omitted nebulae") in the Appendix to his Cape Observations with the
designation III. 982. This galaxy is misidentified as NGC 2630-31 in MCG
(+12-09-010). See identification
notes for NGC 2630 and
******************************
08 47 06 +73 00; UMa
= Not found, Corwin.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 2630 and 2631 in July 1883 with the 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory near Florence. In his 9th discovery paper, Tempel refers to "two new fine nebula very close to NGC 2629" (after the main table) and mentions that "my two new nebulae are much brighter than those found by D’Arrest [NGC 2614] and William Herschel [NGC 2629/2641]." Dreyer was only able to provide an approximate position near NGC 2629 when compiling the NGC, but no pair of bright nebulae exists near NGC 2629 that might be Tempel's objects. Nevertheless, a confusing array of identifications have been made by various galaxy catalogues.
RNGC selects
I discussed the identifications in several letters with
Harold Corwin. He suggests that Tempel may have confused
******************************
08 47 06 +73 00; UMa
= Not found, Gottlieb.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 2630 and 2631 in Jul 1883 with the 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory near Florence. See the story of their identifications under NGC 2630.
******************************
08 40 22 +19 40 12; Cnc
V = 3.1; Size 95'
16x80mm: extremely large, 1.5° diameter, very bright, brightest stars are mag 6-6.5, includes many double stars, well resolved. The cluster is really too large and spread out for a decent view in either my 13" or larger scopes.
Naked-eye: fairly bright fuzzy glow in dark skies. Granular with a few resolved stars in excellent conditions.
Aratos of Soli made the first written mention of M44 = Beehive cluster about 260 BC in his work Phainomeina (called a "little mist") and it was probably noted 100 years earlier by Eudoxis. It was later recorded by Hipparchus around 130 BC as a "little cloud" and by Ptolemy as "The Nebulous Mass in the Breast (of Cancer)". Galileo made the first known telescopic observation that clearly resolved M44 into a star cluster, although a few stars may be glimpsed naked eye under excellent conditions. His observation of 1610 in Siderius Nuncius ("Starry Messenger") reads "The nebula called Praesepe, which is not one star only, but a mass of more than 40 small stars, I have noticed 36 stars besides the Aselli [Gamma and Delta Cancri]." Hodierna (by 1650) also reported 38 stars in the cluster.
As far as the nickname "Bee-hive cluster", In his 1833 "Outlines of Astronomy" John Herschel wrote "In the constellation Cancer, there is a ..luminous spot, called Praesepe, or the bee-hive, which a very moderate telescope - an ordinary night-glass for instance - resolves entirely into stars. Admiral Smyth's Bedford Catalogue of 1844 notes "The Praesepe, metaphorically rendered Bee-hive, is an aggregation of small stars which has long borne the name of a nebula, its components not being separately distinguishable by the naked eye…"
******************************
NGC 2633 = Arp 80 = VV 519 = UGC 4574 = MCG +12-09-013 =
08 48 04.6 +74 05 55; Cam
V = 12.2; Size 2.5'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 175°
48" (3/1/19): Excellent, fairly large, two-armed barred spiral! The central part of the galaxy consists of a very prominent bar oriented ~3:1 NNW-SSE, with a very bright core. A striking spiral arm is attached at the south end of the bar. It bends sharply clockwise and extends north, on the east side of bar, arcing gently with a length of ~1.5'. This arm has a well defined inner and outer edge and is separated from the bar by a dark gap. As the arm extends north it fades but at the northern end bends sharply west [1.0' N of center] and noticeably brightens in an elongated piece [consisting of multiple HII regions on images]. At the north end of the bar a second arm emerges towards the west and starts to curl south, but fades and dims, reaching no further south than the center of the bar.
13.1" (1/11/86): fairly faint, small bright core with faint extensions slightly elongated N-S. Forms a pair with NGC 2634 8.2' S.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 2633 = T. 6-5 = T. 9-6 on 11 Aug 1882, along with NGC 2634. His position (corrected in his 9th discovery paper) is accurate.
******************************
NGC 2634 = UGC 4581 = MCG +12-09-015 = CGCG 331-066 = CGCG 332-013 = LGG 160-003 = PGC 24749
08 48 24.9 +73 58 01; Cam
V = 12.0; Size 1.7'x1.6'; Surf Br = 13.1
48" (3/1/19): at 488x; very bright, fairly large, round, very sharply concentrated with an extremely bright core that increases to an intensely bright stellar nucleus. A mag 15.9 star is near the edge of the halo, 0.7' W of center. A mag 17.4 star is in the halo on the SW side, 0.5' from center. Forms a pair with NGC 2634A 1.9' SSE. In a group (LGG 160) with NGC 2633 8' N.
NGC 2634A, 2' SSE, appeared moderately bright, fairly large, thin edge-on 7:2 WSW-ENE, 2.0'x0.5', only a very weak central brightening. A mag 15.6 star is in line with the galaxy just off the ENE end [44" from center].
17.5" (3/20/93): moderately bright, fairly small,
slightly elongated SW-NE, prominent small bright core, bright stellar
nucleus. Forms a close pair with
NGC 2634A 2' SSE. The companion is
faint, fairly small, very elongated 3:1 WSW-ENE. NGC 2633 is in the field 8.2' N.
13.1" (1/11/86): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated, small bright core, slightly fainter and smaller than NGC 2633 8' N.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 2634 = T. 6-4 = T. 9-7, along with NGC 2633, on 11 Aug 1882. His position (corrected in his 9th discovery paper) is accurate. Harold Corwin suggests NGC 2630 (listed as "not found") might be a duplicate observation.
******************************
08 38 26 -34 46 18; Pyx
V = 11.2; Size 3'
13.1" (2/25/84): small, very mottled cluster at 166x but only a few stars are resolved on the west side. Located 38' NW of Beta Pyxis (V = 4.0).
John Herschel discovered NGC 2635 = h3133 on 2 Feb 1835 and recorded "a pretty compressed cluster of st; irregular triangular fig; much more compressed than milky way around it; stars 13 mag." His position is north of the most richest section of the cluster.
******************************
NGC 2636 = UGC 4583 = CGCG 331-067 = CGCG 332-014 = PGC 24747
08 48 24.5 +73 40 16; Cam
V = 13.8; Size 0.6'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.8
17.5" (3/20/93): fairly faint, very small, round, small
bright core, well-defined halo. Located
5' W of a pair of mag 10/11 with a separation 1.2'. Also located 12' SW of mag 7.7
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 2636 = T. 9-8 on 27 Jul 1883,
along with NGC 2646, with the 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory
near Florence. His description
reads "small, followed by two stars 11-12m close to the same
parallel." Tempel's position
is 1 degree north of
******************************
08 41 13.5 +19 41 28; Cnc
V = 15.4; Size 0.5'x0.4'; PA = 51°
18" (1/13/07): extremely faint, small, round, 24"
diameter, very low surface brightness and only visible with averted
vision. Located 7' E of mag 6.8 42
Cancri within the Beehive cluster.
Also mag 6.8
17.5" (2/8/97): extremely faint and small, round. Appears as 10" nebulous star which
required averted vision to glimpse at moments. Appears fainter than 15.4z. Located 7' ESE of mag 6.7
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2637 = m 130, along with NGC
2643, on 30 Oct 1864. He simply noted "eeF, vS." There is nothing at his position except
brighter stars, but 8' N and 6 sec of RA west is CGCG 089-065 = PGC 24409,
which is identified as NGC 2637 in RNGC, but not CGCG. Although Marth's declination is poor,
this is a similar declination offset as nearby
This galaxy was also reported as #154 in a catalog of new nebulae and clusters found on photographs taken by Keeler between 1898-1900 and published in the 1908 Publications of Lick Observatory, Vol VIII.
******************************
08 42 25.8 +37 13 15; Lyn
V = 13.2; Size 1.7'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 72°
17.5" (3/28/92): fairly faint, small, elongated 5:2 WSW-ENE, small bright core, faint extensions. The major axis is almost collinear with a mag 12 star 1.6' ENE of center.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2638 = St. 13-42 on 2 Feb 1878. His published micrometric position was reduced on 21 Jan 1885 and included in his final 13th discovery list published in 1885. He made a later observation on 4 Mar 1886.
******************************
08 43 38.0 +50 12 20; UMa
V = 11.6; Size 1.8'x1.1'; Surf Br = 12.3; PA = 140°
17.5" (3/28/92): fairly bright, moderately large, elongated 2:1 NW-SE, 1.6'x0.9', halo gradually increases to a small brighter core. A mag 13 star is 2.5' SE. There are several fairly bright stars in the field including two mag 10.5 stars 4.6' E and 5.2' NE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2639 = H. I-204 = h518 on 9
Mar 1788 (sweep 815) and remarked "cB, vS, lE, milky." His position (Caroline Herschel's
reduction) is 2' NW of
******************************
08 37 24.6 -55 07 26; Car
V = 11.1; Size 2.2'x1.9'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 104°
24" (4/11/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia):
bright, moderately large, round, 1.2' diameter, sharply concentrated with a
very bright 40" core. A group
of 5 faint stars is snuggled up against the west side of the galaxy in two N-S
parallel rows! Another very faint
star is just off the SE side.
Located 4.8' NW mag 9.3
13.1" (2/20/04 - Costa Rica): this Carina galaxy has an
unusual appearance. At 166x, it
appeared fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 4:3 ~E-W, 1.2'x0.9'. A trio of mag 14 stars is superimposed
on the west side of the halo (4 total).
The galaxy appears to have a brighter knot or star on the following end. Situated between a mag 10 star 2.2' NW
of center and mag 9.3 HD 73851 4.8' SE.
Starhopped over from mag 1.9 Delta Velorum located 67' ENE. Also, the galaxy is 2.2° SSW of the
naked-eye cluster
John Herschel, observing with Thomas Maclear (the Astronomer Royal at the Cape Observatory), discovered NGC 2640 = h3134 on 26 Feb 1835. He recorded, "pF; S; R; has 3 or 4 vS stars near it, preceding. Observation taken by Mr. Maclear." Herschel mentioned in his diary that he invited Maclear that night to repeat his "Great Sweep" (#551), which he made on three weeks earlier. He called that experience "the subline of Astronome - a sort of 'ne plus ultra'." Fortunately, the night of the 25th "turned out glorious! Clear as crystal and pure as aether. A finer night for definition was never seen."
Pietro Baracchi recorded "pB; S; R; gradually brighter in the middle. 5 small stars from 15 to 16 mag precede closely to the nebula." (10 Jan 1886, Melbourne).
RNGC classified this galaxy as an "unverified southern object", so despite being relatively bright it was not included in the first edition of Uranometria Deep Sky Field Guide nor the Uranometria 2000 Atlas.
******************************
NGC 2641 = UGC 4577 = MCG +12-09-012 = CGCG 331-065 = CGCG 332-012 = PGC 24722
08 47 57.5 +72 53 45; UMa
V = 13.6; Size 1.3'x1.1'; Surf Br = 14.0; PA = 5°
17.5" (2/1/92 and 12/23/92): faint, small, round, broad mild concentration, almost stellar nucleus. Forms a pair with NGC 2629 6.3' NNW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2641 = H. III-983, along
with NGC 2629, on 30 Sep 1802 (his final sweep 1112). He recorded "Two, the place is that of the last [NGC
2641]. That of which the place is
taken [NGC 2641] is very faint, small.
The other [NGC 2629] precedes it RA = 42 seconds and is 6' more north.
The preceding one stellar. It is within 1' of a small star which follows it,
and which is free from the burs which affect the stellar." Caroline Herschel's reduced position
(for 1800) is 6' due south of
This nebula was not included in Herschel's third catalogue as it was found after his 500th discovery limit was reached on 26 Sept 1802. It was added by John Herschel as one of the 8 "HON" objects ("William Herschel omitted nebulae") in the Appendix to his Cape Observations as III. 983. The NGC position (adopted by Dreyer from d'Arrest) is 1.0 minute of RA too far east. Dreyer notes in his 1912 correction list that Herschel was correct.
******************************
08 40 44.4 -04 07 18; Hya
V = 12.6; Size 2.0'x1.9'; Surf Br = 13.9
24" (2/16/15): fairly bright, fairly large, dominated by an elongated bar oriented NW-SE with a mag 14 star superimposed at the southeast end of the bar. Two additional stars are superimposed nearly in a string to the north [mag 15 star 24" N and a mag 14 star 42" N]. Surrounding the bar is a low surface brightness glow encompassing these stars, perhaps 1.25' diameter. The spiral arms were not evident. Located just north of a bright, equilateral triangle of stars (mag 8.3/9.2/9.5) with sides ~4'.
13.1" (1/11/86): fairly faint, moderately large, almost
round, diffuse, even surface brightness.
Unusual appearance as a two mag 13/14 stars are superimposed at the
north and SE ends of the halo. Three
bright stars form an equilateral triangle just south; mag 8.9
John Herschel discovered NGC 2642 = h519 on 19 Feb 1830 (sweep 234). His description reads, "A vF cl or r neb; gradually brighter in the middle; 80", one * 17m distinct; stars and nebulosity; has 2 pB stars south and one following." John Louis Dreyer, Lord Rosse's assistant on 7 Mar 1877, recorded "Neby very distinct, though vF. I strongly suspect an eF branch following the 4 [involved] stars, involving some vF stars." The "eF branch" probably refers to the southern spiral arm.
******************************
NGC 2643 = IC 2390: = CGCG 089-067 = PGC 24434
08 41 51.7 +19 42 08; Cnc
V = 14.9; Size 0.7'x0.4'; PA = 21°
18" (1/13/07): very faint, very small, round, 15" diameter. Forms the western vertex of a small triangle with a mag 11.5 star 1' SE and a mag 14.5 star 1' NE. Located 10' S of a mag 7 star on the east side of the Beehive cluster with several bright stars in the field including a wide pair of mag 8.5/9.5 stars 4' SW.
17.5" (2/8/97): very faint, very small, round, 15" diameter. Located 1.2' NW of a mag 11.5 star on the eastern side of M44. Several brighter stars in the 22' field at 220x.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2643 = m 131, along with NGC 2637, on 30 Oct 1864 and simply noted "eF neb*". There is nothing at his position, but 11' N and 18 sec of RA west is IC 2359. Although Marth's declination is quite poor, nearby NGC 2637 which was discovered on the same night appears to have a similar declination error, so this identification seems reasonable.
This galaxy was independently discovered by E.E. Barnard
(discovery communicated directly to Dreyer) and placed accurately. So, NGC 2643 is likely a duplicate of
******************************
08 41 31.9 +04 58 50; Hya
V = 12.3; Size 2.1'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 14°
17.5" (2/13/88): fairly faint, fairly small, oval ~N-S, weak concentration. A pretty double star mag 13.5/14 at 17" separation lies 3.0' S of center.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2644 = St. 9-16 on 26 Feb 1868 and recorded a rough unpublished position (7' too far S) in his logbook. Additional observations were made on 7 Mar 1874 (2' too far W), 2 and 3 Feb 1878. He published an accurate micrometric position in his 9th discovery list (in 1878) with description "eF, pL, irr oval, several small points [involved]."
******************************
08 39 03 -46 13 36; Vel
V = 7.0; Size 1.5'
14" (4/5/16 - Coonabarabran, 145x and 178x): bright
compact group with a dozen stars packed into a 2' region. Contains 4 very bright stars forming a
right angle, including a striking pair of mag 9 stars (HJ 4122) at 11"
separation. A third mag 9 star is 1'
W of the pair and another mag 9.5 star is 1' SSE. The latter star is also a double with a mag 10.5 companion
at 16" separation. This knot
of bright stars is situated 15' ENE of mag 6.9
John Herschel discovered NGC 2645 = h3136 on 29 Dec 1834 and
described a "close group or small cluster of 12 or 13 large and small
stars; place of a double star, the chief one." This cluster is equivalent to Pismis 6 with the nearly
central pair
RNGC classifies NGC 2645 as nonexistent (Type 7) and Lynga labels the cluster Pismis 6 without reference to NGC 2645.
******************************
NGC 2646 = IC 511 = UGC 4604 = MCG +12-09-019 = CGCG 331-069 = CGCG 332-019 = LGG 162-003 = PGC 24838
08 50 22.0 +73 27 46; Cam
V = 12.1; Size 1.3'x1.3'; Surf Br = 12.5
17.5" (1/12/02): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated
4:3 WSW-ENE, 0.8'x0.6'. Weak, even
concentration to center. Located
2.5' NNW of a wide 40" pair of mag 11/12.5 stars. In a group with IC 2389 11' NW,
13.1" (1/11/86): fairly faint, small, round, faint star close south.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 2646 = T. 9-9, along with NGC
2636, on 27 Jul 1883 with the 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory
near Florence. His description
reads "Nebula [Herschel class] III, small, south-following by 2 1/2' are
two stars 12-13m." There is
nothilng at Tempel's position, but 1 degree south is
******************************
08 42 43.1 +19 39 01; Cnc
V = 14.3; Size 0.8'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.2
18" (1/13/07): faint, very small, round, 20" diameter, very small brighter core. Located at the eastern edge of the Beehive Cluster and 1' NW of a mag 13 star. An elongated 6' string of stars heads to the south and includes two mag 10 stars 4' S and 6.5' S.
17.5" (2/8/97): faint, very small, round, 20" diameter, even surface brightness. Located 0.9' NW of a mag 13 star at the east edge of M44!
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2647 = m 132 on 30 Oct 1864 and
simply noted a "neb *".
His position is 1' south of
******************************
08 42 39.9 +14 17 09; Cnc
V = 11.9; Size 3.2'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 148°
48" (2/21/12): very bright large spiral, elongated ~5:2
NNW-SSE, ~2.4'x0.9'. Contains a
large, very bright core that increases to a stellar nucleus. Forms an interacting pair (
The companion appeared moderately bright, edge-on 5:1 WNW-ESE, 1.0'x0.2', sharply concentrated with a very small, bright nucleus. The system was classified by Arp under "spiral with a large high surface-brightness companion on arms".
24" (4/28/14): moderately to fairly bright, moderately large, elongated 5:2 NW-SE, sharply concentrated with a very bright core, 1.5'x0.6'. A mag 11 star lies 1.9' E of center. Forms a pair (Arp 89) with edge-on MCG +02-22-006 2.4' SE. The companion appeared very faint, small, elongated 5:2 WNW-ESE, ~25"x10", low even surface brightness.
17.5" (2/1/92): moderately bright, fairly small, elongated 5:2 NW-SE, small very bright core. Located 1.9' W of a mag 10.5 star.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2648 = H. III-49 = h521 = h3135 on 19 Mar 1784 (sweep 177). His description reads, "F, S, with a nucleus. I had some doubts but 240 confirmed the reality." On 18 Mar 1786 (sweep 538) Herschel logged "F, lE from np to sf, cS. Almost like two joined together." John Herschel reported from South Africa as "pB; lE; pretty suddenly much brighter middle; precedes a star 10m."
R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's assistant on 23 Feb 1857,
described NGC 2648 as "E np sf, mbM." In addition he noted and sketched a second nebula, "I
think Alpha is a very faint ray though likely to be taken at first for a
star." The diagram clearly
reveals that Alpha -- drawn as a small nebula extending WNW-ESE -- is CGCG
060-036 = PGC 24469. The full description
and sketch was not included in Lord Rosse's 1861 monograph, so John Herschel
was unaware when he compiled the GC and Dreyer skipped
******************************
08 44 08.3 +34 43 02; Lyn
V = 12.3; Size 1.6'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.1
17.5" (3/20/93): very faint, fairly small, round, 1.0'
diameter, almost even surface brightness.
A mag 14 star is at the north edge 30" from center.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2649 = H. II-727 = h522 on 5 Feb 1788 (sweep 807) and called "pF, pL, irregularly round, resolvable." His position was 2' too far NW. On 9 Mar 1852, the Lord Rosse assistant wrote, "Almost planetary, star in north edge, second star much smaller preceding it."
******************************
08 49 58.4 +70 17 58; UMa
V = 13.3; Size 1.6'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 82°
17.5" (2/2/02): faint, fairly small, elongated 4:3
~E-W, 0.6'x0.4', even surface brightness.
A mag 14 star is at the east end [23" from center] and a fainter
mag 14.5 star is just off the north edge [33" from center]. Located 7.6' W of mag 7.3
William Herschel discovered NGC 2650 = H. II-908 on 30 Sep
1802 (his final sweep 1112). He
recorded "pretty bright, pretty large, easily resolvable. I believe I see
some of the stars. Irregular figure." His position (Caroline's reduction) and description matches
******************************
08 43 55.2 +11 46 16; Cnc
V = 15.2; Size 0.6'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.7
18" (3/11/07): extremely faint, very small, round, 20" diameter, very low even surface brightness and requires averted vision. Located 48' SW of 5.9-magnitude 50 Cancri.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2651 = m 133 on 10 Mar 1864 and
noted "eF, S, E." His position
is 1' south of
******************************
09 42 33.0 -03 41 59; Sex
V = 10.9; Size 3.5'x2.0'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 42°
See observing notes for
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 2652 = LM 2-406 in 1886 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory and recorded "mag 12.0, 0.7'x0.3', E 50°, gradually brighter in the middle, stellar ncl, *9 at 0.8' in PA 240°." There is nothing near his published position. But Harold Corwin uncovered that Stone made a 1 hour clerical error in RA. Once corrected, the position is a reasonable math with NGC 2974 and his detailed description is a perfect match. So, NGC 2652 = NGC 2974 with NGC 2974 the primary designation (Herschel discovery).
******************************
08 54 55.6 +78 23 37; Cam
Size 17"
24" (3/21/20): NGC 2653 is a 17" pair of mag 13/14 stars that were easily resolved at 124x. At 260x, the pair was widely split and well seen. Located 10' N of NGC 2655.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 2653 = T. 6-7 on 18 Aug 1882
and reported a tiny nebula 12' north of
******************************
08 49 11.9 +60 13 16; UMa
V = 11.8; Size 4.3'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 63°
13.1" (1/11/86): fairly faint, edge-on 4:1 SW-NE, bright elongated core. A mag 11 star is 4.5' N.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 2654 = T. 6-6 on 18 Aug 1882
and recorded "S, B, II-III class; stellar ncl; a star 10m is 4'-5'
north." His position is 0.9
minutes of RA to the west and 3' north of
******************************
NGC 2655 = Arp 225 = UGC 4637 = MCG +13-07-010 = CGCG 349-033 = CGCG 350-007 = PGC 25069
08 55 38.5 +78 13 25; Cam
V = 10.1; Size 4.9'x4.1'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 85°
14.5" (4/1/21): at 226x; bright, very large, oval 4:3 E-W, at least 3' diameter, very bright core increases to an intense, very small nucleus.
24" (3/21/20): at 260x; very bright, very large, slightly elongated 5:4 E-W, at least 4' x 3.2' and perhaps larger (outer periphery very diffuse), very strong concentration with an unusually bright core and an intense nucleus. At 375x, the nucleus increases to a a confused stellar peak. Two stars are superimposed on the southwest side; one near the edge of the core region and the second inside the fainter outer halo.
17.5" (2/1/92): very bright, moderately large,
elongated 3:2 E-W, 3'x2', even concentration to an unusually bright core and
almost stellar nucleus. There
appears to be a sharper light cut-off along the north side. Forms an equilateral triangle with mag
9.2
William Herschel discovered NGC 2655 = H. I-288 = h520 on 26 Sep 1802 (sweep 1111, under the pole). He recorded "very bright, considerably large, little extended, suddenly much brighter middle, irregular figure. I suspect it to be a cluster of stars."
On 21 Aug 1828 (sweep 170), John Herschel wrote, "very bright; little extended; in parallel; pretty suddenly much brighter middle, to a nucl = a * 12m; 30". Has a L * preceding and another following, at a considerable distance." Horace Tuttle independently found the galaxy on 8 Apr 1850 with the 15-inch Merz refractor at the Harvard College Observatory and it was reported as HC 12 in the AN #1453 discovery list. The HCO position is accurate.
According to Michael Hoskin's "Unfinished Business:
William Herschel’s Sweeps for Nebulae", NGC 2655 = H. I-288,
******************************
08 47 53.1 +53 52 34; UMa
V = 13.8; Size 1.0'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.7
17.5" (1/12/02): faint, small, round, 35"
diameter, even surface brightness.
A mag 12 star lies 3.5' W.
This is a double system with a compact companion (not seen) at the west
edge. Forms a pair with much
fainter
John Herschel discovered NGC 2656 = h523 on 10 Feb 1831
(sweep 324) and simply noted "eF; pretty suddenly brighter in the
middle." His position from
this single observation matches
******************************
08 45 15.8 +09 38 43; Cnc
V = 13.6; Size 1.3'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.9
17.5" (2/1/92): fairly faint, fairly small, round, weak concentration. Forms the vertex of a right triangle with a mag 12 star 2' SSW and a mag 13 star 3' SE.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2657 = St. 13-43 on 7 Feb 1878. His published position in his 13th discovery list was reduced on 7 Mar 1885 and he mentioned a faint star was attached on the east end.
******************************
08 43 27 -32 39 24; Pyx
Size 12'
13.1" (2/25/84): 10 stars mag 11-14 resolved over haze in a 7' diameter. A knot or double star is at the north edge. Three mag 11 stars are off the south, southeast and east side but the remaining stars are mag 13-14. Alpha Pyxidis (V = 3.7) lies 35' SSE.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2658 = D 609 = h4017 on 28 May 1826 and described a "small round faint nebula. North of Alpha Pyxidis". His handwritten notes also mention it is about 30' N of star, matching perfectly.
John Herschel recorded the cluster on 16 Feb 1836 (sweep 678) and noted a "Cl class 8; not m comp; not v rich; v irreg fig; 5' diam; st 12.13m." He added the cluster in a supplementary list at the end of the Cape catalogue (h4016 to h4021). Dreyer identified these objects as "h o n" (John Herschel Omitted Object) in the NGC.
******************************
08 42 39 -44 57 30; Vel
V = 8.6; Size 12'
13.1" (2/20/04 - Costa Rica): bright, compact group with 15-20 stars in a 4' group including five mag 10-10.5 stars and a distinctive brighter pair. This cluster is in the same field as the Vela Supernova Remnant, though I didn't search for filaments in this region.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2659 = h3137 on 3 Feb 1835. His second more detailed description reads "Cluster VII class; p rich, pL, 12' l, 8' br; fig irreg; rather branching stars 11..14th mag, not compressed in middle." Both descriptions give a much larger size than I noted in my observation.
******************************
08 42 38 -47 12 02; Vel
V = 8.8; Size 4'
13.1" (2/18/04 - Costa Rica): this distant cluster
appeared relatively faint, small, and was only partially resolved. It appeared ~2' in diameter and
comparable to a faint globular cluster.
A few faint stars were resolved on the west side and an unresolved
brighter knot of stars resides on the south side. The cluster is wedged between a yellow/orange mag 8.4 star
2.5' S and a mag 10 star to the north.
Located 16' ENE of mag 4.7
John Herschel discovered NGC 2660 = h3138 on 29 Dec 1834 and recorded a "Cl VI cluster; irreg R; gradually brighter in the middle; 4'; resolved into distinct stars 14m." His position (measured on 2 sweeps) is accurate.
******************************
08 45 59.5 +12 37 15; Cnc
V = 12.8; Size 1.4'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.4
17.5" (3/29/89): fairly faint, small, round, weak concentration. A mag 11 star 1.0' W of center and 30" of the edge of the halo detracts from viewing.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2661 = H. III-50 = Big. 38
on 19 Mar 1784 (sweep 177). His
description reads, "eF, near a pB star, I had only a distant suspicion of
its existence, but 240 confirmed it beyond a doubt and showed it of some
considerable extent. It is
circular and without a nucleus."
There is nothing at his position, but 28 seconds of RA west and 1' north
is
In the General Catalogue, John Herschel remarked "I find a memorandum to the effect that this neb is lost and was probably a comet, but I cannot recover my authority for the statement. It is described by H. as "of the last degree of faintness," and it is therefore no way surprising that it should not have been again pereceived without some time and trouple bestowed, and in clear weather." Biguordan found this galaxy on 8 Mar 1886 and measured an accurate position. In the remarks section of his second Comptes Rendus list, Bigourdan noted B. 38 was identical to GC 1696 [NGC 2661], which has an error of 28 seconds in RA. Dreyer repeated in the 1912 revision of WH's catalogues that the "RA is 28s too great (Ann. Harv. Coll., xiii, and Bigourdan.)"
******************************
08 45 32.0 -15 07 17; Hya
V = 13.5; Size 1.0'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.1
17.5" (3/12/94): fairly faint, very small, elongated 4:3 WSW-ENE, sharp concentration with a very small high surface brightness core surrounded by a very faint halo. A mag 14 star is 43" WNW of center.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2662 = h3139 on 16 Mar 1836 and remarked "vF; vS; R; bM; near a * 15m." His position is exactly 10' S of M-02-23-002 = NPM1G -14.0271. Herbert Howe recovered the galaxy after 3 failed attempts at Herschel's position and finally measured an accurate position in 1898 using the 20" refractor at the Chamberlin Observatory in Denver.
******************************
08 45 08.1 -33 47 41; Pyx
V = 10.9; Size 3.5'x2.4'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 110°
17.5" (3/12/94): fairly faint, moderately large, elongated 3:2 WNW-ESE, 2.2'x1.5', contains a prominent core which is evenly concentrated down to a non-stellar nucleus. Located in rich star field. Several stars are within 5' including a mag 14 star 1.2' N of center and a mag 11.5 star 3.8' NW of center. Located 5.7' NE of a mag 10.5 star.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 2663 = Sw. 3-40 on 8 Feb 1886 with the 16" refractor at Warner Observatory in New York. His position is 2.6' south of ESO 371-014. This is probably the brightest galaxydiscovered by Swift at V = 10.9 and the most southerly!
******************************
08 47 07 +12 36 24; Cnc
Size 5'
17.5" (2/8/97): poor scattered asterism of 10 stars in a 5' region dominated by four mag 10-11 stars in a "kite" asterism with pairs of sides 2' and 3'. Only noticeable at low power and does not resemble a cluster, although the fainter stars are nicely spaced around the bright stars. A fainter group with 4-5 mag 13 stars lies 5' NW. Located ~16' E of NGC 2661.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2664 = h524 on 20 Mar 1830 (sweep 241) and recorded, "A neat cl of stars 9 and 10m regularly arranged about a central one (N.B. This is nearly the place of III 50, but no neb was noticed.)" At Herschel's position are four mag 10/11 stars with several mag 13/14 stars nearby (his position nearly coincides with a mag 10 star at 08 47 13.8 +12 36 14).
Karl Reinmuth, in his 1926 photographic survey based on Heidelberg plates, adds "pS Cl of a few st 10...15." Harold Corwin notes that Villanova (2004, A&A, 428, 67) concludes this is a random enhancement of field stars and not a cluster. The position given here corresponds with the center of this asterism. Listed as a nonexistent cluster in RNGC.
******************************
08 46 00.9 -19 18 11; Hya
V = 12.2; Size 2.0'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 144°
17.5" (2/1/92): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2 SSW-NNE, small bright core contains a faint stellar nucleus. A very faint star is superimposed. Two mag 11 stars lie 3.5' N and 3.7' ESE.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 2665 = LM 2-407 in 1886 with the
26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory and noted "mag
11.0, 0.6' dia, R, gradually brighter middle to a nucleus." His position matched
******************************
08 49 49 +44 42 12; UMa
Size 11'
18" (2/14/10): The
18" (2/23/06): the only possible candidate near John Herschel's original position is a mag 11.7 star and a group of five mag 13.5-14.5 stars close south. Four of the stars are strung along a 5' gently curving arc. To the northeast is a much brighter 10' string of a half dozen stars that extends towards the northeast. Neither of these asterisms, though, are probably eye-catching enough to be mentioned as a "course cluster". Note: Based on more recent historical investigation, this identification is incorrect.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2666 = h525 on 19 Mar 1828 (sweep 139) and simply noted "The chief * of a coarse cluster." He made no mention of size, but there are no other objects matching his description nearby. Karl Reinmuth remarked "nothing like a cluster" in his NGC photographic survey based on Heidelberg plates.
In Jun 2016 Harold Corwin checked JH's sweep record again and found "JH accidentally copied the reduced NPD of the preceding object in the sweep (a double star) into the column for the reduced NPD of this cluster. The difference in the NPD index between the two objects is 2d 21' 18", leading to a corrected position for JH's "chief *" of 08 38 14.8, 44 40 27 (NPD, 1830) or 08 49 49, +44 42.3 (J2000), very close to the position of the SAO star. The identity of JH's object with the sparce group is no longer in any doubt."
******************************
08 48 27.3 +19 01 09; Cnc
V = 14.0; Size 0.8'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.2; PA = 80°
24" (2/16/15): at 322x; fairly faint, fairly small,
elongated 5:2 E-W, 35"x14", low even surface brightness. Forms a pair with
17.5" (1/28/89): very faint, small, elongated E-W.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 2667 on 18 Feb 1862 while
observing and measuring
Interestingly, Ralph Copeland, observing NGC 2667 with the 72" on 26 Dec 1873 noted "cF, pS, lE p f, was thought to have an eF companion about 2' nf." The companion is clearly IC 2411. Dreyer later reobserved the field in 1876 and apparently was not convinced: "eF; I think it is only a *16 m +/- nf." Due to Dreyer's uncertainty, IC 2411 missed receiving a NGC designation.
******************************
08 49 22.5 +36 42 37; Lyn
V = 13.8; Size 1.2'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 155°
17.5" (3/20/93): very faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2 ~N-S, low even surface brightness.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2668 = St. 9-17 on 24 Jan 1870. His rough, unpublished position was 4' to the E. His accurate, micrometric position (Esmiol's reduction) was made on 7 Feb 1877.
******************************
08 46 22 -52 56 54; Vel
V = 6.1; Size 12'
14" (4/3/16 - Coonabarabran, 145x and 178x): fairly
rich group of ~60 stars in a 6' or 7' region, elongated N-S. Includes a mix of
brighter mag 9.5-11 stars, along with a number of faint mag 14-15 stars. A mag 9.5 star and five mag 11-12 in a
1.5' N-S string, is on the northeast side. The cluster is bounded by a striking number of very bright
stars including mag 7.6
John Herschel discovered NGC 2669 = h3140 on 11 Apr 1834 and recorded "Cluster VIII class. A L, poor, loose cl of stars, 10...13m." The position was noted as very uncertain, with the RA to the nearest (+/-) minute. There is nothing resembling even a poor cluster near his position. Dreyer credited Persian astronomer Al-Sûfi with the discovery of NGC 2669, but Al-Sûfi mentioned IC 2391 instead.
According to Archinal and Hynes in "Star
Clusters", in 1930 Robert Trumpler found the most likely candidate for
Herschel's missing cluster. He
noted "NGC 2669 - Declination of NGC corrected by +1°.", which
corresponds with
******************************
08 45 30 -48 47 30; Vel
V = 7.8; Size 7'
13.1" (2/20/04 - Costa Rica): at 166x, this fairly bright open cluster has an unusual appearance. Roughly two dozen stars mag 10-12 are arranged in a "wishbone" arrangement with a distinctive string of stars running SW-NE with the brightest mag 9 star on the SW end, with another string running E-W and a third side running N-S. The group is ~6' in diameter.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2670 = h3142 on 18 Feb 1836 and recorded "a cluster 8th class, not rich, nor much compressed; 8' in diameter, irr round, stars 13 mag." His position is accurate.
******************************
08 46 12 -41 52 36; Vel
Size 4'
17.5" (12/19/87): faint, small cluster. Between 15-20 stars mag 11-13 are resolved over haze. This cluster is far south for viewing from Northern California.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2671 = D 489 = h3141 on 1 May 1826 and recorded "a very faint nebula, about 6' diameter, with small stars scattered in it - in the milky way." Dunlop made a second observation a week later and his position is just 2' SSE of center.
John Herschel made a single observation on 2 Mar 1835 (sweep
554) and logged "a pretty rich, irregularly round cluster, not mbM, stars
12..13th mag, place that of the general middle." He suggested D 489 and D 490 as possible equivalences,
though D 490 applies
******************************
NGC 2672 = Arp 167 NED1 = UGC 4619 = MCG +03-23-010 = CGCG 090-019w = Holm 99a = PGC 24790
08 49 21.9 +19 04 29; Cnc
V = 11.7; Size 3.0'x2.8'; Surf Br = 14.0
24" (2/16/15): bright, fairly large, sharply
concentrated with a very bright core.
The large halo (~1.6' dia) has a low surface brightness and appears to
encompass
17.5" (1/28/89): moderately bright, fairly small, slightly elongated, sharp concentration. Forms a contact pair with NGC 2673 at the east edge 40" separation between centers. A mag 13.5 star is 1.5' NNE and a fainter mag 14 star is 1.1' SE.
13.1" (1/18/85): moderately bright, slightly elongated ~E-W, bright core.
13.1" (1/28/84): fairly faint, small, round.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2672 = H. II-48 = H. II-80 = h526 on 14 Mar 1784 (sweep 169). Observing in very windy conditions, he described II-48 as "a nebula resolvable, pL, little brighter in the middle then towards the extremes, and contains one star following the brightness and very near to it." His position was off by nearly 15', largely due to the reference star, 85 Gem, being nearly 13° to the west! The nearby star following "the brightness" (the galaxy's core) is likely the close companion NGC 2673.
Dreyer noted in his 1912 revision of William Herschel's catalogues, that "there was some doubt about the contraction of the rope in Sw. 169, hence in the error in the polar distance of II.48." One week later (sweep 181) he recorded H. II-80 as "pB, pL, E, r. I can see 2 or 3 stars in it." In this sweep the position was accurate to within 2', so the identification is certain. Another observation of II-80 was on 13 Feb 1787 (sweep 698): "pB, E from a few degrees sp to nf. The greatest brightness lays to the preceding side, it resembles a small one with another much smaller close to it nf [NGC 2673] with resolvable nebulosity around it." In this sweep he mentioned he looked for II-48, but couldn't find it, not realizing it was identical to II-80.
Coincidentally, John Herschel discovered a very faint galaxy (h527 = NGC 2677) on 17 Mar 1831 that he assumed was his father's H. II-48, since it happens to lie very close to his father's erroneous position. On 19 Dec 1848, George Stoney discovered NGC 2673, a close companion to NGC 2672 -- noted as a star by both Herschels -- with William Parsons' 72", but he assumed it was h527. In the General Catalogue, JH listed H. II-48 under the entry for GC 1707 (= NGC 2677). Finally, in the GC Supplement, Dreyer suggested H. II-48 = H. II-80 and they were correctly equated in the NGC.
******************************
NGC 2673 = Arp 167 NED2 = UGC 4620 = MCG +03-23-011 = CGCG 090-019e = Holm 99b = PGC 24792
08 49 24.1 +19 04 27; Cnc
V = 13.2; Size 1.2'x1.2'
24" (2/16/15): at 322x; fairly faint, small, round, ~18" diameter. Easily visible glow just 35" E of the center of NGC 2672 and embedded in its low surface brightness halo. At 450x, the tiny nucleus occasionally brightens to a stellar point. A mag 14 star is just 50" SE. The pair is generally considered an interacting pair, resulting in a faint plume (not seen) extending to the southeast of NGC 2673.
17.5" (1/28/89): very faint, extremely small, round. NGC 2673 appears as a small "knot" attached at the east end of NGC 2672 40" between centers. A mag 14 star is 1.0' SE and a mag 13.5 star lies 1.0' NNE.
13.1" (1/19/85): very faint, appears as an extremely small "knot" 20" diameter in the halo of NGC 2672 just 0.6' E of the core. Two stars are near NNE and SE.
George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 2673 (eastern component of the double system with NGC 2672) on 19 Dec 1849. He noted a "close double nebula, small star preceding." On 9 Feb 1855, R.J. Mitchell gave a more detailed description but incorrectly assumed NGC 2673 was h527 = NGC 2677: "very close, almost touching; h526 [NGC 2672] is mbM, h527 is smaller and little brighter in the middle." Dreyer later added the note "the latter is not h527, but the close companion to [NGC 2673], viz [GC] 1705." Interestingly, it's possible that both Herschels noted NGC 2673 in their observations, but thought it was a very faint star.
******************************
08 49 13.2 -14 17 39; Hya
V = 14.9; Size 0.7'x0.4'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 65°
24" (1/25/14): very faint, small, slightly elongated, 15"x12", weak concentration. A number of mag 12-13 stars are in the field including a mag 12.5 star 1.3' NW.
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 2674 = LM 1-152 in 1886 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory and recorded "mag 16.0, 0.4' dia, neb?" There is nothing at or near his rough position (nearest min of RA) and Herbert Howe was unable to find it on two nights at Stone's position using the 20" refractor at the Chamberlin Observatory around 1900.
Harold Corwin suggests that NGC 2674 probably refers to PGC 24785, a faint galaxy located 1.2 min of RA due east of Stone's position. As the Leander McCormick positions in the first list are often off in RA, this identification is fairly certain. RNGC classifes NGC 2674 as nonexistent and NGC 2674 was not included in the first edition of the "Deep Sky Field Guide" to the Uranometria 2000.0 Atlas.
******************************
08 52 05.0 +53 37 02; UMa
V = 13.3; Size 1.5'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 80°
17.5" (4/6/02): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 4:3 ~E-W, 1.0'x0.7', just a weak broad concentration with no well-defined core. A small trio of mag 14 stars precedes by 2'-3'.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 2675 on 2 Dec 1861 with the
11" refractor at the Copenhagen Observatory. This object is #81 in AN 1500, but was added to a short
appendix of omitted observations in his Siderum Nebulosorum. His position is
poor -- 7 sec of RA east and 7' south of
******************************
08 51 35.6 +47 33 27; UMa
V = 13.1; Size 1.2'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.3
17.5" (2/9/02): faint, very small, round, 20"
diameter, faint stellar nucleus. A
mag 13 star lies 1.5' NE. A
distinctive rectangle of stars is ~4' NE including mag 8.2
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 2676 = Sw. 6-33 on 24 Nov 1886
and described "eeF; pS; R; trapezoid of 4 pB stars near nf." His position is 7 tsec E and 1' N of
******************************
08 50 01.3 +19 00 35; Cnc
V = 14.3; Size 0.6'x0.3'; PA = 175°
17.5" (1/28/89): extremely faint and small, round, low even surface brightness. In a group with NGC 2667, NGC 2672, NGC 2673.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2677 = h527 on 17 Mar 1831
(sweep 334) and noted "The faintest object imaginable, and discerned with
the utmost difficulty. Sky
perfectly clear." His
position is an excellent match with
******************************
08 50 03 +11 20 18; Cnc
Size 10'
18" (3/5/05): this asterism contains two groupings of
stars to the south of
William Herschel discovered NGC 2678 = H. VIII-10 = h528 on 15 Mar 1784 (sweep 172), noting a "a cluster of very coarse scattered stars, not rich." John Herschel made four observations and reported on 23 Mar 1830 (sweep 242), "A poor cluster of 4 or 5 large and a few scattered small stars." Both of the Herschel's positions point to 4 or 5 mag 9/10 stars with a few fainter stars -- an unimpressive asterism. RNGC classifies the number as nonexistent.
******************************
08 51 32.8 +30 51 52; Cnc
V = 13.3; Size 1.8'x1.8'; Surf Br = 14.4
17.5" (3/25/95): fairly faint, very small, round,
compact appearance. Has a fairly
high surface brightness with a very small bright core. A nice mag 12/13 double star at 12"
separation lies 7' W. Forms a
double system with
William Herschel discovered NGC 2679 = H. III-294 on 13 Mar 1785 (sweep 386) and recorded "vF, vS, R, bM, large stellar neb." His position was 1.6' too far south. On 27 Jan 1827 (sweep 56), John Herschel wrote "pB, R, very gradually much brighter middle, 15"." Lord Rosse and his assistants found a very close double nebula, with the eastern nucleus catalogued by Dreyer as NGC 2680. But the SDSS reveals there are only two stars on the following side of NGC 2679. See notes on NGC 2680.
******************************
NGC 2680 = UGC 4632b = MCG +05-21-014b = CGCG 150-041b = PGC 24884
08 51 33.6 +30 51 57; Cnc
V = 15.1/16.2; Size 5"
17.5" (3/25/95): appears as a very faint quasi-stellar object attached on the following side of NGC 2679 within a common halo. This object (a 5" pair of mag 15.1/16.2 stars) is smaller and fainter than NGC 2679 and appears nearly stellar with just 0.2' separation between the pair and the center of NGC 2679.
Bindon Blood Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 2680 on 26 Feb 1851. He recorded an "exceeding close double nebula [with NGC 2679]." A total of 9 observations were made at Birr Castle, generally describing a very close double nebula within a common envelope or a nebula with a double nucleus. For example, Sir Robert Ball's description on 12 Jan 1867 reads "Double nebula in Pos 85.5°, preceding on cB, R, mbM, following one F, R, perhaps with a * in the middle."
UGC (4632) calls this a double system (NGC 2679 + 2680) with a "companion superimposed at 0.2' following center, 0.20'x0.15'." The DSS reveals two, very close stellar objects (northern component brighter) at the east edge of NGC 2679. These are individually catalogued in NED as NGC 2680 NED01 ("Southern of two compacts (or stars?) superposed on NGC 2679") and NGC 2680 NED02 ("Northern of two compacts (or stars?) superposed on NGC 2679"). NED also has a single entry for NGC 2680 = KPG 176B (from the Karachentsev Isolated Pairs of Galaxies catalogue) at their mean position. LEDA has a single entry for NGC 2679 = NGC 2680, but no individual entry(s) for NGC 2680. On the SDSS DR8, two stellar objects just east of the nucleus of NGC 2679 are superimposed. The northern "star" is classified as a galaxy and the southern component as a star.
After a query from Ivan Maly, I sent an email to Brian Skiff on 3/10/14 asking about the classification of these two objects and he quickly responded, "These are both stars. I just examined numerous available images using the Goddard SkyView utility (GALEX, DSS, SDSS DR7 and DR8, 2MASS; no UKIDSS coverage unfortunately). Simply doing a blink-comparison of the POSS-I and -II blue plates (POSS-I red has less-good resolution), it is obvious that the northern star of the pair has modest proper motion, while the southern one is essentially fixed. (I used 'SAOimage ds9' for this.) Large-scale cut-outs of the Sloan images show no indication that they are other than stars, and the relative motion shows they are unrelated to each other. Using the SDSS DR7 catalogue, I get V magnitudes 15.1 and 16.2, and separation of 4".66 in pa 192.2 deg for the two stars (epoch 2003.967). At the epoch of POSS-I the position-angle is close to 180 deg, so presumably in Lord Rosse's time the fainter star would have been to the southeast."
******************************
08 53 32.8 +51 18 50; UMa
V = 10.3; Size 3.6'x3.3'; Surf Br = 12.8
14.5" (4/1/21): at 226x; fairly bright and large, ~3' diameter, slightly elongated ~5:4 E-W in direction of two mag 13 stars close off the WNW side and nearly reaching the closer star. The outer halo has a very low surface brightness, but there is a very sharp and strong central concentration with a small intense core and a stellar nucleus.
17.5" (4/6/91): bright, fairly small, slightly
elongated E-W, about 2' diameter.
Contains a small unusually bright core and stellar nucleus. A pair of mag 12 stars are 2.1' W with
separation 30" oriented NW-SE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2681 = H. I-242 = h530 on 17 Mar 1790 (sweep 945) and recorded "vB, large bright resolvable nucleus with vF chevelure." John Herschel gave a similar description on 17 Feb 1831 (sweep 328): "B; L; very suddenly much brighter middle to a * 10-11m, but sharply defined. It is a nebulous star with a vF extensive nebulosity." Eleven observations were made at Birr Castle, though no additional details were clearly recorded.
******************************
08 51 24 +11 49; Cnc
V = 6.9; Size 30'
17.5": at 140x about 200 stars mag 10-14 in a 15'
diameter. Includes several rich
subgroups including one on the south edge near three brighter mag 10
stars. The brightest star mag 7.8
13.1" (12/22/84): about 100 stars mag 10-15 in 15' diameter, very rich and impressive cluster.
13.1" (3/24/84): beautiful at 88x with over 75 stars resolved at this magnification.
German observer Johann Gottfried Koehler discovered M67 =
NGC 2682 = h531 before 1779 and recorded "A rather conspicuous nebula in
elongated figure, near Alpha of Cancer." Koehler also discovered
Messier independently discovered M67 on 6 Apr 1780 and logged "Cluster of small stars with nebulosity, below the southern claw of Cancer. The position determined from the star Alpha [Cancri]." William Herschel first observed the cluster on 26 Mar 1783 using his 6.2-inch and simply noted a "cluster of stars." With his 18.7-inch in 1784 he described "a most beautiful cluster of stars; not less than 200 in view."
M67 is an old open cluster with age 3-4 billion years (Sue French states 2.6 billion years in March 2009 S&T while Astronomy mentions 3.2 billion in the Apr 2012 issue. The position given in Lynga #5, Sky Catalogue 2000, NGC 2000 and Deep Sky Field Guide (first version) is about 1.0 min of RA too far west.
******************************
08 52 41.4 +33 25 14; Lyn
V = 9.8; Size 9.3'x2.2'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 44°
18" (3/13/10): gorgeous view at 280x! This detailed, edge-on spiral extends 9'x1.5' from SW to NE. The central region is well concentrated with a very bright, elongated core, roughly 3'x1.5'. It appears noticeably mottled or dusty with brighter knots or spots near the core. The southwest extension is more prominent and easily traced to the outer tip. It broadly increases in brightness to the core. In contrast, the northeast extension fades rapidly. The northeast arm has a low surface brightness as it extends past a mag 13 star (close double) off the north flank. Overall, the galaxy presents an unusual warped appearance with the southwest and northeast extensions misaligned in position angle.
14.5" (4/1/21): at 182x and 226x; very bright and large, excellent edge-on with structure. Contains a bright, elongated, very mottled core (dust) but no distinct nucleus. Extends ~6'x1.5' SW-NE, with the southern part of the NE extension having a lower surface brightness. As a result the brighter portions of the two wings appear slightly misaligned. A mag 13 star is embedded near the NE end, with the halo extending about 1/2' beyond.
13.1" (1/18/85): very bright, very large, nearly edge-on 4:1 SW-NE, 8.0'x2.0', halo is broadly concentrated. Mottled or dusty near the core but no distinguishable nucleus.
13.1" (2/25/84): bright and impressive, brigter core, thin fainter extensions oriented SW-NE.
80mm (1/18/85): visible in finder at 16x as a faint, edge-on streak.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2683 = H. I-200 = h532 on 5 Feb 1788 (sweep 807). His description reads, "very brilliant, much extended from sp to nf but nearer the meridian, about 7 or 8' l and 2 1/2 or 3' br. The brightness also much elongated and going off pretty suddenly; a beautiful object."
A total of 16 observations were made at Birr Castle and several times it was described as slightly concave and sharper on the western side. On 2 Jan 1868, the observer wrote, "vF streaks and lanes on each side parallel to ray [were suspected]."
******************************
08 54 54.1 +49 09 38; UMa
V = 13.1; Size 0.9'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 40°
18" (4/26/08): at 220x, NGC 2684 appeared fairly faint,
fairly small, oval 4:3 SW-NE. This
is the brightest in a compact group (similar to a HCG) with four additional
nearby NGC galaxies:
17.5" (3/8/97): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 4:3 SW-NE, 1.0'x0.7', just a broad weak concentration. Two mag 12-13 stars lie 2' N and 1.5' ESE. Brightest of three in a close group. The faintest members NGC 2688 and NGC 2689 were not visible.
17.5" (3/16/96): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated WSW-ENE, 1.0'x0.8', weak concetration. A mag 13 star is 1.5' ESE and a mag 12.5 star lies 1.9' N. Brightest in a group of extremely faint galaxies including NGC 2687 and NGC 2686 close following.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2684 = H. III-712 = h533 on 9 Mar 1788 (sweep 815) and reported "eF, cS, resolvable, preceding some faint stars." His position is just 1' too far northwest. John Herschel recorded on 8 Mar 1831 (sweep 330) "vF; pL; R; 30"; a *12 m s f and on 13 m, n p." The two stars are 1.4' ESE and 1.9' N. Three extremely faint companions to NGC 2684 were discovered by LdR.
******************************
08 55 34.6 +58 44 03; UMa
V = 11.3; Size 4.5'x2.3'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 38°
48" (4/6/13): this famous polar-ring galaxy (nearest and brightest) was viewed at 488x. It appeared very bright, large, very elongated 3:1 SW-NE, 1.5'x0.5', slightly bulging center (spindle shape), high surface brightness and brighter along the central axis. Well concentrated with an intense core and surrounded by a much larger, low surface brightness halo that increases the size to 2.5'x1.2'. The polar-ring was seen on the northwest side as a faint, low surface brightness outer loop attached to the spindle and bulging out ~20". Periodically the outer edge of the loop popped as a distinct arc and appeared as a semi-ring. A mag 11 star lies 2.4' N.
13.1" (1/18/85): moderately bright, fairly small edge-on 4:1 SW-NE. Contains an elongated bright core. A mag 11 star is 2.4' N of center. The well-known polar ring was not seen.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 2685 = T. 6-8 on 18 Aug 1882 with the 11" refractor at the Arcetri Observatory. His position is ~30 sec of RA too far east and 3' too far north, but the identification is certain.
******************************
NGC 2686 = MCG +08-16-036 = MCG +08-16-037 = VV 765 = PGC 25026
08 54 59.8 +49 08 33; UMa
V = 14.7; Size 0.8'x0.45'; Surf Br = 12.6
18" (4/26/08): this member of the compact NGC 2684 group appeared very faint, very small, either elongated or double oriented E-W. I had a strong impression this was a very close pair; sometimes a single round galaxy was visible but at other moments it was elongated E-W or the fainter companion momentarily popped into view. The DSS shows a double galaxy just 16" between centers with the eastern component fainter. Located 1.4' SE of NGC 2684 and 0.9' SW of a mag 12.5 star. NGC 2687 is just 1.4' NE
17.5" (3/8/97): extremely faint, very small, round, 15" diameter. Located 1' SW of a mag 12.5 star and 1.5' SE of NGC 2684. Second brightest of three in NGC 2684 group.
17.5" (3/16/96): picked up while viewing NGC 2684. Extremely faint, very small, appears elongated 2:1 E-W. Located 1.3' SE of NGC 2684 and requires concentration to view. The mag 13 star mentioned in the observation of NGC 2684 is 0.9' NE. This is an (unresolved) double system with the components oriented E-W. The fainter eastern member is designated NGC 2686B. Member of a group of faint galaxies along with NGC 2687.
R.J. Mitchell discovered NGC 2686 on 11 Mar 1858 using Lord
Rosse's 72" (along with NGC 2687, 2688 and 2689), while observing the
field of NGC 2684. He described it
as "double or is a neb with hazy * close f" and labeled it on the
sketch as Beta.
******************************
NGC 2687 = NGC 2687B = MCG +08-16-038+039 = VV 765 = PGC 25030+31
08 55 06.0 +49 09 22; UMa
V = 14.8; Size 0.6'x0.3'; Surf Br = 11.9; PA = 28°
18" (4/26/08): this member of the NGC 2684 compact group appeared very faint, very small, slightly elongated, low surface brightness, 15"x12". Located 1.9' E of NGC 2684 and just 35" E of a mag 12.5 star. NGC 2686 lies 1.4' SW.
17.5" (3/8/97): faintest of close trio with NGC 2684
and NGC 2686. Appears extremely
faint, very small, slightly elongated E-W with concentration. Requires averted vision to clearly
view. Located just 30"
following a mag 12.5 star and 2' E of NGC 2684. Looked for
17.5" (3/16/96): picked up 1.9' E of NGC 2684 and 30" E of a mag 13 star. Extremely faint, very small, requires averted vision but repeatedly glimpsed. This unresolved double system appeared elongated WNW-ESE, matching the orientation of the members.
R.J. Mitchell discovered NGC 2687 on 11 Mar 1858 using Lord Rosse's 72" (along with NGC 2686, 2688 and 2689), while observing the field of NGC 2684. There was no description given (or approximate offsets from NGC 2684), so JH gave a single position in the GC for NGC 2686, 2687 and 2688. The sketch, though, shows NGC 2687 east or slightly ESE of NGC 2684, with a star just preceding NGC 2687. The SDSS reveals this a very close pair of galaxies (MCG +08-16-038 and -039) with the following component much brighter.
******************************
NGC 2688 = MCG +08-16-040 = PGC 25048
08 55 11.7 +49 07 21; UMa
V = 15.4; Size 0.4'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 87°
18" (4/26/08): this very difficult member of the NGC 2684 group appeared extremely faint and small, ~5" diameter (quasi-stellar). Only popped into view with averted vision and concentration but sketched in the correct position on a line between a mag 10.7 star 2.8' SSE and NGC 2687.
17.5" (3/8/97): not found
R.J. Mitchell discovered NGC 2688 on 11 Mar 1858 using Lord
Rosse's 72" (along with NGC 2686, 2687 and 2689), while observing the
field of NGC 2684. He simply noted
"vvF" but the sketch can be matched up well with
******************************
08 55 25.4 +49 06 55; UMa
V = 16.1; Size 0.35'x0.25'; PA = 40°
18" (4/26/08): this is the faintest of 6 galaxies viewed in the compact NGC 2684 group. It was a marginal observation (barely glimpsed several times) with averted vision 2.7' NE of a mag 10.7 star. It was necessary to keep this distracting star out of the field. Slightly easier NGC 2688 lies 2.3' WNW
17.5" (3/8/97): not found.
R.J. Mitchell discovered NGC 2689 on 11 Mar 1858 at Birr Castle. It was indicated on the sketch of the NGC 2684 field published in the 1880 Monograph, along with NGC 2686, NGC 2687 and NGC 2688. Dreyer reobserved the field in 1878, but he noted the "sky is very bad" and the novae were not seen.
John Herschel only included three of the four novae in the GC (1715/1716/1717), so one was left out, but Dreyer assigned NGC 2689 to the 4th nebula in the NGC. Based on the sketch, NGC 2689 can be matched with LEDA 2333935. This is the faintest known galaxy (V = 16.3-16.4) discovered at Birr Castle, according to Wolfgang Steinicke.
RNGC and PGC misidentify
******************************
08 52 38.0 -02 36 12; Hya
V = 13.1; Size 1.9'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 19°
17.5" (2/13/88): fairly faint, small, very elongated ~N-S, weak concentration.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 2690 = Sw. 3-41 on 10 Mar 1886 with the 16" refractor at the Warner Observatory. His RA is 20 seconds too large. Herbert Howe corrected Swift's sloppy RA around the turn of the 20th century with the 20" refractor at the Chamberlin Observatory and Kobold also measured an accurate position with the 18-inch refractor at Strasbourg in 1897.
******************************
08 54 46.3 +39 32 19; Lyn
V = 13.1; Size 1.2'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 165°
17.5" (2/9/02): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated
~3:2 N-S, 0.7'x0.4', weak concentration to a very small brighter core. Bracketed by a mag 13 star 0.9' N and a
mag 12 star 2.5' SW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2691 = H. II-658 on 20 Mar
1787 (sweep 721) and noted "pF, vS, mbM." His position (Caroline Herschel's reduction) is about 2' NW
of
******************************
08 56 58.0 +52 03 57; UMa
V = 13.3; Size 1.3'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 165°
24" (2/13/18): at 200x and 375x; moderately bright, elongated 2:1 NNW-SSE, ~50"x25", small bright core.
17.5" (2/8/86): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated ~N-S. A mag 13 star is 2.1' NW of center. Forms a pair with UGC 4671 3.4' NW. NGC 2693 lies 43' S.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2692 = H. III-831 = h534 on
17 Mar 1790 (sweep 945) and simply noted as "vF, vS." His position is less than 2' southeast
of
******************************
NGC 2693 = UGC 4674 = MCG +09-15-055 = CGCG 264-035 = PGC 25144
08 56 59.3 +51 20 51; UMa
V = 11.9; Size 2.6'x1.8'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 160°
14.5" (4/1/21): at 226x; moderately bright, fairly
small, slightly elongated, 1' diameter, small bright core increases somewhat to
a stellar peak. Forms the vertex
of a near right triangle with two mag 12 stars 2' NNE and 3.7' WNW.
17.5" (2/8/86): fairly bright, fairly small, bright core encased in much fainter halo, slightly elongated ~N-S. Forms a close pair with NGC 2694 1' S.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2693 = H. II-823 = h535 on 17 Mar 1790 (sweep 945) and recorded "pB, S, R, mbM." His position is within the northwest side of the halo. John Herschel's observation on 17 Feb 1831 (sweep 328) reads, "pB; mE nearly in meridian [north-south]; pretty suddenly brighter in the middle." This double system was resolved with the 72" at Birr Castle. The CGCG declination is 30' too far south.
******************************
NGC 2694 = MCG +09-15-056 = CGCG 264-034 = PGC 25143
08 56 59.3 +51 19 55; UMa
V = 14.5; Size 0.3'x0.3'
14.5" (4/1/21): faint, very small, round, 15"-20" diameter. Forms a very close pair (similar redshift) just south of much brighter NGC 2693 [55" between centers].
17.5" (2/8/86): faint, very small, almost round. Forms a close double system with brighter and larger NGC 2693 1' N.
George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 2694 (double system with NGC 2693) on 9 Mar 1850. Multiple observations were made in the next couple of years (13 total) but John Herschel didn't include this nebula in the General Catalog, presumably as no details were given in the 1861 monograph. So, Dreyer added it in the GC supplement (GC 5435).
The CGCG declination is 30' too far south (same error with NGC 2693). RC3 gives the dimensions as 1.2x1.2, but this much too large.
******************************
08 54 27.0 -03 04 01; Hya
V = 11.9; Size 1.7'x1.2'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 175°
24" (2/15/23): at 375x; bright, slightly elongated,
~40" diameter, brighter core. Sandwiched between a mag 12.7 star 0.7' W of
center and 14th mag star at the east edge. Four NGC galaxies are within 30':
17.5" (2/13/88): moderately bright, small, round, bright core. Situated between a mag 13 star is 0.8' W of center and a mag 14 star at the east edge 0.4' from center. Brightest in a group along with NGC 2708 30' SE. NGC 2697 lies 9.4' NE, NGC 2698 19' SE and NGC 2699 21' ESE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2695 = H. II-280 = h536 on 6 Jan 1785 (sweep 353) and logged "F, vS, lE, just following an obscure star, verified with 240 power." John Herschel made a more detailed observation on 13 Mar 1826 (sweep 21): "pB; S; E nearly in parallel between 2 st of 12 and 15m, each half the length of the neb from the adjacent extremity." On 9 Jan 1886, Pietro Baracchi wrote, "pB; vS; R; gradually little brighter middle; a star 16m following by 1 1/2 seconds nearly in the same declination a little south of neb. Another star 13m preceding by 3 sec and nearly the same declination, just a little north of neb." (48" Great Melbourne Telescope)
******************************
08 50 42.0 -05 00 35; Hya
Size 1.2'x1.1'
17.5" (2/1/03): faint, fairly small, round, 0.7'
diameter, weak even concentration to center. Located 6' SSW of mag 8.7
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 2696 = LM 1-153 in 1886 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory and recorded as "mag 15.8, 0.2' dia, stellar nucleus." There is nothing near his rough position (nearest min of RA). Harold Corwin suggests this may be MCG -01-23-004, in which case Stone's RA would be 4 minutes too large (as often the case with L M observations, the dec is fairly accurate but the RA is very poor). So, this is an uncertain but very plausible identification. RNGC classifies the number as nonexistent.
******************************
NGC 2697 = MCG +00-23-011 = CGCG 005-027 = PGC 25029
08 54 59.2 -02 59 14; Hya
V = 12.3; Size 1.8'x1.1'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 120°
24" (2/15/23): at 327x; nearly moderately bright, oval ~4:3 NW-SE, 1.0' diameter, broad concentration, slightly brighter middle. Two mag 14.4/15.0 stars at 20" separation are 1.5' SW. In a group with a number of NGC galaxies including NGC 2695 9' SW.
17.5" (2/13/88): fairly faint, small, irregularly round, weak concentration. Located 9.4' NE of brighter NGC 2695 in the same field.
Lord Rosse, along with observing assistant George Johnstone Stoney, discovered NGC 2697 on 24 Jan 1851. While observing NGC 2695, Stoney noted "another neb, S, oval, about 10' following and 4' north." d'Arrest measured an accurate position on 22 Feb 1865.
******************************
NGC 2698 = MCG +00-23-012 = CGCG 005-030 = PGC 25067
08 55 36.4 -03 11 02; Hya
V = 12.6; Size 1.4'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.3; PA = 96°
24" (2/15/23): at 327x; moderately bright, fairly
small, elongated 5:2 E-W. Contains a small bright core that increases to a
quasi-stellar nucleus. A faint star is at the south edge. Situated in a busy
star field with a 7th mag star (
17.5" (2/13/88): moderately bright, small, oval ~E-W,
bright core, stellar nucleus.
Located 4.0' SE of mag 7.1
John Herschel discovered NGC 2698 = h538 on 11 Mar 1826 (sweep 20). His description reads, "vF; R; resolvable; 30"; stars suspected in it. A *9 m precedes. This may possibly be II. 281 [NGC 2708] with an error of 10' in polar distance, but I have no reason for believing my observation erroneous."
******************************
NGC 2699 = MCG +00-23-014 = CGCG 005-033 = LGG 164-002 = PGC 25075
08 55 48.8 -03 07 39; Hya
V = 12.6; Size 1.0'x1.0'; Surf Br = 12.6
24" (2/15/23): at 327x; between fairly faint and moderately bright, round, 0.6' diameter, very small bright core, good surface brightness. Three nearby stars sandwich the galaxy; a mag 13.3 star 1.0' NW, a mag 14.8 star 0.8' NE, and a mag 15.2 star 0.6' SW. In a group with NGC 2698 4.6' SW. A 7th mag star star (HD 76334) is 7' WSW.
17.5" (2/13/88): fairly faint, very small, round,
bright core. A mag 14.5-15.0 star
is 0.9' NE of center (
Bindon Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 2699 on 27 Jan 1852. He noted "about 20' sf [of NGC 2695] are 2 B, S neb, about 5' asunder." At this position are NGC 2698 (discovered earlier by John Herschel) and NGC 2699. Heinrich d'Arrest rediscovered NGC 2699 on 4 Jan 1862 (called a "Doppelnebel" in AN 57, 337). d'Arrest noted in a later observation that he had no doubt it was one of LdR's "6 knots", but he was credited with the discovery in the GC and NGC.
******************************
08 55 50.6 -03 06 59; Hya
V = 14.8
24" (2/15/23): at 327x, noted as a mag 14.8 star just 0.8' NE of NGC 2699.
17.5" (2/13/88): this is a mag 14.5-15.0 star situated just 0.9' NE of the center of NGC 2699 (see observation).
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 2700, along with NGC 2702/2703/2705/2707, around 1876. The discoveries were communicated directly to Dreyer. All of these numbers probably apply to faint stars he found while observing the NGC 2695-2698 Group! The North Polar Distance in the NGC is two degrees too far south since NGC 2700 was placed just 1' N of NGC 2699. There is only a mag 14.5-15 star at his position, recorded in my observation of NGC 2699.
******************************
08 59 05.4 +53 46 13; UMa
V = 12.3; Size 2.2'x1.6'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 23°
13.1" (2/23/85): fairly faint, almost even surface brightness. A mag 12 star on the northwest edge interferes with viewing the halo.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2701 = H. IV-66 = h537 on 18 Mar 1790 (sweep 949) and recorded "a small star with a fan-shaped nebula. The star is on the preceding side of the diverging chevelure, and seems to be connected with it."
On 10 Feb 1831 John Herschel logged, "A *11-12m with a pB fan-shaped neb appendage in which there seems to one vF*. A curious object. See fig 65." His position is accurate.
******************************
08 55 54.6 -03 03 55; Hya
= *?, Corwin. Misidentified in the RNGC with 2MASX J08553714-0303149.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 2702 around 1876, along with NGC 2700/2703/2705/2707. All of these numbers probably apply to faint stars he found while observing the NGC 2695-2698 Group! He placed this object 4' NE of NGC 2699 and a mag ~15.5 star is at this position. As the assistant to the 4th Earl of Rosse, J.L.E. Dreyer recorded on 4 Mar 1877: "an eF, vS, neb nf GC 1727 [NGC 2699] in PA 18.0° and dist. 238.8". But his offset points exactly to the same mag 15.5 star.
RNGC and PGC (as well as other sources based on these
catalogues such as Megastar) misidentify
******************************
08 55 47.1 -03 18 25; Hya
V = 14.2/14.4; Size 14"
24" (2/15/23): this number refers to a 14" pair of well balanced, but faint mag 14.2/14.4 stars. They were easily resolved at 260x. Situated 6' NW of NGC 2708.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 2703, along with NGC 2700/2702/2705/2707 around 1876. It was found in the NGC 2695/2698 group and described (in the NGC) as "extremely faint, little elongated, doubtful". There is no nebula near his position, but 2' SW is this double star. As the observing assistant to the 4th Earl of Rosse, J.L.E. Dreyer looked for Tempel's "nova" on 4 Mar 1877. He reported "looked carefully for nova Tempel [NGC 2703] between [[NGC 2698] and [NGC 2708], saw none, only about midways vF double star, which I first mistook for a nebula." Ironically, the double star was probably Tempel's "nova"! Karl Reinmuth, in his 1926 photographic survey "Die Herschel-Nebel" called it a "? Neb *14 [not nebulous], *14.5 sp vnr." Harold Corwin also identifies this double star as NGC 2703.
******************************
NGC 2704 = IC 2424 = UGC 4678 = MCG +07-19-005 = CGCG 209-009 = Holm 103a = PGC 25134
08 56 47.7 +39 22 56; Lyn
V = 13.4; Size 1.0'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.3
24" (2/16/15): fairly faint, moderately large, round, 0.9' diameter, broad weak concentration. Several galaxies are within 30'.
17.5" (3/20/93): faint, fairly small, round, broad mild concentration. UGC 4699 lies 24' ENE and NGC 2691 is 25' NW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2704 = H. III-625 on 18 Mar
1787 (sweep 716) and noted "vF, vS.
The same with 300 power."
There is nothing at his position, but 1.0 min of RA west and 2' north is
******************************
08 56 00.0 -03 00 54; Hya
= *?, Corwin. = Not found, Carlson.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 2705 around 1876, along with NGC 2700/2702/2703/2707 with the 11" refractor at the Arcetri observatory. All of these numbers probably apply to faint stars he found while observing the NGC 2695-2698 Group! There are no nebulae near his positions, but 1' south is a mag 16 star. As the assistant to the 4th Earl of Rosse, J.L.E. Dreyer also confused this star with a nebula on 7 Mar 1877, "eF, eS, is nf GC 1727 [NGC 2699] in PA 22.3° and dist. 440.4", it forms a quadrilateral with 3 st 14m f and nf. Other eF neb susp here." In 1915, Knox-Shaw reported NGC 2705 was not found on Helwan plates.
******************************
08 56 12.3 -02 33 48; Hya
V = 13.0; Size 1.8'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 167°
17.5" (2/13/88): fairly faint, fairly small, edge-on 4:1 NNW-SSE, 1.0'x0.25'. A mag 12 star is close following the SSE tip 1.3' from center.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 2706 = Sw. 3-42 on 27 Feb 1886
and wrote, "vF; pS; vE; * nr following." His position and description matches
******************************
08 56 05.5 -03 04 00; Hya
V = 13.1
= *?, Corwin. = Not found, Carlson.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 2707 around 1876, along with NGC 2700/2702/2703/2705. All of these numbers probably apply to faint stars he found while observing the NGC 2695-2698 Group with the 11" refractor at the Arcetri observatory! A mag 15 star (GSC 4869-855) is close to the NGC position, though this identification is uncertain. In 1915, Knox-Shaw reported NGC 2705 was not found on Helwan photographs.
******************************
NGC 2708 = NGC 2727 = MCG +00-23-015 = CGCG 005-034 = LGG 164-003 = PGC 25097
08 56 07.9 -03 21 37; Hya
V = 12.0; Size 2.6'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 20°
24" (2/15/23): at 327x; fairly bright, moderately large, very elongated nearly 3:1 SSW-NNE, strong bright core. A mag 13.2 star is 1.2' NW of center and a mag 13.6 star is just off the NE end [0.9' from center]. One of the two brightest galaxies in a group that includes NGC 2709 7' NNE, NGC 2698 13' NW and NGC 2699 15' NNW.
Supernova 2023bee (discovered on Feb. 1) appeared as a mag 13.2 "star" 3.2' NNE of center (between the mag 13.6 off the edge of NGC 2708 and a mag 13.6 star 1' N of the SN).
17.5" (2/13/88): moderately bright, moderately large, very elongated 3:1 SSW-NNE, bright core. A mag 13.5 star is 0.9' NE of center. Forms a pair with NGC 2709 7.1' NNE. One of the brightest galaxies in a group (LGG 164) that includes NGC 2695, 2699 and 2706. Other members may include NGC 2697, 2698 and 2709.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2708 = H. II-281 on 6 Jan
1785 (sweep 353) and noted "vF, vS, irr figure." His position was less than 2' too far
south. John Herschel made no
observations, but his position for h546 (later
******************************
NGC 2709 = MCG +00-23-016 = CGCG 005-035 = PGC 25103
08 56 12.9 -03 14 36; Hya
V = 13.8; Size 0.8'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 90°
24" (2/15/23): at 327x; faint but easily visible (can hold steadily), small, roundish, 25" diameter, diffuse, low nearly even surface brightness. Located in a group 7' NNW of NGC 2708 and 10' ESE of NGC 2698.
17.5" (2/13/88): very faint, very small, round, even surface brightness. Forms a pair with NGC 2708 7.1' SSW.
George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 2709 on 27 Jan 1852. He had returned to Parsontown from his studies at Trinity to observe with his brother Bindon Blood. His sketch places it 11' SE of NGC 2699 (the actual separation is 9'). On 7 Mar 1877, Dreyer made a more detailed micrometric observation, noting "vF, pL, little extended south-preceding to north-following, north of [NGC 2708]. Position angle 9.5°, Dist 434.4"."
******************************
08 59 48.4 +55 42 23; UMa
V = 12.9; Size 2.0'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 125°
17.5" (3/20/93): very faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2 NW-SE. A mag 14 star is at the NE edge 1.0' from center. A bright wide pair mag 10.5/11 at 37" separation lies 4' SW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2710 = H. III-841 on 18 Mar
1790 (sweep 949) and called it "vF, S." His position (Caroline's reduction) is 1' south of
******************************
08 57 23.6 +17 17 17; Cnc
V = 14.4; Size 0.9'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 170°
17.5" (1/28/89): very faint, very small, round. Located between a mag 12 star 1.5' SSW and a mag 11.5 star 1.1' NNE of center.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2711 = m 134 on 28 Mar 1864 and
noted "vF, S, R." His
position matches
******************************
08 59 30.5 +44 54 50; Lyn
V = 12.1; Size 2.9'x1.6'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 178°
13.1" (2/23/85): moderately bright, elongated 3:2 N-S, weak concentration, faint stellar nucleus.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2712 = h540 on 19 Mar 1828 (sweep 139) and remarked "pB; L; E; very gradually brighter middle; 2' l; 1.5' br' with attention a central point is seen = a * 18m." Romney Robinson, Lord Rosse's friend, described it on 5 Mar 1848 as a "fine globular cluster, well resolved, no trace of * in centre." Robinson was adamant that all nebulae could be resolved so this bias certainly affected the observation.
******************************
08 57 20.4 +02 55 14; Hya
V = 11.8; Size 3.6'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 107°
24" (2/13/18): bright, large, elongated 5:2 WNW-ESE,
strongly concentration with a large, bright, roundish core, ~45" diameter,
and a faint stellar nucleus. The
halo or arms are much fainter and gradually fade out but extend roughly
2.5'x1'. Mag 9.5
13.1" (1/18/85): moderately bright, elongated 3:2 WNW-ESE, fairly small, large brighter core. Forms a pair with NGC 2716 11' NNE. Located 4.5' ENE of mag 9 SAO 117289.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2713 = m 135, along with NGC 2716, on 3 Mar 1864 and logged "pB, irregularly round, mbM." Heinrich d'Arrest discovered the pair again on 15 Mar 1866. He noted a mag 10 star (SAO 117289) preceded by 18 seconds of time and 46" south and measured an accurate position (2 nights). Édouard Stephan also made an observation on 3 Feb 1877 and identified it as Lassell [Marth] 135.
******************************
08 53 29.8 -59 13 02; Car
V = 12.9; Size 1.1'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.1
24" (4/11/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): fairly
bright, moderately large, round, 1' diameter, moderate even concentration to
the center, symmetric appearance.
Set in a rich Carina star field 27' W of mag 4.9
John Herschel discovered NGC 2714 = h3143 on 4 Feb 1835
(sweep 543) and recorded "eF; S; R; pretty suddenly little brighter
middle; difficult, but certain."
His position matches
******************************
09 08 06.4 +78 05 07; Cam
V = 11.2; Size 4.9'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 22°
17.5" (2/1/92): moderately bright, fairly large, elongated 2:1 SW-NE, 4'x2', broad weak concentration, fairly low but irregular surface brightness. The major axis is collinear with a mag 11 star 4.0' SSW of center.
Alphonse Borrelly discovered NGC 2715 around 1871 with a
7.2-inch comet-seeker at Marseilles Observatory. He noted "pretty bright,
3' in extent, elliptic; no nucleus." and his micrometric position (MNRAS,
32, 248) matches
******************************
NGC 2716 = UGC 4692 = MCG +01-23-007 = CGCG 033-029 = Holm 104a = PGC 25172
08 57 35.9 +03 05 25; Hya
V = 11.8; Size 1.3'x1.0'; Surf Br = 12.0; PA = 30°
24" (2/13/18): at 200x and 375x; moderately bright,
round, 0.8'-0.9' diameter, bright round core and stellar nucleus. A mag 12.8 star is 1.5' ESE. NGC 2713 is 11' SSW and
13.1" (1/18/85): fairly faint, small, round, brighter core. A mag 12 star lies 1.4' ESE of center. Forms a pair with NGC 2713 11' SSW.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2716 = m 136, along with NGC 2713, on 3 Mar 1864 and recorded "F, S, R, mbM." Heinrich d'Arrest independently found the pair on 15 Mar 1866 and measured accurate positions. Édouard Stephan made additional observation on 7 Feb 1878 and 24 Feb 1886. Both Marth (1) and d'Arrest (2) were credited in the GC Supplement and the NGC.
******************************
08 57 01.1 -24 40 26; Pyx
V = 12.3; Size 2.1'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 10°
24" (2/8/18): moderately bright, fairly small, slightly
elongated N-S. Sharply
concentrated with a relatively large 30" core and a very small bright
nucleus and a thin low surface brightness halo. Located 13' NW of mag 7.1 HD
76799.
17.5" (3/25/95): moderately bright, fairly small,
50" diameter, oval SSW-NNE, high surface brightness. Contains a prominent 30" bright
core and a stellar nucleus.
Difficult to judge extent of outer halo as gradually fades into
background. A mag 11 star lies
2.1' ENE of center. Located 13' NW
of mag 7.1
John Herschel discovered NGC 2717 = h3144 on 20 Mar 1835 and
noted "F, S, R, gradually pretty much brighter middle, 20"." His
mean position (two observations) matches
******************************
08 58 50.4 +06 17 35; Hya
V = 11.8; Size 2.1'x2.1'; Surf Br = 13.3
24" (4/13/18): at 375x; bright, large, overall roundish, contains a bright elongated "bar" oriented NW-SE (face-on barred spiral), small bright core with a stellar nucleus. The halo is quite a bit fainter and seems slightly elongated or oval. Surrounded by three similar stars; a mag 14.8 star lies 1.4' N, a mag 14.4 star 1.7' E and a mag 14.6 star 1.9' W. Located 55' NE of mag 3.1 Zeta (16) Hydrae.
17.5" (3/29/89): fairly faint, moderately large, oval NW-SE, bright core, stellar nucleus. Surrounded by three mag 14.5 stars 1.6' ENE, 1.4' N and 1.9' W of center.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2718 = H. II-557 = h542 on 24 Mar 1786 (sweep 543) and recorded "F, mE, unequally bright, 3' long, 1' broad." John Herschel only gave a very rough NPD on 25 Dec 1827 (sweep 116) and noted "F; pL; R." In the General Catalogue, he included h542 and his father's H. II-557 as separate entries with the comment, "The descriptions are irreconcileable, and they must be two distinct nebulae..." Dreyer, as the assistant on the 72" on 18 Mar 1876 "looked carefully for other nebulase near it and found none." He combined the two GC entries into NGC 2718.
******************************
09 00 15.5 +35 43 39; Lyn
V = 13.1; Size 1.3'x0.3'; Surf Br = 11.9; PA = 133°
24" (2/24/20): at 260x; fairly faint, fairly small,
elongated 5:2 NW-SE, 30"x12".
17.5" (3/20/93): faint, fairly small, very elongated
3:1 NW-SE. Forms a double system
with NGC 2719A, which appears as a small knot at the south end, just 26"
between centers.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2719 = H. III-540 = h541 on 28 Mar 1786 (sweep 549) and recorded "vF, S, lE, seems to contain 2 vF stars." On a second sweep he apparently added "E 20 degrees np-sf." and this implies the south-following star is certainly NGC 2719A. John Herschel made a single observation (interrupted by clouds) on 11 Mar 1831 (sweep 331).
******************************
08 59 08.0 +11 08 57; Cnc
V = 12.8; Size 1.2'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.0
17.5" (3/29/89): faint, very small, slightly elongated ~NW-SE, very small bright core.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2720 = m 137 = T. 1-23 on 10 Mar
1864 and noted "F, S, R, bM."
His position matches
******************************
08 58 56.5 -04 54 07; Hya
V = 11.7; Size 2.6'x1.8'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 160°
17.5" (2/13/88): moderately bright, fairly small,
irregularly round, large brighter core.
Located 15' E of mag 6.6
William Herschel discovered NGC 2721 = H. II-529 = h543 on 1 Feb 1786 (sweep 520) and simply noted "F, S". His position was 10 seconds of RA too small, though John measured a more accurate position on two sweeps.
The RNGC declination is off by 18' too far north. This mistake was noticed while using the Uranometria 2000 Atlas to star hop to this galaxy and later was verified on the DSS. Coincidentally, the MCG declination is also 9' too far N (all the M-01-23-XXX galaxies must be shifted 9' south). I included this error in RNGC Corrections #3 (on the NGC/IC Project site).
******************************
08 58 46.1 -03 42 37; Hya
V = 12.6; Size 1.9'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 90°
17.5" (3/12/94): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2 WSW-ENE, 1.2'x0.8', brighter along major axis, fairly weak even concentration down to a brighter core, no well-defined nucleus. A mag 12 star lies 2.0' WNW. The NGC position is 10' too far east.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2722 = H. III-264 on 6 Jan 1785 (sweep 353). His description reads, "eF, stellar, 240 verified it. I should have overlooked it, but in gaging the field perceived it." He recorded an accurate position on 1 Feb 1786 (sweep 520) but the RA in the NGC was 45 seconds too large. Édouard Stephan measured a more accurate position on 23 Feb 1886, as well as Jermain Porter in 1907 at the Cincinnati Observatory. MCG doesn't label this galaxy as NGC 2722.
See
******************************
09 00 14.3 +03 10 40; Hya
V = 13.2; Size 0.9'x0.9'; Surf Br = 12.9
17.5" (3/12/94): fairly faint, small, round, 20" diameter, very small bright core, stellar nucleus. A mag 13 star just 0.6' ENE of center is brighter than the core. Also an extremely faint 15th mag star is just off the NW edge 20" from center.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2723 = m 138 on 3 Mar 1864 with
Lassell's 48" and noted "F, S, R." His position is 1.6' NE of
******************************
NGC 2724 = UGC 4726 = MCG +06-20-019 = CGCG 180-027 = PGC 25331
09 01 01.8 +35 45 45; Lyn
V = 13.6; Size 1.8'x1.6'; Surf Br = 14.6; PA = 2°
24" (2/24/20): at 260x; between faint and fairly faint,
relatively large oval, ~1.0'x0.7' N-S, low nearly even surface brightness with
a slightly brighter nucleus. NGC
2719 pair (
17.5" (3/20/93): very faint, moderately large, round,
low even surface brightness.
Located 2.8' NE of a mag 10 star which detracts from viewing. At the edge of the 220x field is mag
7.7
John Herschel discovered NGC 2724 = h544 on 7 Feb 1832
(sweep 401) and noted "eF; S; R." There is nothing at his position, but John noted an
uncertain RA and 0.9 minutes of time west is
******************************
09 01 03.2 +11 05 51; Cnc
V = 13.4; Size 0.7'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.3
17.5" (3/29/89): faint, small, round, weak
concentration. A mag 11 star is
2.5' N of center. Forms a pair
with
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2725 = m 139 on 10 Mar 1864
(along with NGC 2728) and noted "F, pL". Marth's position is at the south edge of
******************************
09 04 56.8 +59 55 58; UMa
V = 13.0; Size 1.6'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 87°
17.5" (4/5/97): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 3:1 E-W, 1.2'x0.4', bright bulging core. A mag 15 star is just south of the core [23" SSW of center].
William Herschel discovered NGC 2726 = H. II-834 = h545 on
19 Mar 1790 (sweep 952) and recorded "pF, pS, iF, easily
resolvable." His position is
3' NE of
******************************
NGC 2727 = NGC 2708 = MCG +00-23-015 = CGCG 005-034 =LGG
164-003 =
08 56 07.9 -03 21 37; Hya
V = 12.0; Size 2.6'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 20°
See observing notes for NGC 2708.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2727 = h546 on 12 Mar 1826 (sweep 21) and recorded "vF; L; R; bM." There is nothing at his position. It was not found by Lord Rosse or by Bigourdan. Harold Corwin suggests that if Herschel made a 5 minute error in RA, then NGC 2727 would be a duplicate observation of NGC 2708. His description for h546 is "round", while NGC 2708 is very elongated, so this identification is very uncertain, but NGC 2733 = h547 discovered next in the same sweep also has a large error in RA, making the identification more likely. RNGC classified NGC 2727 as nonexistent (Type 7).
******************************
NGC 2728 = UGC 4738 = MCG +02-23-020 = CGCG 061-042 = PGC 25360
09 01 40.9 +11 04 58; Cnc
V = 13.6; Size 1.1'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 60°
17.5" (3/29/89): very faint, fairly small, round, very small bright core, low surface brightness. Located along the south side of a very thin triangle formed by three mag 11-12 stars including a mag 12 star 2' W and pair of mag 11 stars 2' NE. Located 10' E of NGC 2725.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2728 = m 140 on 10 Mar 1864
(along with NGC 2725) and noted "vF, L, R, bM". His position matches
******************************
09 01 28.6 +03 43 14; Hya
V = 13.5; Size 0.8'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.3; PA = 0°
17.5" (3/12/94): faint, very small, round, initially appeared elongated E-W due to a mag 15 star attached at the east end which is not cleanly resolved (16" ESE of center). Faint halo 30" diameter is weakly concentrated, very small brighter core. A pleasing bright double star mag 9.9/11 at 24" lies 3' S.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2729 = m 141 on 3 Mar 1864 and
noted "vF, vS, R". His
position is 6 sec of RA west of
******************************
09 02 15.8 +16 50 18; Cnc
V = 13.0; Size 1.7'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 80°
17.5" (1/28/89): faint, moderately large, almost round,
low surface brightness. A mag 14.5
star is just off the south edge 0.7' from center. Two mag 12.5 stars lie 2.0' SSE and 2.5' S. Forms a wide pair with
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2730 = m 142 on 28 Mar 1864 and
noted "vF, L, R." His
position is 1.8' due north of
******************************
09 02 08.4 +08 18 05; Cnc
V = 13.5; Size 0.8'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 70°
17.5" (3/29/89): faint, very small, oval WSW-ENE, 0.6'x0.4'. Has an unusual appearance as a mag 13 star is nearly attached at the ENE edge 0.4' from center.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2731 = m 143 on 3 Mar 1864 and
noted "F, vS, R." His
position is 1.3' NW of
******************************
09 13 24.8 +79 11 14; Cam
V = 11.9; Size 2.1'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 67°
17.5" (4/6/91): fairly bright, small, elongated 5:2
SW-NE, 1.6'x0.7, small bright core, stellar nucleus. A mag 12 star is at the NE tip 0.8' from center. Forms a pair with
John Herschel discovered NGC 2732 = h539 on 2 Sep 1828
(sweep 171) and recorded "pB; S; E from nf to sp. Has a star nf." There is nothing at his position
(marked as uncertain), but ~3 minutes of time east is
******************************
NGC 2733 = NGC 2722 = MCG -01-23-014 = PGC 25221
08 58 46.1 -03 42 37; Hya
See observing notes for NGC 2722.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2733 = h547 on 12 Mar 1826 (sweep 21) and noted "eF; R. RA between 52m 31s and 54m 41s." There is nothing at his position, but he gave a wide range for the RA, and Harold Corwin suggests this number is a duplicate of NGC 2722, which is 2.8 minutes of RA west. NGC 2727, the previous object JH found in the sweep, may also have a large error in RA too far east. RNGC classifies the number as nonexistent. See Harold Corwin's identification notes for more.
******************************
09 03 01.6 +16 51 48; Cnc
V = 14.6; Size 0.5'x0.4'
17.5" (1/28/89): extremely faint and small, round, just non-stellar. Three mag 14/15 stars are on a line about 2' NW. Located 12' E of NGC 2730.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2734 = m 144 on 28 Mar 1864 and
noted "eF, vS, R." His
position is 2' north of
******************************
09 02 38.7 +25 56 05; Cnc
V = 13.3; Size 1.2'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 94°
24" (3/22/14): moderately bright and large, very
elongated 3:1 E-W, 0.9'x0.3', contains a bright elongated core. Forms a close pair (
17.5" (4/6/91): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated
2:1 E-W. There are four bright
stars to the south. Three of these
stars oriented WSW-ENE form a shallow arc; mag 10 star 1.6' S, mag 9.1 SAO
80591 3.2' SW, mag 9.0
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2735 = St. 9-18 on 7 Feb 1878 and recorded a rough position just 1.5' to the SW. His published position in his 9th discovery list was reduced on 26 Feb 1878 with description "small star enveloped in a vF, vS neby, little elongated E-W." Due to a clerical error, his RA was 1.0 minute of time too large, although his offset star was correctly identified. The error was caught and corrected by Emmanuel Esmiol in his 1916 re-reduction of Stephan's position.
******************************
09 00 17 -45 56 54; Vel
Size 30'x7'; PA = 20°
24" (4/11/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia):
Herschel's Ray was a striking, bright filament at 130x and a UHC or OIII
filter, extending SSW-NNE for at least 20' in length. Herschel's Ray is brightest along a 5' stretch at the NNE
end as it passes to the west of mag 8.3
13.1" (2/18/04 - Costa Rica): Herschel's Ray was easily picked up at 105x using a UHC filter. It extended well over 1/2 of the 38' field, at least 20'x2', oriented SSW-NNE. This prominent Vela Supernova filament is brightest towards the NNE end near a mag 8.3 star which is just following the NNE edge. It appears like a thin splinter of light through the field with a weak filamentary structure and variations in brightness, similar to one of the fainter strands in the Veil nebula. Several stars are very close to the edge including a mag 11 star near the middle. I was impressed that the appearance compared favorably with the view I had through an 18-inch in Australia.
18" (7/7/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this is an isolated bright eastern filament in the Vela Supernova remnant which is centered over 4° to the west. At 128x and UHC filter (38 arcmin field), it appears as a fairly faint, thin, nebulous streak extending SSW-NNE over half the field, ~20'x1'! The surface brightness is roughly uniform, though the northern portion is brighter near a mag 8.3 star off the NE end. The nebulosity continues past this star and ends with a mag 9.5 star due east of the NNE tip. On the SSW end the nebulosity gradually dims out. A few mag 11 stars border the filament, one just off the west edge near the center and a couple further south.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2736 = h3145 on 1 Mar 1835 and
recorded "eeF, L, very very much elongated; an extraordinary long narrow
ray of excessively feeble light; position 19 deg±. At least 20' long, extending much beyond the limits of the
field...". His position and
sketch (Plate V, figure 12) agrees perfectly with
Joseph Turner sketched NGC 2736 on 26 Jan 1876 using the Great Melbourne Telescope (plate IV, figure 34 in "Observations of the Southern Nebulae made with the Great Melbourne Telescope..."). Besides a thin ray, he also saw nebulosity spreading out from the southern end towards the west. Turner commented, though, "As I cannot see it with the sketching eye-piece, the above drawing is rather a random sketch; still it is a fair representation of present aspect. I feel certain that H. could not have seen this object had it been as faint when he observed it as it is at present." In Jan 1885, Barachi commented, "Extremely faint, a long streak across the field, straight, very narrow, with a peculiar group of stars in the n.f. quadrant, forming almost a semicircle, of which the north portion of the streak is the diameter. Streak spreads out at its s.p. end, and becomes a large irregular-shaped whitishness, without distinct contour, which the eye cannot see except by moving the telescope up and down, and only when the back ground is perfectly black and free from haze; even then it requires a little time before it can be seen."
RNGC and NGC 2000.0 misclassify this filament as a galaxy and I mentioned this error in RNGC Corrections #5. The first reported connection of NGC 2736 with the Vela SNR was in 2000: http://www.journals.uchicago.edu/ApJ/journal/issues/ApJL/v543n2/005648/005648.html, two years after the discovery of the SNR itself in 1998. Estimated age of the supernova is 9-11,000 years. A 2002 study investigates the connection between the Vela SNR, NGC 2736, and the Young X-Ray Supernova Remnant RX J0852.0-4622 at the east end of the older and larger Vela SNR.
******************************
09 03 59.7 +21 54 23; Cnc
V = 13.6; Size 0.9'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 61°
17.5" (1/28/89): fairly faint, fairly small, very
elongated WSW-ENE, small bright core.
Forms a close pair with
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 2737, along with NGC 2738, on 23 Feb 1863. His micrometric position (measured on 3 nights) was accurate. Engelhardt also measured an accurate position.
******************************
NGC 2738 = UGC 4752 = VV 481 = MCG +04-22-006 = CGCG 121-010 = LGG 166-008 =PGC 25454
09 04 00.5 +21 58 04; Cnc
V = 13.0; Size 1.4'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 55°
17.5" (1/28/89): fairly faint, small, elongated SW-NE, small bright core. Forms a close pair with NGC 2737 3.7' S.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 2738, along with NGC 2737, on 23 Feb 1863. His micrometric position (measured on 3 nights) was accurate and he noted a mag 14 star that precedes by 8 seconds of RA and 30" north.
******************************
09 06 02.8 +51 44 41; UMa
V = 14.8; Size 0.8'x0.2'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 95°
17.5" (4/5/97): very faint, small, round, 20" diameter. Forms a close double system with NGC 2740 40" SE. This galaxy is the smaller of the pair but is slightly more noticeable due to a small brighter core and stellar nucleus with direct vision. A mag 12 star lies 51" NNE of center.
R.J. Mitchell discovered NGC 2739 on 18 Feb 1855 while observing h549 = NGC 2740 with Lord Rosse's 72". He noted a "Double nebula, vF, south one the larger, both S, R." A sketch clearly shows both galaxies as well as two nearby stars (John Herschel logged "four small stars with a strong suspicion of nebula among them").
******************************
09 06 05.0 +51 44 07; UMa
V = 14.0; Size 0.8'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.3
17.5" (4/5/97): very faint, small, round, 30" diameter. A mag 14 star is 35" SE of center. Forms a double system with NGC 2739 40" NW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2740 = h549 on 17 Feb 1831
(sweep 328) and recorded "four small stars with a strong suspician of
nebula among them." This
observation probably refers to both NGC 2739 and NGC 2740 (one or two of
Herschel's "stars" are probably the nuclei or cores of these
galaxies), but LdR is credited with the discovery of NGC 2740 in the GC and
NGC. His position is 1.3' north of
******************************
09 03 16.5 +18 15 40; Cnc
V = 15.0; Size 0.5'x0.2'; PA = 80°
17.5" (4/6/02): very faint, small, slightly elongated
0.5'x0.3', ver weak concentration.
Located 3' N of a mag 10 star.
A mag 13 star follows by 1'.
This galaxy is the westernmost in the
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2741 = m145 on 28 Mar 1864 and
simply noted "vF". There
is nothing at his position and Bigourdan, Carlson and RNGC all concluded this
object doesn't exist. But Harold
Corwin notes that 1.0 min of RA west of Marth's position (and matching in
declination) is
******************************
09 07 33.2 +60 28 46; UMa
V = 11.4; Size 3.0'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 87°
13.1" (12/22/84): fairly bright, moderately large,
elongated ~E-W, even moderate surface brightness. Located 4.6' SE of mag 7.7
William Herschel discovered NGC 2742 = H. I-249 = h550 on 19
Mar 1790 (sweep 952) and described "a considerably bright extended nebula
about 4' long and 2' broad; it is easily resolvable, and I suppose with a
higher power and longer attention the stars would become visible. It is brighter about the
middle." His position is 2.3'
northeast of the center of
******************************
09 04 54.3 +25 00 14; Cnc
V = 13.7; Size 1.1'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 105°
17.5" (3/12/94): fairly faint, moderately large, slightly elongated WNW-ESE, 1.0'x0.8', low surface brightness halo, sharp concentration with prominent 15" core and stellar nucleus. Forms the east vertex of an isosceles triangle with a mag 10.5 star 4.1' NW, a mag 12 star 4.1' WSW and mag 9.0 SAO 80621 9' E.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2743 = H. III-608 on 22 Feb
1787 (sweep 703) and noted "eF, S, R, very little brighter
middle." His position
(Auwers' reduction) is within 1' of
******************************
NGC 2744 = UGC 4757 = MCG +03-23-031 = CGCG 090-065 = VV 612 = LGG 166-001 = PGC 25480
09 04 39.1 +18 27 53; Cnc
V = 13.5; Size 1.7'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 120°
17.5" (4/6/02): fairly faint, fairly small. Elongated 4:3 ~WNW-ESE, although the
appearance is asymmetric with an irregular outline and faint extensions visible
with averted vision only. Weak
concentration to an ill-defined core.
A mag 13.5-14 star is at the east edge, 53" from center. Located 13' NW of
The DSS image reveals a distorted, (possibly) interacting system with a very faint tidal plume to the north.
13.1" (12/22/84): faint, fairly small, slightly elongated NW-SE, diffuse, low even surface brightness. A mag 14 star is just 0.9' E of center. NGC 2749 lies 14' SE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2744 = H. III-60 = h551 on 21 Mar 1784 (sweep 181) and noted "vF, S, r. I saw it better with 240 than 157, very near it is a small star." John Herschel recorded on 17 Mar 1831 (sweep 334), "vF; R; is south of a coarse double star." R.J. Mitchell, Lord Rosse's assistant on 9 Feb 1855, recorded "Neb is very little brighter middle, perhaps lE np sf. It is closely followed by a small star; a few minutes north are 4 stars."
******************************
NGC 2745 = CGCG 090-064 = WBL 202-001 = PGC 25478
09 04 39.3 +18 15 26; Cnc
V = 14.8; Size 0.4'x0.2'; PA = 0°
17.5" (4/6/02): extremely faint and small, round,
15" diameter. A similar (in
brightness) mag 15 star lies ~30" S and initially drew my attention. Located 4.3' ESE of mag 9.2
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2745 = m 146 on 28 Mar 1864 and
noted "eF, vS, stellar."
His position matches
******************************
09 05 59.5 +35 22 38; Lyn
V = 13.1; Size 1.6'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.9
17.5" (4/5/97): fairly faint, fairly small, round, 1.0' diameter, very weak even concentration to a slightly brighter core. A mag 12 star is close north [52" from center].
William Herschel discovered NGC 2746 = H. III-825 = h552 on 10 Mar 1790 (sweep 938) and recorded "vF, S, R, bM, south of a small star." Édouard Stephan made an observation on 3 Feb 1877.
******************************
09 05 18.3 +18 26 32; Cnc
V = 14.7; Size 0.4'x0.2'; PA = 170°
17.5" (4/6/02): very faint, small, round, 0.4'
diameter. Low, even surface
brightness and even with concentration could not hold steadily. Collinear with a trio of mag 11 stars
which trail to the east. Just
beyond the south-eastern star in the chain lies
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2747 = m 147 on 29 Mar 1865 and
recorded "vF, vS, stellar."
His position matches
******************************
09 13 42.9 +76 28 33; Cam
V = 11.7; Size 3.0'x1.1'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 38°
17.5" (4/6/91): moderately bright, fairly small, very elongated 3.0'x1.0' SW-NE, broad concentration but no nucleus.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2748 = h548 on 2 Sep 1828
(sweep 171) and recorded "pB; pL; E; very gradually little brighter
middle; 90" l; 40" br."
The position is marked as approximate, but is less than 2' northwest of
the center of
******************************
NGC 2749 = UGC 4763 = MCG +03-23-036 = CGCG 090-069 = LGG 166-005 = WBL 202-002 = PGC 25508
09 05 21.4 +18 18 49; Cnc
V = 11.8; Size 1.7'x1.4'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 69°
17.5" (4/6/02): moderately bright, fairly small,
elongated 4:3 WSW-ENE, 0.9'x0.7', small bright core. Brightest in a group with NGC 2741 30' W, NGC 2744 13' NW,
NGC 2745 10' WSW,
13.1" (12/22/84): fairly faint, small, almost round, bright core, small faint nucleus. Brightest in a group with NGC 2751 4' SE and NGC 2752 5' NE. Also NGC 2744 lies 14' NW.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 2749 on 5 Mar 1862 with the 11" refractor at Copenhagen observatory. His position (measured on 6 nights!) is accurate, though he missed nearby NGC 2751 and 2752. Édouard Stephan observed NGC 2749 with the 31-inch reflector at Marseilles on 27 Jan 1873, 2 Feb 1878 (and probably NGC 2751and 2752), 23 Feb 1886 and 8 Mar 1886.
******************************
09 05 48.0 +25 26 13; Cnc
V = 11.9; Size 2.2'x1.9'; Surf Br = 13.3
24" (3/22/14): fairly faint to moderately bright,
moderately large, strong concentration with a very small bright core and
quasi-stellar nucleus, fairly large slightly elongated halo 1.2'x1.0'. A very faint, elongated brightening was
visible at the west edge. This
object is catalogued as
17.5" (4/6/02): fairly faint, fairly small, round, 1.0' diameter. Moderately concentrated to a small bright core and a stellar nucleus. Forms the NE vertex of a right triangle with mag 9.7 SAO 80618 4' WSW and a mag 11.5 star 3.5' SSW. A superimposed companion on the west side was not seen.
17.5" (4/6/91): fairly faint, fairly small, round, even
concentration to a small bright core, halo gradually fades into
background. Located 3.9' NE of mag
9.3
William Herschel discovered NGC 2750 = H. III-291 on 11 Mar 1785 (sweep 384) and remarked "vF, pL, R, bM." Auwer's reduction placed this object 1° too far north, but John Herschel caught this error when he compiled the General Catalogue (GC). Heinrich d'Arrest made 4 observations, first on 21 Feb 1863.
******************************
NGC 2751 = MCG +03-23-037 = CGCG 090-071 = WBL 202-004 = PGC 25517
09 05 32.4 +18 15 44; Cnc
V = 14.2; Size 0.9'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 141°
17.5" (4/6/02): very faint, very small, round, 20" diameter (viewed core only). Located 40" S of a mag 13 star and 4' SE of NGC 2749 in a group of a half-dozen galaxies. Brighter NGC 2752 lies 5' NE.
13.1" (12/22/84): extremely faint, small, almost round. In a group with brightest member NGC 2749 4.0' NW, also NGC 2752 lies 5.7' NNE.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2751 = m 148, along with NGC 2752, on 28 Mar 1864 and noted "eF, eS, stellar." His position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 2752 = UGC 4772 = MCG +03-23-038 = CGCG 090-072 = WBL 202-005 = PGC 25523
09 05 43.0 +18 20 23; Cnc
V = 13.7; Size 1.9'x0.4'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 58°
17.5" (4/6/02): faint, fairly small, elongated 5:2 SW-NE, 0.8'x0.3', low surface brightness with no noticeable central brightening. A mag 11 star is 1.0' NW and a close double star (brighter component is 10.5 mag) with a wider third component is 1.9' NE. Located 5.3' ENE of NGC 2749 at the eastern end of a group of 6 galaxies.
13.1" (12/22/84): extremely faint, small. Three stars are close NE including a fairly bright mag 10/13 double at 20" separation located 2' NE and a mag 10.5 star lies 1.0' NW. Located at the east edge of a galaxy group and 5.3' ENE of NGC 2749.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2752 = m 149, along with NGC
2751, on 28 Mar 1864 and remarked "pF, pL, vmE, gradually brighter in the
middle." His position matches
******************************
09 07 08.3 +25 20 32; Cnc
V = 14.4; Size 0.5'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 15°
17.5" (4/6/02): faint, small, slightly elongated SSW-NNE, 0.5'x0.4', weak concentration. A mag 13.5 star is 1.0' NW. NGC 2750 lies 19' WNW.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 2753 on 21 Feb 1863 with
the 11-inch Merz-refractor at the Copenhagen observatory. There is nothing at his position (#87
in AN 1500), though he noted a mag 13-14 star was 40" northwest. Exactly 1 min of time east of his
position is
******************************
09 05 11.2 -19 05 05; Hya
V = 14.2; Size 0.8'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 130°
17.5" (2/8/97): very faint, small, elongated 4:3
WSW-ENE, low even surface brightness.
Faintest of three in field and located 5.3' SW of
Frank Muller discovered NGC 2754 = LM 2-408 in 1886 with the
26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory and noted as "mag
15.0, 0.4' dia, R; 1st of 3 [with
******************************
09 07 58.3 +41 42 32; Lyn
V = 13.2; Size 1.2'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 130°
17.5" (4/5/97): faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2 NW-SE, 1.2'x0.8'. Even surface brightness with no discernable core. Collinear with a nice well-matched double 12' ENE [mag 11-12 stars at 21" separation].
William Herschel discovered NGC 2755 = H. III-626 on 18 Mar
1787 (sweep 716) and recorded "vF, S, iF, little brighter middle,
resolvable." Caroline's
reduced position is within 1' of
******************************
09 09 01.1 +53 50 58; UMa
V = 12.4; Size 1.7'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 0°
17.5" (2/9/02): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated
nearly 2:1 N-S, 1.0'x0.6'.
Contains a brighter, roundish core. There is an extremely faint clump of stars (triple on the
DSS) about 1' SW which was near the limit of visibility and appeared
nebulous.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2756 = H. II-828 = h553 on
18 Mar 1790 (sweep 949) and noted "pB, S, very gradually much brighter
middle." His position
(Auwers' reduction) is 1.5' south of
******************************
09 05 25.7 -19 02 52; Hya
17.5" (2/8/97): this is a faint, close triple star (components mag 15) located 1.3' W of NGC 2758. In my observation of NGC 2758, this triple appeared nebulous and I sketched it as a probably nonstellar companion (slightly elongated with a nearly stellar core)! Howe identifies a wider pair close NW as NGC 2757.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 2757 = LM 2-409 in 1886 with the 26" and recorded "mag 15.0, 2nd of 3 [with NGC 2754 and 2758]; *?". His position is just 0.1 min of RA west of NGC 2758. There is no galaxy near this offset and Herbert Howe, observing with the 20" refractor at Chamberlin Observatory in Denver, found only an extremely faint double star, dist 12". Harold Corwin proposes a closer triple star (Muller would have easily resolved the coarser double) at 09 05 25.7 -19 02 52. I also thought this triple was a nonstellar object in my observation of NGC 2758! See Corwin's identifications notes for more.
******************************
NGC 2758 = ESO 564-020 = MCG -03-23-019 = PGC 25515
09 05 31.2 -19 02 33; Hya
V = 13.2; Size 1.9'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 19°
17.5" (2/8/97): very faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 SSW-NNE, 0.8'x0.4', weak concentration (viewed core only). A very close trio of mag 15 stars is 1.3' W. This triple is probably NGC 2757, and I mistakenly took it for a small nebulous object also. Situated between two mag 13 stars 2' N and 3' S. Second brightest of three in field with NGC 2754 5.3' SW. On 3/25/95, I picked up brighter IC 2437 10' N but missed the pair of NGC galaxies.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 2758 = LM 2-410 in 1886 and
recorded "mag 15.2, 0.5'x0.4', E 180° [N-S], 3d of 3 [with NGC 2754 and
2757]. His position is just 9 sec
of RA east of
******************************
09 08 37.3 +37 37 17; Lyn
V = 13.0; Size 1.0'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 50°
17.5" (4/5/97): fairly faint, fairly small, round, 1.0'
diameter, moderately high surface brightness, broad concentration.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2759 = H. III-647 = h554 on
20 Mar 1787 (sweep 721) and noted "vF, vS, verified 300 power." His position (Caroline's reduction) is
less than 2' northeast of
******************************
09 15 42 +76 23; Cam
= Not found, Gottlieb and RNGC.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 2760 = Sw. 6-34 on 26 Mar 1887. There is nothing at his position and Bigourdan came up empty. His description mentioned "nearly between an 8 and 9 mag star". About 10' NW of his position is a wide pair of mag 13.6/15.5 stars at 35" separation which are at the midpoint of two mag 9/10 stars matching Swift's description - but the pair seems too wide to be confused as nebulous.
Harold Corwin suggests
******************************
09 07 30.9 +18 26 04; Cnc
V = 13.9; Size 0.6'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.2
17.5" (3/12/94): faint, small, round, 0.5' diameter, weak even concentration but no distinct nucleus. Forms the vertex of an obtuse angle with two mag 13 stars 2.3' WNW and 1.9' S. Located at the east end of a group including NGC 2744, NGC 2745, NGC 2747, NGC 2749, NGC 2751 and NGC 2752 viewed previously with the 13".
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2761 = m 150 on 29 Mar 1865 and
simply noted as "vF, S".
Marth's position matches
******************************
NGC 2762 = MCG +08-17-045 = CGCG 264-072 = WBL 206-001 = PGC 25828
09 09 54.5 +50 25 06; UMa
V = 15.1; Size 0.5'x0.35'; PA = 0°
18" (2/14/10): at 280x this difficult galaxy appeared
extremely faint, very small, possibly elongated though too faint to determine
an orientation, 20" diameter.
Required averted and concentration to just briefly glimpse (repeated a
few times) this object 2.9' WNW of
17.5" (4/5/97): not found but I appeared to be observing partially in a tree and 5 hrs past the meridian! Located 2.9' NW of NGC 2767.
Bindon Blood Stoney, LdR's assistant, discovered NGC 2762 on 26 Feb 1851. It was shown 3' NW of NGC 2767 (Gamma) on the sketch. The sketch is accurate enough to clearly identify NGC 2767, 2769, 2771 (all discovered by JH), as well as NGC 2762 = MCG +08-17-045. The first edition of the Deep Sky Field Guide lists V = 16.9 and the second edition lists V = 14.0 (should refer to NGC 2767). The SDSS derived mag is V = 15.1.
******************************
09 06 49.1 -15 30 00; Hya
V = 12.0; Size 2.3'x2.0'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 120°
25" (3/31/19 - OzSky): at 244x; fairly bright, large, slightly elongated 5:4,~2.0'x1.6', brighter core gradually increases to the center, faint stellar nucleus, diffuse outer halo (face-on spiral). A mag 13.0 star is at the north edge with a fainter star right at the north edge.
17.5" (3/28/87): moderately bright, fairly small, slightly elongated, weak concentration, diffuse outer halo. A mag 12.5 star is close off the north edge 1.2' from the center.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2763 = H. III-275 = h560 on 8 Feb 1785 (sweep 371) and reported "vF, vS, bM, about 1/2' south of a small star." On 16 Dec 1827 (sweep 111), John Herschel logged, "eF; pL; has a small star just north, and four more preceding." His Slough Catalogue has a typo; read H. III-275 for H. II-275 but he corrected the error in the General Catalogue.
******************************
09 08 17.5 +21 26 37; Cnc
V = 12.9; Size 1.5'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 16°
17.5" (1/28/89): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 ~N-S, weak concentration. Located between a mag 11.5 star 2.2' N and a mag 10.5 star 2.3' SSE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2764 = H. III-236 = h557 on 16 Nov 1784 (sweep 318) and logged "eF, lE, between 2 pretty bright stars, verified with 240 power." His position was just off the southwest edge of the galaxy. Lord Rosse's assistant on 23 Feb 1857 noted a faint double star 1' SE.
******************************
09 07 36.6 +03 23 34; Hya
V = 12.1; Size 2.1'x1.1'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 107°
17.5" (2/1/92): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 5:2 WNW-ESE, gradually brighter core but no sharp nucleus.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2765 = H. II-520 = h558 on 27 Jan 1786 (sweep 512). His description reads, "vF, mE, easily resolvable. May be a patch of stars; the weather being too hazy to observe it well." On 15 Mar 1830 (sweep 238), John Herschel wrote, "vF; pL gradually brighter in the middle, but not to a nucleus".
******************************
09 08 47.6 +29 51 53; Cnc
V = 13.6; Size 1.3'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 132°
17.5" (4/6/02): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 5:2 NW-SE, 1.0'x0.4', slightly brighter roundish core. A wide pair of mag 13 stars follows (closer one is 1.6' E of center). Located 16' NE of mag 5.4 Tau Cancri.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2766 = St. 13-44 on 7 Mar 1874, though his initial position was 25' too far south. His published accurate position (list 13, #44) was made 10 years later on 22 Mar 1884.
******************************
NGC 2767 = UGC 4813 = MCG +08-17-048 = CGCG 264-075 = WBL 206-002 = PGC 25852
09 10 11.9 +50 24 05; UMa
V = 13.8; Size 0.7'x0.6'; Surf Br = 11.6; PA = 0°
18" (2/14/10): this galaxy forms the west vertex of a near equilateral triangle with NGC 2769 3.8' NE and NGC 2771 4.6' ESE. At 280x it appeared moderately bright, fairly small, round, 0.6' diameter, well concentrated with a very small bright core. NGC 2762 lies 2.9' WNW.
17.5" (4/5/97): first and smallest of trio with NGC 2769 and NGC 2771. Faint, very small, round, 15" diameter, even surface brightness. NGC 2762 3' NW not seen.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2767 = h556 on 8 Mar 1831 (sweep 330) and recorded "eF; suddenly brighter in the middle to a * 15m; the first of 3 [with NGC 2769 and NGC 2771]." His position is 6 seconds of RA too large, a similar offset as his positions for other two.
******************************
NGC 2768 = UGC 4821 = MCG +10-13-065 = CGCG 288-026 = PGC 25915
09 11 37.6 +60 02 15; UMa
V = 9.9; Size 8.1'x4.3'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 95°
14.5" (4/1/21): at 182x; bright, large, oval 2:1 E-W, ~4'x2', contains a very bright large core with an very small intense nucleus and an occasional stellar peak. A mag 10.5 star is 3.7' NW of center.
17.5" (3/28/92): very bright, fairly large, elongated 2:1 E-W, faint halo extends to 3.0'x1.5' with averted. The halo increases to a very bright core with a high surface brightness and a stellar nucleus. Several bright stars are in the field including two mag 10 stars 3.5' WNW and 4.7' N of center.
8": fairly bright, elongated, bright core. Located 15' SE of a wide mag 8/9 pair.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2768 = H. I-250 = h555 on 19
Mar 1790 (sweep 952) and logged "vB, cL, lE, large bright nucleus in the
middle." Caroline's reduced
position was on the eastern side of the halo of
******************************
NGC 2769 = UGC 4816 = MCG +08-17-050 = CGCG 264-076 = WBL 206-003 = PGC 25870
09 10 32.2 +50 26 01; UMa
V = 13.0; Size 1.7'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 146°
18" (2/14/10): at 280x, the northern member of a small group (WBL 206) with NGC 2771, NGC 2767 and NGC 2762. It appeared moderately bright and large, elongated 5:2 NW-SE, 1.3'x0.5'. Gradually increases to a bright core and small, brighter nucleus though there are no well defined zones.
17.5" (4/5/97): brightest of small trio with NGC 2771 3.4' SSE and NGC 2767 3.8' SW. Fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 5:2 NW-SE, 1.2'x0.5', brighter core.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2769 = h559, along with NGC 2771,
on 7 Mar 1831 (sweeo 329)) and noted "not vF; lE; S; pretty suddenly
little brighter middle; 15" [diameter]." The next night he added nearby NGC 2767. His mean position
from two sweeps is 8 sec of RA east of
******************************
09 09 33.6 +33 07 26; Lyn
V = 12.2; Size 3.8'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 148°
17.5" (4/6/02): fairly faint but surprisingly large, nearly edge-on 7:2 NW-SE, 3.0'x0.9', weak broad concentration. The surface brightness is fairly low but uneven, with an impression of mottling. A mag 12 star is 2' N and a mag 13 star 1.7' NE of center.
NGC 2770 hosted four supernovae in a 16-year period: SN 1999eh, SN 2007uy and SN 2008D (all Type 1b ) and SN 2015by
William Herschel discovered NGC 2770 = H. II-490 = h562 on 7
Dec 1785 (sweep 487) and logged "pF, pmE, resolvable, 3' long, 1.5' broad.
South of 2 equals stars nearly in the meridian, and about 2' from each
other." His position matches
Bindon Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistant on 20 Jan 1852, noted "F, L ray, 2 stars nearly parallel to it on n f side; suspect a bright streak down the middle." This galaxy has hosted 3 Type Ib supernovae over a 10 year period: SN 1999eh, SN 2007uy and SN 2008D.
******************************
NGC 2771 = UGC 4817 = MCG +08-17-051 = CGCG 264-077 = WBL 206-004 = PGC 25875
09 10 39.8 +50 22 47; UMa
V = 12.7; Size 2.2'x1.9'; Surf Br = 14.1
18" (2/14/10): moderately bright, elonated 2:1 SW-NE, 1.2'x0.6' (this is the brighter bar and I missed the lower surface brightness halo). Contains a well defined, small bright nucleus. This galaxy is slightly fainter than NGC 2769 3.4' NNW with a roughly perpendicular orientation.
17.5" (4/5/97): the largest member of a small trio with
NGC 2767 4.6' WNW and NGC 2769 3.4' NNW appears faint, round, 1.5' diameter
with a fairly low surface brightness.
Broad concentration with a very faint stellar nucleus with direct
vision. Located 13' SW of mag 6.6
John Herschel discovered NGC 2771 = h561, along with NGC
2769, on 7 Mar 1831 (sweep 329) and logged, "vF; S; lE;
10"." The next night he
also recorded NGC 2767. His mean
position (2 sweeps) is 8 sec of RA east and 1' south of
******************************
09 07 41.9 -23 37 17; Pyx
V = 13.4; Size 1.5'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 163°
24" (2/13/18): at 282x; fairly faint, fairly small,
elongated 5:2 ~N-S, ~40"x15".
The tips have a very low surface
surface brightness so it was difficult to estimate the total length. The galaxy is nearly on line with an
equally space string (length of 4') consisting of three mag 11.4/12/10.7 stars
that extends NNE. A mag 15.2 star
is very close NE of the N end and a mag 15.6 star is close SW of the south
end. Occasionally, an extremely
faint and small glow (
17.5" (2/8/97): fairly faint, moderately bright, elongated 2:1 NNW-SSE, broad concentration with a bulging core and much fainter extensions. A mag 11.5 star lies 2.1' NNE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2772 = h3146 on 23 Jan 1835 and
reported "eF, lE, little brighter middle, rather a doubtful
object." His position is 1.8'
south of
******************************
09 09 44.2 +07 10 25; Cnc
V = 14.0; Size 0.7'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.3; PA = 83°
17.5" (3/29/89): very faint, very small, elongated
E-W. Located just 1.2' W of a
shallow arc of three stars mag 12.5/14/14 with 30" separation between the
pairs.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2773 = m 151 and noted "vF,
S, lE." His position matches
******************************
09 10 40.0 +18 41 47; Cnc
V = 13.8; Size 0.9'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.5
17.5" (3/12/94): faint, fairly small, appears elongated E-W but probably due to mag 15 star just off the west edge 24" from center, very weak concentration. Collinear with a mag 14 star 2.1' S and a mag 13.5 star 3.8' S.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2774 = h565 = St. 9-19 on 25 Mar 1827 (sweep 63) and noted it was "very faint, small, resolvable." He discovered it while searching for his father's III-61, but this galaxy was found 1° to the north. William Herschel discovered III-61 on 21 Mar 1784 (sweep 181) and described as "suspected a nebula with 157; 240x shewed 5 small stars with a little seeming nebulosity, of which however I still have some doubts; most probably a higher power would have shown them free from it." There is nothing at his position, but 1 minute of RA preceding is a group of four 14th mag stars, that Wolfgang Steinicke identifies as III-61.
In the Slough Catalogue, John noted the 1° discrepancy in declination between h565 and III-61, but assumed they were the same object. He used his father's (invalid) position in the GC (published in 1864), assuming it was more reliable. Ralph Copeland, Lawrence Parsons' (4th Earl of Rosse) assistant, confirmed Sir John's position on 20 Feb 1873. He described the galaxy as "eF, R, gradually little brighter middle *15m in Pos 266.8°, Dist 25.5". Finally, Édouard Stephan found NGC 2774 on 7 Mar 1874. He measured an accurate micrometric position on 7 Feb 1877 and reported it as new in his 9th discovery list (#19). Dreyer relied on Stephan's and d'Arrest's measures so the NGC position is accurate.
******************************
NGC 2775 = UGC 4820 = MCG +01-24-005 = CGCG 034-006 = LGG 169-002 = PGC 25861
09 10 20.2 +07 02 16; Cnc
V = 10.4; Size 4.3'x3.3'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 155°
14.5" (4/12/21): bright, large oval ~4:3 NNW-SSE,
nearly 3' diameter, very strong concentration with a very bright core that
increases to a nearly stellar peak.
The halo is much fainter and nearly even in surface brightness, only
fading out at the edges.
17.5" (3/29/89): bright, very large, elongated 4:3 NNW-SSE, small very bright core, stellar nucleus, large faint halo. Near the edge of the field is NGC 2777 11' NNE (physical companion) and NGC 2773 13' NW (background galaxy).
13.1" (2/23/85): bright, fairly large, elongated NNW-SSE, bright core, stellar nucleus.
8": fairly bright, bright core, elongated.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2775 = H. I-2 = h564 on 19 Dec 1783 (general discovery #16 on the short sweep 57). He noted "it forms an equilateral triangle with two small stars", but at this date he could only determine the RA and rough polar distance. The two stars are 4' E and 4' SE, (eyepiece sketch in Steinicke's book on Herschel). His summary description from 5 sweeps reads "cB, cL, R, very gradually brighter middle, with nucleus."
On 23 Dec 1827 (sweep 116), John Herschel wrote, "vB; R; pretty suddenly brighter middle; 2' diam; the hazy border perhaps extends further; resolvable??" Samuel Hunter, Lord Rosse's assistant, also thought he could resolve this galaxy, and reported on on 28 Mar 1861, "R, very gradually brighter middle like a glob. Cl, I see stars plainly at times."
******************************
09 12 14.5 +44 57 19; Lyn
V = 11.6; Size 3.0'x2.7'; Surf Br = 13.8
17.5" (3/16/96): moderately bright, moderately large,
1.5' diameter, round. Fairly even
concentration with a large 1' core increasing to a 20" nucleus. A mag 11 star is 4' SSE. Located 9' NE of mag 7.6
8": faint, moderately large, 1.5' diameter, slightly elongated ~N-S, weak concentration. Located 8' NE of mag 7.5 SAO 42735.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2776 = h563 on 19 Mar 1828 (sweep 139) and described "pB; vL; R; very gradually brighter middle; resolvable; 3' diam." His position is accurate. R.J. Mitchell, the 72" observer on 16 Feb 1858, noted "pL, mottled and suspect spiral.".
******************************
NGC 2777 = UGC 4823 = MCG +01-24-006 = CGCG 034-008 = LGG 169-003 = PGC 25876
09 10 41.8 +07 12 23; Cnc
V = 13.3; Size 0.9'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.4
14.5" (4/12/21): at 226x; faint, fairly small, elongated 4:3 NNW-SSE, very small slightly brighter core, ~25"x18". A mag 12.0 star is 2' NNE. Located 11' NNE of NGC 2775.
17.5" (3/29/89): faint, small, slightly elongated, small bright core, faint stellar nucleus suspected. A mag 12 star is 2.0' NNE. NGC 2775, a physical companion, lies 11.4' SSW.
13.1" (2/23/85): faint, small, slightly elongated NNW-SSE, bright core. Situated 11' NNE of NGC 2775.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2777 = m 152 on 6 Mar 1864 and
noted "F, S". His
position matches
******************************
09 12 24.3 +35 01 39; Lyn
V = 12.6; Size 1.4'x1.0'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 40°
17.5" (3/28/92): fairly faint, small, irregularly
round, very small bright core, stellar nucleus with direct vision. Forms a close pair with
William Herschel discovered NGC 2778 = H. II-564 = h566 on 28 Mar 1786 (sweep 549) and noted "pB, S, R, mbM." John Herschel logged 4 observations and estimated the size as between 20"-30". Brightest in a group.
******************************
NGC 2779 = MCG +06-20-044 = CGCG 180-055 = Holm 112b = PGC 25958
09 12 28.2 +35 03 12; Lyn
V = 14.7; Size 0.7'x0.7'
17.5" (3/28/92): extremely faint, very small, round, can almost hold steadily with averted. Forms a close pair with NGC 2778 1.7' SSW. Faintest of three including NGC 2780. A wide evenly matched mag 10 pair at 38" separation is just 3.5' NE.
George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 2779 on 13 Mar 1850 and noted "a third neb [with NGC 2778 and NGC 2780], eF, found." The sketch clearly shows the three galaxies correctly positioned and a micrometric offset from NGC 2778 was measured in 1867.
******************************
NGC 2780 = UGC 4843 = MCG +06-20-047 = CGCG 180-057 = PGC 25967
09 12 44.3 +34 55 32; Lyn
V = 13.6; Size 0.9'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 150°
17.5" (3/28/92): faint, fairly small, slightly elongated 4:3 ~E-W, even surface brightness. A mag 12/13.5 double star at 15" separation in PA 90° is 1.8' WNW. Appears slightly larger than NGC 2778 7.3' NNW but has an lower surface brightness. This galaxy is the second brightest of three with NGC 2778 and NGC 2779.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2780 = H. III-826 = h567 on 10 Mar 1790 (sweep 938) and called it "vF, S, resolvable." The previous nebula observed in the sweep was brighter NGC 2778, which was discovered on 28 Mar 1786. John Herschel made a single observation on 3 Apr 1831 (sweep 337).
******************************
09 11 27.4 -14 49 01; Hya
V = 11.6; Size 3.0'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 75°
17.5" (2/8/97): fairly bright, moderately large,
elongated 2:1 E-W, 2.5'x1.4', sharp concentration with a prominent
40"x20" core. A mag 13 star lies 2' N. Located 8' NNE of mag 8.7
8": very faint, small, 1.0' diameter, weak concentration. Located within a group of stars.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2781 = H. I-66 = h569 = h3147 on 8 Feb 1785 (sweep 371) and recorded "B, vS, iF, mbM." John Herschel's description is "pB; E in parallel; pretty suddenly brighter middle; 60" length." From the Cape of Good Hope, he recorded "B, E, pretty suddenly much brighter middle, 40" l, 30" br." Joseph Turner, observing the Great Melbourne Telescope on 17 Jan 1877, sketched the galaxy as a sharply concentrated edge-on with a small nucleus.
******************************
09 14 05.2 +40 06 48; Lyn
V = 11.6; Size 3.5'x2.6'; Surf Br = 13.9
18" (2/14/10): at 280x, appears fairly bright and sharply concentrated with a very bright round core, 40" diameter. The core is surrounded by a fairly large 2'-2.5' diameter halo. A faint star is situated 1.6' ENE of the core and an extremely low surface brightness hazy patch is just following. This patch is likely a detached outer section of a spiral arm or plume, caused by a earlier merger event.
17.5": moderately bright, fairly small, slightly
elongated, sharp concentration, stellar nucleus, slightly elongated fainter
halo. A pair of mag 13 stars are
3' S and mag 9
8": faint, bright core, two mag 13 stars to the S, mag 9 star 5' N.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2782 = H. I-167 = h568 on 18 Mar 1787 (sweep 716) and recorded, "cB, R, BN, about 1.5' dia." Birr Castle assistant Ralph Copeland described the galaxy as "B, pL, R, irregular, pretty gradually the suddenly much brighter in the middle to a nucleus."
******************************
09 13 39.5 +29 59 34; Cnc
V = 12.6; Size 2.1'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 168°
24" (2/9/13): dominant member of the
17.5" (2/8/97): brightest of three galaxies visible in HCG 37. Fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2 NNW-SSE, bright core. Two mag 9.5-10 stars lie 1.4' SW and 2.2' SSW. IC 2449 = UGC 4856 = HCG 37B is 1.5' WNW and just off the NW side is a marginal member HCG 37C, 36" from center.
17.5" (3/28/92): this is the brightest galaxy in the
HCG 37 group. Moderately bright,
fairly small, elongated 2:1 N-S, bright core. Two bright stars are close south; a mag 9.5 star is 1.5' SW
and a mag 10 star 2.3' SSW. The multiple system
William Herschel discovered NGC 2783 = H. III-295 on 13 Mar 1785 (sweep 386) and reported "vF, vS, R, just North-following 2 pretty bright stars." The description of the nearby stars is correct. Bigourdan measured an accurate position (first reporting it as Big. 274). Member of the NGC 2789 group and brightest in HCG 37.
******************************
09 12 19.2 -24 10 18; Hya
V = 10.2; Size 5.5'x2.2'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 73°
17.5" (2/28/87): very bright, moderately large, very bright core with much fainter extensions, elongated 2:1 WSW-ENE, possibly a sharper edge along the north side. A mag 10.5 star is 3.7' E of center.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2784 = H. I-59 = h571 = h3148 on 20 Nov 1784 (sweep 326) and noted, "S, considerably brighter middle but very faint at the side, a very little extended; the chevelure of the milky kind." On 7 Jan 1831 (sweep 317), John Herschel noted, "pB; R; gradually brighter in the middle; 25"." On 23 Jan 1835 (sweep 532) at the Cape of Good Hope, he called it "B, L, mE, pretty gradually much brighter middle, 4' l, 90" br, position = 63.7°."
******************************
09 15 15.2 +40 55 04; Lyn
V = 14.2; Size 1.5'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 120°
17.5" (4/6/02): fairly faint, moderately large, elongated 5:2 WNW-ESE, 1.3'x0.5'. Exhibits a weak, broad concentration and fades at the tips. A mag 14.5 star is close NNE [0.8' from center].
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2785 = St. 13-45 on 16 Mar 1882. His published position in the 13th (and last) discovery list was reduced two years later with description,"quite small, irregularly oval; elongated ESE-WNW; two very distinct points of condensation."
******************************
09 13 35.6 +12 26 27; Cnc
V = 13.3; Size 0.9'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 77°
17.5" (1/12/02): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated nearly 2:1 WSW-ENE, 0.7'x0.4', very small brighter core. There are a group of mag 11/12 stars at the NW edge of the 220x field.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2786 = m 153 on 5 Apr 1864 and
noted "vF, vS, mbM".
There is nothing near his position. Karl Reinmuth, in his 1926 photographic survey "Die
Herschel Nebel" states "in Dreyer's place not found" but he
proposes NGC 2786 = UGC 4861, which is located 18' north and 20 sec of RA west
of Marth's position. There are no
other nearby candidates, but with the large positional discrepancy, this
identification is uncertain.
Dorothy Carlson simply states "not found" based on Reinmuth's
comment and RNGC classifies the number as nonexistent (Type 7).
******************************
09 19 18.5 +69 12 11; UMa
V = 10.8; Size 3.2'x2.0'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 117°
17.5" (4/6/91): bright, fairly small, slightly elongated 4:3 NW-SE, 2.0'x1.5', even concentration to a small very bright core. A mag 14 star is at the SE edge of the halo 0.9' from the center.
8": fairly faint, small, bright core. A mag 7 star is 25' NE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2787 = H. I-216 = h570 on 3 Dec 1788 (sweep 890). He recorded "pretty or considerably bright, pretty large, irregular figure." On 8 Nov 1801 (sweep 1100, under the pole) he noted, "very bright, round, much brighter middle, seems to be resolvable. Towards the south following, within the nebulosity, is a very small star." His position was ~10' too far SE. He also recorded NGC 2787 on his last sweep 1112 , conducted on 30 Sep 1802 also under the pole.
On 28 Oct 1831, John Herschel wrote, "faint; extended in parallel [E-W]; pretty suddenly brighter middle; 30" diameter."
******************************
09 09 03.5 -67 55 57; Car
V = 12.3; Size 1.8'x0.4'; Surf Br = 11.8; PA = 114°
24" (4/11/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): excellent fairly bright edge-on, fairly large, elongated 4:1 WNW-ESE, 1.4'x0.35', very weak cocnentration. A faint star is just off the south side, 19" from the center. I had the impression there was a sharper light cut-off on the south side, but was not convinced.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2788 = h3150 on 29 Jan 1835 and recorded "vF; vS; mE in pos 105°." His position is 30 sec west of ESO 061-002 but the description matches perfectly.
******************************
NGC 2789 = NGC 3167 = UGC 4875 = MCG +05-22-026 = CGCG 151-035 = PGC 26089
09 14 59.7 +29 43 48; Cnc
V = 13.1; Size 1.9'x1.9'
17.5" (3/28/92): fairly faint, small, round, weak concentration, fairly faint stellar nucleus. Slightly fainter than NGC 2783 22' NW, although the listed magnitude is brighter.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2789 = St. 13-45 on 17 Mar 1882. The position was reduced on 13 Mar 1883 and incuded in his last discovery list.
******************************
09 15 02.8 +19 41 49; Cnc
V = 14.4; Size 0.4'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.2
17.5" (3/12/94): very faint, very small, round, only 15"-20" diameter, weakly concentrated to a very small brighter core. Located 1.3' SE of a mag 10.5 star which forms a wide unequal double with a 14th magnitude companion 24" N.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2790 on 17 Feb 1865 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta and noted "vF, S, R, little brighter in the
middle." His position matches
******************************
09 15 02.0 +17 35 32; Cnc
V = 14.7; Size 0.8'x0.3'; PA = 160°
17.5" (1/28/89): extremely faint and small, round. Forms a close "double" with a
mag 15 star just 21" E of center.
First in a group with the
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2791 on 21 Dec 1863 and noted
"F, R". His position
matches
******************************
09 12 26.6 -42 25 41; Vel
V = 11.8; Size 18"
24" (4/4/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 350x
this high surface brightness planetary appeared very bright, small, round,
15"-20" in diameter. It
appeared annular with a brighter rim, although the the inner edge of the
annulus was not well defined. A
wide pair of mag 11 stars lies 4' SE.
Located 13' SW of mag 6.3
13.1" (4/10/86): moderately bright planetary, small, round, no central star. A pair of mag 11 stars at 36" separation is located 4' SE. This PN is very far south (-42.4°) for for observation from Northern California, so the altitude was very low.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2792 = h3149 on 2 Mar 1835 while observing with Thomas Maclear and another guest. He recorded, "pF, exactly round, equal to a star 9th mag, but of a dull light. At first I was inclined to think it double, but with 320 it exhibited a uniform round disc; nor did a friend to whom I showed it see any division. Stars to-night perfectly well defined. In a field with leading stars, or which a diagram was made." On 7 Feb 1837 (his third observation of the planetary), he noted "Viewed past meridian. It occurs in a field with about 40 stars. Diameter 4" or 5" at the utmost; 10" is too large certainly. Very like that of sweep 771 [NGC 2452]. But now the night is good and it bears magnifying. With 320 power the disc is dilated into a dim hazy round nebula; yet there is a peculiarity in its appearance which completely separates it from all nebulae of the same size. A very remarkable object."
Robert Innes, observing on 16 Mar 1917 with the 9-inch refractor at the Union Observatory in Johannesburg, described NGC 2792 as "an 11th magnitude planetary about 20" in diameter. Is north preceding a pair of 10.5 mag stars. No stars within 3'."
******************************
09 16 47.2 +34 25 47; Lyn
V = 13.1; Size 1.3'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.3
48" (4/4/11): 375x and 488x provided a fascinating view of NGC 2793, a collisional ring galaxy. It appeared as a fairly faint, moderately large roundish glow, ~0.8' diameter, with a well defined edge. The rim was slightly brighter along the north side, giving a partial annular or ring-like appearance [the SDSS image resolves this brighter rim into a series of small HII knots or star-forming regions. The likely companion galaxy or intruder is visible along the east side of the rim as a fairly bright small glow of high surface brightness, elongated 2:1 N-S, ~15"x8", mottled appearance. The actual nucleus of the ring galaxy is perhaps situated at the north end of the disrupting galaxy. A 15" pair of mag 10 stars (h2491) lies 5' N. NGC 2793 is located 8' WNW of mag 9.7 PPM 74387.
13.1" (1/28/84): very faint, fairly small, round, 0.8' diameter, low even surface brightness. Located 53' W of Alpha Lyncis (V = 3.1).
John Herschel discovered NGC 2793 = h572 on 6 Mar 1828
(sweep 128) and reported, "vF; R; has a double star 5' north; 1 sec preceding." His position and description matches
the ring galaxy
******************************
NGC 2794 = UGC 4885 = MCG +03-24-018 = CGCG 091-037 = PGC 26140
09 16 01.8 +17 35 23; Cnc
V = 13.2; Size 1.2'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.4
17.5" (1/28/89): fairly faint, small, round, weak concentration. Forms a close pair with NGC 2795 2.4' NNE. NGC 2791 lies 14' W.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 2794, along with
******************************
NGC 2795 = UGC 4887 = MCG +03-24-020 = CGCG 091-039 = PGC 26143
09 16 03.9 +17 37 42; Cnc
V = 12.8; Size 1.4'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 170°
17.5" (1/28/89): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated, bright core. Forms a pair with NGC 2794 2.4' SSW and NGC 2797 lies 6' NNE.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2795 = m 156 on 21 Dec 1863 with Lassell's 48" on Malta. Heinrich d'Arrest also discovered it on 15 Mar 1866, along with nearby NGC 2794 and 2797. Édouard Stephan observed the pair on 26 Jan 1870, 14 Mar 1874 and 4 Mar 1886.
******************************
09 16 41.8 +30 54 57; Cnc
V = 13.8; Size 1.3'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 80°
17.5" (4/6/02): fairly faint, slightly elongated,
0.8'x0.6', slightly brighter core, occasional stellar nucleus. A close pair of mag 15
"stars" are 1' WSW of center - one of these is actually the compact
galaxy
William Herschel discovered NGC 2796 = H. III-296 = h573 on 13 Mar 1785 (sweep 386) and noted "vF, S, R, little brighter in the middle." John Herschel called this galaxy "the faintest conceivable."
******************************
NGC 2797 = UGC 4891 = MCG +03-24-023 = CGCG 091-042 = PGC 26160
09 16 21.7 +17 43 38; Cnc
V = 14.3; Size 0.5'x0.4'
17.5" (1/28/89): faint, very small, round, even surface brightness. Forms the east vertex of an isosceles triangle with a pair of mag 12 stars 3' WSW and 3' WNW. Forms a pair with NGC 2795 6' SSW in a group.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 2797, along with NGC 2794
and an independent discovery of NGC 2795, on 15 Mar 1866. His single position is 5 seconds of
time west of
******************************
09 17 22.8 +42 00 00; Lyn
V = 12.3; Size 2.6'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 160°
48" (4/6/13): very bright, large, elongated 2:1
NNW-SSE, 2.0'x1.0'. Sharply concentrated with a very bright, large core
increasing to a small, intense nucleus.
A very large spiral arm extends to the NNW from the core and curves back
sharply at the end counterclockwise to the SSE, fading rapidly to a very low
surface brightness and dimmng out before reaching the core. The SSE extension has an extremely low
surface brightness and no arm structure was visible. Forms an interacting pair with
24" (3/9/13): fairly bright, fairly large, elongated
5:2 NW-SE, 1.7'x0.7', fairly sharply concentrated with a very bright core that
increases to a small, intense nucleus.
The extension (spiral arm) to the northwest is brighter. Forms a striking double system (Arp
283) with NGC 2799 1.5' ESE. UGC
4904 lies 5' S and appears as a fairly faint glow, slightly elongated NW-SE,
25"x20", weak concentration.
The trio forms
17.5" (4/6/91): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated, very small bright core, stellar nucleus. A mag 14 star is 1.6' NNE of center. Forms a double system (interacting) with NGC 2799 1.5' ESE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2798 = H. II-708 on 14 Jan 1788 (sweep 797) and noted "pB, S, stellar." His position is 3.5' too far southeast. Nearby NGC 2799 was first seen at Birr Castle.
******************************
NGC 2799 = Arp 283 NED2 = VV 50b = UGC 4909 = MCG +07-19-056 = CGCG 209-046 = Holm 117b = PGC 26238
09 17 31.0 +41 59 38; Lyn
V = 13.8; Size 1.9'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 125°
48" (4/6/13): fairly bright, very thin edge-on, 6:1 NW-SE, 1.4'x0.25'. The disc is slightly warped, bending south slightly near the tips of both extensions. The galaxy is also asymmetric, with the NW end stretched out towards the core of NGC 2798. With careful viewing, an extremely faint tidal tail appears pulled out in the direction of the companion and it fades out just east of the core.
24" (3/9/13): moderately bright and large, very
elongated 4:1 NW-SE, 1.0'x0.25', brighter along a very thin streak of the major
axis. Forms a 1.5' interacting
pair (
17.5" (4/6/91): faint, small, elongated 3:1 NW-SE, low even surface brightness. Forms a very close (interacting) pair with NGC 2798 1.5' WNW.
Ralph Copeland, observing on the 72", discovered NGC 2799 on 9 Mar 1874. While observing NGC 2798 he recorded "F, cL, vmE 125.9°, pos 102.7°, dist 97.9" from [NGC 2798] or 8.7s f, 21.5" s. The offsets and description are a perfect match with UGC 4909. The NGC position is offset to the southeast as Dreyer used WH's poor position for NGC 2798.
******************************
09 18 35.2 +52 30 52; UMa
V = 12.8; Size 1.2'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 15°
17.5" (3/8/97): fairly faint, small, slightly
elongated, 40"x30".
Contains a very small, slightly brighter core. A mag 12 star is attached
on the NW flank, 15" from the center, giving an unusual appearance. Located 3.7' NW of mag 9
William Herschel discovered NGC 2800 = H. III-832 = h574 on 17 Mar 1790 (sweep 945) and noted "vF, S, lE." John Herschel described it on 17 Feb 1831 (sweep 328) as "a star with vF neb attached, in which is involved another star 10" dist." The other "star" is probably the nucleus of NGC 2800 with the superimposed star at the northwest side just 15" separation.
******************************
09 16 44.1 +19 56 00; Cnc
V = 14.7; Size 1.1'x1.0'; Surf Br = 14.0
18" (3/4/08): very faint, fairly small, round, 25"
diameter, very low surface brightness glow with little or no
concentration. Located 4' SW of a
mag 9.9 star in the
18" (2/9/08): extremely faint, small, round, 25" diameter, low surface brightness and required averted. Located 4.4' SW of a mag 10 star in the NGC 2804 group.
18" (3/11/07): extremely faint, fairly small, elongated
4:3 WSW-ENE, 0.6'x0.45', low even surface brightness, requires averted to
glimpse. Member of the
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2801 = m 157 on 17 Feb 1865 and
noted "eF, pL". His
position is 1' south of
******************************
09 16 41.4 +18 57 48; Cnc
V = 14.5; Size 0.9'x0.9'; Surf Br = 14.1
17.5" (1/28/89): very faint, very small, round, weak
concentration. Almost in contact
with
William Herschel discovered NGC 2802 = H. III-62 = h575, along with NGC 2803, on 21 Mar 1784 (sweep 181). He recorded them together as "Two; very faint, pretty small, round, resolvable, both rather bright middle. 240x shewed them of a considerable diameter; both are nearly in the same meridian." The derived RA was ~30 seconds too small. Henrich d'Arrest measured an accurate position that was used in the NGC.
******************************
NGC 2803 = UGC 4898 = MCG +03-24-027 = CGCG 091-044 NED2 =
09 16 43.9 +18 57 16; Cnc
V = 14.1; Size 1.3'x1.3'; Surf Br = 14.7
17.5" (1/28/89): very faint, small, round, weak concentration. Slightly larger than NGC 2802, which forms a double system just 30" NW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2803 = H. III-63 = h575, along with NGC 2802, on 21 Mar 1784 (sweep 181). He recorded them together as "Two; very faint, pretty small, round, resolvable, both rather bright middle. 240x shewed them of a considerable diameter; both are nearly in the same meridian."
******************************
NGC 2804 = UGC 4901 = MCG +03-24-028 = CGCG 091-047 = IC 2455: = WBL 213-003 = PGC 26196
09 16 50.0 +20 11 55; Cnc
V = 12.9; Size 2.2'x2.0'; Surf Br = 14.4; PA = 60°
18" (3/4/08): moderately bright and large, elongated 4:3 WSW-ENE, 1.2'x0.9', weak concentration with a very small brighter core. This galaxy and NGC 2809 are the brightest in a group of 6 NGC galaxies and several fainter members (AWM 1).
18" (2/9/08): fairly faint to moderately bright, moderately large, oval 4:3 WSW-ENE, bright core, very faint ill-defined halo, 1.2'x0.9'. Brightest in a poor group along with NGC 2804 located 8.7' SE. The additional NGC members are NGC 2790, 2801, 2807, 2809, 2812 and 2813.
17.5" (3/12/94): moderately bright, fairly small, round, halo is weakly concentrated, very small bright core, stellar nucleus. Located between two mag 13 stars 1.6' N and 2.4' S. Brightest in a group with NGC 2809 8.6' SSE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2804 = h577, along with NGC
2809, on 24 Feb 1827 (sweep 59) and recorded, "vF; S; R; the np of two
[with NGC 2809]. His position
matches
Stephane Javelle probably found this galaxy again on on 9
Apr 1896, but his position for J. 3-1087 (later
******************************
09 20 20.4 +64 06 10; UMa
V = 11.0; Size 6.3'x4.8'; Surf Br = 14.6; PA = 125°
24" (2/22/14): moderately bright, very large, contains
a 30" brighter core and a huge halo extending up to 4'x3' NW-SE. The halo has a fairly low surface
brightness but is slightly mottled, hinting of HII regions [SDSS shows a string
of HII knots along the outer southern arm]. A mag 12.5 star is just off the NW edge of the halo and a
mag 14 star is on the NE side.
Largest in a group (LGG 173) including the trio
17.5" (4/6/91): faint, large, irregularly round, very
low surface brightness, weak concentration but no nucleus. Located at the west end of a string of
7 mag 13-14 stars. Several
brighter stars are in the field including mag 9
William Herschel discovered NGC 2805 = H. III-878 on 2 Apr
1791 (sweep 1000). He recorded
"very faint, considerably large, round, much brighter middle. I suppose it to be near 5' in diam but
is so faint on the outside that it is difficult to determine its
extent." His position and
description matches
******************************
09 16 56.7 +20 04 14; Cnc
18" (2/9/08): this mag 14.5 star was mistakenly thought
to be possibly nebulous by Dreyer.
At 225x it appeared clearly as a faint star 2.4' W of NGC 2809 and a
similar distance NNW of
18" (3/4/08): very faint, very small, round, 15". Located 50" WSW of NGC 2807 and about a half-magnitude fainter.
18" (2/9/08): extremely faint, very small, round, 15". Forms a very close pair with NGC 2807 (just 50" between centers) with NGC 2809 just 3.2' NE.
17.5" (3/12/94): extremely faint and small. Just visible at moments with averted vision just west of the south edge of NGC 2807 forming a close double system (separation 49"). NGC 2809 lies 3.3' NE. This galaxy is incorrectly identified as NGC 2806 in the RNGC, MCG and DSFG and NGC 2807 in the second version of the DSFG.
Dreyer discovered NGC 2806 using Lord Rosse's 72" on 22 March 1876 and recorded "A vF * or cS, eF neb p [NGC 2809] (sky bad), forming an equilateral triangle with [2807] and [2809] (susp as neb by d'A, = [NGC 2806])." At his position is a mag 14.5 star at 09 16 56.7 +20 04 14 (2000). This star forms an equilateral triangle with NGC 2807 and NGC 2809 and lies due west of NGC 2809. Since his descriptions and offsets for other objects in the field are exact, there is no mistaking the identity of NGC 2806 as a single star. Dreyer noted that d'Arrest also suspected this star to be nebulous on 17 Feb 1862.
RNGC, MCG, Deep Sky Field Guide and Uranometria 2000 Atlas
misidentify
******************************
NGC 2807 = MCG +03-24-031 = CGCG 091-051ne = WBL 213-004 =
09 17 00.6 +20 02 10; Cnc
V = 14.2; Size 0.8'x0.55'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 165°
18" (3/4/08): faint, small, slightly elongated NNW-SSE,
24"x20", weak concentration.
Located 2.4' SW of NGC 2809 in a group. Forms a close pair with
18" (2/9/08): faint, small, elongated 3:2 NNW-SSE, 25"x18", weak concentration. Second faintest of a close trio with brighter NGC 2809 2.4' NNE and fainter NGC 2807A 50" SW. Member of the NGC 2804 group.
17.5" (3/12/94): very faint, very small, slightly elongated NNW-SSE, weakly concentrated. Located 2.5' SSW of NGC 2809 in a group with a mag 10 star 3.3' S. At moments, an extremely faint companion possibly elongated E-W is barely visible just west of the south edge (separation 49"). This fainter component of the double system NGC 2807 is incorrectly identified as NGC 2806 in the RNGC, MCG, U2000.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 2807 on 17 Feb 1863 while
observing NGC 2809. He noted h578
[NGC 2809] follows by 7 seconds in time and 115" north. His position (measured on 4 nights) and
description matches
******************************
09 12 02.6 -64 51 46; Car
V = 6.1; Size 13.8'; Surf Br = 0.7
24" (4/11/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 200x, this was a stunning showpiece globular in the 24"! The central region displayed an unusually strong concentration with a super-intense 2' core that was unresolved. A very bright, small halo surrounded the core, which was mottled but mostly unresolved. The outer halo resolved into perhaps 150-200 mag 14.5 and fainter stars. The halo gradually thinned out in resolved stars out to 10' diameter. The core was smaller but still unresolved at 350x. The overall appearance of the three brightness levels mentioned above is unusually symmetrical.
18" (7/8/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 171x, this bright globular (ranked 10th brightest at V = 6.1) is fairly large, ~10' diameter and very compressed with a blazing 2' core. The halo was noticeably elongated, nearly 3:2. A dense swarm of mag 14 and fainter stars were resolved in the halo and around the edges of the core but the inner central core was unresolved. At 228x, there appeared to be some very faint stars lanes streaming into the halo, which were barely unresolved but looked like small tentacles. A mag 10/10.6 double at 16" is outside the cluster ~10' ESE. This is by far the brightest concentration class I globular and the only one easily resolved.
13.1" (2/20/04 - Costa Rica): this very bright globular was large and elongated, ~8'x6' SW-NE increasing to 2' bright core and a blazing 40" nucleus. At 144x, this cluster was mottled but with no obvious resolution. At 166x a large number of extremely faint stars (mag 14-15) popped in and out of view over the entire disc, though the resolved stars could not be held steadily. Located 1.8° NNE of mag 4.0 Alpha Volantis.
10x30mm Canon IS (3/28/19 - Tasmania): fairly bright but fairly small at 10x. Contains a very bright small core. I wasn't confident of a naked-eye sighting.
Naked-eye (7/8/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): faintly visible naked-eye.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2808 = D 265 = h3152 on 7 May 1826 and recorded "a very bright round nebula, about 3' or 4' diameter, very gradually bright to the centre. This has a fine globular appearance." His handwritten notes also mention "preceding a small star", which probaby applies to the mag 10.6 star off the east side. His single position was 20' too far NW.
John Herschel recorded 4 detailed observations from the Cape of Good Hope: On 8 Mar 1834 (sweep 430) he logged a "globular cluster, extremely compressed pretty gradually very much brighter to the middle; up to a perfect blaze; diam. in RA = 26.8 seconds; stars of 16th magnitude." On 9 Feb 1837 (sweep 773) he called it "a truly beautiful and delicate globular cluster; diameter in RA = 45 seconds, that of the most compressed part 15 seconds; gradually very bright in the middle; all finely resolved into perfectly equal stars like the finest dust, which are seen with the left eye without effort, but the right requires to be somewhat strained to discern them. Runs up to a blaze in the centre."
******************************
NGC 2809 = UGC 4910 = MCG +03-24-033 = CGCG 091-054 = WBL 213-005 = PGC 26220
09 17 06.9 +20 04 11; Cnc
V = 13.1; Size 1.3'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.3
18" (3/4/08): moderately bright and large, slightly
elongated ~N-S, 0.9'x0.7', gradually increases to a small bright core and faint
stellar nucleus. Brightest in a
group (AWM 1) containing NGC 2801, NGC 2804, NGC 2807,
18" (2/9/08): fairly faint to moderately bright, fairly small, slightly elongated ~N-S, 0.8'x0.65', weak even concentration to a small brighter core and faint stellar nucleus. NGC 2807 lies 2.4' SW and NGC 2807A is 3.2' SW. Located 4.5' W of a 26" pair of mag 11 stars and 3' SSE of a mag 10.5 star. Brightest in a poor cluster along with NGC 2804.
17.5" (3/12/94): fairly faint, fairly small, round, 1' diameter, even moderate concentration down to very small bright core, faint stellar nucleus at moments. Located 2.9' SSE of a mag 10 star. A wide double star lies 4.5' W (mag 11/12 at 26"). Brightest in a group with NGC 2807 2.5' SSW and NGC 2804 8.6' NNW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2809 = h578, along with NGC
2804, on 24 Feb 1827 (sweep 59) and noted, "vF; S; R; the s f of two,
distant 8'." His position was
marked as uncertain, but is a good match with
******************************
09 22 04.5 +71 50 38; UMa
V = 12.2; Size 1.7'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.4
17.5" (4/6/91): fairly faint, small, round, bright core, stellar nucleus.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2810 = H. III-749 on 3 Dec
1788 (sweep 890) and noted as "cF, vS." His position is 2.7' S of
******************************
09 16 11.1 -16 18 46; Hya
V = 11.3; Size 2.5'x0.9'; Surf Br = 12.0; PA = 20°
18" (3/30/05): the first object I took a look at was SN 2005am in NGC 2811, discovered on 22 Feb 2005. The SN peaked at mag 13.6, but appeared significantly fainter. Coincidentally, the SN makes a very close pair with a brighter mag 14.5 star (less than 10"). Generally only this star was visible, but occasionally I could see the supernova close NE.
13.1" (12/22/84): moderately bright, edge-on streak 4:1 SSW-NNE, brighter core, stellar nucleus. A faint mag 14.5 star is embedded in the NE tip 0.6' from center.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2811 = H. II-505 = h580 = h3151 on 31 Dec 1785 (sweep 503) and recorded "pB, S, lE from sp to nf, suddenly much brighter middle." John Herschel called it (from Slough) "pB; E to n f; pretty suddenly brighter middle; 60"." Observing at the Cape, he wrote "pB; mE; pretty suddenly very much brighter middle; 40" l." In the observations at Birr Castle, the star at the northeast edge was mentioned twice.
******************************
NGC 2812 = CGCG 091-060 = PGC 26242
09 17 40.8 +19 55 08; Cnc
V = 15.2; Size 0.55'x0.15'; Surf Br = 11.5; PA = 154°
18" (3/4/08): extremely faint, very small, slightly elongated, 0.3'x0.2'. This difficult galaxy is located just 1.3' NW of NGC 2813 in the NGC 2804/2809 group.
18" (2/9/08): very faint, small, very elongated 3:1
NNW-SSE, 0.5'x0.15'. Located 2'
NNE of mag 9
18" (3/11/07): extremely faint, very small, elongated 2:1 NW-SE, 0.4x0.2. Forms a close pair with brighter NGC 2813 and situated just 1.3' NW. A mag 9 star lies 2' SSW and greatly detracts from viewing.
17.5" (3/12/94): not seen.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2812 = m 158 on 17 Feb 1865,
along with NGC 2813, and simply noted "eF". His position is 1' north of
******************************
NGC 2813 = UGC 4916 = MCG +03-24-037 = CGCG 091-061 = WBL 213-010 = PGC 26252
09 17 45.4 +19 54 24; Cnc
V = 14.0; Size 1.3'x1.1'; PA = 145°
18" (3/4/08): faint, fairly small, round, 25" diameter, weak concentration, very small brighter core, faint stellar nucleus with direct vision. Located 2' NE mag 9.2 star that detracts from viewing. Close pair with fainter NGC 2812.
18" (2/9/08): faint, small, round, 0.4' diameter, very weak concentration to a small brighter core. Located 2' NE of mag 9 SAO 80743 and brighter of a close pair with NGC 2812 1.3' NW. Member of the NGC 2809 Group.
18" (3/11/07): faint, fairly small, round, small bright core, 0.6' diameter. Forms a pair with NGC 2812 just 1.3' NW (see observing notes). Located 2' NE of mag 9.2 that detracts from the observations.
17.5" (3/12/94): very faint, round, very low surface brightness halo difficult to view. At first glance, only the core was noticed with a tiny quasi-stellar nucleus. Overpowered by mag 9.0 SAO 80743 2.0' SW. Forms a pair with NGC 2812 at 1.3' NW (not seen). Located 13' SE of NGC 2809 in a group.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2813 = m 159 on 17 Feb 1865, along with NGC 2812, and simply noted "F". His position is 1.5' north of CGCG 091-060.
******************************
NGC 2814 = UGC 4952 = MCG +11-12-004 = CGCG 312-003 = KTG 23A = Holm 124c = LGG 173-2 = PGC 26469
09 21 11.5 +64 15 06; UMa
V = 13.7; Size 1.2'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 179°
24" (2/22/14): fairly faint to moderately bright, moderately large, thin edge-on 3:1 or 4:1 N-S, 1.0'x0.25', bright core bulges slightly, tapers at the tips (spindle-shaped). A mag 11.4 star is 1.1' SSW of center, just off the southern tip. Forms a striking pair with edge-on NGC 2820 4' E, along with NGC 2820A. NGC 2805 lies 10' SW.
17.5" (4/6/91): faint, small, very elongated 3:1 N-S, almost even surface brightness. A mag 11 star is 20" off the south tip and 1.1' SSW of center. This galaxy is smaller but has a higher surface brightness than NGC 2820 4' E. Located 11' NE of NGC 2805 in a group.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2814 = H. II-868 = h576, along with NGC 2820, on 3 Apr 1791 (sweep 1004). He recorded both as "Two nebulae. The first [NGC 2814] faint, small, irregular figure, the second [NGC 2820] faint, pretty large, elongated. The place is that of the second [NGC 2820], the other precedes it about 30 seconds and is nearly in the same parallel." Dreyer commented in the notes section "Not seen by d'Arrest, and [John Herschel] only observed the following one (H. II-869)."
Dreyer assigned h576 to NGC 2820 but John Herschel's position on 30 Mar 1832 (sweep 410) corresponds with NGC 2814, and h579 = NGC 2816 is identical to H. II-869 = NGC 2820 (see notes on NGC 2816).
******************************
09 16 19.6 -23 38 00; Hya
V = 11.9; Size 3.5'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 10°
17.5" (2/28/87): fairly faint, fairly large, broadly concentrated halo, faint extensions SSW-NNE, fairly low surface brightness.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2815 = H. III-242 = h3153 on 20 Nov 1784 (sweep 326) and recorded "vF, lE, S, that is about 1' diameter." From the Cape of Good Hope on 21 Mar 1835 (sweep 559), John Herschel noted, "F, R, or vlE, gradually little brighter middle, 25"."
******************************
NGC 2816 = NGC 2820 = UGC 4961 = MCG +11-12-006 = CGCG 312-005 = KTG 23C = FGC 877 = Holm 124A = LGG 173-3 = PGC 26498
09 21 45.6 +64 15 29; UMa
V = 12.8; Size 4.1'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 59°
See observing notes for NGC 2820.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2816 = h579 on 30 Mar 1832 (sweep 410) and noted, "F, pmE". There is nothing at his position and Bigourdan was unable to find a suitable candidate. Karl Reinmuth reported "not found at Dreyer's place" based on Heidelberg plates and this is repeated by Dorothy Carlson in her 1940 paper on NGC corrections.
Harold Corwin originally suggested this number might be a duplicate observation of NGC 2742 with a 13 minute error in RA (identical declination). But Wolfgang Steinicke found (based on my questioning about h576) that JH made a large error (of 3 3/4 degrees) in reducing his declination for h579, and once corrected, h579 = NGC 2816 is a duplicate observation of NGC 2820 (discovered earlier by WH). In addition, h576 refers to nearby NGC 2814 = UGC 4952 (also discovered by WH). See Corwin's note for the full story.
******************************
09 17 10.5 -04 45 09; Hya
V = 12.6; Size 2.0'x1.8'; Surf Br = 13.8
17.5" (3/25/95): faint, moderately large, 1.4' diameter. Low surface brightness with a very weak concentration.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2817 = Sw. 6-35 on 5 Feb 1878. His rough position was 3' WNW, but he never published a precise micrometric position.
Lewis Swift rediscovered this galaxy on 26 Mar 1887 and reported it as new in his 6th discovery list (#35). His RA was 10 seconds of time too large. Swift was credited with the discovery in the NGC.
******************************
09 16 01.5 -36 37 37; Pyx
V = 11.5; Size 85"x47"
14.5" (4/10/21): at 140x, the open cluster appeared as a sprinkling of mostly fainter mag 13-14 stars spread over a 7' region, along with a few brighter mag 12 stars. Increasing to 226x, the cluster appeared fairly rich, with close to 50 stars resolved, including many in the mag 14-14.5 range that popped in an out of view.
The planetary nebula is situated along the west side of the cluster and displayed an excellent response to an NPB filter at 140x. It appeared relative bright and large, ~50" diameter, with an irregular shape (elongated ~N-S) that was hard to pin down, and an uneven surface brightness.
17.5" (3/25/00): NGC 2818 refers to both an open
cluster and a superimposed planetary nebula (identified as
13.1" (4/10/86): the cluster appears as a faint group of 25-30 stars mag 12 to 15, over unresolved haze, though good seeing might resolve more. Includes a fairly faint planetary (NGC 2818A) on the west side. At 166x using a Daystar 300 filter, the planetary appeared moderately bright and large, elongated ~N-S. Also responds well to an OIII filter at 79x.
13.1 (1/28/84): the cluster is a faint group of two dozen stars mag 12 and fainter. The planetary on the west side of the cluster is a pretty sight using a UHC filter at 79x. It appeared fairly faint, moderately large, 1.0'x0.8', elongated N-S or SSW-NNE.
The planetary had been assumed to be the only one to be physically associated with an open cluster, although recent research firmly places the planetary in the foreground.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2818 = D 564 = h3154 on 28 May 1826. His summary description (based on two observations) reads "a pretty large faint nebula [star cluster] of a round figure, 6' or 8' diameter; the nebulosity is faintly diffused to a considerable extent. There is a small nebula [PN] in the north preceding edge, which is probably a condensation of the faint diffused nebulous matter; The large nebula is resolvable into stars with small nebula remaining." He clearly described both the PN and the cluster.
John Herschel recorded on 7 Aug 1837 (sweep 787): "A very curious object which reminds me strongly of M46 and IV. 39 [NGC 2438]. It is a rich cluster of the VI class, stars 12..14m; about 8' dia, gradually pretty much brighter middle; all but a sort of vacuity, in which is situated a pB, R, neb; 40" diam; of a character approaching to planetary, having its edges shading off very rapidly, and being but very little brighter in the middle." His sketch is reproduced on plate V, figure 8 of the CGH Observations. A second observation on 22 Jan 1838 (sweep 809) describes the planetary first and the NGC summary refers to the planetary (in a large cluster).
Joseph Turner (date uncertain) and Pietro Baracchi (15 Jan 1885) sketched NGC 2818 with the Great Melbourne Telescope (unpublished Plate VI, figure 65). RNGC lists the cluster as NGC 2818 and the planetary as NGC 2818A although the NGC designation applies to both objects.
******************************
09 18 09.3 +16 11 53; Cnc
V = 12.8; Size 1.4'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.4
17.5" (3/29/89): very faint, very small, round, small bright core, fairly faint stellar nucleus.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2819 = m160 on 21 Dec 1863 and noted "pB, vS, R." Édouard Stephan made an observation on 14 Mar 1874 and noted it as "160 Lassell" [NGC 2819] in his notebook. He made a later observation on 4 Mar 1886. Johann Palisa rediscovered NGC 2819 on 2 Apr 1886 with the 27-inch Grubb refractor at the Vienna University Observatory. Palisa's micrometric position in AN 2783 is accurate. Both Marth and Palisa are credited in the NGC.
******************************
NGC 2820 = NGC 2816 = UGC 4961 = MCG +11-12-006 = CGCG 312-005 = KTG 23C = FGC 877 = Holm 124a = LGG 173-003 = PGC 26498
09 21 45.6 +64 15 29; UMa
V = 12.8; Size 4.1'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 59°
24" (2/22/14): fairly bright, very large, very thin edge-on 7:1 WSW-ENE, ~2.8'x0.4', very weak concentration, mottled appearance though the surface brightness is not high.
NGC 2820A dangles just south of the west-southwest edge. It appeared faint, small, oval 3:2 SSW-NNE, 18"x12", occasional stellar nucleus (probably an H-II/SFR region on the north end). NGC 2814, a smaller edge-on, lies 3.7' W.
17.5" (4/6/91): fairly faint, very thin edge-on 6:1 SW-NE with tapered ends, fairly low surface brightness, no noticeable core. Forms a contact pair with NGC 2820A 20" off the southwest tip. The companion is very faint, very small, elongated 2:1 SW-NE, very small brighter core (likely an H II/star forming region on the N end). NGC 2820 is in a group with NGC 2814 4' W and NGC 2805 13' SW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2820 = H. II-869, along with NGC 2814, on 3 Apr 1791 (sweep 1004). He recorded them together as "Two nebulae. The first [NGC 2814] faint, small, irregular figure; the second [NGC 2820] faint, pretty large, elongated. The place is that of the second, the other precedes it about 30 seconds and is nearly in the same parallel." This is one of the flattest galaxies that Herschel discovered.
Dreyer equated John Herschel's observation of h576 with H.
II-869 = NGC 2820, but his sweep data (checked by Wolfgang Steinicke) reveals h
576 = H. II-868 = NGC 2814. In
addition, h579 = NGC 2816 is identical to NGC 2820, with John Herschel making
an error in reducing the position for h579.
******************************
09 16 48 -26 49 00; Pyx
V = 13.0; Size 2.0'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 100°
17.5" (3/25/95): faint, fairly small, elongated 5:2 E-W, broad weak concentration. A mag 13 star is attached just NW of the center. A faint very close double star lies 1.8' W and a brighter mag 12 star is 2.0' N.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2821 = h3155 on 26 Mar 1835 and
recorded "eF, attached to a star 11th mag; somewhat doubtful." His position and description matches
******************************
09 13 50 -69 38 42; Car
V = 10.7; Size 3.3'x2.2'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 90°
24" (4/4/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): this galaxy is located just 5.4' NE of mag 1.7 Beta Carinae (Miaplacidus)! The view is significantly hampered by the overwhelming glare of the bright star in the 24". At 260x it appeared moderately bright and large, elongated 5:3 WSW-ENE, ~1.0'x0.6', with a fairly high surface brightness. Planetary Nebula IC 2448 lies 39' SW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2822 = h3156 on 29 Jan 1835 and called "pF, vS, R, gradually little brighter middle." His RA is marked as approximate and is 1.5 min too far west. He may have reversed the offset from nearby Beta as the galaxy is east.
******************************
09 19 17.4 +34 00 29; Lyn
V = 14.4; Size 0.9'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 30°
24" (3/9/13): faint to fairly faint, small, elongated
2:1 SSW-NNE, 24"x12", weak concentration. Elongated in the direction of a mag 10.4 star 1.2' SSW. Member of
George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered
NGC 2823 on 13 Mar 1850 though a sketch of the cluster was constructed the
following year (by George or Bindon).
NGC 2823 was unlabeled but placed at the north end of the cluster with a
star close west, so the identification is certain. The NGC declination is 5'
too far north (
******************************
09 19 02.3 +26 16 11; Cnc
V = 13.3; Size 0.9'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 160°
17.5" (3/28/92): faint, small, round, very small bright core. Overpowered by mag 6.5 SAO 80757 just 3' ESE! The galaxy is located at the west vertex of a rhombus formed by three stars including the mag 6.5 star, a mag 11 star 2.7' S and a mag 12 star 2.9' NE with sides about 3' length. Described by d'Arrest as a cluster in the NGC.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 2824 on 30 Apr 1864 with
the 11" refractor at Copenhagen.
His position matches
******************************
09 19 22.4 +33 44 34; Lyn
V = 14.2; Size 1.0'x0.3'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 88°
17.5" (3/12/94): very faint, small, weak
concentration. Located in the core
of AGC 779 and preceding the triple system;
17.5" (1/31/87): very faint, small, slightly brighter core, slightly elongated. Located 5' WSW of NGC 2832
13.1" (1/28/84): very faint, very small. Located 5' W of NGC 2832 in AGC 779.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2825 = h581 on 22 Jan 1827
(sweep 51) and noted, "vF; it is the s p of two. The other is I. 113 [NGC 2832]." His mean position (measured on sweep
337) matches
******************************
09 19 24.2 +33 37 26; Lyn
V = 13.7; Size 1.5'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 143°
17.5" (1/31/87): second brightest in the core of AGC 779 rich cluster. Fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated NW-SE, brighter core. Located 8.9' SW of NGC 2832.
13.1" (1/28/84): faint, fairly small, very diffuse. Located 9' SW of NGC 2832 in AGC 779.
George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 2826 on 13 Mar 1850. On a diagram of 12 nebulae in the cluster constructed the following year, NGC 2826 is shown 9' southwest of Alpha (later NGC 2832). Heinrich d'Arrest independently discovered the galaxy on 30 Apr 1862 (#89 in AN 1500) and measured an accurate position (given in the NGC), though he acknowledged it was probably one of LdR's. Joihn Herschel listed separate entries in the GC (1807 and 1809) for LdR and d'Arrest, assuming they might be different objects, but Dreyer combined them in the NGC.
******************************
NGC 2827 = IC 2460 = MCG +06-21-009 = CGCG 181-015 = PGC 26342
09 19 19.0 +33 52 51; Lyn
V = 14.6; Size 0.8'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.9
17.5" (3/12/94): extremely faint, small, elongated 3:2
N-S, low surface brightness, no central concentration. A mag 14 star is 1.3' NNW. Forms a pair with
George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered
NGC 2827 on 13 Mar 1850. It was
included on a sketch from 8 Jan 1851 showing 12 nebulae, on a line with NGC
2828 and 2833. The NGC position is
8 seconds of RA east and 3' north of
******************************
NGC 2828 = CGCG 181-021 = PGC 26365
09 19 34.8 +33 53 17; Lyn
V = 15.0; Size 0.5'x0.25'; PA = 45°
17.5" (3/12/94): extremely faint, requires averted vision, very small, round. A mag 14.5 star is 1.4' N. Forms a pair with NGC 2827 3.3' WSW. Located at the north edge of AGC 779.
George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered
NGC 2828 on 13 Mar 1850. It was
included on the sketch of 8 Jan 1851 on a line between NGC 2827 and NGC
2833. The NGC position is 3' too
far north (same offset as nearby NGC 2827) of
******************************
09 19 52.3 +33 38 58; Lyn
V = 15.3; Size 0.5'x0.5'
24" (1/31/14): at 375x;
The identification of this galaxy with NGC 2829 is very
questionable and based on the discovery sketch, the best match is a mag 14.5
star 2.9' due west.
24" (3/9/13): at 375x; extremely faint (B = 16.8), very small, round, 12" diameter. Nearly on a line between NGC 2826 1.9' SE and a mag 12.3 star 1.2' NE.
George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 2829 on 13 Mar 1850, one of "15 knots in all". It was included on the sketch of 8 Jan 1851, which showed only a dozen nebulae, east of line connecting NGC 2832 and NGC 2826. The nearest galaxy to the NGC position is PGC 26356, an extremely faint, double galaxy (brighter western component) situated 2' NE of NGC 2826. RNGC and PGC identify this galaxy as NGC 2829 (as well as secondary sources based on the PGC). But, PGC 26356 is directly on a line with NGC 2832 and 2826, contradicting Stoney's sketch. Karl Reinmuth description (based on Heidelberg plates) was "identification doubtful, vF, vS, R, very gradually very little brighter middle, triangle with 2 st nf and f, NGC 2826 sp 2.1'."
Harold Corwin suggests NGC 2829 might apply to LEDA 2036350,
a brighter galaxy 4.6' due E of PGC 26356, though this galaxy is only a fair
match with Stoney's sketch. The
best fit to Stoney's sketch is a mag 14.5 star at 09 19 38.4 +33 39 12
(2000). So, the identification of
NGC 2829 is uncertain - it may apply to
******************************
NGC 2830 = UGC 4941 = MCG +06-21-014 = CGCG 181-023 = Holm 123b = PGC 26371
09 19 41.4 +33 44 17; Lyn
V = 14.3; Size 1.3'x0.3'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 112°
17.5" (1/31/87): very faint, low surface brightness, edge-on WNW-ESE. First of three in a triple system with NGC 2831 0.9' ENE and NGC 2832 1.4' NE of center in the core of AGC 779. Also nearby is NGC 2825 3.9' W.
George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 2830 on 13 Mar 1850. It was one of "15 knots in all". A sketch made in March 1851 NGC 2831 is labeled Gamma and measured at 1.2' southwest (PA = 237°) of NGC 2832. John Herschel incorrectly equated this galaxy with H. I-113 = h582 in the General Catalogue, and Dreyer repeated the error in the NGC. But the Herschel numbers apply to brighter NGC 2832. The NGC RA is 6 seconds too large.
MCG reverses the identifications of NGC 2830 and NGC 2831. According to the "New Description", RNGC has also reversed these identifications. This error was included in my RNGC Corrections #1 and was discussed in detail by Malcolm Thomson in the Webb Society Quarterly Journal for Jan 1978.
******************************
NGC 2831 = Arp 315 NED1 = UGC 4942sw = Holm 123c = MCG +06-21-013 = CGCG 181-024sw = PGC 26376
09 19 45.5 +33 44 42; Lyn
V = 13.6; Size 0.5'x0.5'
17.5" (1/31/87): very faint, extremely small. Appears as a round knot at the southwest edge of halo of NGC 2832 just 0.4' from center in the core of AGC 779. Forms a trio with NGC 2830 0.9' WSW.
George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistant, probably discovered NGC 2831 on 13 Mar 1850, though it was just one of "15 knots in all." A diagram was made in March 1851, which shows NGC 2831 labeled "Beta" and measured as 25" SW (PA = 226°) of NGC 2832. The NGC declination is 1' too large.
The identifications of NGC 2830 and NGC 2831 are reversed in MCG and RNGC. This was caused by a mixup in the descriptions in the NGC. See notes for NGC 2830.
******************************
NGC 2832 = Arp 315 NED2 = UGC 4942ne = Holm 123a = MCG +06-21-015 = CGCG 181-024ne = PGC 26377
09 19 46.8 +33 44 59; Lyn
V = 11.9; Size 2.3'x1.9'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 160°
17.5" (1/31/87): moderately bright, fairly small, round bright core, slightly elongated halo. This is the brightest galaxy in AGC 779 and forms a double system with NGC 2831 at the SW edge of halo 22" between centers. Also nearby is NGC 2830 1.3' SW. A double star h2493 = 10.1/11.7 is 2.5' SSE and a wide mag 11/12.5 pair is 3.0' ESE.
13.1" (1/28/84): fairly faint, fairly small, round. This object is the central galaxy in AGC 779.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2832 = H. I-113 = h582 on 7 Dec 1785 (sweep 487) and recorded "cB, much brighter following the middle, pL. North of 3 stars in a row at very unequal distances, iF." On 22 Jan 1827 (sweep 51), John Herschel wrote, "B; R; bM." Due to a confusion with the sketch of the cluster made in 1851 at Birr Castle, Dreyer assigned H. I-113 to nearby NGC 2830, a much fainter galaxy. See Corwin's notes for full story.
******************************
09 19 57.9 +33 55 38; Lyn
V = 14.6; Size 0.7'x0.3'; PA = 165°
17.5" (1/31/87): very faint, small, elongated N-S. A mag 13.5 star is 1.1' E. Located at the north edge of AGC 779 10.9' NNE of NGC 2832.
George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered
NGC 2833 on 13 Mar 1850 and was one of "15 knots in all". A sketch made the following year only
showed a dozen nebulae and NGC 2833 is placed 12' north of NGC 2832 (actual
separation is 11'). The NGC
position is 6 sec of RA west and 1.5' north of
******************************
09 20 02.5 +33 42 37; Lyn
V = 14.5; Size 0.3'x0.3'
17.5" (1/31/87): extremely faint and small, round. Located 4.1' SE of NGC 2832 in the core
of AGC 779. A double star h2493 = 10.1/11.7 is 2.3' W and a mag 11 star is 1.4'
N.
George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 2834 on 13 Mar 1850 (one of "15 knots in all.") On a sketch made in March 1851 NGC 2834 is labeled Epsilon and measured 4.2' southeast (PA = 125°) of NGC 2832. The NGC position is 4 sec of RA too large. Hermann Kobold measured a very accurate position in 1897 at the Strasbourg Observatory (published in his 1907 catalog).
******************************
09 17 52.8 -22 21 17; Hya
V = 10.5; Size 6.6'x4.4'; Surf Br = 14.0; PA = 8°
17.5" (2/28/87): very large, low surface brightness, slightly elongated, weak concentration. Bracketed by two mag 10 stars 2.8' W and 3.4' SE of center. Brightest in a small group (LGG 172), which includes NGC 2784, located 2.2° to the southwest.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 2835 on 13 Apr 1884. E.E. Barnard made an independent discovery in early 1885 while comet-seeking with his 5-inch refractor. In The Observatory 8, p123, he wrote "very faint, close between two bright stars, the n.p. of which is about 8 mag, the s.f. is about 9 mag. A 10th mag star is involved in the following edge of the nebula." His position (determined with the 6-inch equatorial) was accurate. After the discovery was announced in The Observatory, Wilhelm Tempel claimed an earlier discovery on 13 Apr 1884 in a note to his "New Nebulae" in AN 2660. Barnard was credited with the discovery in the NGC, as Dreyer apparently missed Tempel's comment.
NGC 2835 was perhaps first photographed by DeLisle Stewart at Harvard's Arequipa Station between 1898 and 1901 and described as "!! Very faint, 2-branch open spiral." It was also photographed with the Reynolds reflectors at the Helwan Observatory in 1919-20 and described as "pF, 7'x4', E10°; beautiful 4-branched spiral with faint almost stellar nucleus and many almost stellar condensations along the arms."
******************************
09 13 45.0 -69 20 00; Car
V = 11.8; Size 2.6'x1.9'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 118°
24" (4/4/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): fairly faint, moderately large, ~1.0'x0.7'. Located 23' N of mag 1.7 Beta Carinae (Miaplacidus) and 18' N of NGC 2822 in a rich Milky Way star field. Unusual appearance with many nearby stars including at least one superimposed mag 16 star.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2836 = h3157 on 29 Jan 1835 and
recorded "F, R, gradually little brighter middle, 40". Nearly on
meridian with Beta Argus [Carinae]."
His position is 2' southwest of
******************************
09 18 23.3 -16 28 53; Hya
V = 14.7/14.8; Size 14"
= **, Corwin. = Not found, Carlson.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2837 = h585 on 16 Dec 1827 (sweep 111) and recorded "eF, R, bM, precedes a star [by] 8.5 sec". Exactly at this offset from a mag 12 star is a pair of mag 14.7/14.8 stars at 14" separation with a mean position of 09 18 23.3 -16 28 53 (2000). Harold Corwin also identifies this double star as NGC 2837.
******************************
09 20 43.0 +39 18 56; Lyn
V = 13.2; Size 0.9'x0.9'; Surf Br = 12.7
17.5" (3/12/94): fairly faint, very small, round,
30" diameter, even concentration down to small bright core and occasional
stellar nucleus. Forms the
southern vertex of an acute triangle with two mag 14 stars 50" N and
63" NNE. Also located almost
at midpoint of a mag 10.5 star 3.2' NE and a mag 11.5 star 2.8' SW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2838 = H. III-627 = h583 on
18 Mar 1787 (sweep 716) and logged "vF, vS, stellar, 300 power." Caroline's reduced position is 2' SSW
of
******************************
NGC 2839 = MCG +06-21-023 = CGCG 181-031 = PGC 26425
09 20 36.3 +33 39 02; Lyn
V = 14.2; Size 0.5'x0.5'
17.5" (1/31/87): faint, small, round, diffuse. Located in the core of AGC 779 12' SE of NGC 2832. NGC 2834 lies 8' WNW.
George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 2839 on 13 Mar 1850 and was one of "15 knots in all". This galaxy was labeled Zeta on a sketch made in March 1851. It was measured 8' 08" southeast (PA = 120°) of NGC 2834. The NGC position is 1' too far south.
******************************
09 20 52.7 +35 22 06; Lyn
V = 13.8; Size 1.0'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.6
17.5" (3/12/94): faint, small, appears elongated in direction of a mag 11 star 1.0' NW although the catalogued dimensions are nearly circular, almost even surface brightness. Located 1° north of Alpha Lyncis.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2840 = H. III-827 = h586 on
10 Mar 1790 (sweep 938) and noted "eF, vS, south-following a vS
star." His position
(Caroline's reduction) is 3' south of
******************************
09 22 02.3 +50 58 35; UMa
V = 9.2; Size 8.1'x3.5'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 147°
14.5" (4/1/21): at 182x; very bright and large,
elongated 5:2 NW-SE, ~5'x2'.
Strong concentration with a very bright core and an intense nucleus that
sometimes reaches a stellar peak.
The east side of the galaxy (just beyond the core) is strongly affected
by dust as the surface brightness is noticeably lower than the west side. A mag 13.7 star is superposed on the
north side of the halo and a mag 11 star is just off the NW edge. Mag 8.5
13.1" (1/18/85): bright, large, elongated 2:1 NW-SE,
6'x3'. Contains a very small, very
bright nucleus. There is a sharp
light cut-off on the east side due to dust. A mag 10 star is at the NW edge 2.8' from center and mag 8.6
17.5" (5/15/99): observed supernova SN 1999by in NGC 2841, which was easy to identify with a finder chart . Using reference stars, it appeared slightly brighter than mag 14.0 and is superimposed on the face of the galaxy, about 1.6' W and 1.5' N of center. This was an unusual Type Ia-91bg supernova.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2841 = H. I-205 = h584 on 9 Mar 1788 (sweep 815). He recorded "a very brilliant nebula, 5' or 6' long and 3 or 4' broad; it has a small bright nucleus with a faint chevelure about it, and two opposite very extensive branches." He published a sketch in his 1811 paper (Fig. 23) as an illlustration of "extended nebulae that show the progress of condensation [core and nucleus]." John Herschel described it on 17 Feb 1831 (sweep 328) as "vB; vmE; very suddenly much brighter middle; pos 150.8°; comes up to a nucleus, a star 10-11m; has 2 stars not involved 11 & 12 m, and a 3rd 10 mag perpendicular to axis of nebula."
This galaxy has hosted 4 supernovae; the earliest known is SN 1912A, which was discovered by Francis Pease in 1917 on a photograph taken with the 60-inch at Mt. Wilson on 19 Feb 1912. It was independently found by Curtis.
******************************
09 15 36.3 -63 04 09; Car
V = 12.5; Size 1.5'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 120°
24" (4/11/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): fairly
bright, moderately large, elongated 3:2 NW-SE, 1.2'x0.8', sharply concentrated
with a small, very bright core. A
mag 12 star is at the west edge of the halo and a mag 14 star is at the SE edge. Located 3.7' SSW of a mag 9.7
star.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2842 = h3158 on 8 Mar 1836 and
reported "F, vS, between two stars, in a field full of milky way stars. No
doubt of the nature of the object."
His position and description matches
******************************
09 20 28.7 +18 55 34; Cnc
V = 15.6; Size 0.4'x0.2'; Surf Br = 57; PA = 57°
18" (3/17/07): this marginal galaxy was just glimpsed
for moments at 323x as an extremely small, hazy spot perhaps 8" diameter
situated close south of a mag 12.5 star.
Located 2.6' NNW of a mag 10.3 star and 10' SSW of mag 7.2
18" (3/11/07): not found at 220x.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2843 = H. III-64 on 21 Mar 1784 (sweep 181). He recorded a "suspected nebula, but 240x shewed some small stars with suspected nebulosity, probably a deception from want of light and power." Likely he observed the mag 12.5 star, barely off the north side, along with marginal glow from the galaxy. Despite his uncertainty, and a rough RA given to only the nearest minute of time, the identification seems secure. This galaxy is not included in the CGCG (complete to ~mag 15.7 blue photographic) or the MCG. In fact it is likely the faintest galaxy he perceived at V = 15.5!
******************************
09 21 48.0 +40 09 05; Lyn
V = 13.0; Size 1.5'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 13°
13.1" (1/18/85): faint, very small, slightly elongated
~N-S, small brighter core. Located
9' SSW of mag 7.0
William Herschel discovered NGC 2844 = H. III-628 on 18 Mar 1787 (sweep 716) and described it as "cF, cS."
******************************
09 18 36.7 -38 00 36; Vel
V = 11.7; Size 2.0'x1.0'; Surf Br = 12.3; PA = 67°
18" (12/30/08): faint, small, slightly elongated WSW-ENE, 0.4'x0.25', even surface brightness. The galaxy is nestled right against a mag 13 star that is attached on the east side, 20" from the center.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2845 = h3159 on 1 Feb 1835 and
recorded "vF, S, R, attached to a star 12th mag, south
following." His position and
description matches
******************************
09 19 40.4 -14 40 35; Hya
V = 14/14.5; Size 8"
= **, Corwin. = Not found, RNGC.
Lawrence Parsons, the 4th Earl of Rosse, discovered NGC 2846 on 4 Apr 1874 and described as a "*11 in a vS, pB, R neby." Several micrometric offsets were also made to nearby stars. At his position is a pair of mag 14 stars at ~8" separation -- in fact, one of the measured stars is the fainter companion. Dreyer reobserved the star(s) on 25 Mar 1878 and noted "I think it only a vS cluster. I do not see any star as bright as 11m in it." Listed as nonexistent in RNGC.
******************************
09 20 08.6 -16 31 06; Hya
Size 0.3'
48" (2/20/12): at 375x, a mag 16.5 star is superimposed
on the northwest side (0.6' from center) of spiral
R.J. Mitchell discovered NGC 2847 one 15 Mar 1855 with LdR's 72", and noted a "F knot np [NGC 2848]". Harold Corwin identifies NGC 2847 as a star and HII region 0.6' NW of the nucleus of NGC 2848. This is the most southerly deep sky object discovered at Birr Castle. Still, I found it very inconspicuous in the 48", so I have reservations of this identification.
******************************
NGC 2848 = MCG -03-24-007 = UGCA 160 = Holm 128a = PGC 26404
09 20 09.8 -16 31 34; Hya
V = 11.8; Size 2.7'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 30°
48" (2/20/12): bright, large, oval 3:2 SW-NE, contains
a relatively large, bright core that increases to the center. A spiral arm is attached on the west
side of the core and it sweeps around the galaxy clockwise, heading south and then
sharply bending east before dimming out on the southeast side of the halo. But an apparently detached section of
the arm reappears on the east side heading north towards two mag 14/15 star at
the NE edge. A mag 16.5 star is
superimposed on the NW side (0.6' from center) and attached to this star is an
extremely faint HII knot. The combination of star + knot was likely recorded by
Mitchell using Rosse's 72" as a "faint knot north-preceding" and
it received the designation NGC 2847.
A mag 12 star lies 2.7' NE and
17.5" (3/28/87): fairly bright, moderately large, bright core, faint halo 3:2 SW-NE. A mag 12 star lies 2.8' NE of center. Forms a pair with NGC 2851 5.5' ENE.
13.1" (12/22/84): fairly faint, moderately large, very diffuse, slightly elongated SW-NE, very weak concentration.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2848 = H. III-488 = h587 on 31 Dec 1785 (sweep 503). He logged "vF, cL, gradually very little brighter middle, near 3' long and above 2' broad, preceding a pB star." He published a sketch (fig. 13) in his 1811 paper as representative "of nebulae that are gradually a little brighter in the middle." On 16 Dec 1827 (sweep 111), John Herschel recorded, "vF; L; E nf to sp; little brighter in the middle. It is 9.5 sec preceding a * 11m and south of the star."
******************************
09 19 23 -40 31 12; Vel
Size 2'
24" (2/22/14): at 200x appeared as a mottled 2' glow
with only a few stars resolved. At
260x, roughly 20 stars pop in and out of view, some in small knots, in only a
2.5' region. Several resolved
stars are along an E-W string on the north side. A number of bright stars are in the field including mag 9.3
John Herschel discovered NGC 2849 = h3160 on 22 Jan 1838
(his last sweep at the Cape of Good Hope) and noted a "globular cluster,
eF, R, very gradually little brighter middle; resolved into vS, but not very
numerous stars; 2.5' diameter. It is rather a cluster of the 6th class than a
globular cluster." His position is just off the southwest side of
the small cluster. NGC 2849 and
******************************
09 20 57.0 -04 56 24; Hya
V = 14.2; Size 0.9'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 30°
17.5" (2/1/03): faint, small, slightly elongated, 20" diameter, nearly even surface brightness with a well-defined halo.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2850 = St. 12-36 on 14 Feb
1877. His published micrometric
(list 12, #36) was measured on 22 Mar 1882 and
******************************
NGC 2851 = MCG -03-24-008 = PGC 26422
09 20 30.2 -16 29 43; Hya
V = 13.6; Size 1.4'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 5°
17.5" (3/28/87): fairly faint, small, elongated SSW-NNE. Forms a pair with NGC 2848 5.5' WSW.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 2851 = Sw. 3-43 on 27 Feb 1886
and recorded "eF; pS; vE; 1829 [NGC 2848], R. nova [NGC 2846] and 1828
[NGC 2847] in field west. Did not
see 1819 [NGC 2837] east of 1829."
His position is 1' south of
******************************
NGC 2852 = UGC 4986 = MCG +07-19-065 = CGCG 209-059 = PGC 26571
09 23 14.6 +40 09 49; Lyn
V = 13.2; Size 0.9'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.6
13.1" (1/18/85): extremely small, appears as a barely non-stellar "knot" forming a close pair with NGC 2853 2.5' NNE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2852 = H. III-629 = h588, along with NGC 2853, on 18 Mar 1787 (sweep 716). His description reads, "Two, both very faint, very small; 300x showed them both very well, nearly in the same meridian [N-S], and about 3' distance." His position was between the two galaxies, but close to NGC 2852. John Herschel wrote on 18 Mar 1831 (sweep 335), "vF; S; R: has a * 10m 2' dist preceding. The first of 2 [with NGC 2853]."
******************************
NGC 2853 = UGC 4987 = MCG +07-19-066 = CGCG 209-060 = PGC 26580
09 23 17.3 +40 12 00; Lyn
V = 13.3; Size 1.7'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 25°
13.1" (1/18/85: faint, elongated ~N-S, fairly small. Forms a close pair with NGC 2852 2' SSW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2853 = H. III-630 = h590, along with NGC 2852, on 18 Mar 1787 (sweep 716). He described them together as "Two, both very faint and small, 300x shewed them both very well (probably first seen at 157x), nearly in the same meridian [N-S], and about 3' distance." His position is between the two galaxies, but closer to NGC 2852. John Herschel reported on 18 Mar 1831 (sweep 335), "eF; pL; very gradually brighter middle; the following of 2."
******************************
09 24 03.1 +49 12 15; UMa
V = 13.0; Size 1.7'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 50°
24" (3/6/21): at 375x; fairly bright, fairly large, elongated 2:1 SW-NE, ~1.2'x0.6', large brighter central region, brighter thin "bar" extends along the major axis through the center.
17.5" (3/12/94): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated
2:1 SW-NE, weak broad concentration.
Located 2.1' SSE of a mag 10 star.
Forms a pair with
William Herschel discovered NGC 2854 = H. III-714 = h589, along with NGC 2856, on 9 Mar 1788 (sweep 815). He recorded, "cF, cS, lE." On 7 Mar 1831 (sweep 329), John Herschel wrote, "pF; R; pretty suddenly little brighter middle; 20". The sp of 2 [with NGC 2856], making an isosceles triangle with a * 9m."
******************************
09 21 27.5 -11 54 37; Hya
V = 11.6; Size 2.5'x2.2'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 130°
13.1" (4/10/86): moderately large, diffuse halo rising to a sharp, bright core with a brighter nucleus.
13.1" (12/22/84): fairly bright, fairly small, slightly
elongated NW-SE, small bright core.
Located 4' S of mag 8.8
William Herschel discovered NGC 2855 = H. I-132 = h592 on 19 Mar 1786 (sweep 541). He recorded it as "Faint, small, very gradually brighter middle, round, 1.5' diameter." On 23 Feb 1791 (sweep 995), he called it "pretty bright, round, much brighter middle like a nucleus, about 1' dia." John Herschel recorded on 9 Mar 1828 (sweep 129), "pB; R; 45"; pretty gradually much brighter middle; almost to nucleus."
******************************
NGC 2856 = Arp 285 NED2 = UGC 4997 = MCG +08-17-093 = CGCG 238-047 = WBL 221-002 = PGC 26648
09 24 16.0 +49 14 57; UMa
V = 13.1; Size 1.1'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.3; PA = 134°
24" (3/6/21): at 375x; moderately bright and large, broad concentration, slightly brighter along major axis like a bar, irregular surface brightness. NGC 2854 is 3.5' SW and NGC 2857 is 11' NNE. A mag 10.3 star 3.5' W forms the western vertex of an equilateral triangle with NGC 2856 and 2854.
17.5" (3/12/94): forms an interesting similar pair of elongated systems with NGC 2854 3.5' SW. Fairly faint, moderately large, elongated 2:1 NW-SE, 1.2'x0.6', broadly concentrated. Located 3.5' E of a mag 10 star. NGC 2857 lies 7.3' NNE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2856 = H. III-713 = h591, along with NGC 2854, on 9 Mar 1788 (sweep 815). He recorded "cF, cS, lE." On 7 Mar 1831 (sweep 329), John Herschel wrote, "Not vF; R; pretty suddenly brighter middle; 20"; the nf of 2, making an isosceles triangle with a * 9m."
******************************
NGC 2857 = Arp 1 = UGC 5000 = MCG +08-17-095 = CGCG 238-049 = PGC 26666
09 24 37.8 +49 21 25; UMa
V = 12.3; Size 2.2'x2.0'; Surf Br = 13.7
24" (3/6/21): at 375x; fairly faint, large, round but
very diffuse with a slightly brighter core region. The halo appeared a bit uneven but spiral structure wasn't
seen. The galaxy follows a
distinctive quadrilateral of mag 12.4-14.4 stars. NGC 2854 and 2856 (
17.5" (3/12/94): very faint, round, very diffuse, 2.0' diameter. This face-on spiral appears as a low surface brightness glow with no concentration. The appearance is unusual, though, as four stars cradle the galaxy on the west side including a mag 13 star 1.6' NW, a mag 12 star 1.8' W and two mag 14 stars close SW. In the same field with NGC 2856 7.3' SSW and NGC 2854 10.8' SSW (Arp 285). CGCG 238-051 lies 3.9' ENE, but was not recorded.
R.J. Mitchell discovered NGC 2857 on 9 Jan 1856 and recorded "Both oval [NGC 2854 and 2856], their larger axes at right angles to one another, p one [NGC 2854] suspected patchy." About 7' nf the n one is another, pL, slightly oval, follows 4 small stars, mottled, * susp in centre. Is there about 5' f this latter another vS knot with 2 stars p and n?" The last object noted is CGCG 238-051, which Dreyer failed to assign an NGC designation. Although Mitchell's offset from NGC 2856 is accurate, the NGC position is off a bit.
******************************
09 22 55.0 +03 09 25; Hya
V = 12.6; Size 1.7'x0.9'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 117°
24" (3/23/22): at 226x; between fairly faint and
moderately bright, elongated 3:2 WNW-ESE (increases in size with averted),
~0.9'x0.6', sharply concentrated with a very small bright core and a sharp stellar
appearance.
17.5" (3/25/95): faint, small, slightly elongated NW-SE, 0.5' diameter. Sharp concentration with a fairly bright stellar nucleus surrounded by a small faint halo.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2858 = m 161 on 3 Mar 1864. He noted "very faint, small, much brighter middle."
******************************
09 24 18.6 +34 30 48; LMi
V = 10.9; Size 4.3'x3.8'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 85°
13.1" (1/28/84): moderately bright, moderately large, strong concentration to a bright core, elongated 4:3 ~N-S, fainter halo. Located 40' ENE of Alpha Lyncis (V = 3.1).
8" (12/6/80): faint, fairly small, round, bright core.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2859 = H. I-137 = h593 on 28
Mar 1786 (sweep 549). He logged "vB, R, very suddenly much brighter
middle, chevelure extending to about 3' diameter". John Herschel made 3 observations,
recording on 1 Apr 1831 (sweep 336), "vB; R; very suddenly much brighter
middle to a star; follows a * 7m and is 3' S of it." A total of 11 observations were made by
Lord Rosse and assistants and a couple of superimposed stars were noted in the
outer halo [on the north side]. On
28 Mar 1861, Sir Robert Ball wrote, "Dull Nucl, I susp a dark ring around
it [there is!]. A vF neb nf. I strongly suspect st in h593 [=NGC
2859]." The "vF neb
nf" is probably
Edwin Hubble classified NGC 2859 as a SBa. de Vaucouleurs (1975) lists it as one
of the 5 brightest galaxies in the
******************************
09 24 53.2 +41 03 36; Lyn
V = 13.7; Size 1.4'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 108°
17.5" (4/5/97): fairly faint, small, elongated 4:3
~E-W, 0.8'x0.6'. Exhibits just a
weak concentration and brightens gently to center but no noticeable core. Located 5.9' SSW of mag 8.5
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2860 = St. 13-47 on 14 Feb
1877. His published position (list
13, #47) was measured on 17 Mar 1884 and matches
******************************
09 23 36.5 +02 08 12; Hya
V = 13.0; Size 1.5'x1.4'
24" (2/22/14): moderately bright, moderately large,
small bright core, irregular surface brightness, ~1' diameter. Seems to have a brighter knot of region
just SSE of the core. [On the DSS, this is the brightest portion of the
southern spiral arm]. Increases in
size as well as orientation with averted vision, as my eye catches faint
portions of the halo. Strong
impression of viewing a face-on spiral.
A mag 13.6 star is 1' E of center.
Brightest in a trio (
17.5" (3/7/92): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated, halo brightens gradually. A mag 13.5 star is at the east edge 1.1' from center and several other faint stars are near. Forms the east vertex of a right triangle with a wide mag 10/12 double star at 28" separation located 4' W and a wide mag 10/11 double star at 43" separation which lies 6' NW.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2861 = m 162 on 28 Mar 1864 and noted "pB, R." His position was 1' too far north. Heinrich d'Arrest discovered the galaxy again on 8 Feb 1866. His single position, copied into the NGC, is 3' too far south (accurate in RA), though he mentioned a mag 14 star follows by 43" separation, so his rediscovery is certain. The NGC description ("pF, S, irR, *14 following") is also from d'Arrest. Hermann Kobold measured an accurate postion at Strasbourg in 1895 (published in 1907).
******************************
09 24 55.0 +26 46 30; Leo
V = 12.8; Size 2.5'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 114°
17.5" (4/13/91): fairly faint, moderately large, very
elongated 5:1 WNW-ESE, 2.0'x0.4', brighter core, faint stellar nucleus. Located 6' NNE of mag 8.4
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 2862 on 21 Feb 1863 with
the 11" refractor at Copenhagen.
His position (measured on 2 nights) matches
******************************
09 23 36.5 -10 26 00; Hya
V = 12.7; Size 1.1'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.4
17.5" (3/7/92): faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 N-S
(appears roundish on the POSS). A
mag 12 star is at the NW tip and a very faint mag 15 star is just beyond the
south edge. Contains an offset
very small brighter core or a bright knot is on the north side just south of
the mag 12 star. Forms a close
pair with difficult
William Herschel discovered NGC 2863 = H. III-520 = h594 on 25 Mar 1786 (sweep 544) and logged "vF, S, E." On 9 Mar 1828 (sweep 129), John Herschel wrote, "F; extended between 2 stars 12 and 16 m."
Frank Muller independently found this galaxy (and discovered
nearby NGC 2868) in 1886 at Leander-McCormick Observatory, and recorded LM 412
as "mag 14.5, 1.2'x0.6', E 170°, gradually brighter in the middle, bet 2
st 12 and 14." His rough
position (nearest min of RA) is about 1 min too far east. Dreyer assumed this was a different
'nebula' and catalogued it again as
******************************
09 24 15.4 +05 56 28; Hya
V = 14.6; Size 0.8'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 12°
17.5" (2/1/03): very faint, small, slightly elongated 0.6'x0.5'. Low, even surface brightness and requires averted vision for a positive identification. Situated near the Hydra-Leo-Cancer border.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2864 = m 163 on 6 Mar 1864 and
recorded "vF, pL, lE."
His position matches
******************************
09 23 30.2 -23 09 40; Hya
V = 11.7; Size 2.5'x1.8'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 146°
17.5" (2/28/87): moderately bright, small, very bright core, stellar nucleus, slightly elongated halo.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2865 = h3161 on 23 Jan 1835 and
logged "pB; S; R; very little brighter middle; 15"." His
position (2 sweeps) matches
******************************
09 22 06 -51 06 12; Vel
V = 10.2; Size 1.5'
14" (4/3/16 - Coonabarabran, 145x and 178x): the central region (Pismis 13) contains a dozen stars mag 12-15 over a glowing 1.5' circular patch. Includes a close double at the east side. The brightest mag 12 star (also a double) is at the north end of the cluster. The surrounding field is rich and includes several mag 10 stars. Specifically, a bright scattered 10' field centered 10' SSW stands out at low power.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2866 = h3162 on 31 Mar 1835 and
noted a "Cluster class VIII.
Place of a small compact knot of st". His position is an exact match with the small group of stars
The RNGC description incorrectly states "NOCL" and Lynga 5 and Sky Catalogue 2000 identify the cluster as Pismis 13 only. ESO gives the correct identification with a question mark.
******************************
09 21 25.4 -58 18 41; Car
V = 9.7; Size 18"x16"
24" (4/10/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): beautiful, very high surface brightness blue planetary at 200x, set in a rich star field. Stunning view at 520x. The thick, oval rim is clearly brighter with a relatively small darker hole in the center! I didn't notice this structure in the 18" several years back from Australia.
18" (7/8/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 171x (unfiltered) this striking planetary is bright (V = 9.7), small, very high surface brightness oval with a pale blue color. With a UHC filter, it appeared ~15"x10" and appeared like a cosmic easter egg set in a beautiful star field! Located 1.1° NE of mag 2.3 Iota Carinae (southeast star of the "False Cross").
John Herschel discovered NGC 2867 = h3163 on 1 Apr 1834 (sweep 435) and called it "The finest planetary nebula I ever remember to have seen for sharpness of termination; 3" diameter; exactly R; no more haziness about them than would be about a star of the same magnitude to-night (which is a favourable one) Light, a pale white = * of 9th +/- mag. Position of companion star = 58.6° (mean) ; * = 15th mag. A very remarkable object. Showed to [assistant John] Stone, who distinctly perceived the total difference of appearance between it and a star 9th mag very near it. A second companion * suspected (at about half the distance of the 1st by diagram, and at an estimated position of 330°) among multitude of large and small stars." The next night he observed it again with Thomas Maclear, astronomer at the Royal Observatory, while it was out of the meridian, to check if it might be a planet. He remarked it was "Quite round, well defined, and about 3" or perhaps 4" diam. Much better seen (between clouds) than last night. The small star is still 1.5 diam. from edge. It has therefore not moved perceptibly, and is therefore not a planet."
Joseph Turner, observing with the 48-inch Melbourne Telescope on 26 Feb 1878, noted the color was a pale bluish, instead of the "pale white" noted by Herschel.
NGC 2867 was probably first photographed by DeLisle Stewart at Harvard's Arequipa Station between 1898 and 1901 and noted as "planetary nebula, 0.3' [diameter]." In the 1950 paper "A photographic survey of bright southern planetary nebulae" using the 74" Radcliffe reflector, Evans and Thackeray described NGC 2867 as "... a bean-shaped ring nebula, the ring being broken up into spots of brightness, brightest in the Sp sector. The central star is faint. About 13''x 11"."
******************************
09 23 27.2 -10 25 46; Hya
V = 14.3; Size 0.8'x0.4'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 65°
17.5" (2/1/03): extremely faint, very small, elongated 3:2 WSW-ENE, 0.4'x0.25, low even surface brightness. Located just 2.3' W of much brighter NGC 2863!
Frank Muller discovered NGC 2868 = LM 2-411 = Big. 39 in 1886 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. He recorded "mag 15.3, 0.4' dia, R, 10s preceding [NGC 2869 = NGC 2863]." According to Harold Corwin, Guillaume Bigourdan independently discovered NGC 2868 on 15 Jan 1887, but was not credited in the NGC. Herbert Howe measured an accurate RA with the 20" refractor at the Chamberlin Observatory in 1899-00 and the correction was repeated by Dreyer in the IC 2. RNGC misclassified this number as nonexistent (Type 7).
******************************
NGC 2869 = NGC 2863 = MCG -02-24-018 = PGC 26609
09 23 36.5 -10 26 00; Hya
V = 12.7; Size 1.1'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.4
See observing notes for NGC 2863.
Frank Muller found NGC 2869 = LM 2-412 in 1886 and recorded ""mag 14.5, 1.2'x0.6', E 170°, gradually brighter in the middle, bet 2 st 12 and 14." His rough position (nearest min of RA) is about 1 min too far east, but the note on the nearby stars clinches the identification. Dreyer assumed this was new object and catalogued it again as NGC 2869. The equivalence was first noted by Howe in his list of NGC observations and corrections in 1900. So, NGC 2863 = NGC 2869, with NGC 2863 the primary designation. See that entry.
******************************
09 27 53.5 +57 22 33; UMa
V = 13.0; Size 2.5'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 123°
17.5" (4/4/92): fairly faint, moderately large, very elongated 4:1 WNW-ESE, 2.0'x0.5', brighter core. Located 4.5' NE of a mag 10 star.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2870 = H. III-846 = h595 on 19 Mar 1790 (sweep 952) and logged "cF, S, mE, very narrow." John Herschel described this galaxy on 9 Feb 1831 (sweep 323) as "vF; pL; lE; very gradually little brighter middle; 35" l, 30" br."
******************************
09 25 39.5 +11 26 40; Leo
V = 15.9
24" (2/8/18): this is a 16th mag star located just 1.1'
NW of the center of
48" (2/21/12): mag 15.9 star situated 1.1' NW of NGC 2872.
Lawrence Parsons, the 4th Earl of Rosse, discovered NGC 2871 on 7 Mar 1874. It was labeled as Epsilon on his field sketch. The micrometric offset of 65.3" in PA 315.7° from NGC 2872 = Delta points directly to a mag 16 star 1' NW of NGC 2872. Spitaler reported "not seen" with the 27" refractor at Vienna (mentioned in the IC 1 notes).
******************************
NGC 2872 = Arp 307 NED1 = UGC 5018 = MCG +02-24-008 = CGCG 062-033 = Holm 130a = PGC 26733
09 25 42.5 +11 25 55; Leo
V = 11.9; Size 2.1'x1.8'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 22°
48" (2/21/12): very bright, moderately large,
irregularly round, 1.2'x1.0', sharply concentrated with an intensely bright
20" core. A mag 15.8 star =
NGC 2871 is 1.1' NW. Forms a
striking trio with
24" (2/8/18): at 375x; bright, moderately large,
slightly elongated, 60"x50", strong concentration with an intense
core and very small brighter nucleus.
Forms a striking pair with NGC 2874 1.3' S. Much fainter
17.5" (2/20/88): moderately bright, small, round, sharp concentration with a very bright core. Brightest of three with NGC 2874 1.3' ESE and NGC 2873 2.0' NE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2872 = H. II-57 = H. II-546 = h597, along with NGC 2874, on 15 Mar 1784 (sweep 172). He recorded both as "Two neb. about 3/4' or a little more from each other; Of the resolvable kind. The position of the first [NGC 2872] is about 15° or 20° np the second; they are pretty small and rather brighter towards the middle, but not much. The neby of the following one is rather more diluted than than of the preceding one, and it also somewhat larger." His position was 1.0 min of RA too small and 11' too far north. Herschel recorded the pair again two years later (H. II-546 and II-547) on sweep 534, this time at the correct position, but assumed they were new and listed them in his 2nd catalogue.
John Herschel included separate entries for the two H-designations in the 1864 General Catalogue, but Dreyer realized the equivalence and combined the identities in the NGC.
******************************
NGC 2873 = MCG +02-24-009 = Holm 130d = PGC 26742
09 25 48.5 +11 27 15; Leo
V = 15.8; Size 0.7'x0.2'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 125°
24" (2/8/18): at 375x; extremely faint, small, elongated 2:1 NW-SE?, ~20"x10". Required averted vision to pick up and could not hold continuously.
48" (2/21/12): fairly faint, fairly small, very
elongated 5:2 or 3:1 NW-SE, 0.6'x0.2', very small slightly brighter
nucleus. Faintest member of a
striking trio with NGC 2874 and NGC 2872 (
R.J. Mitchell discovered NGC 2873 on 22 Feb 1857 while observing NGC 2872 and 2874. He sketched a trio and noted "Is Beta a vF neb?" A month later, NGC 2873 = Beta was confirmed. In the 1874 observation, Copeland measured an exact micrometric offset from NGC 2872. This galaxy is not included in CGCG, UGC or RC3 but appears to be mentioned as an anonymous galaxy in the UGC notes.
******************************
NGC 2874 = Arp 307 NED2 = UGC 5021 = MCG +02-24-010 = CGCG 062-034 = Holm 130b = PGC 26740
09 25 47.3 +11 25 28; Leo
V = 12.5; Size 2.4'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 43°
48" (2/21/12): at 375x, the largest member of this striking trio appeared very bright, large, very elongated 7:2 SW-NE, 1.8'x0.5', sharply concentrated with an intense core. The northeast extension is slightly brighter, particularly along the eastern side (knotty spiral arm = NGC 2875). NGC 2872 is 1.3' WNW and NGC 2873 is 1.7' NNE.
24" (2/8/18): at 375x fairly bright, large, very elongated 3:1 SW-NE, 1.5'x0.5', strong concentration with a bright elongated core. A short central bar is misaligned with the major axis, angling N-S (verified on the DSS). Largest in a trio with NGC 2872 1.3' NW.
17.5" (2/20/88): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 SW-NE, halo gradually increases to a bright core. A mag 15 star is 1.3' S of center. In a close trio with NGC 2872 1.3' WNW and NGC 2873 1.8' N.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2874 = H. II-58 = H. II-547 = h598 on 15 Mar 1784 (sweep 172). See NGC 2872 for the story on the duplicate entries.
******************************
09 25 48.8 +11 25 54; Leo
48" (2/21/12): at 375x, the northeast extension (arm) of NGC 2874 is slightly brighter, particularly along the eastern side.
Lawrence Parsons, the 4th Earl of Rosse, discovered NGC 2875 on 7 Mar 1874 and labeled it as Gamma on the same sketch with NGC 2871, 2872, and 2873. His offset from NGC 2874 (42" in PA 37°) falls on a slightly brighter section of the northeastern spiral arm of NGC 2874. RNGC equates the number with NGC 2874, though a more appropriate classification would be part of NGC 2874.
******************************
09 25 13.8 -06 43 00; Hya
V = 13.7; Size 1.8'x1.3'; Surf Br = 14.5; PA = 95°
24" (2/8/18): at 375x; fairly faint, fairly small,
slightly elongated E-W, ~30"x24".
Images reveal a diffuse plume to the west-northwest of NGC 2876, but I didn't notice this low contrast feature. The galaxy also appears to be a post-merger with an extremely fant plume extending 5' to the E.
17.5" (3/7/92): faint, very small, slightly elongated, small bright core. Pair with IC 2471 7' S.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2876 = St. 10-20 = LM 2-413 on 25 Mar 1879 and recorded "F, S, halo contains sev vF *. He reduced the position on 5 Mar 1880 and included it in his 10th discovery list (#20), though Dreyer mistakenly referenced Stephan's 9th list in the NGC. Ormond Stone independently discovered NGC 2876 in 1886 at the Leander-McCormick Observatory and his position in the second observatory list (#413) is fairly accurate.
******************************
09 25 47.0 +02 13 45; Hya
V = 14.3; Size 0.5'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.5
17.5" (3/8/97): faint, small, round, 25" diameter, very weak concentration. Located 6' following a group of four mag 13 stars in a small "kite" asterism. Forms a pair with NGC 2878 8.5' S.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2877 = m 164 on 28 Mar 1864
(along with
******************************
NGC 2878 = UGC 5022 = MCG +00-24-014 = CGCG 006-042 = PGC 26739
09 25 47.4 +02 05 22; Hya
V = 14.2; Size 0.8'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 174°
17.5" (3/8/97): very faint, small, elongated 2:1 NNW-SSE, unconcentrated. Slightly lower surface brightness than NGC 2877 located 8.5' N.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2878 = m 165 on 28 Mar 1864 (along with NGC 2877 = m 164) and recorded "vF, S, vlE." His position is accurate.
******************************
09 25 22.2 -11 39 03; Hya
= ***, Corwin. "Not found", Carlson.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 2879 on 27 Feb 1865. He noted a "neb with some vF *" and measured a mag 14-15 star as preceding by 11 seconds of time. At his position is a triple star with the mag 14 star at this exact offset. The two brighter components are mag 14.4/14.5 at 10" separation. In 1924, Knox-Shaw reported "nothing shown here except a double star", based on a photograph taken at the Helwan observatory in 1921-22 with the 30" reflector.
******************************
09 29 34.5 +62 29 27; UMa
V = 11.5; Size 2.0'x1.2'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 140°
17.5" (4/6/91): moderately bright, round, 1' diameter,
strong concentration, very small bright core. A mag 11.5 star is 1.9' ENE. Nearby to the north is a string of mag 13-14 stars including
a mag 13 star 2.1' N. Forms a pair
with
8": faint, small, bright core. Located 40' SW of a mag 4 star.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2880 = H. I-260 = h596 on 2 Apr 1791 (sweep 1000). He logged, "very bright, very large, much brighter middle, irregularly round." On 8 Mar 1832 (sweep 404), John Herschel recorded "pF; R; S; very gradually brighter middle; 40", a *12 m follows."
******************************
09 25 54.4 -11 59 40; Hya
V = 13.3; Size 1.1'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.1
48" (5/9/21): NGC 2881 = Arp 275 = VV 293 is an
interacting contact pair of two spirals (possible merger) oriented NW-SE. At 488x, the SE galaxy (
The NW galaxy (
24" (2/24/20): at 200x; fairly faint, fairly small,
elongated 3:2 N-S, low surface brightness but irregular shape. A mag 15 star is at the S end. An extension (interacting companion VV
293b) occasionally bulged out on the NW side [24" between centers], though
I wasn't sure if it was detached.
17.5" (4/4/92): very faint, small, round, very low even surface brightness. A mag 14.5 star is at the northeast edge 0.7' from center. An easy mag 10/11 double star at 26" separation lies 4.5' ESE.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 2881 = Sw. 3-44 on 9 Feb 1886 and
recorded "eF; pS; preceding a coarse double star 17 sec; in field with
1854 [
******************************
09 26 36.2 +07 57 15; Leo
V = 12.6; Size 1.5'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 80°
17.5" (4/13/91): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated
5:2 E-W, almost even surface brightness.
A mag 13.5 star is 2.0' SE.
Located 16' N of mag 8.4
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2882 = m 166 on 6 Mar 1864 and
noted "F, pL, E." His
position and description matches
******************************
09 25 17.5 -34 06 12; Pyx
V = 13.1; Size 2.8'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 176°
18" (3/11/07): faint, moderately large, elongated at least 2:1 ~N-S, 1.1'x0.5'. Unusual appearance as the galaxy has an irregular, mottled appearance and perhaps three faint stars are superimposed (with several others nearby).
John Herschel discovered NGC 2883 = h3164 on 7 Apr 1837 and
recorded "a vF, S, cluster, class VI; very gradually little brighter
middle; resolved so as to see the stars which are 15th mag; almost to be called
a vF, large nebula." His
position matches
MCG misidentifies
******************************
09 26 24.4 -11 33 20; Hya
V = 12.4; Size 1.9'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 175°
13.1" (4/10/86): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated N-S, possible faint stellar nucleus. A mag 13.5 star is 1.3' W of center. NGC 2889 lies 13' ESE.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 2884 on 27 Feb 1865. His position (measured on 5 nights)
matches
******************************
09 27 18.5 +23 01 12; Leo
V = 13.8; Size 1.1'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 80°
17.5" (4/13/91): faint, very small, round, stellar
nucleus. A mag 15 star is 40"
E of center and a mag 14 star is 2' NW.
Located 8' NW of mag 8.5
John Herschel discovered NGC 2885 = h599 on 24 Feb 1827
(sweep 59) and recorded, "eF; vS; E in parallel; RA very
uncertain." There is nothing
at his position (1.7' NNW of a mag 8 star not mentioned in his description),
but 25 seconds of RA west is
Sir Robert Ball, an observing assistant on LdR's 72",
recorded on 10 Jan 1867, "3 objects seen close together, of which one is
probably a nebula, the other possibly also, and third a star? All these are eF, and would perhaps not
be seen unless on so good a night as this is." From the description, Ball picked up NGC 2885 and probably
nearby IC 2474 and
RNGC misidentifies
******************************
09 26 38.7 -21 44 16; Hya
= ***, Corwin. Not found, RNGC.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2886 = h3165 on 1 Feb 1837 and simply noted "eeF; 50"." There is nothing at his position, but four faint stars about 1.5' ENE of his position are likely Herschel's object (the separation is ~25"). Corwin also identifies this multiple star as NGC 2886.
******************************
NGC 2887 = ESO 091-009 = PGC 26592
09 23 24.2 -63 48 45; Car
V = 11.7; Size 2.1'x1.5'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 78°
24" (4/11/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): bright, slightly elongated WSW-ENE, 1.2'x1.0', sharply concentrated with a very bright 25" core. Forms the SE vertex of an isosceles triangle with two mag 12/12.5 stars 1.3' WNW and 1.4' NNW. A couple of arc minutes SE is a short string of very faint stars. NGC 2842 lies 1.1° NW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2887 = h3168 on 8 Mar 1834 and
logged "F; S; R; gradually brighter in the middle; near a bright
star." This is the first deep sky object he discovered at the Cape,
with his first sweep recorded 3 nights earlier. His position (measured on
3 different sweeps) matches
******************************
09 26 19.5 -28 02 08; Pyx
V = 12.6; Size 1.4'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 158°
17.5" (2/28/87): faint, small, slightly elongated NNW-SSE, brighter core.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2888 = h3166 on 30 Mar 1835 and
logged "pF R; suddenly much brighter middle; very dilute at edges;
30"." His position (on 2
sweeps) matches
******************************
NGC 2889 = MCG -02-24-026 = PGC 26806
09 27 12.5 -11 38 37; Hya
V = 11.7; Size 2.2'x1.9'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 65°
13.1" (4/10/86): fairly small, slightly elongated ~N-S, diffuse halo, irregular bright core. A mag 11.5 star is off the south edge 1.4' from the center. NGC 2884 lies 13' WNW and NGC 2881 is 28' SW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2889 = H. II-555 = h600 on 19 Mar 1786 (sweep 541) and recorded "vF; pL; R; bM." On 9 Mar 1828 (sweep 129), John Herschel logged, "pB; pL; R; very gradually little brighter middle; 80"." Using the 72" on 30 Jan 1856, R.J. Mitchell mentioned a very faint star at the east edge and "darkness all round the nucleus."
******************************
09 26 29.8 -14 31 44; Hya
V = 14.3; Size 0.9'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 55°
17.5" (3/7/92): faint, very small, round, 15"
diameter. The glow of the galaxy
is overpowered by mag 7.8
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 2890 = LM 1-154 on 11 Jan
1886 and recorded "mag 15.0, 0.3' dia, R, bright middle to a nucleus,
envelope 15.5." His rough position (nearest min of RA) is 45 sec of RA
east of
******************************
09 26 56.6 -24 46 59; Pyx
V = 12.6; Size 1.5'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.3
17.5" (3/7/92): fairly faint, small, round, sharp concentration with very small prominent core, stellar nucleus. Located in rich Milky Way field close to the Antlia and Hydra border.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2891 = h3167 on 23 Jan 1835 and recorded "F; S; R; bM; 15"." His position is 1' south of ESO 498-008 = PGC 26794.
******************************
09 32 53.0 +67 37 02; UMa
V = 13.1; Size 1.4'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.7
17.5" (4/4/92): fairly faint, fairly small, round,
gradually brighter halo, faint stellar nucleus. A wide bright double star ∑1349 = 7.5/8.7 at 24" is 11'
WSW at the edge of the 220x field.
Brightest in a group with
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 2892 = Sw. 1-8 on 11 May 1885 and
recorded "pF, pS, R, little brighter in the middle." His position is 0.2 min of RA east of
******************************
09 30 17.0 +29 32 24; Leo
V = 13.2; Size 1.1'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.2
17.5" (4/13/91): fairly faint, very small, round, very small bright core, stellar nucleus. Located 3.2' SW of a mag 9 star.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2893 = H. III-297 = h602 on
13 Mar 1785 (sweep 386) and logged "Suspected eF, eS. 240x showed the same appearance but
left a doubt." There is nothing
at his position, but 8.5' north is
******************************
09 29 30.4 +07 43 06; Leo
V = 12.4; Size 1.9'x1.0'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 27°
24" (2/23/22): at 260x and 375x; moderately bright but
sharply concentrated with a high surface brightness very small core and
nucleus. Unusual appearance as
squeezed directly between two stars; a mag 13.5 at the east edge and a mag 14
at west side. The much fainter
halo is elongated SSW-NNE and ~1' in length.
17.5" (4/13/91): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated
2:1 SSW-NNE, prominent core with faint extensions. Unusual appearance as a mag 13.5 star is at the east end and
a mag 14.5 star (Holmberg 133b) at the west end. Located 3.0' NNE of mag 8.6
William Herschel discovered NGC 2894 = H. III-8 = h603 on 23 Jan 1784 (sweep 101) and recorded "Nebula. I see 3 stars in it, & I believe it may all be resolved; yet my 240 power does not clear it quite of nebulosity. [Higher] power gives me 3 very obscure nebulous stars, but leaves it undetermined whether there are more stars in it or whether these are only nebulous for want of light." John Herschel's observation from 25 Dec 1827 (sweep 116) simply states, "2 or 3 st and nebulosity".
******************************
09 32 25.1 +57 28 58; UMa
V = 13.9; Size 0.9'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.3
17.5" (4/4/92): faint, small, elongated 4:3 WSW-ENE, broad concentration in halo to brighter core. Collinear with a wide double star 6' SSW (10.5/12.5 at 50" oriented SSW-NNE).
John Herschel discovered NGC 2895 = h601 on 9 Feb 1831
(sweep 323) and logged "vF; R; very gradually brighter middle; 15";
has a coarse double star 7' south."
His position and description matches
******************************
09 30 16.9 +23 39 47; Leo
V = 13.9; Size 0.9'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.4
17.5" (4/13/91): very faint, extremely small, round, small bright core. A mag 15 star is attached at the west end.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 2896 on 1 May 1864 with the
11-inch refractor at Copenhagen and recorded "F, S, R, *17m very near, *13
follows by 24.3 seconds of time and 30" north." His position and description matches
******************************
09 29 45.7 +02 12 25; Hya
V = 14.3; Size 0.7'x0.4'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 170°
17.5" (3/7/92): very faint, very small, round, 15"
diameter, low surface brightness.
Located just 1.8' WNW of mag 8.0
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2897 = m 167 on 6 Feb 1864
(along with
******************************
NGC 2898 = MCG +00-24-018 = CGCG 006-048 = PGC 26950
09 29 46.3 +02 03 51; Hya
V = 13.7; Size 1.0'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 125°
17.5" (3/7/92): faint, very small, round, faint substellar nucleus. Forms a pair with NGC 2897 8' N.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2898 = m 168 on 6 Feb 1864 and
noted "vF, vS, lE." His
position is 6 sec of RA east of
******************************
09 27 03.0 -56 06 22; Vel
V = 12.2; Size 120"x68"
24" (4/10/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia):
fascinating bipolar planetary at 260x using a UHC filter. A very bright knot is situated on the
SW end with fainter extensions along the rim to the SE. A matching knot with a lower surface
brightness is on the north side.
This knot is also elongated, making another short arc. Overall, NGC 2899 is noticeably elongated
with dimensions of ~1.6'x1.0', oriented NW-SE. At 520x both knots or arcs gradually increase in brightness
to their centers and occasionally show very faint stellar nuclei. The overall surface is noticeably
mottled at this power, though darker in the center. The open cluster
13.1" (2/18/04 - Costa Rica): at 105x this interesting
Vela planetary appeared fairly faint, moderately large, slightly elongated
~E-W, 1.3'x1.0'. Good contrast
gain with a UHC filter. The surface brightness appears very irregular or
mottled with a brighter knot on the SW end that is nearly detached and an
irregular darker center. Also a
less-defined knot appears to be situated on the north end. Four mag 7.5-9 stars are in the field
to the west and north and the PN is situated 9' E of mag 7.3
18" (7/8/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 171x, this moderately bright planetary is fairly large, ~1.5'x1.0', with an irregular shape and surface brightness. Adding a UHC filter improved the contrast and the PN is clearly elongated with an annular or bi-polar appearance with a darker, irregular center. There are two brighter knots or arcs on on the SW and NE sides of the central section (minor axis?) with the SW knot more obvious. Situated in a fairly rich star field with four mag 7-9 stars including a mag 7.3 star 9' W.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2899 = h3169 on 27 Feb 1835 and recorded "F; pL; R; gradually little brighter middle; 80". At least 80 stars in field." His position is accurate.
Margaret Mayall classified it a planetary in 1951 on an objective prism plate taken with the 10-inch Metcalf telescope in South Africa.
******************************
09 30 15.1 +04 08 39; Hya
V = 13.0; Size 1.7'x1.4'; Surf Br = 13.8
17.5" (3/25/95): very faint, moderately large, 1.5' diameter, very low surface brightness, very weak concentration, ill-defined halo. A mag 14.5 star is 1.0' SW of center.
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 2900 = Sw. 3-45 on 10 Mar 1886
and logged "eeF, pL, R, in vacancy." His position is 5 sec of RA east and 1' south of
******************************
09 32 24 +31 07; Leo
= Not found, RNGC.
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 2901 = LM 1-155 in 1886 with the 26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory "while looking for Winnecke's comet [7P/Pons-Winnecke]." No additional notes are given and the position is marked as very rough (approximate even to the nearest min of RA).
This number is not listed in any modern catalogue (even the
RNGC didn't pick a candidate).
Brian Skiff identifies this object as a double star with brightest
component GSC 2494-0616 at 09 32 19 +31 07.1 (2000). Harold Corwin suggest this number may refer to one of the
galaxies (
******************************
09 30 52.8 -14 44 07; Hya
V = 12.2; Size 1.4'x1.2'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 35°
13.1" (4/10/86): fairly faint, very small, 30" diameter, stellar nucleus. A faint star is off the NW edge.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2902 = H. III-276 on 8 Feb
1785 (sweep 371) and logged "vF; vS; stellar; with 240 the
same." Caroline's reduction
is less than 2' northwest of
******************************
09 32 10.0 +21 30 02; Leo
V = 9.0; Size 12.6'x6.0'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 17°
48" (4/18/15): this superb spiral was observed at
375x. Several luminous patches
were visible along the central bar, which trends SSW-NNE, including a patch
(
24" (2/22/14): excellent view at 200x and 375x. This beautiful barred spiral is sharply concentrated with an extremely bright, mottled core. A prominent central bar runs along the major axis, extending ~2'x0.4' SSW-NNE. The central bar is the brightest portion of a more oval, brighter central region, ~2.0'x1.0'. Just beyond the northeast end of the central bar is a bright, irregular "knot" (NGC 2905) where the northern spiral arm attaches. This arm bends sharply to the west (clockwise), but only curves for ~1' and quickly fades, as if it was angled towards us. A prominent arm (more cleanly separated from the central region) is attached at the south-southwest end of the bar where there is another brighter, irregular "knot". The southern arm bends east and then north, paralleling the orientation of the bar and extending as far north as the core, perhaps just beyond a mag 13.7 star 2' ESE of center. A darker dust lane separates this arm from the central region.
18" (2/14/10): beautiful view of this barred spiral at 175x. The galaxy extends 2:1 SSW-NNE, roughly 8'x4', with a slightly brighter bar running through the major axis. The center is sharply concentrated with a very bright clumpy core. At the SSW end of the main body a faint arm emerges and sweeps around to the east. Near the NNE end of the central bar is a brighter knot (NGC 2905) and beyond the knot is a fainter and less defined arm that curves around a short distance to the west.
17.5" (1/31/87): this is one of the brightest non-Messier galaxies. Very bright and large, elongated 5:2 SSW-NNE, 10'x4'. A very faint knot is involved on the NNE side 1.2' from center = NGC 2905. An extremely faint knot is also symmetrically placed opposite the core on the SW end 1.2' from center. The galaxy has a dusty, mottled appearance with knots and arcs easily visible with averted vision.
17.5" (3/23/85): a second knotty region is definitely visible on the SW edge. Lord Rosse mentions these two knots as "thickened regions".
13.1" (1/28/84 and 12/22/84): very bright, elongated bright core. Contains a very faint knot at the north end = NGC 2905. Simiilar knot seen through a 16" scope.
8": bright, large, elongated, bright mottled core.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2903 = H. I-56 = h604.I on 16 Nov 1784 (sweep 318). His description reads, "cB, cL, a small bright spot in the middle; at first sight appears very much elongated, but by careful attention it appears to consist of two; the north following of which less bright than the south preceding, though nearly of the same size and shape with the former, it has also a brightish spot in the middle but not nearly so brilliant as the other; distance of the center about a minute." He assigned two catalogue designations: I-56 and I-57. The latter is NGC 2905.
John Herschel recorded on 25 Mar 1830 (sweep 244), "I. 56 is vB; E; gradually brighter in the middle; r[esolvable]. Long attentions shows a vF, L, R, neb attached north following." Again, the second object (following his father's lead) is NGC 2905 = h604.II and refers to the NE spiral arm (or a brighter region in the spiral arm).
Lord Rosse first observed this galaxy on 24 Mar 1846 and
noted "a tendency to an annular or spiral arrangement discovered." He commented the night was bad,
though. NGC 2903 was probably the
second galaxy (after
William Lassell published three different sketches of NGC 2903 made in 1862 with his 48-inch on Malta. (plate II, Fig. 12). They all showed a "wavy" or curved body with "hooks" at the ends of the spiral arms.
******************************
09 30 17.0 -30 23 05; Ant
V = 12.4; Size 1.2'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.2; PA = 90°
17.5" (2/1/03): fairly faint, fairly small, 3:2 oval
E-W, 0.8'x0.5'. Contains a
brighter core with a very thin outer envelope. Located 4' W of mag 8.8
John Herschel discovered NGC 2904 = h3170 on 11 Apr 1834 and
logged "F; S; vlE; pretty suddenly brighter middle; 15". Very dilute at the edges." His position matches
******************************
09 32 11.9 +21 31 10; Leo
48" (4/18/15): NGC 2905 is the brightest of several luminous patches along the central bar. This irregular knot is located very near the north-northeast end of the central bar at the point where two spiral arms (extending west) emerge from the arm.
24" (2/22/14): just beyond the northeast end of the central bar is a fairly bright, irregular "knot" (NGC 2905) where the northern spiral arm attaches to the bar. This arm bends sharply to the west (clockwise), but only curves for ~1' and quickly fades.
17.5" (5/10/86): very large knot or arc at the NNE edge of a spiral arm in NGC 2903. Easily visible with averted vision.
13.1" (12/22/84): very faint knot or arc at NE edge of arm of NGC 2903.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2905 = H. I-57 = h604.II on 16 Nov 1784 (sweep 318) and recorded (together with NGC 2903) "cB, cL, a small bright spot in the middle; at first sight appears very much elongated, but by careful attention it appears to consist of two; the nf of which less bright than the sp, though nearly of the same size and shape with the former, it has also a brightish spot in the middle but not nearly so brilliant as the other; dist of the center about a minute."
On 25 Mar 1830 (sweep 244), John Herschel recorded, "[NGC 2903] is vB; E; gradually brighter in the middle; r[esolvable]. Long attentions shows a vF, L, R, neb attached north following." NGC 2905 is the attached "nebula" and refers to a brighter starcloud of large HII region in the northeast spiral arm. George Stoney's sketch at Birr Castle on 5 Mar 1848 shows multiple spiral arms, along with a distinct embedded knot on the northeast side. RNGC classified this number as nonexistent (Type 7), although Type 35 = nebulous region in a galaxy, would probably be more appropriate.
******************************
09 32 06.3 +08 26 30; Leo
V = 12.7; Size 1.4'x0.9'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 75°
17.5" (4/13/91): moderately bright, fairly small, elongated 2:1 WSW-ENE, broadly concentrated halo, brighter along the major axis. A mag 12 star is 2.9' SW and a mag 11 star 3.6' SSW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2906 = H. II-495 = h606 on 28 Dec 1785 (sweep 497) and logged "F, pL, E, iF." On 25 Dec 1827 (sweep 116) John Herschel wrote, "F; not vS; R; gradually little brighter middle."
******************************
09 31 36.6 -16 44 07; Hya
V = 11.6; Size 1.8'x1.1'; Surf Br = 12.3; PA = 115°
25" (3/31/19 - OzSky): at 244x; bright, large, slightly elongated 3:2 WNW-ESE, 2.4'x1.6', strong concentration with a bright, elongated core and an intense nucleus. A number of stars are nearby including a half-dozen stars to the southwest. The galaxy is elongated in the direction of two mag 14 stars 2.5' SE.
UGCA 167, located 24' E, appeared moderately bright and large, slightly elongated SW-NE. Contains a very small bright nucleus and a diffuse outer halo.
13.1" (4/10/86): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 ~E-W, 1.4'x0.7, bright core, stellar nucleus. A small group of four mag 11-13 stars lies roughly 4' SW.
Brightest in a small group including UGCA 167 24' E. The following observation was made on 13 Apr 2018 with my 24".
At 200x and 375x; moderately bright and large, oval 4:3 SW-NE, well defined small bright core increasing to a stellar nucleus. Several 9-10th magnitude stars are in the field including a mag 9.3 star 7' E.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2907 = H. II-506 = h607 on 31 Dec 1785 (sweep 503) and logged "pB, S, lE, mb towards the sf side." On 16 Dec 1827 (sweep 111) John Herschel recorded "F; bM; lE s f; 30" [diameter]."
******************************
NGC 2908 = UGC 5152 = MCG +13-07-034 = CGCG 350-029 = PGC 27831
09 43 31.6 +79 42 05; Dra
V = 14.1; Size 0.8'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.5
17.5" (4/6/02): faint, fairly small, round, 0.8' diameter, low but uneven surface brightness. A mag 10 star is 6' ENE. Located 35' NNW of a mag 6.1 star.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2908 = H. III-977 on 26 Sep
1802 (sweep 1111, under the pole).
He logged "extremely faint, very small, irregular figure. I also saw it with 300x." Caroline Herschel's reduced position is
3' north of
******************************
09 36 59.9 +65 56 26; UMa
= **?, Gottlieb. Not found, Thomson.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2909 = h605 on 3 Apr 1832
(sweep 412) and logged "eF; S; pretty suddenly brighter middle; 12"
[diameter]." There is nothing near his position and this object was not
recorded on any other sweeps to verify the position. RNGC and CGCG misidentify
******************************
09 30 29 -52 54 48; Vel
V = 7.2; Size 5'
18" (7/8/02 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): ~50 stars are resolved in an oval or "racetrack" outline oriented NW-SE, perhaps 6'x4', with outliers making the group rounder. Includes a half-dozen stars brighter than mag 11. The SE end of the oval has a rich subgroup over unresolved haze. No concentration, in fact the center of the "racetrack" is nearly devoid of stars!
10x30mm Canon IS (3/28/19 - Tasmania): faint, small, roundish, no obvious resolution. Not difficult to identify just northeast of the "False Cross".
John Herschel discovered NGC 2910 = h3171 on 10 Apr 1834 and recorded "Cluster of loose stars; p rich; stars 11...15m; has rather a vacancy in the middle; fills about 2/3 of field." On a later sweep (763) he measured an accurate position on a bright star at the southeast side of the cluster.
******************************
09 33 46.1 +10 09 09; Leo
V = 11.5; Size 4.1'x3.2'; Surf Br = 14.2; PA = 140°
17.5" (2/20/88): moderately bright, fairly small,
slightly elongated, bright core, faint stellar nucleus. Brightest in a group with
13.1" (4/28/84): fairly bright, fairly small, round, distinctive small bright nucleus.
8" (4/24/82) : faint, small, diffuse.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2911 = H. II-40 = h608 on 11 Mar 1784 (sweep 163). His description reads, "A nebula between two pretty considerable stars. Brightest in the middle, but not cometic. Faint and perhaps 30" dia, almost R and the extremities of it lose themselves gradually." He swept the field again on 3 Mar 1786 and discovered nearby NGC 2914.
******************************
09 33 56.9 +10 11 33; Leo
V = 16.1
17.5" (2/20/88): mag 14.3 star situated 3.6' NE of NGC 2911. Misidentified as a "nova" by Schultz.
Herman Schultz discovered NGC 2912 on 3 Apr 1870 with the 9.6-inch refractor at Uppsala Observatory and recorded "eF; follows h608 [NGC 2911] some seconds about 2' N; but not observable". I'm not sure of the meaning of his last comment but 1.3' ENE of NGC 2911 is PGC 27167, an extremely faint and small, low surface brightness galaxy, which the RNGC identifies as NGC 2912.
But this galaxy is too faint to be included in the CGCG and MCG and is extremely unlikely to have been seen by Schultz with a 9.6" scope. I missed detecting this galaxy in my 17.5" and it was not found by Bigourdan, though of course it was not difficult in Lowrey's 48". Instead, Corwin suggests NGC 2912 more likely refers to a mag 14.3 star 3.6' NE of NGC 2911.
******************************
09 34 02.7 +09 28 45; Leo
V = 13.1; Size 1.1'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 140°
17.5" (2/20/88): extremely faint, fairly small, even surface brightness.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2913 on 10 Mar 1864 with
Lassell's 48" and recorded "vF, pL, iR." His position matches
******************************
NGC 2914 = Arp 137 = UGC 5096 = MCG +02-25-006 = CGCG 063-010 = PGC 27185
09 34 02.8 +10 06 31; Leo
V = 13.2; Size 1.0'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 15°
17.5" (2/20/88): faint, very small, slightly elongated. A mag 15 star is off the east edge 36" from the center. A mag 11 star lies 1.6' NW. Forms a trio with NGC 2911 4.8' NW and UGC 5093 4.8' S.
13.1" (4/28/84): faint, very small, faint stellar nucleus.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2914 = H. III-513 = h609 on 3 Mar 1786 (sweep 534) and recorded "eF; vS; stellar; 240 verified it." John Louis Dreyer, the 4th Earl of Rosse's assistant in March 1877, wrote "F, S, R, bM, vF star 3/4' following."
******************************
09 26 13.0 -76 37 35; Cha
V = 12.7; Size 1.9'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 129°
24" (4/10/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 260x appears moderately bright and large, elongated 5:3 NW-SE, ~1.0'x0.6'. Appears slightly brighter at the NW end. An easy pair of mag 12-13 stars (25" separation) lies 4.5' NW. Located 8.4' NE of a mag 8 star.
NGC 2915 is classified as an unusual Blue Compact Dwarf. A significant percentage of its mass is within an extended neutral hydrogen halo that extends to nearly 20'x12' and within a massive halo of dark matter.
A very faint globular, E3, lies 43' SSW. At 200x, three faint stars were resolved over a 1' low surface brightness hazy glow with no concentration. In addition two brighter field stars are situated at the outside edge of the glow. At 260x, a fourth superimposed star was glimpsed, though these are possibly line of sight stars and perhaps the cluster, itself, was unresolved. Although situated 43' SSW of NGC 2915 the precise position was pinned down moving 13' W of a mag 7.7 star using a 16" pair of mag 12/14 stars (situated at the midpoint of this line) as a reference.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2915 = h3174 on 31 Mar 1837 and
logged "pF; pL; R; gradually brighter in the middle; 45"." His position matches
******************************
09 34 57.7 +21 42 19; Leo
V = 12.1; Size 2.5'x1.7'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 20°
17.5" (1/31/87): fairly bright, moderately large, bright core, elongated SSW-NNE. A mag 12.5 star is 1.7' SSW of center.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2916 = H. II-260 = h610 on 16 Nov 1784 (sweep 318) and recorded "F, pS, lE." George Stoney, using the 72" on 9 Mar 1850, logged "D Nucl or D * in it, light unequal, another * susp. preceding the brighter of the D one." His description matches a (single) star superimposed just north of the nucleus.
******************************
09 34 26.9 -02 30 16; Hya
V = 13.6; Size 1.3'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 169°
17.5" (2/13/88): faint, small, elongated NNW-SSE, brighter core. A mag 10 star (SAO 136961) is 2' SE.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2917 = m 170 on 6 Feb 1864 and
logged "pF, S, mbM." His
position matches
******************************
09 35 44.1 +31 42 20; Leo
V = 12.6; Size 1.4'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 65°
17.5" (3/12/94): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 4:3 SW-NE, 1.0'x0.8', bright core has a slight even concentration down to an occasional faint stellar nucleus. Located at midpoint of two mag 13.5 stars 2.5' S and 2.5' N.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2918 = H. III-298 = h611 on 13 Mar 1785 (sweep 386) and logged "vF, vS, irregularly round, little brighter in the middle." John Herschel recorded on 27 Jan 1827 (sweep 56), "F; R; very suddenly brighter in the middle almost to a star."
******************************
09 34 47.5 +10 17 01; Leo
V = 12.9; Size 1.7'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 159°
17.5" (2/20/88): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated NNW-SSE, halo gradually brightens. Flanked by two mag 13.5 stars 2.0' E and 2.0' N of center. Two mag 9.5 stars are about 5' SE. NGC 2911 lies 18' WSW.
13.1" (4/28/84): faint, very elongated NNW-SSE. Located 17' ENE of NGC 2911.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2919 = T. 1-24 = T. 5-4 on 7 Mar 1874 and logged an approximate position 2' to the NW. Apparently his target was NGC 2911 and/or NGC 2914 (about 16' SW) and he assumed his object was probably one of these. Stephan didn't publish this discovery, so he didn't receive credit in the NGC.
Wilhelm Tempel independently discovered this galaxy again on
1 Feb 1877 and reported it as new in his first list (#24). He measured a micrometric position
matching
******************************
09 34 12.1 -20 51 33; Hya
V = 13.0; Size 0.9'x0.6'; Surf Br = 12.1; PA = 129°
17.5" (3/8/97): faint, small, slightly elongated,
30"x25" (NW-SE?). A mag
15 star is just off the following end about 20" from the center. Forms a pair with
John Herschel discovered NGC 2920 = h3172 on 1 Feb 1837 and
logged "eF; S; R: the preceding of two [with NGC 2921]." His position is ~1' E of
******************************
NGC 2921 = ESO 565-017 = MCG -03-25-006 = PGC 27214
09 34 31.3 -20 55 13; Hya
V = 12.0; Size 2.8'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 83°
17.5" (3/8/97): fairly faint, moderately large,
elongated 2:1 ~E-W, 1.4'x0.8', broad concentration to a 15" core. A mag 14 star is just off the NW side
[53" from the center]. Forms
a pair with NGC 2920 5.8' NW.
Located 33' NW of
William Herschel discovered NGC 2921 = H. III-597 = h3173 on
24 Dec 1786 (sweep 663) and logged "vF, S, R, very gradually little
brighter middle. His position is
within 1' of
******************************
09 36 52.4 +37 41 41; LMi
V = 14.1; Size 1.1'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 103°
17.5" (3/12/94): faint, fairly small, elongated 5:2
WNW-ESE, 1.0'x0.4', appears brighter on the western half. A string of mag 11.5-13.5 stars runs
E-W through the 20' field including a mag 13.5 star 39" SW of center. The western end of this unusual string
begins at a mag 11.5 star which is 2.7' W of NGC 2922 and ends at an 11th
magnitude star which is 18' E of NGC 2922.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2922 = St. 13-48 on 22 Mar
1878. His published position (list
13, #48) was reduced on 18 Mar 1884 and matches
******************************
09 36 03.8 +16 45 37; Leo
V = 15.3; Size 0.5'x0.3'; PA = 28°
24" (3/21/20): at 260x, very faint, very small, round, 24" diameter, low even surface brightness. The CGCG blue photographic mag of 15.2 is too bright -- this galaxy is quite faint.
17.5" (4/6/02): extremely faint, very small, round,
20" diameter. Required
averted to glimpse intermittently once exact position identified. Located at the western edge of a faint
group of galaxies (brightest member
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2923 = m 171 on 1 Apr 1864 and
simply noted "vF". His
position is 2' N of
******************************
09 35 10.8 -16 23 54; Hya
V = 12.0; Size 1.4'x1.3'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 150°
24" (2/13/18): moderately bright, fairly small, round,
35" diameter, consists of mainly a large bright core and only a small
halo. A mag 13.5 star is 1.1' SE
and a mag 15 star is at the SW edge, ~20" from center. Mag 9.7
Forms a pair with
13.1" (4/10/86): fairly faint, very small, round, faint stellar nucleus. A faint mag 14 star (similar in brightness to the nucleus) is off the SE edge, 1.0' from center.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2924 = h3175 on 12 Feb 1836 and
logged "pB; R; 20"."
His position matches
******************************
09 33 11 -53 23 48; Vel
V = 8.3; Size 12'
14" (4/3/16 - Coonabarabran, 145x and 178x): scattered
cluster with 60+ stars mag 8.5 and fainter in a 10' region. The brightest stars roughly define the
outline, including mag 8.5
John Herschel discovered NGC 2925 = h3177 on 5 Jan 1837 and recorded "a pretty rich cluster, 8th class; a double star (one of the chief) taken." His position is at the southeast edge of the cluster and the double is HJ 4221.
******************************
09 37 31.0 +32 50 30; Leo
V = 13.4; Size 0.8'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 120°
17.5" (3/12/94): faint, fairly small, round, 45"
diameter, unconcentrated. A mag
14.7 star is 1.5' SW. Located 4.3'
S of mag 9.2
Johann Palisa discovered NGC 2926 on 27 Mar 1886 with the
12-inch refractor at the Vienna University Observatory. His description simply states
"very faint" and his micrometric position matches
******************************
09 37 15.2 +23 35 26; Leo
V = 12.9; Size 1.9'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 155°
17.5" (4/15/93): faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2
NW-SE, 1.2'x0.8', even concentration in halo down to a very small brighter
core, halo fades into background.
Located 14' WNW of mag 8.0
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 2927, along with
******************************
09 37 10.1 +16 58 38; Leo
V = 14.2; Size 1.1'x0.6'; PA = 40°
24" (2/22/14): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated
3:2 SW-NE, 0.6'x0.4', weak concentration.
Located 3.7' NW of a mag 10.4 star. On a line with
17.5" (2/1/03): very faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 SW-NE, 0.9'x0.5', low surface brightness, weak concentration. Located 3.7' NW of a mag 10.4 star. First in the NGC 2943 group which extends about 40' to the east.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2928 = m 172 on 1 Apr 1864 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta and reported "vF, S, R, bM." His position is 1' NW of
******************************
NGC 2929 = UGC 5126 = MCG +04-23-017 = CGCG 122-034 = Holm 134b = WBL 227-001 = PGC 27398
09 37 29.9 +23 09 39; Leo
V = 13.7; Size 1.2'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 144°
24" (2/15/18): at 375x; first in a nice string of an
equally spaced and collinear triplet.
fairly faint to moderately bright, fairly small, elongated 3:1 NW-SE,
0.9'x0.3', slightly brighter bulging core. Located 11' NE of mag 7.1
PGC 27435, located 5.6' E of NGC 2929, was extremely faint (V = 15.6), fairly small, elongated 2:1 ~E-W, ~25"x12". It was often visible at 225x (10mm ZAO) and 375x (6mm ZAO), but I couldn't hold steadily for a significant length of time.
PGC 27434, located 7' ESE of NGC 2929, was marginally glimpsed 1.2' ESE of PGC 27435. I probably only noticed the slightly brighter central region (~10") but too ephemeral (V = 16.1) to notice a shape. It only popped a few definite times but was verified in the same position.
17.5" (4/15/93): first and largest of a close trio in a
line. Faint, fairly small, very
elongated 3:1 NW-SE, 1.0'x0.3'. A
mag 13 star is 1.7' NW. Located
10' NE of mag 7.1
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 2929, along with NGC 2930
and 2931, on 21 Feb 1863. His
position, measured on 3 nights, matches
******************************
NGC 2930 = MCG +04-23-018 = CGCG 122-035 = Holm 134a = WAS 1 = WBL 229-002 = PGC 27404
09 37 32.7 +23 12 12; Leo
V = 14.1; Size 0.7'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.6; PA = 135°
24" (2/15/18): at 375x; faint to fairly faint, fairly small, roundish, 30" diameter, low even surface brightness. Faintest in a triplet at the midpoint of NGC 2929 2.6' SSW and NGC 2931 2.5' NNE. NGC 2930 is a blue emission-line galaxy (WAS 1) and the site of a recent supernova (SN 2005M)
17.5" (4/15/93): second and faintest of three. Very faint, small, elongated 4:3 NW-SE. A mag 13 star is 1.7' SW. In a tight trio with NGC 2929 2.8' SSW and NGC 2931 2.5' NNE.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 2930, along with NGC 2929
and 2931, on 21 Feb 1863. His
position, measured on 3 nights, matches
******************************
NGC 2931 = MCG +04-23-019 = CGCG 122-036 = Holm 134c = WBL 227-003 = PGC 27415
09 37 37.7 +23 14 26; Leo
V = 14.2; Size 0.8'x0.6'; PA = 69°
24" (2/15/18): at 375x; fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated WSW-ENE, 40"x30". Third in a collinear trio with slightly fainter NGC 2930 2.5' SSW.
17.5" (4/15/93): third of three with NGC 2930 2.5' SSW and NGC 2929 5' SSW. Faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2 WSW-ENE, weak concentration. A mag 12 star is 2.6' E.
Heinrich d'Arrest discovered NGC 2931, along with NGC 2929
and 2930 on 21 Feb 1863. His
position, measured on 3 nights, matches
******************************
09 35 54 -46 55; Vel
Size 60'
18" (10/17/17 - OzSky): This observation, made at 2:30 AM with the object at an
elevation of ~15°, completed the entire NGC! At 91x it took a few minutes to identify the field with
certainty as the general region is fairly uniformly rich and no detached Milky
Way patches stood out. Using a printed finder chart, I identified a few
distinct asterisms within this Milky Way star field. John Herschel referred to a very large field, 1 to 1.5
degrees, but my eye caught a brighter, more condensed region centered about 09
35 15 -46 52 that was noticeably elongated SW-NE and extended ~15'x6'. At the southwest end was mag 8.6 HD
83152 and at the northeast was mag 9.4
To the east of this grouping is a much smaller 6' string
oriented WSW-ENE (centered about 09 36.4
-46 58) with a mag 9.9 star at the WSW tip. Close east is
mag 8.6
John Herschel discovered NGC 2932 = h3179 on 3 Mar 1837 and recorded "This is about the middle of an enormous cluster of 1 deg or 1.5 deg, very rich in stars of all magnitudes, from 8m downwards, which merits registry as a sort of telescope Praesape. It may be regarded as a detached portion of the milky way." RNGC classifies the number as nonexistent (Type 7).
******************************
NGC 2933 = UGC 5132 = MCG +03-25-008 = CGCG 092-015 = VV 808 = WBL 229-001 = PGC 27436
09 37 55.0 +17 00 52; Leo
V = 14.5; Size 0.9'x0.3'; PA = 30°
24" (2/22/14): at 375x appeared faint, fairly small,
very elongated 3:1 SW-NE, 24"x8", even surface brightness. Situated 1.6' NNE of a mag 10 star and
9' W of NGC 2943, the brightest member of the group (WBL 229).
17.5" (3/29/89): extremely faint, small, round, very diffuse. A mag 11 star is 1.5' SSW. Located 11' N of mag 7.9 SAO 98681. Forms a pair with NGC 2943 9' E.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2933 = m 173 on 1 Apr 1864 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta and reported "F, vS, lE, sp of 2 [with NGC
2943]." His position is
1' N of
******************************
09 37 55.2 +17 03 16; Leo
V = 15.8; Size 0.4'x0.3'
24" (2/22/14): at 375x appeared extremely to very faint, extremely small, round, just 6" diameter. It took some effort to initially identify and is comparable to a mag 15.9 star just 0.8' E. Situated 2.4' N of NGC 2933. This is the faintest of 7 NGC galaxies in the NGC 2943 group (WBL 229).
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2934 = m 174 on 2 Apr 1865 with
Lassell's 48" on Malta and only noted "eF". Dreyer added "nf of 2 [with m173 =
NGC 2933], but NGC 2933 was discovered a year earlier. His position is 3 tsec of RA east and
2' N of NGC 2933. An extremely
faint edge-on is at the NE tip of NGC 2933 and UGC misidentifies this galaxy as
NGC 2934. Assuming Marth went back
to verify the group in 1865 and picked a nebula near NGC 2933, the most likely
candidate is
******************************
NGC 2935 = ESO 565-023 = UGCA 169 = MCG -03-25-011 = PGC 27351
09 36 44.8 -21 07 41; Hya
V = 11.4; Size 3.6'x2.8'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 165°
17.5" (2/28/87): moderately bright, fairly small, elongated NW-SE, high surface brightness. A couple of mag 14 stars are superimposed and a mag 12.5 star is just off the SE end 2.1' from center. Appears brighter at the SW end. NGC 2921 lies 33' NW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2935 = H. II-556 = h3178 on 20 Mar 1786 (sweep 542) and logged "pB; cL; iR; very gradually brighter middle." On 24 Dec 1786 (sweep 663) he noted "pB; vS; R; mbM." John Herschel made two observations, recording on sweep 561: "pB; vS; gradually much brighter middle; lE; 25" l, 20" br."
******************************
09 37 44.2 +02 45 39; Hya
V = 13.1; Size 1.6'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 35°
48" (2/20/12): bright disrupted galaxy with a highly
irregular surface brightness and a curving shape with a faint tail. At 375x and
488x, the central region is extended E-W, roughly 30"x20", with a
very small bright nucleus. A low
surface brightness "tail" is attached on the west side of the bright
central region. The relatively broad tail sweeps south-southwest for ~45",
gradually dimming out due west of the center of
Forms a close pair with NGC 2937 to the south with the cores
of the galaxies separated by less than 1'. A mag 13 star is 1' NW and just beyond is
17.5" (3/25/95): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 4:3 E-W, 0.8'x0.6'. A mag 13/14 double star at 18" separation is 1' NNW and two mag 13.5/14 stars at 36" separation are 2' NNE. Forms a very close pair with NGC 2937 0.8' S.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2936 = m 175 on 3 Mar 1864,
along with NGC 2927, and simply noted "vF, iR." His position is 1' S of
******************************
NGC 2937 = Arp 142 NED3 = Arp 142:C1 = VV 316b = Holm 135b =
09 37 45.0 +02 44 50; Hya
V = 13.7; Size 0.8'x0.4'; PA = 15°
48" (2/20/12): bright, fairly small, oval 3:2 SSW-NNE, 0.5'x0.25', high surface brightness, very small intense nucleus. Forms a close pair with highly disrupted NGC 2936 with the cores of the galaxies separated by less than 1'.
17.5" (3/25/95): faint, very small, round. Appears as a fairly high surface brightness "knot" located just off the south edge of NGC 2936. No outer halo visible.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2937 = m 176 on 3 Mar 1864, along with NGC 2926, and noted "F, S, like a neb*." His position matches UGC 5131. The dimensions of NGC 2936 and 2937 appear reversed in the RC3 and MCG.
******************************
09 38 24.0 +76 19 10; Dra
V = 13.5; Size 1.7'x1.0'; Surf Br = 14.0; PA = 105°
17.5" (1/28/89): faint, fairly small, slightly elongated, even surface brightness.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2938 = H. III-963 on 2 Apr
1801 (sweep 1096). He recorded
"extremely faint, small, irregular figure." This is one of 15 far northern galaxies with large
systematic errors due to a misidentification of the offset star and the
telescope misaligned off the meridian by 7°. Herschel caught the error in alignment three nights later (5
Apr) with the telescope sweeping in the same position and appended this note:
"On examination, I find by an accident of taking down the 25 feet
[Spanish] telescope, my instrument has been drawn out of the meridian towards
the east at least 5 or 6 degrees in azimuth, perhaps more." But although his sweep that night was
not registered (two nebulae and five stars were recorded), Caroline apparently
didn’t realize the same situation applied to sweep 1096. Eventually, a corrected position for
NGC 2938 matching
John Herschel observed what he assumed was his father's III-963, and recorded h612 as "eF; has a coarse double star 3' following." His position and description is very close to a mag 15 star. He used his father's description and added "D * f 3'." in the GC description. The MN article equates h612 with a faint star preceding the double star. So, NGC 2938 is only equated with H. III-963, and not h612.
******************************
09 38 08.1 +09 31 23; Leo
V = 12.5; Size 2.5'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 154°
24" (2/8/18): at 375x; moderately bright and large,
very elongated 7:2 NNW-SSE, ~1.4'x0.4'. Contains a brighter core with a mag ~14
star attached at its southeast edge!
The extensions fade out at the tips. In a trio with
17.5" (2/20/88): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 NNW-SSE, bright core. Forms a pair with NGC 2940 5.6' N.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2939 = H. III-4 = h614 on 18
Jan 1784 (sweep 82) and recorded (full text) "A nebula. About 2/3 degree prec. & about 10'
foll of 14 Leonis, a very faint nebula or cl of suspected stars. A triangle is situated just north of it,
but the nebula is so faint that is best to be seen when the stars are drawn out
of the field. These 3 or 4 stars
are visible in the finder in the shape of a small nebula." His position (from sweep 534 on 3 Mar
1786) is 3' northwest of
******************************
NGC 2940 = MCG +02-25-012 = CGCG 063-023 = WBL 228-002 = PGC 27448
09 38 05.2 +09 37 00; Leo
V = 13.8; Size 0.9'x0.7'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 91°
24" (2/8/18): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly
elongated E-W, 25"x20", low nearly even surface brightness with a
very small brighter nucleus. First
of three with NGC 2939 5.5' S and IC 548 11' SSE. A mag 10.5 star is 4.5' E and a mag 9.0 star (
17.5" (2/20/88): faint, small, irregularly round, small bright core. Forms a pair with NGC 2939 5' S.
Wilhelm Tempel discovered NGC 2940 = T. 1-25 in 1877 with the 11" refractor at Arcetri and placed 5' N of NGC 2939 (the actual separation is 5.6'). He mentioned that d'Arrest missed this object.
******************************
09 38 24.2 +17 02 40; Leo
V = 14.4; Size 0.7'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 167°
24" (2/15/18): at 375x; faint, small, slightly elongated, 20"x15", low even surface brightness. Located 2.3' WNW of NGC 2943 in a group.
24" (2/22/14): fairly faint, small, elongated ~2:1 N-S, 20"x12", a mag 15 star is 1' NW. NGC 2943 (brightest in the group WBL 229) is 2.2' ESE.
17.5" (3/29/89): very faint, very small, slightly elongated. A mag 14 star is 1.2' NW. Located 2.2' WNW of NGC 2943 in a group.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2941 = m 177 on 1 Apr 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and reported "eF, vS, lE." Dreyer added "p of 2 [with NGC 2943]" in the NGC description. This is the 3rd of 6 members of the NGC 2943 group he discovered this night. Édouard Stephan made an observation on 14 Feb 1877.
******************************
09 39 08.0 +34 00 23; LMi
V = 12.6; Size 2.2'x1.8'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 165°
17.5" (3/12/94): faint, round, moderately large, 2.0' diameter, very weakly concentrated, halo reaches 2/3 of the way to a mag 14 star just 1.4' W of center. A mag 11.5 star is 3.0' ESE and a mag 12 star lies 4.6' WNW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2942 = h613 on 6 Mar 1828
(sweep 128) and logged "vF; vL; lE parallel to meridian; very gradually
brighter middle; has a * 10m following." His position and description matches
******************************
NGC 2943 = UGC 5136 = MCG +03-25-011 = CGCG 092-019 = Holm 136a = WBL 229-003 = PGC 27482
09 38 32.9 +17 01 52; Leo
V = 12.5; Size 2.2'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 130°
24" (2/15/18): at 375x; moderately bright and large,
oval 5:3 NW-SE, ~40"x24", well concentrated with a small bright
core. A mag 15.5 star is 40"
SW of center and a mag 15.2 star is 50" SE. A 10" pair of mag 13.5 stars is 3' NE. NGC 2943 is
brightest in a group (WBL 229) including nearby NGC 2941 2.3' WNW and
24" (2/22/14): at 375x; moderately bright, fairly small, elongated 3:2 NW-SE, ~40"x27", very weak concentration in then halo the increases suddenly to a small bright core. A mag 15 star is 0.9' SE of center and a mag 15.5 star is 0.7' SW of center. Brightest in a group (WBL 229) with NGC 2941 2.2' WNW.
17.5" (3/29/89): brightest in a group with NGC 2941
2.2' WNW and a faint companion (
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2943 = m 178 on 1 Apr 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and reported "F, S ,iR, bM." Dreyer added "f of 2 [with NGC 2941]" in the NGC description. This is the 4th of 6 galaxies discovered in the cluster on this night (NGC 2944 was picked up a year later). Édouard Stephan observed the cluster on 14 Feb 1877.
******************************
NGC 2944 = Arp 63 = VV 82a = UGC 5144 = MCG +06-21-067 =
09 39 18.0 +32 18 38; Leo
V = 14.0; Size 1.1'x0.4'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 95°
48" (5/9/21): at 488x and 610x; the main galaxy (NGC
2944) of this apparent triple merger was moderately bright, very elongated 3:1
E-W, 0.6'x0.2', contains a very small bright core. The eastern end of the galaxy is fainter. This appearance may be due to a
brighter "knot" or core of an interacting companion only 15" W
of center. This knot occasionally
flashed a stellar nucleus. The
third galaxy,
48" (4/18/15): at 697x, this double (or possibly triple) system appeared moderately bright, very elongated 3:1 E-W, ~36"x12", weak concentration. A small roundish knot attached at the west end has a moderately high surface brightness and a diameter of 8"-10". On the SDSS this "knot" appears to be the core of a merged interacting companion! VV 82b is another interacting companion, just 27" SE of center. It appeared extremely faint, very small, round, 10" diameter. It was only visible with averted for short periods. PGC lists a photographic mag of 18.6.
The double system
18" (4/14/12): faint to fairly faint, fairly small,
elongated 5:3 E-W, ~30"x18", slightly brighter core.
The double system Arp 129 lies just 3.8' NE. The eastern component (
17.5" (4/25/98): extremely faint, very small, elongated
2:1 ~E-W, slightly brighter core but overall low surface brightness. Collinear with two mag 13 stars 3.4'
and 4.4' NE. This double system
was not resolved under noticeably hazy sky conditions and soft seeing.
Johann Palisa discovered NGC 2944 on 27 Mar 1886 with the 12-inch refractor at the Vienna University Observatory. His description reads "faint, somewhat compressed, 1/4' diameter" and is micrometric position is accurate. This is a disrupted double or triple system in contact. The listed dimensions (from UGC) are for the combined system. The same night Palisa also discovered NGC 2926 and Samuel Oppenheim discovered NGC 2981. See Harold Corwin's identification notes.
NGC 2944 is in the Arp category of Spiral Galaxies with
small, high surface-brightness companions on arms. Vorontsov-Velyaminov also considered this a pair of
galaxies, although
******************************
09 37 41.1 -22 02 06; Hya
V = 12.2; Size 1.6'x1.2'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 168°
17.5" (3/8/97): fairly faint, fairly small, slightly elongated, broad concentration with no nucleus. A mag 14 star follows 1.1' E of center and a mag 15 star is off the west end 0.8' from center.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2945 = h3180 on 23 Jan 1835 and
recorded "F, S; R; gradually little brighter middle; 2 or 3 small stars
near." His position and
description (two observations) matches
******************************
NGC 2946 = UGC 5143 = MCG +03-25-013 = CGCG 092-020 = WBL 229-004 = PGC 27521
09 39 01.6 +17 01 31; Leo
V = 14.0; Size 1.2'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 13°
24" (2/15/18): at 375x; faint or fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 3:1 SSW-NNE, 0.6'x0.2', low even surface brightness. A mag 13 star is 2' SSE. Located 6.8' E of NGC 2943 in a group.
24" (2/22/14): at 375x; appeared fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 5:2 SSW-NNE, 25"x10", weak concentration. Located 6.9' due east of NGC 2943 (brightest in the group WBL 229-004).
17.5" (3/29/89): extremely faint, very small, elongated N-S. Located 6.7' E of NGC 2943 in a group. On a line with three mag 14 stars just SE oriented NNW-SSE.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2946 = m 179 on 1 Apr 1864 with Lassell's 48" on Malta and reported "vF, S, E." This is the 5th of 6 galaxies in the NGC 2943 group that he discovered. Édouard Stephan made an observation on 14 Feb 1877.
******************************
09 36 05.8 -12 26 13; Hya
V = 12.4; Size 1.6'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 25°
17.5" (3/25/95): fairly faint, round, 1.2' diameter, almost even surface brightness, well-defined outer edge to halo. Two mag 11 stars are off the SE edge 1.6' and 2.1' from the center. Incorrectly listed as nonexistent in the RNGC.
Francis Leavenworth discovered NGC 2947 = LM 1-156 on 6 May
1886 and reported "mag 15.0, 1.1' dia, irregularly round, gradually brighter
in the middle." There is
nothing at his rough position (nearest min of RA), but 2.2 minutes o RA west is
Stephane Javelle independently discovered NGC 2947 on 20 Apr
1892 with the 30-inch refractor at Nice and measured an accurate micrometric
position. Dreyer assumed J. 1-165
was new so it was recatalogued it as
******************************
09 38 59.2 +06 57 19; Leo
V = 12.9; Size 1.4'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 7°
17.5" (4/15/93): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 SSW-NNE, 1.2'x0.7', weak concentration. A mag 14.5 star is just off the east edge of the south extension 0.9' from center. Located between a mag 9.5 star 4.0' SW and wide pair of mag 11/13 stars 3' NE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2948 = H. III-519 = h615 on 24 Mar 1786 (sweep 543) and logged "vF, pL, very gradually very little brighter middle; between two groups of stars in a directions from np to sf." His position matches UGC 5141.
******************************
NGC 2949 = CGCG 092-025 = PGC 27579
09 39 56.3 +16 47 09; Leo
V = 14.7; Size 0.8'x0.45'
24" (2/15/18): this double system was resolved at
375x. The brighter western galaxy
(
17.5" (3/29/89): extremely faint, very small, very low surface brightness, visible with averted only. Located at the east end of the NGC 2943 group. This observation refers to the brighter western component.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2949 = m 180 on 1 Apr 1864 and
recorded "vF, query: double?"
His position maches the double system
******************************
09 42 35.1 +58 51 04; UMa
V = 10.9; Size 2.7'x1.8'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 145°
17.5" (3/12/88): bright, very small, almost round, sharp concentration with a very small and very bright core surrounded by a small faint halo. A mag 14.5 star is 0.8' WSW of center.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2950 = H. IV-68 = h616 on 19 Mar 1790 (sweep 952). He recorded "very bright, small, exactly round, bright middle nucleus, very faint cheveulure very gradually joining to the north. Possibly in a lower situation the chevelure might be invisible, and this nebula put on the appearance of a a very ill defined planetary, one of 6-8 or 10" diam." The description was included in his 1791 paper on "Nebulous Stars."
On 8 Mar 1832 (sweep 404) John Herschel logged, "pB; R; suddenly much brighter middle; almost to a star. Has a * 11m 20s p and 15" or 20" N."
******************************
09 39 40.4 -00 14 07; Hya
V = 14.3; Size 0.8'x0.4'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 90°
17.5" (2/13/88): very faint, very small, round. Located 2' S of the line joining two
mag 9.5 stars 3.1' NE (
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2951 = m 181 on 6 Feb 1864 and
recorded "pF, S, E." His
position matches
******************************
09 37 37.0 -10 11 00; Hya
V = 14.5; Size 0.7'x0.5'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 9°
18" (4/14/12): very faint, very small, round, 15"
diameter. Just visible
continuously with averted at 283x.
Located 40' NW of mag 6.3
Frank Muller discovered NGC 2952 = LM 2-414 in 1886 with the
26-inch refractor at the Leander McCormick observatory and recorded "mag
15.5, 0.6' dia, irregularly round, suddenly brighter in the middle, *9.5 f
30s." There is nothing at his
position but 2.0 tmin west and 3' south is
******************************
09 40 27.7 +14 50 37; Leo
= *? Corwin, Not found, RNGC.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2953 = h3182 on 18 Mar 1836
(along with
******************************
NGC 2954 = UGC 5155 = MCG +03-25-019 = CGCG 092-026 = PGC 27600
09 40 24.1 +14 55 22; Leo
V = 12.4; Size 1.7'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 160°
17.5" (4/15/93): moderately bright, small, elongated 3:2 NW-SE, bright core, fairly high surface brightness. Located on a line with two mag 12 stars 1.8' NNW and 2.5' NNW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2954 = h3181 on 18 Mar 1836 and recorded "vF; R; 20". Another suspected [NGC 2953] 6' south, nearly on the same parallel." Although his position for NGC 2954 was accurate, there is nothing near his position for NGC 2953 and it likely refers to a faint star.
******************************
09 41 16.6 +35 52 56; LMi
V = 12.9; Size 1.7'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 162°
17.5" (4/18/98): fairly faint, elongated 5:3 NNW-SSE, broad concentration to a slightly brighter core. The core contains a slightly brighter nucleus with direct vision. A mag 15 star is at the west edge 32" from the center. Located 2.2' N of a mag 12 star. There is a faint "star" 2' N which seemed slightly nebulous in appearance, but the DSS reveals this to be a close pair of mag 15 stars.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2955 = H. III-541 = h620 on
28 Mar 1786 (sweep 549) and recorded "cF; S; iF; resolvable."
Caroline's reduced position is 2' north of
******************************
09 39 17.0 -19 06 04; Hya
V = 14.4; Size 0.9'x0.3'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 55°
18" (2/23/06): extremely faint, very small, round, 15" diameter. Forms the western vertex of an equilateral triangle with sides of length 3' with a mag 10 star to the ENE and a mag 11 star to the SE. I couldn't hold this galaxy steadily using averted vision. The DSS reveals faint extensions to the SW and NE that were not visible.
Frank Muller discovered NGC 2956 = LM 2-415 in 1886 with the 26" refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory and recorded "mag 12.0, 0.4' dia, R, *9.5 at 3.8' in PA 130° [SE]." His position is 3.8' south of ESO 565-034 = PGC 27531 and the description of the nearby star matches.
******************************
09 47 18.2 +72 59 02; Dra
V = 14.5; Size 1.0'x0.4'
24" (3/6/21): at 375x; fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 SW-NE, ~35"x15", very small brighter core. A mag 13.7 star is nearly aligned with the major axis [42" from center]. Forms a close double system with MCG +12-10-001 off the NW side [14" between centers].
17.5" (4/4/92): at 222x; faint, very small, round,
broad concentration. A mag 14 star
is 25" off the SW edge and 40" from the center. This is a double system with a very
compact companion (not seen) just off the NW edge. Forms a pair with
John Herschel discovered NGC 2957 = h617 on 4 Nov 1831
(sweep 382) and recorded "eF; has a *13m near." There is nothing at his position but
exactly 1 min of RA east is
Looking over the RNGC data, it is clear the entry for NGC 2957 is simply a duplicate of NGC 2963. This error was included in my RNGC Corrections #4.
******************************
09 40 41.7 +11 53 18; Leo
V = 13.3; Size 1.0'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 10°
17.5" (4/13/96): faint, fairly small, slightly elongated SSW-NNE. Broad and weak concentration with a fairly low surface brightness. A mag 12.5 star lies 4' WSW. "Frosty Leo" nebula lies 13' NW. Observation made through thin clouds.
17.5" (3/25/95): fairly faint, fairly small, 40" diameter, round, very weak concentration. A mag 12 star lies 4.3' WSW.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2958 = St. 9-20 on 7 Mar 1877 (or earlier) with the 31" reflector at the Marseilles Observatory. The first observation may have been on 17 Feb 1868 if he made a 3° error in recording the declination.
******************************
09 45 08.9 +68 35 41; UMa
V = 12.8; Size 1.3'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.2
17.5" (4/4/92): fairly faint, fairly small, round, 1.0'
diameter, halo brightens to a small bright core. A mag 14 star is 1.3' W of center. Forms a close pair with
John Herschel discovered NGC 2959 = h618 on 28 Oct 1831
(sweep 377) and logged, "F; R; pL; very gradually little brighter middle;
40"; is south of a small group of stars." His position matches
******************************
09 40 36.4 +03 34 37; Hya
V = 13.1; Size 1.8'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 40°
17.5" (4/15/93): fairly faint, fairly small, round, bright core, stellar nucleus. Located 2.7' WNW of a mag 10.5 star.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2960 = h621 on 4 Mar 1826
(sweep 18) and logged "vF; R; gradually brighter in the middle." His position is 6 sec of RA east and
1.4' north of
******************************
NGC 2961 = NGC 2959A = MCG +12-09-063 = CGCG 332-063 = PGC 27958
09 45 22.4 +68 36 30; UMa
V = 14.7; Size 1.1'x0.3'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 136°
17.5" (4/4/92): extremely faint, very small, round, brighter core, averted only. Forms a close pair with NGC 2959 1.5' WSW.
Lawrence Parsons, the 4th Earl of Rosse, discovered NGC 2961
on 26 Dec 1873 during the observation of GC 1893 = NGC 2959. He noted it as "cF, S, lE 152.6°,
gradually brighter in the middle.
Several stars near."
His micrometric offset is 77.3" in PA 57.4° from NGC 2959. This is a good match with
Philip Keenan rediscovered this galaxy on a Yerkes
Observatory plate by 1935 and called it
******************************
09 40 53.9 +05 09 57; Hya
V = 11.9; Size 2.6'x1.9'; Surf Br = 13.6; PA = 3°
17.5" (1/31/87): fairly faint, small, oval N-S, small bright core. Collinear with a mag 11.5/14 double star at 24" separation just 1.5' NNE. A line of three mag 11/12 stars of 1.0' length lies 5' SSE.
Albert Marth discovered NGC 2962 = m 182 on 10 Dec 1864 and noted "F, vS, vlE, pretty suddenly brighter in the middle." This galaxy hosted SN 1995D, which was discovered on 10 Feb 1995, 11 seconds of RA east and 90" south of the nucleus.
******************************
NGC 2963 = UGC 5222 = MCG +12-10-003 = CGCG 332-065 = CGCG 333-003 = Mrk 122 = PGC 28155
09 47 50.4 +72 57 52; Dra
V = 13.5; Size 1.2'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 165°
24" (3/6/21): at 375x; nearly moderately bright, oval ~ 5:3 NW-SE, broad concentration, ~0.8'x0.5'. Located 5' NNW of a mag 9.8 star. A very wide pair of mag 12/13.5 stars lie 2' S. NGC 2957 is 2.6' WNW.
17.5" (4/4/92): at 222x; fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2 NNW-SSE, broadly concentrated halo, faint extensions. A wide double star mag 11/13 is 1.8' S of center (30" separation in PA 45°). Forms a pair with NGC 2957 3' WNW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2963 = H. III-315 = h619 on 3 Apr 1785 (sweep 390) and noted "eF, vS, 240x confirmed it." Caroline's reduced position is 2.4' to the NW. Herschel missed nearby NGC 2957, which was later discovered by his son.
******************************
NGC 2964 = UGC 5183 = MCG +05-23-027 = CGCG 152-056 = Mrk 404 = KTG 25A = WBL 235-001 = PGC 27777
09 42 54.2 +31 50 50; Leo
V = 11.3; Size 2.9'x1.6'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 97°
24" (2/22/14): at 260x appeared bright, fairly large,
oval 5:3 E-W, 1.8'x1.1'. Sharply
concentrated with a very bright, very small nucleus. Slightly brighter through the major axis like a bar. Outside the nucleus the surface
brightness is irregular, with a slight dip in brightness just north and south
of the nucleus [dust or dust lanes].
A brighter arm extends E-W along the south side of the halo and a weak
arm runs parallel along the north side.
Brightest in a linear trio (
13.1" (2/23/85): fairly bright, fairly large, elongated 4:3 E-W, brighter core. Brightest in a group with NGC 2968 5.8' NE and NGC 2970 11' NE.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2964 = H. I-114 = h622, along with NGC 2968, on 7 Dec 1785 (sweep 487). He recorded, "cB, cL, iF, mbM." John Herschel made 4 observations, logging on 5 Mar 1828 (sweep 127), "B; vL; very gradually little brighter middle; E; 2.5' by 1.5'."
Fourteen observations were made at Birr Castle and interesting structure was noted. On 1 Feb 1856, R.J. Mitchell described "h622 [NGC 2968] has nucleus and is mE, its light is very unequal, and I suspect one dark lane running throughout its length south of nucleus; * in preceding edge?" The dark lane probably refers to a dip in brightness between the nucleus and the southern spiral arm.
******************************
09 43 19.1 +36 14 52; LMi
V = 13.4; Size 1.2'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 85°
17.5" (4/18/98): fairly faint, elongated 4:3 ~E-W,
1.2'x0.8', gradually increases to a brighter and nucleus with direct
vision. Located 3.5' NNE of a mag
11.5 star. Brightest in a group
including
William Herschel discovered NGC 2965 = H. III-751 = h623 on
31 Dec 1788 (sweep 902) and logged "eF, S, doubtful, not having been out
long enough." On a second
sweep in Feb 1789 he recorded "eF, vS, 300x confirmed it." John Herschel gave an unusual
description from 11 Mar 1831 (sweep 331): "vF, R, bM, filamentous (i.e. as
if filaments hung round it; an effect probably of diverging lines of small
stars, as in
******************************
09 42 11.5 +04 40 23; Sex
V = 12.6; Size 2.2'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 72°
17.5" 1/31/87): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated WSW-ENE, unusual appearance. A mag 13 star is attached at the NW end 30" from center and a faint star is west of the core.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2966 = St. 13-49 on 22 Mar
1878 and recorded "vF star in vF, little elongated nebulosity east-west,
mag 13 star precedes 2 sec of RA."
His published position (list 13, #49) was reduced on 16 Mar 1884 and
matches
******************************
09 42 03.3 +00 20 11; Sex
V = 11.6; Size 3.0'x2.8'; Surf Br = 13.8; PA = 65°
17.5" (1/31/87): fairly faint, moderately large, almost round, very gradual central brightening.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2967 = H. II-275 = h626 on 20 Dec 1784 (sweep 348) and recorded "pF, S, R, bM, near 1' dia." On a later sweep he logged "pB, cL, iR." On 20 Dec 1827 (sweep 113) John Herschel logged, "pB; L; R; very gradually little brighter middle; 75"; r; well observed (and correctly reduced)." His position was accurate.
******************************
NGC 2968 = UGC 5190 = MCG +05-23-029 = CGCG 152-058 = KTG 25B = WBL 235-002 = PGC 27800
09 43 12.0 +31 55 43; Leo
V = 11.7; Size 2.3'x1.6'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 45°
24" (2/22/14): at 260x; fairly bright, moderately large, elongated 5:3 SW-NE, 1.2'x0.7', sharply concentrated with a very bright, small elongated core. There appears to be a mottled or knotty section just northeast of the core.
13.1" (2/23/85): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2 SW-NE, weak concentration. Second of three on a line with NGC 2970 5.1' NE and NGC 2964 5.8' NW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2968 = H. II-491 = h624, along with NGC 2964, on 7 Dec 1785 (sweep 487) and logged "pB, pL, iF, little brighter in the middle." John Herschel observed the galaxy on 4 sweeps and 14 observations were made at Birr Castle.
******************************
09 41 54.5 -08 36 11; Sex
V = 13.1; Size 1.3'x1.2'; Surf Br = 13.4
18" (3/11/07): fairly faint, fairly small, round, 40" diameter, very weak concentration.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2969 = H. III-527 = h628 on
27 Mar 1786 (sweep 547) and logged "cF, pL, irregularly round, very
gradually brighter middle."
His position was 1.2' NW of
******************************
NGC 2970 = MCG +05-23-030 = CGCG 152-059 = Mrk 405 = KTG 25C = WBL 235-003 = PGC 27827
09 43 31.0 +31 58 37; Leo
V = 13.6; Size 0.6'x0.5'; Surf Br = 12.4
24" (2/22/14): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated, ~24"x20", sharp concentration with a very small bright nucleus. Faintest in a nearly collinear triplet with NGC 2968 5' SW and NGC 2964 11' SW.
13.1" (2/23/85): very faint, very small, even surface brightness. Third and faintest of three on a line with NGC 2968 5.1' SW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2970 = h627 on 6 Mar 1828 (sweep 128) and reported, "F; the foll and most northern of 3 [with NGC 2964 and 2968]." On 18 Mar 1857, Lord Rosse's assistant R.J. Mitchell described it as "F, R?, bM, * in centre." Dreyer added the comment in the NGC, "Not seen by d'Arrest, but often observed at Birr Castle."
******************************
NGC 2971 = UGC 5197 = MCG +06-22-005 = CGCG 181-087 = CGCG 182-005 = PGC 27843
09 43 46.1 +36 10 46; LMi
V = 14.0; Size 1.1'x0.8'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 135°
17.5" (4/18/98): very faint, small, irregularly round, 30" diameter, weakly concentrated. A mag 11 star lies 7' W. Located 6.8' SE of NGC 2965 in a group.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2971 = St. 13-50 on 14 Feb
1877. His published micrometric
position was reduced on 26 Mar 1884 and matches
******************************
09 40 13 -50 19 18; Vel
V = 9.9; Size 4'
24" (4/11/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 200x, three dozen stars are resolved in a 4' group. Most of the stars are arranged in two intersecting rows forming an "X" shape. One part of the "X" is a 2' E-W string through the center of the group. A few brighter stars are south of this string and these form another string that intersects and continues to the NW. Also a 15" pair is less than 2' N of the E-W string. Located about 2.5' W of a brighter mag 9.4 star.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2972 = D 397 = h3183 on 9 May 1826. He recorded "a very small faint round nebula, about 15" diameter, with two or three exceedingly small stars slightly involved in it, and another small star [following] about 1' south of it." His position is 6.6' too far ESE, within his usual errors, and the description matches.
On 18 Feb 1836 (sweep 680), John Herschel measured an
accurate position and described "a small pretty compressed cluster;
irregular figure; 4' in extent. Not rich stars, 13th mag."
******************************
09 41 32.4 -30 05 22; Ant
= ** or ***, Corwin.
RNGC, ESO, LEDA and SIMBAD misidentify
ESO 434-016 = MCG -05-23-007 = PGC 27439
09 37 59.6 -30 08 55
V = 13.0; Size 1.3'x0.9'; PA = 36°
24" (2/13/18): at 200x and 282x; fairly faint, oval 3:2
or 4:3 SW-NE, broad concentration with a slightly brighter core, no visible
nucles. Located 10' ENE of mag 7.5
John Herschel discovered NGC 2973 = h4018 on 5 Feb 1837 and recorded "eF, pS, *8 f[ollowing]." It was included in a "supplementary nebulae" list at the end of the Cape catalogue (h4016 to h4021) that Dreyer identified as "h o n" (Herschel Omitted Object) in the NGC. There is no nebula at his position, but nearby is a double star at 09 41 32.4 -30 05 22 (J2000). In addition, an 8th magnitude star is 4' due east, matching Herschel's description. There is also a wider triple star at 09 41 34.7 -30 02 54, which is another candidate.
RNGC, ESO, LEDA and SIMBAD misidentify ESO 434-016 as NGC 2973, although this galaxy is 3.5 minutes of RA preceding and 6' south of Herschel's position. Furthermore there is no matching bright star. The Uranometria 2000.0 atlas (first edition) plots NGC 2973 at the position of ESO 434-016. Reported in my RNGC Corrections #5.
******************************
NGC 2974 = NGC 2652 = UGCA 172 = MCG +00-25-008 = CGCG 007-022 = LGG 179-004 = PGC 27762
09 42 33.0 -03 41 59; Sex
V = 10.9; Size 3.5'x2.0'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 42°
13.1" (4/28/84): moderately bright, fairly small,
elongated 3:2 SW-NE, 1.4'x0.7', diffuse, even surface brightness. A mag 10 star is superimposed at the
southwest end 0.7' from the center. Brightest in a group (LGG 179), though the
other members (which include the double system
William Herschel discovered NGC 2974 = H. I-61 on 6 Jan 1785 (sweep 353). The short description reads "pretty bright, very small, just following a star of about 9m." He observed 11 hours this night although the temperature in the garden was recorded 30 minutes later at 14° F! Herschel included the description of H. I-61 in the 1811 PT paper, along with a sketch (fig. 9), representing the category of nebulae with an irregular figure. Dreyer measured an accurate micrometric position as the observing assistant for the 72-inch on 4 Mar 1877.
Ormond Stone found the galaxy in 1886 at Leander McCormick Observatory (LM II-406) but made a 1 hour mistake in RA and Dreyer recatalogued it as NGC 2652.
******************************
09 41 16.1 -16 40 28; Hya
V = 14.6; Size 0.7'x0.6'; Surf Br = 13.5
18" (4/14/12): extremely faint and small, round, 10" diameter. Required averted vision and could only hold for brief periods. There is a mag 15.5 star 35" NE that also occasionally popped and it was a bit confusing to disguish the two objects at 250x as they were about the same magnitude. A couple of times the galaxy and star both popped simultaneously.
Ormond Stone discovered NGC 2975 = LM 1-157 in 1886 with the
26" refractor at Leander McCormick Observatory. His rough position (nearest min of RA) is 1.0 tmin following
and 1' north of
******************************
09 47 15.3 +67 55 00; UMa
V = 10.2; Size 5.9'x2.7'; Surf Br = 13.0; PA = 143°
14.5" (4/1/21): at 182x and 226x, bright, large, elongated 5:2 NW-SE, 4.5'x1.8'. Unusual appearance with a highly uneven, very patchy surface due to dust and star forming complexes. Very weak central concentration with no core or nucleus! A mag 13 star is just at the western edge.
17.5" (2/8/91): bright, large, elongated 5:2 NW-SE, 4.5'x2.0', large brighter center but no core, mottled with an irregular patchy surface brightness. A mag 13 star is at the west edge 1.0' from the center and a mag 14 star is just off the NW edge 2.6' from center.
8": moderately bright, fairly large, elongated, even surface brightness.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2976 = H. I-285 = h625 on 8 Nov 1801 (sweep 1100). He recorded "very bright, very large, extended from np to sf, about 6' long and 2' broad."
John Herschel made a single observation on 2 Apr 1832 (sweep 411): "bright; very large; much extended in pos = 332.4°; very gradually very little brighter middle, 3' l, 1' br; has several small stars in it, and one 12m nearly at right angles to the axis of extension." Several of the involved stars or nearby stars were micrometrically measured at Birr Castle.
******************************
09 43 46.7 +74 51 35; Dra
V = 12.5; Size 1.8'x0.8'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 145°
17.5" (1/28/89): moderately bright, fairly small, oval NW-SE, large bright core.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2977 = H. I-282 on 2 Apr
1801 (sweep 1096). He recorded "considerably bright, pretty large,
irregular figure." This is
one of 15 far northern galaxies with large systematic errors due to a
misidentification of the offset star and the telescope misaligned off the
meridian by 7° (see NGC 2938 for more). A corrected position matching
******************************
09 43 16.8 -09 44 45; Sex
V = 12.7; Size 1.1'x0.9'; Surf Br = 12.5; PA = 85°
17.5" (4/15/93): fairly faint, fairly small, round,
even surface brightness. Situated
among a group of 10 mag 13-14 stars and just west of a line connecting a mag
12.5 star 1.2' SSE and a mag 13 star 1.4' NE which have a separation of 2.1'
N-S. Forms a pair with
Lewis Swift discovered NGC 2978 = Sw. 3-46 on 10 Mar 1886 to the south of NGC 2980. His RA was 16 seconds too large. Herbert Howe measured an accurate position in 1898 (repeated in the IC 2 notes). It seems odd that both William and John Herschel missed this galaxy while observing NGC 2980.
The Helwan observatory photographic description from 1935 reads "spiral with a pB almost stellar ncl and fairly distinct [arms]"
******************************
09 43 08.6 -10 23 01; Sex
V = 12.8; Size 1.7'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 30°
17.5" (4/15/93): moderately bright, moderately large, elongated 2:1 SSW-NNE, 1.5'x0.8', weak concentration. Located 5.5' SSW of a mag 10.5 star.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2979 = H. III-521 = h631 on
25 Mar 1786 (sweep 544) and recorded "cF, pS, lE." His position was just off the northwest
edge of
Frank Muller independently found this galaxy in 1886 at the
Leander McCormick Observatory and described it as "mag 14.0, 0.6' dia, vlE
200°, gradually brighter middle to a nucleus." Dreyer assumed Muller's object was new so catalogued
it again as
******************************
NGC 2980 = MCG -01-25-028 = PGC 27799
09 43 12.0 -09 36 47; Sex
V = 13.0; Size 1.6'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 160°
17.5" (4/15/93): fairly faint, moderately large, elongated 2:1 NNW-SSE, broad weak concentration. Pair with NGC 2978 8' S.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2980 = H. III-528 = h632 on 27 Mar 1786 (sweep 547) and logged "vF; L; E nearly in the meridian." His position was 6 seconds of RA too far east. John Herschel made two observations, though only one good position.
******************************
NGC 2981 = UGC 5208 = MCG +05-23-032 = CGCG 152-062 = PGC 27925
09 44 56.6 +31 05 52; Leo
V = 13.6; Size 1.2'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 95°
17.5" (4/18/98): very faint, small, round, 30" diameter, weak concentration. A mag 12 star lies 1.0' SE of center. Observation through thin clouds.
Samuel Oppenheim discovered NGC 2981 on 27 Mar 1886 with the 12-inch Clark refractor at the Vienna University Observatory. His micrometric position is 1.3' too far north (probably an error in the offset star). Dreyer credited Palisa in the NGC, but Oppenheim was mentioned in the discovery note by Weiss in 1887. This galaxy is Oppenheim's only NGC discovery. The same night, though, Palisa discovered NGC 2926 and NGC 2944.
******************************
09 42 00 -44 00 30; Vel
Size 12'x6'
14" (4/4/16 - Coonabarabran, 145x and 178x): bright, distinctive group of stars, roughly 10' x 6' E-W. About three dozen stars are resolved with many of the brighter mag 10.5-11.5 stars in a zig-zag pattern extending west to east. The brightest mag 10 star on the southeast end forms a wide 30" pair with an 11th mag companion. Another mag 12.5/13.5 pair at 15" is less than 2' NE. A 4' line of four mag 11-11.5 stars oriented NW-SE passes through the center and the remaining brighter stars are scattered within the outline.
James Dunlop discovered NGC 2982 = D 468 = h3184 on 24 Jun 1826 and recorded "a very faint easily resolvable nebula, extended about 10' long, and 4' or 5' broad: no central condensation." His position (single observation) is 8.5' west of the center of the cluster.
John Herschel probably found the cluster on 28 Feb 1837 and logged "a cluster of about 20* 11m, and 2 of 10m, forming an oblong nearly in parallel; place of preceding *10m". But no bright star is near his position. He modified the declination 30' further north when he recorded this object as GC 1910 (repeated by Dreyer in NGC) but this position does not correspond with a cluster either. But an additional 10' north of the GC/NGC position is this group of brighter stars and his RA matches the southwest member of a wide pair of mag 10 stars at the southeast side of the group. JH did not list an equivalence with D 468, so he may have felt it was a different object due to the discrepancy in position.
Lynga does not list NGC 2982. MCG misidentifies
******************************
09 43 41.1 -20 28 38; Hya
V = 11.8; Size 2.5'x1.5'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 95°
17.5" (2/28/87): fairly faint, bright substellar
nucleus, faint halo 3:2 WSW-ENE. A
very faint anonymous galaxy is 5.0' SSW.
Located 7.1 SSE of mag 6.7
William Herschel discovered NGC 2983 = H. III-289 = h3185 on
10 Mar 1785 (sweep 382). His description reads "very faint; small; little
brighter in the middle. The
(offset) star being at such a distance the PD is marked uncertain." Still,
his position on this sweep was just 2' SE of
******************************
09 43 40.4 +11 03 39; Leo
V = 13.4; Size 0.7'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.6
17.5" (4/1/00): faint, small, round, 25" diameter, weak concentration. The halo, which fades at the edges, increases to ~0.6' with averted vision. A mag 14.5 star is close SSW (33" from center) and a slightly brighter star lies 0.9' NE.
NGC 2984 forms a pair with
William Herschel discovered NGC 2984 = H. III-34 = h633 on
15 Mar 1784 (sweep 172) and recorded "vS, the faintest imaginable. I was a great while before I could
verify its being a nebula; however after having convinced myself with 240x, I
saw it also very well with 157.
The evening is uncommonly beautiful." There is nothing at his position (except stars), but 1 min
19 sec of RA west and 3.5' south is
Stephane Javelle independently found the galaxy on 22 Apr
1892 and placed J. 1-168 (later
******************************
09 50 22.1 +72 16 44; UMa
V = 10.4; Size 4.6'x3.6'; Surf Br = 13.3; PA = 0°
14.5" (4/1/21): at 182x and 226x; bright, fairly large, slightly elongated, ~2.4'x2.0', large low surface brightness halo, sharply concentrated with a very bright relatively small core and an intensely bright tiny nucleus. A mag 12 star is at the E edge [1.0' from center].
17.5" (4/4/92): bright, moderately large, irregularly
round, gradually increases to a very bright well-defined core, stellar
nucleus. The faint outer halo
extends to 2.0' diameter reaching a mag 12.5 star at the east edge of the halo
1.0' from center.
8": moderately bright, bright core, fairly large.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2985 = H. I-78 = h629 on 3
Apr 1785 (sweep 390). He recorded
"very bright, considerably large, much brighter middle and the brightness
confined to a pretty small space."
His RA was 35 seconds too large, equivalent to only 2.7'. He also observed it on his final sweep
1112, conducted on 30 Sep 1802 and logged "very bright, small brighter
middle, round, about 3' diameter.
A star directly following is involved in the nebulosity. I suppose it to be a cluster of stars,
as it seems to be a miniature of [
On 4 Nov 1831 (sweep 382) John Herschel wrote, "vB; R; pretty gradually much brighter middle; 50"; has a *13 m following 1' distant, exactly in the parallel." His RA was 50 seconds too small (4' at this declination).
******************************
09 44 15.9 -21 16 41; Hya
V = 10.8; Size 3.2'x2.8'; Surf Br = 13.1; PA = 105°
17.5" (2/28/87): bright, small, round, bright core,
faint halo. A mag 14 star is 2.0'
WSW. Forms a pair with
William Herschel discovered NGC 2986 = H. II-311 on 10 Mar 1785 (sweep 382) and logged "F, pL, mbM. I partly suspect a very small, faint one preceding it about a minute or two, but it may be only a few close very small stars." The comment about a "faint one preceding it about a minute or two" appears to refer to ESO 566-004 (Steinicke concurs), which was also picked up in my 17.5". Herschel observed NGC 2986 again during sweeps 542 ("cB; S; mbM; irr R") and 660, but did not mention the companion, so it did not receive a H-designation of NGC number. Engelhardt measured an accurate micrometric position.
******************************
09 45 41.4 +04 56 30; Sex
V = 13.0; Size 1.5'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.9; PA = 160°
17.5" (3/25/95): faint, fairly small, elongated 2:1 NW-SE, weak even concentration to a small brighter core and a faint stellar nucleus. A mag 15 star is 1.4' SE.
Édouard Stephan discovered NGC 2987 = St. 13-51 on 14 Feb 1877. His published position was reduced on 25 Mar 1884 and matches UGC 5220. His description incorrectly states that several very faint stars are involved.
******************************
09 46 47.8 +22 00 42; Leo
V = 14.8; Size 0.9'x0.2'; Surf Br = 12.8; PA = 35°
24" (4/13/18): at 375x; NGC 2988 appears as a small
"spike" attached to the west side of the halo of
17.5" (4/15/93): extremely faint, very small, round, cannot hold with averted but definitely seen, possibly elongated ~N-S. Located just off the west side of NGC 2991.
R.J. Mitchell discovered NGC 2988 on 19 Feb 1855 with LdR's 72" and recorded "The preceding one [NGC 2991] is double, its companion [NGC 2988] being close preceding; lE sp nf?"
******************************
09 45 25.3 -18 22 27; Hya
V = 13.0; Size 1.7'x0.9'; Surf Br = 13.4; PA = 38°
13.1" (4/10/86): faint, small, round, weak concentration. Collinear with a wide pair of mag 10/11 stars 3' SE with a separation of 56".
John Herschel discovered NGC 2989 = h3186 on 12 Feb 1836 and
logged "F; R; gradually brighter in the middle; precedes a coarse D
star." His position is just
off the southeast side of
******************************
09 46 17.2 +05 42 31; Sex
V = 12.7; Size 1.3'x0.7'; Surf Br = 12.4; PA = 85°
17.5" (1/31/87): fairly faint, oval 3:2 ~E-W, 1.0'x0.7', weak concentration to a brighter core.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2990 = H. II-624 on 29 Dec 1786 (sweep 672) and recorded "F, lE, about 1.5' l, not far from the parallel." His position is 15 sec of RA too far west and 2.5' too far south. Heinrich d'Arrest measured an accurate position on 3 nights and noted the difference with WH's position.
******************************
NGC 2991 = UGC 5233 = MCG +04-23-033 = CGCG 122-078 = PGC 28079
09 46 50.1 +22 00 50; Leo
V = 12.6; Size 1.4'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.0
24" (4/13/18): at 375x fairly faint, fairly small,
sharply concentrated with a very small bright core and stellar nucleus. The halo is a fairly low surface
brightness and ~45" diameter.
A mag 13 star is 1.0' SSE.
NGC 2988 appears as a small "spike" attached to the west side
and extending to the southwest [30" between centers].
17.5" (4/15/93): fairly faint, small, slightly elongated 4:3 NW-SE, even concentration to a small bright core. A mag 12.5 star is 1.1' SSE. Forms a contact pair with NGC 2988 (discovered by Rosse) just off the west edge. NGC 2994 lies 7.5' NE.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2991 = h634 on 24 Feb 1827
(sweep 59) and recorded "F; vS; bM.
The south-preceding of two [with NGC 2994]." His position is less than 30"
north of the center of
******************************
09 45 42.0 -14 19 35; Hya
V = 12.2; Size 3.5'x1.1'; Surf Br = 13.5; PA = 15°
48" (2/19/12): this disrupted galaxy is sharply concentrated with a very bright central region that is elongated ~5:2 SSW-NNE, ~1.0'x0.4'. The central region is well concentrated with an intense core that brightens to a brilliant nucleus. I initially noted a faint arm extending 30" SSW of the central region but on a second eyepiece look I noticed this arm is twice that length, though the surface brightness is quite low in the outer portion.
A long, brighter tidal arm stretches 2' NNE, placing the central region off-center along the 3.5' major axis. This arm or tail has a low surface brightness but it brightens in a patch at the NNE end (2.2' NNE of center). This patch (called Arp 245N in NED) is a tidal dwarf galaxy still in the process of formation. The western edge of the tidal arm has a subtle curvature.
With averted vision, extremely low surface brightness haze
forms a bridge extending southeast from the core of NGC 2992 towards
13.1" (3/24/84): moderately bright, small, slightly elongated SSW-NNE, bright core. Forms an interacting pair with NGC 2993 2.9' SE.
13.1" (3/3/84): fairly faint, small, roundish, small brighter core.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2992 = H. III-277 = h635, along with NGC 2993, on 8 Feb 1785 (sweep 371). He described both as "Two, very faint, stellar, the most north and preceding [NGC 2992] is the largest. 240x showed the same. Distance 3 or 4'. The place is that of the preceding." Wolfgang Steinicke reported that Herschel observed the pair again on 12 Mar 1798 (not on a sweep) with the 25-foot (24-inch f/12.5) "Spanish telescope", built and delivered to the King of Spain. The observation was made off the meridian so a position wasn't taken, but his description matches this pair. These were the only non-stellar objects that Herschel observed with the Spanish telescope.
John Herschel measured an accurate position on 16 Dec 1827 (sweep 111) and noted "Not vF; R; bM; 30"." Lord Rosse assistant Bindon Stoney noted a mottled appearance in 1852.
******************************
NGC 2993 = Arp 245 NED2 = MCG -02-25-015 = PGC 27991
09 45 48.4 -14 22 06; Hya
V = 12.6; Size 1.3'x0.9'; Surf Br = 12.7; PA = 95°
48" (2/19/12): this is the smaller member of an
excellent interacting pair (
13.1" (3/3/84): moderately bright, very small, round, weak concentration. A mag 13.5 star is 2' SSE. Forms an interacting pair with NGC 2993 2.9' NW.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2993 = H. III-278 = h637, along with NGC 2992, on 8 Feb 1785 (sweep 371). He recorded both as "Two, very faint, stellar, the most north and preceding [NGC 2992] is the largest..." See additional comments under NGC 2992. On 16 Dec 1827 (sweep 111), John Herschel wrote "pF; R; bM; 25" [diameter]."
******************************
NGC 2994 = UGC 5239 = MCG +04-23-035 = CGCG 122-082 = PGC 28122
09 47 16.1 +22 05 23; Leo
V = 13.1; Size 1.3'x1.0'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 126°
24" (4/13/18): at 375x; fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 4:3 or 3:2 NW-SE, ~45"x30, gradual weak concentration to the center. Surrounded by mag 12.0 stars 3' SE and 4' SW, along with mag 13 stars 3' E and 4' W. Forms a small group (USGC U259 at z = .025) with the close pair NGC 2991/2998 7.6' SW.
17.5" (4/15/93): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated 3:2 NW-SE, weak concentration. Forms the western vertex of an isosceles triangle with a mag 12.5 star 2.9' ENE and a mag 12 star 3.1' SE. In a trio with NGC 2991 and NGC 2988 7.5' SW.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2994 = h636 on 24 Feb 1827 (sweep 59) and recorded "F; vS; R; bM. The north-following of two [with NGC 2991]; pos 40° north-following."
******************************
09 44 03 -54 36 18; Vel
= Not found, ESO.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2995 = h3189 on 5 Apr 1837 and noted a "Cluster VIII class; at least 20* 11m and upwards, and many smaller." There is no clustering at his position and the ESO and RNGC list the number as "not found" and "nonexistent", respectively. Harold Corwin suggests NGC 2995 may refer to a "clump of stars roughly 20-25 min across centered about 10' north of Herschel's position." This scattered group (likely not a cluster) seems to fit his description, though its been low on my priority to confirm from the southern hemisphere.
******************************
09 46 30.1 -21 34 17; Hya
V = 12.5; Size 1.5'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.2; PA = 115°
17.5" (4/1/00): fairly faint, fairly small, round, 40" diameter. Gradually increases to a brighter core and occasional faint stellar nucleus. View hampered somewhat by a mag 10.5 star just 1.1' NE of center.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2996 = h3187 on 23 Mar 1835 and
logged "vF; S; has a * 20 m 1' following. There is nothing at his position but 33 sec of RA east is
******************************
09 45 38.8 -31 11 27; Ant
V = 9.4; Size 8.9'x6.8'; Surf Br = 13.7; PA = 110°
48" (4/22/17): Gorgeous grand-design spiral at 375x! Appeared very bright and large, with the arms stretching roughly 7' E-W. The galaxy is sharply concentrated with a round, intensely bright nucleus ~30" diameter. The spiral arms were sharply etched by intra-arm dust and appeared similar to a photograph of the galaxy. One thick arm is attached to the core on the west or southwest side. It curls counterclockwise on the north side towards the east (fairly flat curvature) and includes a slightly bright patch on the northeast portion [1.6' from center]. This arm continues and bends south, passing just inside a mag 14.5 star [2.5' E of center], and then quickly fading out to the south of this star. The second prominent arm is attached to the core on its northeast side. It curls counterclockwise to the east on the south and contains a brighter knotty section (numerous HII regions are embedded) nearly 1' in length that's just inside a mag 12 star 2.2' SW of center. This arm turns abruptly to the north as it curls around the west side and ends on the northwest side of the halo.
24" (4/10/08 - Magellan Observatory, Australia): at 215x, this beautiful, asymmetric face-on spiral extended ~7'x4.5' and was sharply concentrated with a very bright 40" core. The spiral structure is unusual with a very long, relatively thick arm that curves from west to east on the north side of the core. This arm then bends south on the east side and contains a very faint 20" HII knot situated northeast of the core [1.6' from center] and symmetrically placed opposite a mag 12 star in the outer halo on the southwest side. This HII region is identified in NED as NGC 2997:[MM 81] 306. A mag 14.5 star is near the end of this arm and due east of the core. To the west of the end of this arm the light level noticeably dips (this is a gap between the arms) as well as on the southeast side of the halo, giving an asymmetric appearance.
A second fainter outer arm running roughly SW to NE also wraps around the galaxy on the west and north side but at further distance from the core. This outer arm nearly reaches a mag 12 star on the southwest side (the one opposite the knot mentioned above) and then can be followed with more difficulty to the east where it attaches on the south side of the core.
NGC 2997 is the brightest in a group (LGG 180) including IC 2507 and UGCA 180 situtated ~30' SSW.
13.1" (1/18/85): fairly bright, very large, elongated 3:2 ~E-W, 4.5'x3.0', sharply concentrated with a bright core, no nucleus. A mag 13 star is at the SW edge of the halo 2.0' from center.
William Herschel discovered NGC 2997 = H. V-50 = D 622 = h3188 on 4 Mar 1793 (sweep 1033). He recorded "very faint, very small, little brighter middle, little extended about 8' long and 5 or 6' broad, a little from sp to nf about 10 or 15°." NGC 2997 is one of the most southerly objects he discovered from Slough and the only galaxy that was found in Antlia.
James Dunlop observed the galaxy on 7 May 1826 and recorded "a faint elliptical nebula, 2.5' long and 1.5' broad, with a small star involved in the western margin." His handwritten notes also mention "north preceding two stars of the 7th magnitude.", confirming the identification despite a poor position.
John Herschel made two detailed observations (h3188): on 28 Jan 1835 he logged "pB, vL, R, very suddenly a little brighter in the middle, to a pretty distinct round nucleus 4" in diameter. Diameter of nebula = 15 sec of time. The nebulous atmosphere extremely dilute. A very remarkable object." On a later sweep he recorded "F, vL, first very gradually then very suddenly much brighter in the middle, to a nucleus (exactly like Halley's comet) as now (Feb. 16, 1836) seen in the [5-inch f/17] equatorial [refractor]; round; diam. in RA = 24 seconds. Has a 11th mag star S.p. just at the edge."
******************************
09 48 43.6 +44 04 52; UMa
V = 12.5; Size 2.9'x1.3'; Surf Br = 13.9; PA = 53°
48" (5/14/12): at 488x appeared bright, fairly large,
elongated 2:1 SW-NE, ~2.4'x1.2', well concentrated with a large bright core
that gradually increases to the center.
Weak spiral structure was evident at the SW and NE ends. Brightest in a quartet with NGCs 3005,
3006 and 3008. In addition, MCG
+07-20-052 (misidentified as
17.5" (2/8/91): fairly faint, fairly small, elongated
2:1 SW-NE, weak even concentration.
A mag 11 star is 3.0' SW and a mag 13 star 1.9' NNW of center. Brightest in a group including
William Herschel discovered NGC 2998 = H. II-717 = h638 on 15 Jan 1788 (sweep 800) and logged "F, pL, iF, little brighter in the middle." On 19 Mar 1828 (sweep 139), John Herschel recorded "pB; irreg R; bM; resolvable." His position was 12 seconds of RA too far east and 1' too far north. Brightest in a group of faint galaxies which were later discovered with the 72".
******************************
NGC 2999 = NGC 2972 = ESO 212-15
09 40 13 -50 19 18; Vel
V = 9.9; Size 4'
See observing notes for NGC 2972.
John Herschel discovered NGC 2999 = h3192 on 13 Apr 1834 and described "a small irreg cl of a long triangular diverging figure; contains perhaps 50 stars 12...15m. Observed for Δ397, and place only rough. Possibly the same object with sweep 680, No. 27, which see above (No. 3183 [= NGC 2972])." There is nothing near his position. Brent Archinal suggests NGC 2972 = NGC 2999 (the description applies), although JH's "rough" position is 5 tmin too large and Harold Corwin concurs.
******************************
09 48 51.3 +44 07 49; UMa
= **, Carlson.
George Johnstone Stoney, Lord Rosse's assistant, discovered NGC 3000 on 25 Jan 1851 (Sat. night). On a sketch of the NGC 2998 group he labeled it Beta. The offset given in the 1 Apr 1878 observation (203.1" in PA 23.6° from NGC 2998) points precisely to a 9" pair of very faint stars (mag 16-16.5).
Karl Reinmuth, in his 1926 photographic survey "Die Herschel Nebel", described a "D neb not cont, dist 0.1' 35°; sp one eF, eS, R, bM; nf one perhaps *16." This refers to the double star above. Dorothy Carlson calls this a double star in her 1940 paper on NGC corrections.
******************************